paees) ert La eS Pe re tee NE . —eeery- Tt eth * be Ne Sadetabew ~ TT ooo. i jake ; —¢ ver cee ts G.8 tee beds 6 tr + eke yee teas one | oe cae i ¢ gti, es ; ms ot} 4 sls if a a v ee en JOURNAL OF THE metalic SOCIETY OF EDITED BY THE SECRETARY. VOL. X. PART Il. JULY TO DECEMBER, 1841. NEW SERIES. ‘* It will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, pnlalaets, and men of science, in different parts of Asia will commit their observations~te-writing, and send them to the Asiatic Society in Calcutta ; it will languish, if such ogm asehigdlGh shall be long intermitted ; and will die away, if they shall entirely cease. "—SIR , 1M... J ONS BISHOP’S COLLEGE PRESS. 184]. ae Ly ‘a, “Gg es ara ‘eh oe ty ay ry ei . be Oy <5 Met Wino Psy y | . : i a ‘. ¢ " cy / rewWRif-ni soneise to qo. bog 3aola yisivo? oljaizk oil} ohare), baa, D118 awe oib [iw bas” Hadienvsiat sors ic 2 seine mee rs,” « 5 aie 7 7 s ; i re is ‘ \ 4 " see \ ; 5 b ¢ ~ ’ . . 5 ¥ -_ JT ¥ ( ‘ - . a Sp) aoe / ne Sra we OY RH yds » Met me < 20) QRH GORE 7 m ry - i e am ny S a cat wif > =, : ’ \ Z . — ‘ay rs oy i ’ = | 4 N ra 5 j ~ 1 Be . ; ’ f h - j r ; ce (‘> oi y » =o) *\. hey ee CONTENTS. No. 115. 1.—On the Natural Products about the Pundeelah River, H. H. the Nizam’s territory. By Dr. Walker, Madras Army, eee esee cece = seve II.—Report on the River Indus, (Sections 1 to 5.) By Lieut. Wood, Bombay Marine, aletare = ibe satel aces ABBA 4555 aie ae III.—A Sketch of the second Silver Plate found at Badakshan, By Alexander Cunningham, Esq. cose cece cove cece oes, woes IV.—Note by Capt. Hay, on a Bird Native of the Eastern Islands, undescrib- ed (?) in a letter to the Editor, vce cece cocee Bieri V.—-Examination of some decayed Oriental Works in the Library of the Asia- tic Society. By H. Piddington, Esq. Officiating Curator, Museum Asiatic Society, coe ie bis cece seve eoee eae VI.—On Bos Gaurus. By W. Elliot, Esq. M. C. S., from Madras Journal of Literature, Salels woue ecco eece seis o biel VII.—Proceedings of a Special Meeting held at the Asiatic Society’s Rooms, VIII.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, Seas wet 2 Sete goes No. 116. I.—Scheme of a Table for all Time. By Capt. R. Shortrede, Assistant Surveyor General, ears ee eye | @elae Te Shee II.—Notes on the Gems found at Beghram. By J. S. Chapman, Esq. Assistant Surgeon, 16th Lancers, cove sece wees cece cece III.—Letter to the Secretary of the Asiatic Society on the Cataclysm of the Indus, from Dr. Falconer, Saharunpoor, .... cate ote's'e aie os IV.—Note on the Fossil Jaw, sent from Jubbulpore by Dr. Spilsbury. By the Acting Curator, Mr. Piddington, eeee seve eee eee V.—Notes on Fossil Discoveries in the valley of the Nerbudda, By G. G. Spils- bury, Esq. eee oeee eves aece Pry Det VI.—Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. By J. T. Pearson, Surgeon, formerly Curator of the Museum, awh oaen Page. 909 o18 970 073 976 579 087 089 595 613 615 620 626 628 iv Contents. VII.—Catalogue of Mammalia in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. By J. T. Pearson, Surgeon, Bengal Establishment; formerly Curator of the Museum, coon sister Sic Aor sate paws VIII.—Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh, at the foot of the Southern range of Hills running parallel to Mount Aboo. By T. S. Burt, F.R.S. Captain, Bengal Engineers, oat =555 amie piatats IX —Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, eve woe eee eves No. 117. I.—Account of Arakan. By Lieut. Phayre, Senior Assistant Commissioner, Arakan, Sica Sate Sfefete aie weet wictave 11.—Table of proportional Logarithms. By Captain Robert Shortrede, cece III.—Memorandum on Nurma Cotton. By H. Piddington, Esq. ee cove IV.—Report on some articles of Trade sent by Lieut. Postans from Khorassan. By H. Piddington, Esq. .... eoee eoce oe cose V.—Note on the Cervus Elaphus (?) of the Sal Forest of Nepal Hodie, C. Affinis, nob. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. ee oa wae sees VI.—Notes and Observations in continuation from Dr. Walker, Madras Medi- cal Service, on a tour in H. H. the Nizam’s Territories, eit peinie VII.—A general Review of the Species of True Stag, or Elaphoid form of Cervus, comprising those more immediately related to the Red Deer of Europe. By Edward Blyth, Curator of the Museum of the Bengal Asiatic Society, Ser SA aa cee eece esee ose VIII.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, cece eee eeee uate * IX.—Special Meeting held on the 24th September 1841, of the Committee of Papers, e@ere ee@e0 eoees eoce e@eooe8e8 No. 118. I.—Description of a Persian Astrolabe, submitted to the Asiatic Society by Major Pottinger. By J. Middleton, Esq. Principal of the Government College at Agra, cece sees ooee cace soee eoee Il.—Notice of the Marmot of the Himalaya and of Tibet, By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Resident at the Court of Nepal, .. cove eoee eee eves I1I.—Memorandum on the Organization of a Museum of Economic Geology for the North-Western Provinces of British India, to be established at Agra. By Lieut. W. Baird Smith, Bengal Engineers.° ..- sees cose 1V.—On a New Organ in the Genus Moschus. By B..H. Hodgson, Esq. Resident at the Court of Nepal, eels eoee cose cece cece V.—Extracts from a Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. By Dr. Griffith, communicated to the Editor from the office of the Political Secre- tariat of India,- ...- arate eta Sac wees eee cece VI.—Description of another new species of Pika, (Lagomys) from the Hima- laya. By Edward Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society. hades aes Page. 660 664 674 679 713 716 718 721 729 736 751 795 759 777 779 799 797 816 Contents. VII.—Literal Translation of the Vasanta-Gurh Inscription. By Pundit Suro- daha Prasadh, Ate? Ou RAE aC Sag Sait eoce VIII.—Observations on a second Inscription taken in fac-simile from the neigh- _ bourhood of Mount Aboo. By Captain Burt, Bengal Establishment, F. R. S. IX.—A letter to the Secretary, on the Nurma Cotton of Bundelcund, from J. G. Bruce, Esq. eesee @ea2eee eeoeo @eee eees eeeos eeee X.—Letter to the Editor, on Lichens in the Himalayas, from Henry Cope, Esq. XI.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society ese eee eves Joes No. 119. I.—Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergui. By Captain G. B. Tremen- heere, Executive Engineer, Tenasserim Division. .... aang asia II.—Report on the Manganese of the Mergui Province. By Captain G. B. Tremenheere, een0 eooe eooe eeeo e@ose III.—Of anew species of Lagomys inhabiting Nepal, (with Plate,) Lagomys Nepalensis, Nob. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Resident at the Court of Nepal 1V.—Notice of a new form of the Glaucopine, or Rasorial Crows, inhabiting the Northern region of Nepal, Conostoma A¢modius, (Nobis type.) By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Resident-at the Court of Nepal. obimye cies V.—A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. By Edward Blyth, Curator to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, cove cece asian VI.—A connected view of the species of Lichens, with their Botanical relation- ship existing between them and the Indian productions. By Henry Cope, Esq. eos sfe'sie siatets wits dae eoce aaa VII.—A Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being remarks and do- cuments relative to the loss of the ship Golconda, in the Tyfoons of 22nd to 24th September 1840, in the China Sea. By Henry Piddington, Esq. VIII.—Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal, (corrected to the end of 1841, first printed in 1832). By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Bengal Civil Service, .... IX.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, for November, .... «eee Seats X.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, for December, .... ates ie om No. 120. I.—Report to the Secretary of the Board of Customs, Salt and Opium, on the Salts called Puckwah and Phool Kharee, with a process for detecting the adulteration of Government Salt, estimates of the quantities of both Salts annually produced, and of the amount of loss which the Revenue may sus- tain through the production of these two articles. By Henry Piddington, Esq. eave onde ciel’ aici s slaiee ogee amin iia I].—Remarks by Capt. J. T. Boileau, Bengal Engineers F.R.S., F.R.H.S., on the Construction of Newman’s improved Portable Barometer, and on the mode of renewing the Guage Point when lost, .... ence cides! ae 856 858 888 895 907 “ 917 939 939 957 vi Contents. I111.—Observations of Meteors, on the night between the 12th and 13th November 1841, made at the Magnetic Observatory at Simla. Communicated by Cap- tain J. T. Boileau, Engineers, F.R.S. &c. &c. Superintendent, olde 1V.—On Porcelain Clay found at Mangalore. By A. T. Christie, Esq. Madras Medical Service. Communicated by Government, .... da ee ado of V.—Descriptions of three Indian Species of Bat, of the genus Taphozous. By Edward Blyth, Curator to the Asiatic Society, cece see opine VI.—Extracts from a Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. By Dr. Griffith. Communicated to the Editor, from the Political Secretariat of India. coer coe ooes eves ao wees sees V1I —Grammar and Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. By M. P. Edge- worth, Esq., B.C.S. .. sacs cons esee nei eoee Page. 964 967 971 977 1038 Lwoex. Page Arakan Account of, By Lieutenant Phayre, Senior Assistant Commis- sioner, Arakan,.. “s -. 679 Articles of Trade sent by Lieut. Postans from Khorassan. Report on some, By H. Piddington, Esq. 718 Bos Gaurus. On, By W. Elliot, Esq. M. C.S., (from Madras Journal of Literature, ) A oe O19 Cashmiri Language, Grammar and Vocabulary of the, By M. P. Edgeworth, Esq. B.C. S. _—_.... 1088 Catalogue of the Asiatic Society, Birds in the Museum of the, By J. T. Pearson, Surgeon, formerly Curator of the Museum, esse 628 Cataclysm of the Indus. Letter to the Secretary of the Asiatic Society, On the, from Dr. Falconer, Saha- TUNPOOT, eee cess sess Cervus Elaphus (?) of the Sal Forest of Nepal Hodie. Note on the, By B. H. Hodgson, Esq... «... 721 Construction of Newman’s improved Portable Barometer, and on the mode of renewing the Gauge Point when lost; with a drawing. Remarks on the, By Captain J. ‘I’. Boileau, BengalEngineers, F.R.S.,F.R.H.S. 957 Description of another New species of Pika, (Lagomys) from the Hi- malaya, By Edward Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Soceity, .. 816 Fossil Discoveries in the valley of Nerbudda. Notes on the, G. G Spilsbury, Esq. ee ee Fossil Jaw, sent from Jubbulpore. Note onthe, By the Acting Cura- tor, Mr. Piddington. eos» 620 Gems found at Beghram_Notesonthe, By J. S. Chapman, Esq. Assistant Surgeon, 16th Lancers, -eee 613 Glaucopine, or Rasorial, Crows, inhabiting the Northern region of Nepal—Conostoma Amodius. Notice of a new form of the, By B. H. Hodgson Esq. Resident at the Court of Nepal, a -. 896 Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh, at the foot of the Southern range of Hills running Parallel to Mount Aboo, By T. S. Burt, F. R. S. Captain, Bengal Engineers, ore ose 6 Lagomys inhabiting Nepal, (with late.) Of a new species of, By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Resident at the Court of Nepal, ae coos S04 Law of Storms in India, being re- marks and documents relative to 615 626 Page. the loss of the Ship Golconda, in the Tyfoons of 22d to 24th Sep- tember 1840, in the China Sea. A Fourth Memoir on the, By Henry Piddington, Esq. cece eee Lichens inthe Himalayas. Letter to the Editor on, from Henry Cope, i} e ee @e ee Literal Translation of the Vasanta- Gurh Inscription, By Pundit Suro- daha Prasadh, oe -. 819 Mammalia in the Museum of the Asiatic, Society. Catalogue of, By J. T. Pearson, Surgeon, Bengal Establishment ; formerly Curator of the Museum, ae Si Mammals of Nepal, Classified Cata- logue of, (corrected to the end of 1841, first printed in 1832,) By B. H. Hodgson, Bengal Civil Service, 907 Manganese of the Mergui Province, Report on the, By Captain G. B. Tremenheere, ae Se Marmot of the Himalaya, and of Ti- bet. Notice of, By B. H. Hodg- son, Esq. Resident at the Court of Nepal. ae He oe dd Meteors on the night between the 12th and 13th November 1841, made at the Magnetic Observatory at Simla, Observations of, com- municated, By Captain J. T. Boi- leau, Engineers. F.R.S., &c. &c. Superintendent, .... eoee 964 Natural Products about the Pundee- lah River, H. H. the Nizam’s ter- ritory. Onthe, By Dr. Walker, Madras Army, es Ae New Organ in the Genus Moschus. On a, By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Resident at the Court of Ne- = a @eeose @eeo @eee 195 Note and Observations in continua- tion from Dr. Walker, Madras Medical Service, on a tour in H. H. the Nizam’s Territories, o. 129 Nurma Cotton, Memorandum on. By H. Piddington, Esq. .... ecoee 716 Nurma Cotton of Bundelcund, a let- ter to the Secretary, on the, from J. G. Bruce, Esq. ae 2. 822 Organization of a Museum of Eco- nomic Geology for the North- Western Provinces of British In- dia, to be established.at Agra, Me- morandum on the, By Lieut. W. Baird Smith, Bengal Engineers, Oriental Works in the Library of the Asiatic Society. Examination of some decayed, By H. Pidding- 660 852 ~] sy So) Vili Page. ton, Esq. Officiating Curator, x Museum Asiatic Society, a vO Persian Astrolabe, Description of a, submitted to the Asiatic Society, By J. Middleton, Esq. Principal of the Government College at Agra, 759 Porcelain Clay found at Mangalore. On, By A. T. Christie, Madras Medical Service, Communicated by Government, .... Proceedings of the Asiatic Socie- ty, .. 987-589-674-751-755-833-917-935 Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. Extracts froma, By Dr. Griffith, communicated to the Editor from the office of the Poli- tical Secretariat of India, 797-977 River Indus, (Sections ] to5.) Re- port on the, By Lieutenant Wood, Bombay Marine, ones aes Salts, called Puchwah and Phool- Kharee. Report on, By Henry Piddington, Esq. .... cet oo Scheme of a Table forall Time. By Captain R. Shortrede, Assistant Surveyor General, os -. 099 Second Inscription taken in facsi- mile from the neighbourhood of Mount Aboo. Observations on a, By Captain Burt, Bengal Esta- bilshment, F.R.S. om -. 821 518 Index. Page. Second Silver Plate found at Badak- shan. A Sketch of the, By Alexan- der Cunningham, Esq. sieias O70 Species of Lichens, with their Bota- nical relationship existing between them and the Indian productions. A connected view of the, By Henry Cope, Esq. Pete. Sees OSS Species of True Stag or Elaphoid form of Cervus. A general review of the, comprising those more im- mediately related to the Red Deer of Europe, By Edward Blyth, Cu- rator of the Museum of the Bengal Asiatic Society, 736 Table of Proportional Logarithms, By Captain Robert Shortrede, .. 713 Three Indian Species of Bat, of the gous Taphozous. Descriptions of, y Edward Blyth, Curator to the Asiatic Society, see. ApS A | Tin of the Province of Mergui. Re- port on the, By Captain G. B. Tre- menheere, Executive Engineer, Tenasserim Division, .. 5k Undescribed Bird, Native of the Eas- tern Islands. Note ona, By Captain Hay, (?) in a letter to the Editor, 973 Wild Sheep, a Monograph of the Spe- cies of, By Edward Blyth, Curator to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 808 JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY. On the Natural Products about the Pundeelah River, H. H. the Nizam’s territory.— By Dr. Waker, Madras Army. I marched from Pakhall on the 7th instant in a North-westerly direc- tion towards Madhapore, which I reached on the 13th. I remained there for five days, when I proceeded to this place, deviating from the direct route by going ten miles up the Pundeelah river. At Dogundah, the first stage on the march from Pakhall, so deep was the soil, that I experienced considerable difficulty in procuring a specimen of the surface rock. Upon obtaining one, I found it to con- sist of sienitic granite, with a considerable quantity of mica inter- -spersed. One of those greenstone veins so commonly met with, was found traversing the rock in the usual direction from East to West to near the next stage, Korapack. Here, in some places of the plain, the granite was observed to lose its hornblende and mica altogether, and become the pegmatite of French writers. The great proneness of the felspar to decompose in this form of granite, is shewn by the brackish water of the neighbourhood; and here it may be remarked that, within the tropics, where from the great heat and other causes, there is a continual tendency to decomposition and recomposition, it necessarily appears that wells sunk in rocks con- taining alkali, particularly if lime is present in the soil, must ever contain water more or less impure, and that the impurity will always be found in a direct ratio to the facility with which the rock disinte- grates. It must also follow as a consequence, that the older the -well No. 115, New Series, No. 31. 3s 510 On the Natural Products about | [No. 115. is, the worse the water; for the salts that occasion the brackishness are by no means removed on their contents being drawn out, or evaporated; but adhere to the sides of the well, or being extremely soluble, as they all are, impregnate the bottom mud to some depth. May not the proverbial unhealthiness of old deserted cities be in a great measure attributable to the water reservoirs being all in the same state ? At the next stage, Gunpoora, the elevations to the right were ascer- tained to be of the sandstone formation, similar to that of Pakhall. The granite continued for some miles to be the surface rock ; but it finally disappeared at Chintakaminah, the stage next to Madhapore, where its place was taken by the sandstone. Between Senapore and Madhapore, the country, particularly after entering the Chinnore Sircar at Chumblepore, is exceedingly jungly. The wood jungle, which commences at the last mentioned place, con- sists of the trees formerly noticed in the description of Pakhall, with the addition of two or three Gardenias. Two species of Bignoria, the crispa and quadulocularis, the Schrebera Swietienoides, a species of Cordia, the Strychnos Potatorum, the Randea dumetorum, the Termi- nalia Chebula, two species of Casearia and Celastrus raniculata; the last a climbing shrub. Of the grains and legumes cultivated in this Sircar, there is little or no difference between them and those of Hu- numkondah, mentioned in my first letter. The Linum usitatissimum is grown here in small quantity, but a good deal is imported from Chandah. Its oil is chiefly used by the sawyers. A species of Capsicum, known in Western India by the name of Nepal chilly, is grown here. _ Cotton is also raised, but in very small quantity. The Goands who inhabit the hills and fastnesses of the north, use the bamboo seeds, ground to a meal, and mixed with milk, as an article of diet. Cattle, buffaloes included, present nothing remarkable. The latter, as elsewhere in other parts of India, are used for draught. There are flocks of sheep, with the brown wool, here; it is not esteemed of much value, and is chiefly sent to Chandah in the Nagpore _ territory. The Goands bring in hides of the Samber* and Nilgyet for sale ; the price is from eight annas to twelve annas each. * Samber or Samur. The Indian Elk. + Nilghye. 1841.] the Pundeelah River. oll The principal manufacture throughout this district is the tusser or jungle silk. The tusser breeders are a class quite distinct from the weavers, and are either Telongoos of low caste or Goands; the former reside principally at Chilpore, Madapore, and Chinnore. At Madapore, which may be regarded as the centre and head quarters of the tusser- breeders, there are at least seventy families. The tusser-breeder never thinks of keeping up the breed of the insect throughout the year. When the leaf is off the tree, about the middle of March, he deems his occupation gone, and he leaves the object of his former excessive care to shift for itself, thinking of nothing but his present ease, which may be summed up in a few words, —sloth, a bare subsistence, and an occasional debauch in his nectar, palm toddy. But with the rains returns his toil, and some little difficulty is experienced in procuring insects for a fresh campaign. If he can gather a dozen of promising cocoons, which his experience tells him are of females, he is quite satified. Carefully does he watch the bursting of the cocoon, and much care does he take of its winged inmate, having previously prepared for it a house of teak leaves dried. The male is not tardy in approaching. Impregnation takes place, the male dies, and in four days after laying her eggs, the female also. The eggs are in number about sixty, of these one-half prove abortive, while the others are hatched in ten days. The small insect is fed on the tender leaves of the Careya spheerica, and in six weeks spins its cocoon; the first brood are spared and allowed to burst their cocoons to supply a sufficient quantity of ova for the first tusser harvest; the same process as described is again gone through, with this exception, that the young worms are this time fed on the leaves of the pentaptera tomentosa, as those of the Careya spherica are, by the period of the season, supposed to have acquired some influence noxious to the insect. It is during the progress of the worm, from the egg to the formation of the cocoon, that every energy of the tusser-breeder is called into action for the preservation of his charge. Every animal, footed, winged, and creeping, is said to be the enemy of the tusser grub. Ants destroy them, kites and crows prey on them, snakes devour them, and squirrels are said to make a repast of them. To protect them first from their insect enemies, the tusser-breeder ascends the Muddy tree, (Pentaptera tomentosa,) the 512 On the Natural Products about [No. 113. leaves of which are the insect’s food ; every branch he carefully clears of the different species of ants by which they may be infested, pre- venting the-access of others, by surrounding the trunk of the tree at its foot with ashes. The other enemies are kept off by shouting, throw- ing stones, firing guns, &c. Their life at this time would appear, by their own account, to be one of the most unremitting toil ; to devote themselves to which they forswear not only every indulgence, but every comfort; and it rouses the apathetic peasant of JTelengana to eloquence, when he recounts what privations he undergoes, what pleasure he derives himself, and what incessant labour he incurs while watching the rearing of the worm, and the perfecting of its work. The tusser butterfly is a species of Saturnia, probably the aphia described by Dr. Helfer as the most common of the native species. I send a specimen of a female moth.* From four to five hundred of the cocoons are sold to the Bunnyas and weavers for one rupee; the moth is killed by means of heat. There are three tusser harvests, one at the end of the rains, the other two in the cold season. The winding of the silk is accomplished by boiling the cocoons, separating the floss of which no use is made, and twisting eight or ten filatures from as many cocoons on the middle of the thigh with the left hand to be wound on the instrument, of which a muster is sent : this instrument the middle bar of the wood is held lightly in the hand of the workman and made to move in a semicircle. An ounce and a quarter of silk is the average daily winding of a single workman ; his wages are, at the common rate of one pice for winding the silk of fifty cocoons, about three pice a day, as he cannot wind more silk than from a hundred and fifty cocoons. The pice, however, are large, and go there by eight to the rupee.t The only dyes used for the tusser silk, as far at least as my observation or inquiry has gone, are the flowers of the palas and turmeric; by the former the usual familiar colour is produced, by the latter a golden yellow is brought out after the threads are for some time immersed in a solution of ashes. The warp threads are stiffened with rice congee. Wax.—A good deal of honeycomb is brought into Madhapore and Chinnore by the hill people. It is quite impossible, under the present * This has not reached us, but it would be very curious to know, if that of Assam, described by Dr. Helfer and Mr. Hugon is the same as this of Hunumkonda. Ep. + Soin MSS. 1841. | the Pundeelah River. 5138 circumstances of limited demand, to say what further supply these jun- gles might afford. The honey is sold for ten seers the rupee, and sent to Hyderabad. After the rains, and during the cold season, six or seven seers of wax can be purchased for a rupee. It may here be mentioned, that the seer of both this and the Sircar of Hunumkondah, consists of fourteen thousand two hundred and twen- ty-seven grains, that is, about half an ounce more than two pounds. The maund is equal to twelve seers. Lac.—The jungles in the Sircar, by report, yield this substance in abundance ; but the little demand comparatively speaking, induces few traders to encourage the hill people to bring it in. It is thus impossible to say what the actual supply of Lac really might be without traversing the jungles at the proper season ; but there can be little doubt that it would be ample. A specimen of it is sent. Gums.—East India Gum has obtained the bad fame of almost every East Indian production not under the direct superintendence of Eu- ropeans. It is called a spurious inferior article ;—the cause is obvious— the collectors mingle all sorts together, and there being no one to select from the chaos they bring in, to check the admixture of good and bad, or to fix a value on the article, they go in this state to the Euro- pean market with the brand of East Indian. They are soon found, like all mixtures, to be inferior, and the original prejudice acquires at once the stamp of currency, the cause of their inferiority being wholly over- looked. The value of gum depends on its whiteness and solubility. Who has ever separately tested the solubility of the Gums now sent ? at least three of them are not even mentioned in botanical works ? Gum 1.—Conacarpus latifolia. This is used by the tusser weaver. Gum 2.—Terminalia tomentosa. Gum 3.—Terminalia bellerica. Gum 4.—Buchanania latifolia. Gum 5.—Garuga pinnata. Gum 6.—Cochlospermum gossypium. Gum 7.—Sterculia urens. The two last are nearly similar in their properties to gum traga- canth, and the gum of the Sterculia urens was actually used for some time as atrue Astragalus gum; there can be little doubt but that both are still constantly substituted for it. 514 On the Natural Products about [ No. 115. It is difficult to say with any exactness, at what price these gums might be procured from the collectors, as the Bunnyas are very partial to the truck system, and rarely pay in money if they can avoid it; a state of things almost natural in a country like this where money is scarce. Gum Resin.—Frankincense of the Boswellia thurifera, the olibanum of the ancients. Of this a specimen is sent. The tree is very common in the jungles. Resins Decamully.—This substance, formerly accounted a gum, has been fully proved to be a resin. It is the produce of three species of Gardenia, all exceedingly common. I am not aware that this article is yet employed for any economical purpose, but it is a substance that certainly deserves the notice of the artisan. It is very much used in native medicine. Oris.—Both varieties of the sesamum plant, black and white, are cul- tivated, and from the seeds of the Bassia latifolia and Balbergia latifolia, oils are expressed and used for common purposes. Two varieties of the castor-oil are cultivated. I made a trial of the quantity of oil that the kernel of the nuts of the Buchanania latifolia, ( Chirongy, ) would yield, and obtained an English pint from two seers of seed. This is an oil seldom or ever used by the natives. If it possesses the drying quality of nut oils in general, it may become a valuable article of commerce. The kernels of the Chirongy nuts are purchased at Madhapore, from six to eight seers the rupee. The oil-press by which the oil was obtained, was of the simplest construction. It consisted of two logs of teak, with a hole in the extremity of each, through which passed a stake fixed in the ground, the other two ends were left free, and rested on the bifurcation of a strong piece of timber shaped like the letter Y. This was also fixed in the ground; the kernels were placed in a small bag formed of the liber of the Sterculia urens; they contained about half a pound, and | were set one above another at the middle of the lower beam, pressure was then made by means of rope tied round the free extremities ; this was done four or five times, the position of the bags being altered each time. The whole apparatus did not cost half a rupee; by it the Mowah oil is always expressed in this part of the country. The oil mill is used for most of the cultivated oil seeds, and castor-oil is obtained in the usual mode, by pounding and boiling. 1841. } the Pundeelah River. 515 ArTICLES OF THE Materia Mepica. Justicia Paniculata (Crryat).—This drug, which forms the active ingredient of the celebrated French nostrum Drogue-amere, grows in great abundance here. It is an excellent bitter and febrifuge. Srrycunos Poratorum.—This tree is found in the jungles; the peculiar property possessed by its seeds of rendering turbid water clear, might perhaps be turned to some account in the arts. It possi- bly depends on Bassorine, known to be an ingredient in the seed of more than one of its congeners. The Nux vomica tree is very com- mon, as is also the Celastris paniculata, the seeds of which yield the celebrated black oil, (Oleum nigrum,) of Dr. Herklots. Two or three mucilaginous roots were shown me; one of these was that of Asparagus acerosus, another was most probably the root of the Curculigo orchi- odes. The Asclepias procera was, as usual, very common, likewise the Asclepias pseudosarsa, country Sarsaparilla. The tuberous roots of two wild species of Dioscorea were brought; one of these, Dioscorea oppositifolea, has been found to yield a good arrow-root. Dyrs.—The Oldenlandia Umbelata (Cherwil) grows wild here, as well as in the Hunumkondah Sircar. The bark of the Morinda ex- erta, which grows in the jungle, is also employed to dye red. A sug- gestion lately made by Mr. Solly of London, of making extracts of dye woods and barks, would be applicable to a bulky material like the present. The Crotum plicatum grows in great luxuriance on the allu- vial soil on the banks of the rivers. Timprer.—Madhapore is the great depot for timber, chiefly teak, that is floated down by the rivers from the Nagpore country. Ebony trees are found in the jungle to the south of this. The Schrebera Swietienoides, the wood of which is said not to warp, grows to be a fine tree, and is abun- dant. All the valuable timber trees mentioned in my last letter, are to be met with. F CorpaGE.—The common Sunn plant, the Crotolaria juncea, is cul- tivated, and its fibres are made use of for many purposes as hemp. The fibres of the inner bark of two species of Bauhinia are twisted and used as rope, particularly by the Brinjarries; the inner bark of the Butea superba is also employed for the same purpose. I send a spe- cimen of the rope made from the last. The Asclepias Tenacissima of Roxburgh is found here. It is well known to yield very strong fibres, the strongest indeed of any plant 516 On the Natural Products about [No. 115. known. ‘The fishermen in the rains collect it, beat out the fibres, and twist them for their nets. I shall endeavour, although the plant is out of season, to procure a specimen of this hemp, which I shall forward ; and I have left directions at Chinnore, that a parcel be sent to Hyderabad, towards the end of the rains ; at which time the plant is gathered, that a comparison be instituted between its strength and that of the various hemps, whether the produce of this country or of Europe. It is also said to yield a species of caoutchouc. I propose starting from Chinnore en route to Cummurret this evening. Note on Timber. Although valuable teak is not the produce of this part of the Nizam’s dominions, (for the greater part growing here is adapted solely for props and rafters,) yet as Madhapore is the great depdt from which the wood is sent to Hyderabad, &c. a brief notice res- pecting it may not be deemed out of place. The teak (Tectona grandis) grows to a large size in the country to the north of Chinnore, about eighty miles distant; chiefly in the territory of the Raja of Nagpore, along the banks of the streams tributary to the Pundeelah. Other valuable timber, particularly the Diospyrus melanoxylon, yielding black ebony, and another species of Diospyrus yielding green, a Dal- bergia called by the natives shesum; but which may not, however, be the real sissoo, but rather its near ally the Dalbergia latifolia, for from such observers accuracy the distinguishing species is not to be expected—all these different woods were floated down some years ago by the house of W. Palmer and Co., but at the present time teak, and a very small quantity of shesum, are the only kinds cut: I have merely native report as to the extent of the forests yielding these woods, but they are described as of great extent. During the dry months the teak-trees are felled—they are conveyed sometimes on carts, but more frequently by bullocks yoked to them to Eeroo, or Agree, a village fifty miles up the Pundeelah from its junction with the Godavery. Nullahs in the rains are also taken advantage of for the same purpose. It is well known, that the natives prefer the period when the moon is on the wane for cutting timber, assigning as a reason, its liability to be attacked by insects when cut at the period of the moon’s increase. When we acknowledge, as is now usually done, lunar influence 1841. ] . the Pundeelah River. S17 on the animal kingdom, we must be slow to deny its power on the less perfectly organized vegetable, and hence we must regard this practice as not the mere result of ignorance or prejudice; but must class it in the catalogue of facts to be investigated. With teak, however, it is remarkable that no period of the moon is observed, being cut without reference to any such time, as they allege that the oil contained in it, is protection sufficient against the common casualties to which other timber is subject. At Teroo, the teak is barked, squared, and dried. From the beginning of the rains until February it is floated down in rafts, and landed princi- pally at Madhapore, although still a certain quantity passes on to Raja- mundry and Masulipatam. The raft consists of three tiers of wood placed across each other, and firmly bound together with ropes of the liber of the Bauhinia parviflora and Butea superba. They are con- ducted by persons of the bearer caste, and usually take six or eight days to reach their destination to Madhapore from Eeroo, although sometimes the voyage is accomplished in a couple of days. The timbers are there classed according to their size :— Ist.—The Mowhoont, twenty-four to thirty feet in a length, with breadth and depth of eighteen inches. A log like this requires a bandy (hackery) with from six to eight bullocks for its conveyance. Znd.—Doolkahoont. This also is a large timber; but shorter than the preceding, and not so thick. érd.—Danpet. Common wood for beams and deals. 4th.—_ Sarmundum. A smaller timber than the last, used for the same purposes. All other kinds are classed under Dunta for the larger, and Kurry for the smaller. The carts for conveying the wood are strong and well built; their axle trees are of the wood of the Conocarpus latifolia, and the wheels solid and without spokes of the Pentaptera tomentosa. Considering the variety of soils they have to traverse before reaching their destination, they are well adapted for their object ; they take fifty days to reach Hyderabad, and it was stated to me, on what I consider tolerable authority, that the price for conveying sixty square feet of teak from Madhapore to Hyderabad, was not much under five rupees! From eight hundred to a thousand carts are annually despatched with teak from Madhapore: the Brinjarries convey the smaller kinds. ok 518 Report on the River Indus, (Sections 1 to 5.) By Lieut. Woop, Bombay Marine. I.—A General View of the Indus. This report is confined to the navigable Indus, or that portion of the river lying between the Sea and Attock. Throughout the whole of this distance, the river is known as the Sinde, sometimes indeed it is called the Attock, but this latter desig- nation is local in its application. I have retained both, and apportioned them as follows :— The Lower Sinde, or Indus, extends from the Sea to Bukkur. Upper Sinde, or Indus, extends from Bukkur to Kalabagh. Attock from Kalabagh to Attock. By dividing the river into these sections, each is made to mark certain important alterations in the navigable character of the stream. It may here be premised, that of the course of the river North of Attock, our knowledge is confessedly superficial. A few miles above that fortress the Indus ceases to be navigable; but not be- fore it has received in the Cabool river a tributary, that further extends the advantage of water carriage to the West,—the most im- portant of all directions. Source.—To what Lieutenants Burns and Macartney have written on the subject I have nothing to add, unless Moorcroft’s travels settle the question. The source of the Indus is still a problem to be solved. In the plain above Attock, the Indus is divided into many branch- es, but abreast of that fort they all unite. One deep, narrow, clear, blue stream, shoots rapidly past, and at once entering the hills, disap- pears from sight. Among hilly groups it winds to Kalabagh. At Mukkud the channel widens, and the expanded river flows quietly forwards with a lessened velocity, and a reduced depth. On escaping from its rocky bed the river enters a level country, through which it winds onward to the sea. Its boundaries are now those of the valley ; the Soliman mountains are on one side, and the Indian desert on the other. Length of Course.—From the Sea to Attock, the distance in a straight line is As At ee bles .. 648 miles. By the River it is increased to .. od .. 942 miles. 1841. | Wood's Report on the River Indus. 519 Breadth of the Stream.—The width of the surface water in the dry season, varies from 480 to 1600 yards; the usua! width is about 680 yards. Depth.—When the river is in full freshes twenty-four feet ; but in an opposite season of the year, nine, twelve, thirteen, and fifteen feet are the usual maxima of its soundings. The greatest depth of water in the Indus occurs between Kalabagh and Attock ; one hun- dred and eighty-six feet has been here sounded. Velocity.—-Seven knots an hour in the freshes, and three when the river is low. It is scarcely necessary to remark, that the three last items are very inconstant. At no two places are the measurements exactly alike, nor do they continue the same at one place for a single week. A more particular account of these will be found under the next head. Fall per mile.—From Attock to Kalabagh, .. .. 20 inches. Ditto Kalabagh to Mittun, .. .. 8 ditto. Ditto Mittun, to. Sea,* 2.5 ..° ‘. | ‘G6 'ditto, Discharge per second.—Cubic feet Maximum-— in August, an sp at a Ss -- 446,080 Maximum in December, .. site ap -- 40.857 Annual Discharge.—5,383,600,934,400—or 150,212,079,642 tons avoirdupois. Power of Transport.—Rolled pebbles do not occur in the bed of the Indus below Chandia-ke-kote, a village five miles South of Kala- bagh. Above Kote, though not below it, the sand of the Indus is searched for gold. The precious mineral is also found at Dera Ismail Khan ; but not in the river. It is washed down by the rains from the Soliman mountains. Pebbles also occur at a certain spot in the river below Hyderabad, in Lower Sinde; but they can be traced to hills in the neighbourhood. Height of the River's Banks.—Assuming for the purpose of expla- nation that the source and’the embochure of the Indus are upon the same level, the river in its long course may be said to have two maxima of rise. These are shewn in the following sketch, where the measurements are those of the stream when in full flood. * The fall of the river from Mittun to the Sea is from Captain Burnes’ Memoir of the Indus. 520 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [ No. 115. Distance by the River. ~ O41 mile. =| 818 miles. | 872m] Unknown. ee eee: Sowree. AZ SS : SS ZEA ZA Sea Rise at Hyderabad 15 f. Mittun 81 feet, Kalabagh and Attock 48 feet. The rise between Kalabagh and Attock cannot be called natural ; it is caused by the contracted bed, into which the stream is here thrown among the mountains. The rise at Hyderabad is the result of a care- fully kept register daily ; but at the other places, this item has been reduced from an examination of the river’s banks, and the best infor- mation I could procure. Colour and Temperature.—To Dera Ismail Khan, the water of the Indus is of a lead colour ; below that town it becomes of a dirty whitish yellow, tinged with red. In the freshes the red ‘tint is heightened ; but the general colour continues the same. Between Attock and Mittun, all the streamlets that fall into the Indus are of a bright red ; save the Hurroo and Toe, which have peb- bly beds and clear water. Temperature of the River. Months. Airc). gatever. Remarks. Febrigry 8. OP eee ea ee eae a Marebiyssu: «2 is. eR eSDe. Os 7B? 7.0! = ae April, 00's pucnsetit, = ishiie hoes Saath ae le ss Way, ee os. set OORT te eee 35S pie ee SP! Pe ee eas rn, eae Silyswsion.sdoud ol atl or Shes ad eee AnO! 6° PONE ys i ointn iA: lie leo mae 88° 0! Ss mu eptember, .- 6s, 2.) Ode 10 Sieg NUL 7, f IIl.— Navigable character of the Indus. Between the Sea and Attock the facilities for navigation are not everywhere equally great. They vary with the state of the river’s bed. As an acquaintance with the one may contribute to a know- 1841.] Wood’s Report on the River Indus. 521 ledge of the other, I shall apportion the river into sections correspond- ing to its capabilities, and afterwards indicate the character of the present method of navigating the stream. The Delta,—As high as the influence of the tide extends, there will always be an ample depth of water for even vessels of a greater draft than those elsewhere described as the best and only boats suited to the river under all circumstances. It reaches to Nooroo-kanand, a village on the left bank of the river below Tatta. But above this navigation is intricate, nor does it ma- terially improve till beyond the Deléa. This is owing to the great expansion of the river’s bed, where among the numerous channels that present themselves, it is not always an easy matter to select the right one. No great inconvenience is felt on this score by the vessels now upon the river, for whether they ascend it laden, or in ballast, dragged by the track rope, or propelled by the breeze, their progress is so slow that they may be said to feel every inch of the way.* From the Delia to Sehevan.—This is the best portion of the river, and the Pulla fisherman as he floats down the centre of the stream, proclaims the fact. The pole to the lower extremity of which his net is fastened, measures from sixteen to twenty-two feet, and according as this may be in March or August, either eight or fifteen feet of its entire length is immersed in water. Two rocky ledges occur in this section ; both project from the right bank of this river, and are found, one under the village of Jeskh, and the other at the north end of the Hilaya reach. Both are under water in the swell. Sehewan to Roree, or Bukkur.—As the character of the last section was determined by the avocations of the fisherman, so may be that of this one. The fishing pole is no longer in general use ; but among the shallows in the middle of the stream, men armed with creels, shaped like inverted cones, may be seen busy at work ensnaring the pulla fish. Here then it may be presumed, the depths are too irregular for the employment of the former method. Such is the cause, and thus does the practice of the fisheries on this river become an index to the state of its navigation. Bukkur to Mittun.—A great change here takes place in the charac- ter of the river. The stream at Roree, though at some places it may * See Appendix, Table V. for the soundings of this and other sectional divisions. 522 Wood's Report on the River Indus. [No. 115. be found in a single bed, is more often divided into two or more parallel branches, from 400 yards to four miles apart. Where the former is the case, (at Mittun-kote and for some distance below it, for example,) the channels are more mazy and intricate than where its volume, as in the latter instance, is apportioned among a number of branches. ‘These changes in the configuration of the river are met by a corresponding alteration in the build of the boats. A new de- scription of vessel, called a ¢ohruk, of a less draft than the doondah, is now the common cargo boat. Where the other is retained, its size is reduced. Doondahs, it will be afterwards shewn, requiring five feet and half an inch to float them, are in use upon the river below Buk- kur; but above that fort, I have not met a single boat of a draft ex- ceeding three feet nine inches. Mittun to Kalabagh.—The Indus in this section, as high as Dera Ismail Khan, is equally well suited to navigation, though not better than that last described. It also in some degree resembles that sec- tion in its parallel branches and broad bed. Between Dera Ismail Khan and Kalabagh, the difficulties of the navigation increase. Kalabagh to Attock.—The downward voyage may be made through- out the year; but from April to October the passage is hazardous, and rarely attempted. Boats at all seasons may ascend as high as Sharkee, a village on the right bank of the river, a few miles above Mukkud, but between that and Attock the upward navigation is restricted to the winter months, and even then a boat must have a double crew, and be of a build that does not obtain below Kalabagh, called a dug- gah. For a description of this vessel see the 7th article in this Report. IIlI.—Of the Soundings in Indian Rivers. After having sketched the greatest capabilities of the Indus from the draft of its boats, it will not be necessary to enlarge in this place on the nature of its soundings. South of Mittun-kote I have inserted, under sectioned heads, specimens enough to shew the characters of the Channels,* referred to. A table marked maximum, minimum, &c. is quite the thing for a thermometrical register ; but such a formula for soundings, when applied to an Indian river, mars its own object, * See Appendix, Table V. EE eS ee ee 1841. | Wood's Report on the River Indus. 523 unless indeed it be based on the accumulated experience of years. That I do not therefore crowd these pages with figures, is from a firm con- viction of their inutility. They are in fact positively injurious ; for when a practical man at a distance casts his eyes over the contents of a table, purporting to give the soundings in a river’s channel, and finds the least depth to be two fathoms, he very naturally concludes that a boat constructed to draw only nine feet, will navigate the said river. No conclusion could be more erroneous, the reasoning is suited to the equable streams of the new world; but not applicable to the ever-changing channels of our Indian rivers. To what other causes can we attribute that crude digest of a prospectus for introducing steam upon the Indus for commercial purposes, that lately reached this country from England, authenticated by names of the first rank and respectability in the mercantile world ? One of the articles in the proposed Joint Stock Company provided for stationing a ship of one thousand tons, (an old East Indiaman,) as a depot inside the river. Such a vessel could hardly come in sight of the Sindian coast. Lieutenant Charles’ survey of the mouths of the river has made us acquainted with their actual condition, and in another part of this report, what should be the draft of the Indus Steamers ;* and this decision is the result of a most careful examination of the river, both in its dry season and during its freshes. hetch of a Reach below Sehewan. Lis Rae TATA ‘ * See the 8th Article in this Report. Or bo pass Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [No. 115. IV.—Of the mode of Navigating the Indus. The diagram on the preceding page, represents a reach of the river below Sehewan. The better to illustrate the figure, I shall suppose a boat deeply laden at the village Y is about to start on the downward voyage, and that her ‘‘mmeerbar,” or man in charge of the boat, is : a stranger to the river. Leaving the village, he would doubtless take the large channel indicated by the colored arrows, without regarding, if indeed they had been seen, the numerous offsets on the right hand ; when abreast of the shoal S, a decrease in the depth of water would for the first time apprise him of his having lost the fair channel, and shortly after this intimation had been received, the boat would ground on the bar G. Now by inspecting the sketch, it will be seen that between the villages X and Y, the deep channel has shifted from the left to the right bank of the river. The alteration has been effected by the silent drainage of the lateral channels O, P, E, and D, and by the unperceived departure of a large body of water over the bar extending from S toG into the back water F. E is the passage the boat should have pursued ; but this knowledge could only have been the result of a previous careful examination, appearances at starting being decidedly in favour of channel D. The nature of these changes will be rendered still more evident, by inspecting a section of the river’s bed. ‘Take for example the following :— Ist. Channel. 2nd. Channel. = ric am mica = 3.4.44.41.31.91.2, 3321333].1.1. 14.13.2.23.22.23. L1.1.1.333353313 3rd. Channel. at AS col 17.13.13.2.2.1.4 fathoms. Such a line of soundings is not uncommon, though this one differs from the usual section in having an additional channel, two being the more usual number. The junction of these is not effected at a particular spot, but is, on the contrary, the result of a parallel course of many miles, during the whole of which distance the change is gradually being effected. They thus imperceptibly glide into each other; and should the channel selected by a boat descending the river, be that which the stream is in the act of abandoning, she must be moved into the new formed channel as soon as a decrease of soundings gives warning of the fact. Now it is deserv- ing of remark, that when the necessity of change first becomes apparent, 1841. | Wood’s Report on the River Indus. 525 there is seldom more than three-quarters of a fathom water on the spot separating the channels. Whether alterations in the channels of other large rivers are brought about in a similar manner, I am not aware ; but this peculiarity, if it can be so termed, is familiar to the boatmen on the Indus ; and with a description of the manner of their meeting it, and of the precautionary measures to which it gives rise, I shall conclude this notice of its navigation. No vessel with cargo on board makes a downward voyage unaided. by a pilot boat; it is called here sooee, or guide. These are small cheap skiffs managed by a couple of men, one of whom standing on a platform in the bows gives the depth of water, while the other, with his scull over the stern, steers the boat. Cheap as the services of a pilot may be had, the protracted length of the voyage makes it a burden too weighty for a single cargo to bear, and the custom there- fore is, for boats to drop down the river in fleets, or by divisions, when sooees become so multiplied, that to every two or three large boats a tender is attached. Grain being the only freight, all ship- ments are made at a stated season of the year ; and as the quantity of corn produced on the banks of the Indus in autumn far exceeds that cut down in spring, the winter fleet outnumbers in an equal pro- portion that which takes its departure about midsummer. In February 1837, when the river was at its lowest level, I counted forty-two grain Jaden beats pass Sehewan on their way to Hyderabad, whither the surplus of the Upper Provinces is yearly exported. The largest of these boats drew five feet and half an inch of water, and the manner of conducting the fleet was as follows:—When the day’s stage has been fixed, a detachment of sooee went ahead to sound, into each boat there being, besides her own small complement, two or more of the doondah’s men. On their arrival all is bustle and noise in the fleet. The fastenings of the boats are cast off, the oars are plied, and the huge hulk, preceded by her guide, shears out into the stream. If the meerbars have confidence in the channels, and the wind be fair, a large square sail is set, and the unwieldy doondah, deep though she be, outstrips her tender, and seems to skim the surface of the water ; —such a fleet in motion is worth seeing. First, the large white sail of the headmost boat is discovered at the top of the reach, then another, 3 U 526 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [ No. 115. and another, until the surface of the river becomes studded with those uncouth, yet really interesting objects. As may be supposed, this mode of navigation is tedious, the daily stages not averaging more than from ten to twenty miles. Delays too are not unfrequent in the dry season; but never exceed fifteen days, and rarely extend to half that number. When there is a prospect of a long detention, it is customary for large boats to transfer a portion of their cargo into smaller ones, and take it on board again when the shoal water is past. In high wind, the boats remain fast by the bank of the river. The two following Tables are inserted in illustration of the above remarks :— Tables, shewing the cargo draft of the largest boats upon the Indus, with the least water in the continuous channel, during the dry season of 1837. Draft of Boats. Channel. Class of Boats.| Cubic Draft ue ee Places Depth : : water line. ; ey Ft...” En. Ft. In. Wat Class, ae oat oar aos =| A spit projects from the north-west end of the fortress, and extends to within fifty yards of the west bank. In this gut the current is four knots an hour, the depths were6 677 66665 5 feet ; at the time these measurements were made, the river had 12 feet more to rise. In fact it was when at its lowest level. Last June I had an opportunity of examining this bridge of boats at Attock, it contained thirty-six boats, and the river, when they were moored, had a width of 540 feet, its depth by measurement taken the preceding year was 10 fathoms, and the current about 6 knots an hour. By comparing this account of the Attock bridge, with the details of the river at Bukkur, it is evident that circumstances are greatly in favour of the former; but surely, if a few untutored boatmen succeed so well at one place, we ought not to despair of our success at Bukkur. 3 Z 550 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [ No. 145. The chief, in fact the only difficulty is, mooring the boats, and to effect this, the Seiks use an anchor of a form the very worst that could be imagined, and which has no other recommendation than its an- tiquity, and perhaps the ease with which it can be dropped from the boats. The figure is pyramidical, a skeleton of wood filled with stones. These uncouth things, when once let go, cannot be recovered, and as the strength of the bridge is not proof against that of the current in June, July, August, and September, a new set has to be made as often as the bridge is required to be constructed. Now were a line of mooring anchors once laid down in place of these wooden baskets, and beyond chain bridles attached to them, a bridge of boats could be put together in about as many hours, as days and weeks are now consume in preparations. , The number of boats required to form a bridge, would be built of a form the best that science could propose, and always kept in a state of readiness to haul out to their several berths, numbered as the buoys would be, 1, 2, 3, &c. A bridge so formed, would be a very solid construction, and able to brave, under proper superin- tendence, the strongest freshes in the Indus, whether abreast of Attock or under the fort at Bukkur. Should it become necessary to destroy it, one end of the bridle chain has only to be slipped and the mooring anchors are useless to an enemy. But little weight is due to the opinion of men, who not conversant with military affairs, cannot be expected to have clear ideas on such a subject. But still I venture to hold the opinion, that bridging the Indus at Bukkur, is a practicable question.* The difficulty would be to moor boats in the eastern channel; but this once accomplished, the bridge might be made permanent, as the small western channel might serve for the navigation of the river. XI.— Of a Site for a Fair. While Government has it in contemplation to establish an enére- pot for trade on the banks of the Indus, it will not be irrelative * I need not observe that this was written before Capt. Thompson (Bengal Engi- neers) threw his noble bridge across the river, by which the British army crossed in 1838, with their baggage and battering train. py i, ee ee 1841.) Wood’s Report on the River Indus. 551 to the subject of this report, briefly to say a few words on the locality of those towns where the mart is likely to be fixed. This question will perhaps be ultimately decided more by the existing foreign relations of the different towns, at the time when this selection is made, than with reference to their geographical posi- tion, or their local site. Shikarpoor has hitherto been excluded from the list of places best adapted, to answer the purpose of Government * but in the turn which current events may give to the political relations of Afghanistan, that town may yet become one of the enérepdts for the trade of Central Asia.* Shikarpoor is not destitute of collateral advantages. The large money transactions of its bankers; the extent and skilfully organized agency which they have diffused, are known to all interested in these matters ; though the advantages of such an establishment can be duly appreciated by merchants themselves. With steamers upon the Indus, the proximity of the town to Bombay, the market for Europe goods is favourable to its site as a mart; and were Bukkur fort in our posses- sions, the British flag upon that fortress would win confidence by guaranteeing security. The Zeearat of Khaja Khizr, a peer, alike worshipped by Maho- medan and Hindoo, adjoins the fort of Bukkur, and on the anniver- sary of a certain day in April, multitudes of both creeds flock to this shrine. Opposite, in the town of Roree, is a place of pilgrimage of still greater sanctity ; for here, say the faithful, is preserved a lock of the prophet’s hair. The distance of Shikarpoor from the river, operates unfavorably to its becoming a commercial marty it lies eighteen koss inland of its port of Shukur. From May to September inclusive, boats can come up to the town by means of a fine canal, called the Sinde, and were this work deepened and connected with the Larkhana canal or the Noroab canal of the Indus, we should have an inland navigation throughout the year, between Sehewan and Shikarpoor. It would traverse the richest portion of the Sindian territories, and evade an intricate passage of 100 coss upon the main river. So ad- mirably is the country adapted for this means of transit, that * It is a proof of Lieut. Wood’s judgment and sagacity, that his supposition is now in course of fulfilment. aw 552 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [No. 115. throughout the entire line, not a single loch is necessary, save for occasionally cleaning the canal. The returns would be great, and the outlay very moderate compared to that of similar work in countries where natural obstacles have to be surmounted, and labour is a more valuable commodity than in Sinde. The country around Shikarpoor is subject to inundation; but west of the town, and contiguous to the suburbs, is a dry plain, where buildings to any extent could be erected. I do not believe there is a healthy spot on the banks of the Indus ; in this respect there is little choice ; some towns have ailments peculiar to themselves; but from the day the river begins to fall in September to the end of November, asthma and fever are common, from the mountains at Kalabagh to the sea. Bukkur fort and Roree are built upon hillocks of flint, which though not high, render both these places more healthy than towns in the plains. The first is a fortified islet amid channel, and Roree overhangs the left bank of the river, with a depth of four fathoms water under the walls. As a depét for military purposes or an entrepdt for commerce, much could be written in favour of both these places. Mittun.—The. geographical position of Mittun is superior to that of any town upon the Indus. In addition to ‘commanding of both the Indus and Punjaub streams, it stands midway between the gates (as the natives term them) of Khorassan, namely, the passes of Bolan and Sakhi Surwar, while immediately behind it are the entrances of the former pass by the auxiliary routes of Assui and Hunnund. The town is built upon a small artificial mound, and when the freshes are in the river it is surrounded on three sides by water; it is two miles distant from the Indus, but from the middle of June to the 22d of September, boats can discharge or take in cargo immediatly under the town, by means of a fine natural water-course, navigable down the Bangalah and Omerkote. South of Mittun, is a dry plain that fringes the above nullah ; and should this town be preferred for the site of a fair,* it is on the bank of this stream that booths and other buildings should be erected. During the inundated months, camels cannot travel north or west of Mittun. The inhabitants prefer well-water to that of the Indus. When * Since selected for the purpose. ae 1841. Wood's Report on the River Indus. 553 the river has been falling for four or five successive days, to drink the nul lah water is almost certain to bring on an attack of illness ; this the na- tives attribute, and I think very properly, to the vegetable matter which must be brought into the water-course, by the drainings of the inunda- ted districts. Mittun, and the village of Chatchur upon the opposite bank can, taken together, supply forty boats of from one hundred maunds burden to one thousand. I ought before to have said that cutaneous eruptions trouble the inhabitants of Mittun ; the sores frequently become ulcered, but though difficult to heal, the disease does not appear to affect the general health. Dera Ghazee Khan.—This town has been more than once en- dangered by the inundation when Nawab Jubber Khan, the brother of Dost Mahomed Khan of Cabool, was governor of the province ; a wall that surrounded the town had to be thrown down to keep the water out, nor is there within a circle of many miles a spot exempt from its effects. Dera Ghazee Khan is situated about four miles from the river; but in the swell, like most of the other towns upon the Indus, it has a large navigable canal, by which it may be approached by boats for some months. Dera Ghazee Khan has, however, advantages that it will be difficult to set dside; the town lies at the foot of a pass in the Soliman mountians, that leads both to Cabool and Candahar, while it is equally central with respect to the Indian routes. It is the largest town upon the Indus, and even under the Sikh rule, it wears an appear- ance of increasing prosperity. Its merchants, though they do not specu- late largely, have an extensive agency, and a considerable command of money. The country around yields heavy crops of grain, and the staples of cotton and indigo, while its home manufactures of silken stuffs, such as gool buddens, timorees, &c. is only equalled by the manufacturing marts of Bhawulpoor and Moultan. When to the above recommendations are added, the fairs at Peer Adul and Sakhi Surwar, I believe that every thing considered, Dera Ghazee Khan, or rather some spot in its vicinity, will at once be considered the most eligible place to lay the foundation-stone of an Indian St. Macrera. By a reference to the map it will be seen, that Sakhi Surwar and Peer Adul, are towns in the district of Dera Ghazee Khan; at each of these places, a large Mela, or fair, is annually kept; that of Sakhi Surwar 554 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [No. 115. occurs in the Indian month Visukh, answering to our March. It is held in honour of the peer, afer whom the place is named; the fair lasts five days, and pilgrims from India’s furthest shores come to prostrate themselves at the tomb of Sakhi Surwar. Few come from the countries west of the Suliman range; and the followers of Brama out-number those of Mahomed ; the aggregate of both cannot be much under 100,000 souls. Though commerce is not neglected, there is but little business done. A Khorassan or Afghan horse-dealer may now and then exchange an animal of his stud for the productions of India, or the manufacture of Europe; but this Mela is essentially an assemblage for devotional and pleasurable purposes; but with such a material, and the example of the holy Mecca, it is easy to fortel that (when the fair is establish- ed,) many individuals in this annual concourse of devotees will become as enterprizing merchants as they are now zealous and bigotted fakeers. Sakhi Surwar is twenty-four koss nearly direct west of - Deera Ghazee Khan; it is a considerable town situated in the mouth of the pass. Firewood is abundant, and a mountain rivulet supplies the town with water. At Peer Adul Zeearat, seven koss in a N. W. direction from Dera Ghazee Khan, a fair is held in February, similar to that of Sakhi Surwar. Dera Ismail Khan is never inundated from the river, but is yearly flooded by mountain torrents. The present town lies about a mile back from the river, and was built about eight years ago, when the old Dera was washed into the Indus. Dera Ismail Khan is well planned, and when its skeleton streets are filled with occupants, they, for width and cleanness, will match with those of most eastern towns. The houses are of mud or sun-dried brick, terrace roofed, and rise from a ground platform of from one to two feet high. Few are of more than one story. When I passed through it in the middle of summer, the bazar was well frequented ; but in the winter months it is much more thronged. The town is a sort of nucleus or rallying point for those pastoral tribes of Affghanistan, who prefer a clement winter in the valley of the Indus, to the security of that which characterizes that of the mountain districts of their own land. Carriage is thus almost unlimited, as some of the tribes rear camels for no other purpose than to put them out to hire. The Zohanas, who from before the time of Baber 1841. ] Wood’s Report on the River Indus. 555 have been the great carriers and traffickers of these countries, still frequent Dera Ismail Khan, The transit trade of India and Aff- ghanistan is already fixed here, and if the routes radiating from the town are considered merely in reference to Cabool, then is Dera Ismail Khan better situated for a commercial mart than towns lower down the river. These are all the places that present themselves as eligible spots for the establishment of commercial depdts west of the Indus; but should it ever become an object to Government to have the mart within their own frontier, then Leia, upon the Indian bank of the river, lying between the two Deras, is its proper site. But to give full effect to these fairs, it is desirable that two be established, one for the lower Indus and one for the upper ; the latter will supply, besides the markets of Affghanistan, those of Central Asia beyond the Parapamisan chain. The other, by the roads of Kandahar* and Kelat,* will draw from Beloochistan, the districts around Herat, and the southern provinces of Persia, their staples of wool, assafcetida, and madder; while in return, it can supply the whole of this extensive region with the growth of India and manufactures of the British Isles, at a cheaper rate than can be done by any other route. Thus, should a general war in Europe exclude England from the Black Sea, an outlet equally good for the staples of her trade is offered by the Indus, with an entrepét at Bukkur and another in the Derajat. XIL—Lndus and Punjaub Rivers. Travelling over the Punjab, in a westerly direction, when its rivers are in flood a little above the parallel of Kalabagh, no less than five streams are crossed, each occupying a larger bed, and seeming to the eye, a2 more important river than the Indus. The Punjab rivers, as are well known, fall into the Indus in one stream, and if we call our attention to the confluence of the united volume with the latter, the result is strikingly at variance with ap- pearances and pre-formed opinions. * The port of Sommeeanee seems by recent accounts to be most favoured by impor- ters, and I understand that merchants are only awaiting the pacification of the country, to commence carrying thence, via Biela and Kelat. pry 556 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [ No. 1i5. About the middle of May, I examined both when the relative size of the Indus and its Indian feeds stood as follows :— Indus, or Sinde. Chenaub, or Punjaub. Width 608 yards, max. current Width 1766 yards, current 1.8 4.8 knots, 3.1.1.1.1.1.4.19.13.13. | knots, 24.2.2.121413. 14.2.1323.1. 2.291.291 919191 94.91,9,92.2 | 14, 14.18,2.9.92.9.11.9.9.1.9.14.2. 11.1.3.4.4 fathoms. Discharge | 2}.24.14134221 fathoms. Dis- per second 91.719 cubic feet. charge per second 68.955 cubic feet. Here the principal cause of the disproportionate size of the Indus is the early commencement of its freshes. Indebted for its periodical rise principally, if not solely, to snow-clad mountains, an increase is first perceived in its stream when the sun comes into our northern latitudes at the vernal equinox in March; but the Punjaub rivers de- pending upon theirs upon another and less constant source, namely, the rainy season of Hindostan, have their freshes later. At the time of my examination in May, the Sutlej, the most eastern of the Punjab rivers, was at its lowest level; while the Jalum, the most western of the five rivers, and the one which has its source nearest to that of the Indus, had already shewn signs of rising; from which I am inclined to think, that measurements made in July would give, if not an entirely different, a less disproportionate result in the amount of water discharged by the Indus and its Punjaub auxiliaries. But that the Indus is a superior river to the Punjaub, seems very clear; and amongst the collateral proofs of this which may be urged, is the direct nature of its course, compared with those of the Punjaub streams. Also the dread in which the river is viewed by the Mohanas, who, were the choice left to themselves, would prefer dragging their boats twenty coss up the Chenaub, to half that distance upon the Sinde. Another circumstance connected with these two rivers is worthy of notice; in the Doab, or country lying between them, all canals are cut from the Sinde, in the month of July, when both rivers are in the flood, the surplus water of the Sinde pours down into the Chenaub, proving that though their beds for a distance of sixty miles are not more than ten miles asunder, yet that in their relative level, there is a considerable difference. ae SE a” ae 1841. ] Wood's Report on the River Indus. 557 It appears to me, that Captain Burnes must have erred in giving so large a fall as twelve inches a mile to the Punjaub streams, and but half that quantity to the Indus. In the dry weather, the latter river has most decidedly a much stronger current, than any of these streams, and even in the freshes, their current as far as I have been able to observe the Punjaub rivers, is not so strong as that of the Indus. On the 27th of June this year, the current of the Roree at Lahore was not more than three knots an hour, and neither that of the Jalum or Chenaub exceed four. XIII.—Coneluding Remarks. It has been matter of regret, that so noble a river as the Indus, should have no port accessible to vessels of burden. The disappointment is, however, more imaginary than real. If in- deed the merchant is necessitated to employ ships of 4 and 500 tons burden, such a class of vessels cannot enter the river, and he must land his goods at Curachee, the only port in Sinde open to vessels of this description ; but if, on the contrary, he prefer water carriage to land portage, why not avail himself of tonnage? In the fair season, hundreds of boats frequent the mouths of the Indus; they are the common coast- ing vessels of Cutch, and none of them exceed, when laden, a draft of nine feet. ‘The average draft is six and seven. I believe that the principal mouth, namely, one that discharges the greatest body of water, will even be found the least navigable, and that the port of the Indus, though it may fluctuate between the Luckput creek and Curachee, will always be situated in a secondary branch, discharging little or no fresh water, but connected with the main stream by a creek or navigable channel, open only to the flat boats of the river. But even admitting that a vessel drawing seven feet water could get upon the main trunk, nothing would be gained, as no other description of vessel but the light drafted steamer already noticed, will be found to answer upon the Indus, and such vessels will be able also to keep up the communication between the sea-going craft and the main river. If then a portage is thus shewn to be unnecessary merely to give free access to the river, it is equally useless by way of avoiding the difficulties of navigation in any 4A 558 Wood's Report on the River Indus. [No. 115. particular part of its course. In my former report, I did indeed advocate the plan, but I did so then from hearsay. Now I give the result of my own observation. The navigation of the Delta is certainly intricate; but the difficulties are not so insurmountable to render a portage desirable, nor does the river improve so much above it, as I was at the time given to understand. In one respect, the authorities on the river have it in their power to confer a considerable boon on the navigation of the Lower Indus. The only obstacle in the river, from which danger is to be apprehended, and which no attention can effectually guard against, is sunken trees. Now the river brings down none of these from the mountains. All come from the shikargah, or hunting preserves of the Sinde Ameers. The supply might be cut off without material injury to these forests, or interfering with their Highnesses’ amusements. Let the Ameers but give an order, that between the shzkargah and the river, a clear belt of twelve yards wide be left, and in a few weeks their numerous foresters will have cut down a twelve months’ fuel for our steamers, and insure a path for the trackers. As these forests do not extend north of Sehewan, the operation would not require to be carried above that town, the jungle wood there being too small to affect the channels of the river. 1841. | Wood's Report on the River Indus. 0909 TABLE No. I. Comparison of Chronometers. Chronometers. Differences. Date. No. 256. No. 257. Ist. 2nd. 1836. Dec. 27th 4 18 00 4 31 05 137 705 2:0 28th 4 13 30 4 26 37 1o0 > (07 2°0 29th 4 26 50 4 39 58°5 137 08"5 1:5 30th 411 15 4 24 25°5 13 10:5 2:0 1837. Jan. lst 4 12 35 4 25 49 138 14 a7 2nd 4 36 05 4 49 21 13 16 2:0 10th 4 45 35 4 58 06°5 lo" 3-5 1:9 11th 4 42 35 4 56 08:5 138 33°5 2:0 12th 4 48 20 5 O1 55°5 138 35°'5 2:0 Rep, loth |; 11-51 35 12 06 23:5 14 48:5 2:0 20th | 11 18 30 11 34 31°0 15 O1:0 DRS 26th | 10 49 15 11 04 28°5 15. 138°5 2:1 March. Ist | 10 48 00 | 11 03 19 15 19 1:8 Sth | 1109 50 =| 11 25 16 15 260 1-9 9th | 4 38 00 4 53 32:5 | 15 32°5 1:8 April 9th | 4 18 30 4 34 59 16 29 0 14th | 4 02 215 | 4 19 00 16 38-5 1:9 17th | 424 145 | 4 41 00 16 45:5 2:3 18th | 4 00 12 A700 16 48 2-5 19th | 8 49 10 4 06 00 16 50 2-0 20th | 8 54 87°5 | 4 11 30 16 52-5 2°5 27th | 3 34 49 3 52 00 17. 11-0 2-6 29th | 4 00 14 4 17 30 17; -46 2-5 May 19th | 3 35 56 3 54 00 18 04 2-4 - 20th | 2 51 53-5 | 3 10 00 18 06:5 2-5 1838. July 16th | 9 59 00 BAT O7esa 4.41 2-6) || 3-5 17th | 8 03 00 3 51 05 411 55 2:5 18th | 9 56 58 5 45 00 4 11 58 3-0 19th | 9 43 00 5 30 59 4 12 01 3:0 20th | 74300 | 3 30 56 4 12 04 3-0 560 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [No. 115. TABLE No. 2. From Mittun to Dera Ghazee Khan. The Time-keepers were exami- ned at Mittun, and again at Dera Ghazee Khan. The following Table ~ shews the result of each rate, while for the Longitude it gives a Mean of both.* Diff. Longitude by Stations.| Latitudes. |Mittunkote. |DeraGhazee, Mean. | Longitude. Khan. No. 1 |28°58-25 N. 2 |29:04:38 03°57 04°21 04:9 |70°30°34 EK. 3 |29-:04:49 10°45 11°10 10°37 37°22 4 )29°23:44 12°54 13°31 13°12 39°37 5 ;29°31°53 25°36 26:20 25.58 52°23 6 {29:42:00 25°15 26:01 25°38 52:3 7 |29°53.00 28°34 29:20 28°57 55227 8 |30:06:02 27°34 28°04 28°4 54:29 Dera Ghazee to Dera Ismail Khan. The Watches were examined at these places, and the following Table gives the Longitude of the intermediate stations, deduced from a Mean of the old and new rates. Diff. of Longitude by rates. Stations.| Latitudes. | Old. New. Mean. Longitude. Not 30°33'19 02:00 E.| 01°51 EF) 01°55 E.) 70°56:24 E. 2 30°56°49 01:00W.| 01:18W.| 01:09W.' 70°53:20 3 31:09:09 01:10 E.| 00°39 E.} 00°52 BE.) '70°55°24 4 31°24°55 04°42 04:24 04°33 70°59:02 5 31°37°16 09°57 09:21 09°39 71:04:08 6 | 31:42°30 05:03 04°24 04°43 70°59°12 7 | 31:47-54 06°30 05°50 | 06:10 71:00:39 * Mittun was fixed from Roree. + Indifferent. 1841.] Wood’s Report on the River Indus. 561 TABLES, In which the Geographical position of points and places in the line of the Indus, as they stand in the published Maps, are compared with the Observations of the present Mission. No. 3. From the Sea to Mittun. Latitude. Longitude. Places. Map. Mission. Map. Mission. im \ ee ae a a Sa ae Hh oc ae Barree Gorah, ...|24°12:00 N.|24°13:20 N.|67°54°30 E.'67-36:00 E. Efflux Hejamree,|24.08.42 (24:16:42 {67:57:00 (67-47-03 Tatta Bunder, ...|24'44:00 24°44°30 68°19:00 68-01-06 Hydrabad do. ...|25°22°00 25°22.04 68°41:00 —— (6823-03 Sehewan do. ..... 26:22:00 26.22°35 68:09:00 = (67°55°17 Roree do. ......... 27°43°29 27°41°59 68:56:00 = |68°55°39 Chatchur do. ......|28°53°29 28:52:07 70:31:00 10°27 °57 Mittun do. ...... 28°54:00 28°53°19 70°29:00 70°26°25 No. 4. Mittun to Attock. Latitude. Longitude. Places. oe S| ——— — Map Mission. Map Mission. nn 2 fl Lie Yi. Wave cnulwon he OM > ue INowshaira, . ...... 29:11:00 N.|29°12°19 N.|70°38°00 E./70°35°28 KE. Raick, »--(29'21:00 |29°24-20 70°45°00 70°39°01 Sherroo, ...(29'42°00 29°42°00 = {7058-00 70°50°08 Dera Ghazee Khan, ...|29°58°00 30°03°26 §|71°00°00 = |71°51-238 Dera Dean Pemah,* »--[30°40'00 = |80°33°19 71-06-00 71°00°24 ‘Ditto, ...[80°51°30 |80°89°20 ——|'70°57-30 sees: Leia,.. .--(31:08°00 30°58°01 71-05-00 70°59°23 Rajun, .../31°14:00 31-08°39 71:06:00 = |70°57°42 Khahree, ...__ ...{31°30-00 31:24°25 71-01-00 70°54°0Z Bukkur, ..._ .../31°44:00 31°37°16 = |71°14-00 71-06°28 Dera Ismail Khan,|31.57‘00 (31°48°39 (71:07:00 = |70°59-30 Kalabag, .. .. [83:07:00 32°57°36 = |71°49°00 71°385°23 Confluence of Sehewan, _.../83°10:00 = '33:01°48 $$ ____| —_-_____— Attock, .» 80°00'40 =: '8.3°5 3°53 72:27:00 12:16.27 * East bank. + West bank. 562 Wood's Report on the River Indus. [ No. lio. TABLE No. 5. Sectional or Cross River Soundings. st, in the Delta in the months of December and January. Parallel of Latitude. Soundings. _ Widths. 24°17 N.| 5.6.7.6.54.5.41.4.4.3.2.2.2.12.11.1.12 fathoms... 19 | 4.9.82, 4.42, 6.54 51.6, 4.33.31.3.3.21.21.21.2.2. De MAW p a Teictan eS Voie shenced cea eee Reeve Phe dol bol 129-3. 32.82.14.11,92.3.21,91 91 1.9.21 2 ead 26 -| 14.14.1b.14.12.12.14.14. 1.14.14.14.14.18.14.13. | etse2 1292.02, 455 O85 A: 1 ae 2.92.9:9:2.8 2 AL 2 5 seeded 34 | 3.2.3.8 11212. LEILA. 1h. 1.14. 2.2.2.2L01. 91.94.1.114.4. Ante 87° OV SET ts de ee eee Ts 1S 1 or I a TD log mah 5) 44 -|1.1.1.4,8.3.8.44.32.3.2.14.1.1.1.1.2.3.4. ... | 691 47 | 4.4.4.1.1.4.1.2.1.0.2.3.35.34.323. Su 7 aa: 48 es 2.21.4, 1.1.1.3.3.3.8.32. 32.22,2.13,1.1. 1.2 2) tow dey, NelT Ad. C5. Lia.) een 50 12.24.9.91419. 1.2.2:13.2.9.2.18.14, 14.2.1. 11.2.3 jet Between the Delta and Sehewan, in the months of January and February. Parallelof|* « Latitude. Soundings. Widths. 5+ Ll. 14.13.2.14.1.1.1.14. 1.14.14. 1$.14.12.14.14. iy OO i OO a AL! Eb SMe bis) 88. 120.14, 14. 2.2. 259, 19:12, 1.288 a8, Oy i 2 i 2 4° loo — leo 2%, 563 Wood's Report on the River Indus. 1841.) Between the Delta and Sehewan, in the months of January and February.—( continued. ) Belo Fae lars = lee Se ao ; +.) © oS nN 5 Ga Cy S&S a 2 SQ ©& COQ* We) — Sse 1D Ht XX 1D OO See Senne eee eee eee = _ _ . cole : ae N he oot é iq ric oat a (al aun . = aN Ct ale |< riley e e G inp) rin ale ia 4 . = “ iy N an = rin al = oa ce oii eg - Te Way oe a eo ee SO. |b cet Ce oriole zl hmene taal pe S ee ae re ee Bee “Ie 5 = Se abs) ay = & ne ral) le) all ae bo (=| ain e A e % a = 2 5 e i BS aici eh Gh che Se OF kis ee ee ae St See ° ° | ee oe ae ae N a a @ e Looe! * ‘ hy B at at ay ot ci i py Ait oe ae es a iy | “A rile AV a of mt da da. — goat N ol e 3 © — o 4 * ° = I = rin ile or Se tenia ae —|s4 NA e — e |< - Bs a2 of = I 2 = IN amt GN Ie Se casduen wee a ee ee aaa ee : . aS on}. alte ba cals a — SE — ne) ae ‘. els oa os cals Gnleae ie sit eijcr IN % coe OS by Hin el ot NE en eee See OS) ° ml nia SH Je2ee S Se ae = CO es OD OS SH et. Siete ee ra (2) ° co) — ~ Se ° FS oso x pe) ao) foreiere (ara EO nN - 1000 Between Sehewan and Bukkur, in the months of February and March. Parallelof; Latitude. | D SS — iq} om 2 | , tot aie ih | sie oI 88% ist m= 36 3 = e e e ain “ue min ee! ein aes aS mit Te . w= oq aS = m|N eo sls eal ° | rin = = DM = 5 ral ae eee ont ==! ° OS "eS ec mitt 3 8 S Leal iS = s e =) ome ° “eee a io ey | ae e real LO = e el Te = Rae e al 2 | bal | tals | ica mii tals a ae bo|sH | — ON in Mit ini TIS | bolsk = ain tosh Re ~ Im 1684. yds we) ie) = — = en bolt bolt Peal St! Peal Ot ally als min Seal els RX ols QR elt FIN bo}st Pe! ° e tls ois ® ° — oN calc ral (| nN mile milGae “oe 2 rll tolst oa Laps teal} (oo A | c t eG 564 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [ No. 115. Between Sehewan and Bukhur, in the months of February and March.—( continued. ) Parallelof; Latitude. Soundings. Width 42’ 1.4.4. aie 33.5. behet: 13.13.14. 1.3. 4. i bbe gtlte, 1 1 1 e880, 1 1 1 1 eaten ® TASS 2° 4.3.4 ee 3.4.1 14.23.25 -1.... 11600 yds. NS) feet KO NS) Sen: pS) oD wie bole NS) DOG Bc ve etek Og st eS 45| 4.1.2.2.2.21,21.91,91 91.9.9, 91.9191, 91,91, Q.15.12.12. 12.15.15. 15.14. (ib: gebleae? 970] (| 2.2.2.2.2.2. 14.14. 14. 14.12. 12. 12.14. 12.14. Es arta i teoebe et Oe wel Come Ware een |< Wao 18, 3.3.72.14.14.12.12,15.2.21.21,91,9.91, 31.42, An p54 i' TER EE AAI Melk let) Ck St) 29 13.23.34. 4.4.44, 4.3.3.3.22. 22.22.2012 12.14, 1314.12, > | ae grote oe) AO| 13 O 13.2.25.13.9.91, 13.15.14.12, 1h.14. 1.8.4.4. 1.3.5.3. 1.14.12. 14.14. 15.28.25.21, 2.23.3, age.13el. 1896 Between Bukhur and Mittun, in the month of April. Parallelof Latitude. Soundings. Widths. 270 58! | 234..44.4.33.34.32,3.22.2.13.14.14.14. 14.14. 14.12. 1.1. ae Fos ae eas ad ee we» [O61 yds. 28003! | '2:2.22.35.02.93. 2.14.1. 18.4.8.209.0,9.03.12.20: 129.2. ng Ee pe sg Bs a sd Deo | ee qa}. =A sat ae Berne Bee «ss. MOG 08 sh 4-242.11 1.13.12. 14.12.2.22, 22.12.14.1.1.8 2.4.2.3. 4.9.1.14.13.14.1}. 13.12.14. 19.14.14.14.12. 13.2,2,2,2,2.21,.22.93.9.12,14.1.12,2,21.23,3.92.3. .., | 1128 1841. | Wood’s Report on the River Indus. Between Bukkur and Mittun, in the month of April. Parallel of; Latitude. Soundings. ey i) 12,.12,13.13.2. 1 3.23.2.24,23.22.9.9.2.2.92.2,9.3.13. ee al 213.15.9:9.43,13.13,12.13.13,12. “lof o) Moles Ree Yar “100 yds.“ 3.3.3.3.3.9.8, 112. VG 9) 4:3.5.4.2.2.2.4.4.3.3.2.2.2.8.3.3. 1.1.1, 1.1.1.1.L. 11.1.1. 4.4.42.4.44.33.3.22.13.3.33.4.4.1. aN 30 — —_ — HIco leo * p= ° — bi ° = ° wie ble Ne =} = die ble i) ble ° se = .J . 36 ° s 2 2 Cy s Cd 2 J \) iw) et = Ie ESS aie a ea 43 aay Dai 1.14. 12. 13. 13. 2.2.22.22, 14.2.22.1.13.1414.12.2.2.2.12. Blea: mle ~ bo ico bo Nik bo bole 565 Widths. ——= 1969 yds. 663 1685 1859 1323 995 Between Mittun and Kalabagh, in the months of May, June, & July. Parallel of; Latitude. Soundings. Widths. 58! 3.$-1.13.9. 3.2.3. 4.4. $.9.1.1.01,0.1.1.1 1.1.1,1,13.15.12,9.91, 9293.92, 2#.23. - {600 yds. 29° 04/ | 4.4.4.1.13.14.2.19.13.2.2,2,9.2.9.4.7.92. salea® onttee, - 12 1,19.2.2.2.2,19-1.14.15.19.19.15.19-2 ab 290.189. $4 1.1.111. (iT h) 1, 1.4.2.2,2.2,23.24.23.23.23.24.91.9,.9.13.14, 14.14.13.12.1.1.3 4.4.4.4.2. 1132 4B 566 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [No. 115. Between Mittun and Kalabagh, in the months of May, June, & July. (continued. ) Parallel of Latitude. Soundings. Widths. 237 | 43.19.18.15.13.13.4.15.45S" Sag S1..1.1.4001. 1,19.2.2.23. 4. a *egygt® “eeaas® OPA CLUS Us brie: 2 OR by A a Sd 42 ss yt Wee Be ap a LLL. Laaddadiaaegaa’d 31.1.3.1.22, 13.23.3.3.22. 2.2.2,2,13.12.22.12.12.3. 0 ase wee, enews | A074 yds. 300 57 | 42 12.9, 13.13.2.2,2.9.18.13.13.13.19 19.15.45.13.13.15.1}.19-1,1.1.2.2.2, 2.13,14,14.1.13.14.13.1.13.13.1.3.1.12.13.12.12.13 92.92.92, 0. | 707 . B10 47! | 43,9.43.44.1.1.3.3.2.2.1.13.1,3.2.9.2,9,13.13.13.12, 12.92 12.13.13, 13.9.2, 2.2.2 2,2.93.92.93,93 91 34.91.9912 13.9.2.9.9.92.942.42.12492.2. | 4554 320 10. | 23,03.23.92.9.9.9.13.13 12.13.12.12.1.1.1.1,1.3.3.3.3.12 2.12.1.13.11.1.1 SAARSS24149.49.45.5.111.13.14,13.2,92,92,92,92.92.43 313.1113 PEPeec rene See ey i aa oe After advancing North of the Parallel of 290 the freshes were found strong and the river high, soundings therefore it is needless to multiply, since the increased discharge does not affect the depths so much as the current, and the general width of the river’s bed. TABLE No. 6. Irregularities in the bed of the Indus Soundings. Between Attock and Kalabagh, there is at some places a depth of (in the freshes,) ... oo 650 ... 31 fathoms. Ditto Kalabagh and Dera Ismail Khan, under the moun- tains on the west bank, do. ... dae fee --- 10 ditto. Ditto Dera Ismail Khan and the Sea, influence of the tide never had a greater cast than, .. Lo --. . 6 ditto, The result of a register kept at Hyderabad gives the mean depth in the freshes at about, ... $6 .«. 4 ditto. But the common depth in the freshes, ... ce soot! Oe att. 1841. | Wood's Report on the River Indus. 567 Current. miles. yards. The usual current in the freshes is, aa as fee, (Ore? When the freshes are strong, ... ce Rete ww 6: 1272 The greatest measured velocity, S3u 236 een Os ae Between Attock and Kalabagh, where the river is hem- med in by mountains, it is estimated in the freshes, ... 10 In the dry season usual, Ms Mec sis Ber i erie) Ditto ditto strong, mn ve a soe 1248 In achannel 1855 yards wide, the current in the middle of July has been found to vary its strength in different depths as follows :— F fathom ......secceecevees 2°7 knots. eR Oerac armen tees 12 “eerste, MOS aie, Wee bikald aco Paice 4°7 do f Mee a stee Penk ck onthe test 2°9 do. PMO lccick Mosales, 22 reicteterces 4°8 do ee WO. sian seiclae sic sto seis’ tniaei 5°8 do. By experiments with Massey’s patent Log Machine, the ground current of the Indus has been found equal in velocity to that of its surface. When the stream A encounters the bank at B, it is thrown off in the direction C’; that part of the bed called D is thus cut off from a further supply. An irregularity in the level is the immediate consequence, to restore which, a surface stream rushes up, as represented by the coloured arrow in the figure; but as the water at the bottom of the surface D runs off by the declivity of the river’s bed, no equilibrium can take place, while a rotatory motion, fatal to the bank, is given to a large body of water in its immediate vicinity. 568 Wood’s Report on the River Indus. [No. 115. TABLE No. 7. Tonnage upon the Indus. Kurwars from rd 80|70)60'50/40| 30 | 20 ;} 10 | No. of; Remarks. ay Rey se | do |. A, Pa eee 88 oI Boats, ...{100 |90/80/70\60/54;} 40 | 30 | 20 by, Between the Doondahs} 7 |33]47\50/'70/70) 100 | 100|150| 627 |Seaand Buk- kur. Doondahs} O |0/0/0/0/0} O 11 | O 11 |Bukkur and Tohruks, | O|0);0;0/;0/0| 60 | O 0 60 Mittun. Tohruks,} O|010;0/0/0| O |107| O | 107 |Mittun and Duggahs,| 0 /01/0/0/0/0/] 10] 0 | O 10 |Kalabagh. a cee eS fee Kalabagh Duggahs,| 0 ae 0;0;0| O | 46; O 46 Pe OMe ete | eee es | me | ee | ee | ee | eee ee Total,| 7 '33'47/50'70'70l 170 | 264! 150! 861 Abstract. Upon the Lower Indus are 627 boats carrying 25,530 Kurwars. Do. Upper do. 188 do. do. 6,550 do. Do. Attock, 46 do. do. 1,150 do. Total, 861 33,230 Deduct for old and worn-out 161 0,635 Boats, 700 carrying 27,595 do. Available between the Sea and Attock, in which neither fishing craft nor the boats of the Punjab rivers are included. ee ee a ae ee ee ee 1841. | Wood's Report on the River Indus. 569 TABLE No. 8. Price of Boats at Pind Dadur Khan. A Tohruk, cedar built, of 100 mds. costs 100 Nanukshakee Rupees. do. 200 do. 200 225 do. do. 300 do. 300 do. do. 400 do. 350 do. do. 500 do. 450 do. do. 600 do. 475 do. do. 700 do. 500 do. do. 800 do. 500—600 do. do. 900 do. 600—700 do. do. 1,000 do. 700—800 do. TABLE No. 9. Hire of Boats. On the Lower Indus Doondahs of 16 Kurwars |? Korah Rs. per diem. do. do. 35 do. 34. do. do. do. do. 40 do. 34 do. do. do. do. 38 do. 34 do. do. do. do. 60 do. 41 do. do. On the Upper Indus, Tohruks of 100 mds. at 10 Rs. Goondah per month. Ditto ditto 700 ditto 60 ditto ditto. And in the same proportion for Boats of a greater or less burden. Note. The Nanukshakee and Bombay Rupee are all equal. Goonda is one anna short of the Nanukshakee. 127 Korah—100 Rupees Bombay. 18 Mamads—1 Kurwar. 570 A Sketch of the Second Silver Plate found at Badakshan. By Aurx- ANDER CUNNINGHAM, Esa. In the seventh volume of the Journal of the Asiatic Society, at page 1047, was published a sketch of an ancient silver plate, obtained by the late Dr. Lord in Badakshan. In a letter to me, enclosing a drawing of a second silver plate, which he had fortunately obtained, he mentioned a fact regarding the first plate which is worth preserving; namely, that it “had been an heir-loom in the family of the Meers of Badakshan, who claim to be the descendants of Alexander the Great; and it had been sold by them in their distress, when they were conquered and imprisoned by Meer Morad Beg of Kunduz, to Atma Ram, his Déwan Beghi.” Regarding the second plate, I cannot do better than quote Dr. Lord’s own words: “ I was aware there was a second paéera, but I failed in all my attempts to get it when I was before in the country. I have now however succeeded ; but find, to my astonishment, that its subject is not Grecian, but pure Persian; probably Shdpir killing a lion, as seen in the Persepolitan figures. The patera is pure silver; weight 104 kaldar rupees, (312 drs.) the workmanship of unequal merit; the heads of both man and horse, particularly the latter, appear to me far superior to the other parts; you will notice the peculiar way in which the horse’s tail is tied up.” I can add nothing to Dr. Lord’s description, except that the original silver plate is 11:2 inches in diameter; and that there is a short in- scription of dotted letters on the back of the plates; which appear to me to resemble very closely the Pehlvi characters of the Sassanian coins. Dotted inscription on the back of Dr. Lord’s plate’ For the facstmile copy of this s a : : it...» inscription, I am indebted to 2 e” & *oa* e 6 Se wcneteent” * i aie ® seasttavtee” *%, ia the kindness of Lady Sale. In the four corners of the sketch, I have represented four coins, illus- trative of the subject on the silver plate. No. 2 is the obverse of a silver Sassanian coin, published in the Journal of the Asiatic Society, vol. vi. 14, fig. 1, by Mr. Prinsep, H, Archer Luh?’ 8 : S SS s ‘ Ss S aN & SI ay SS 1841. ] Silver Plate found at Badakshén. 571 from his own cabinet. The king’s crescent head-dress is the same as that on the silver plate; and the position of the right arm seems to indicate, that it must have pointed a spear towards the indistinct object which is seen between the horse’s fore legs, and which is probably the lion of the plate. No. 3 is the reverse of an early Mahomedan copper coin, published by Mr. James Prinsep, as fig. 2, pl. 14, vol. vi, of his Journal. The ob- verse has a head and some illegible letters. I have lately procured a similar copper coin, on which the horseman faces to the right; on the obverse is an inscription in ornamental Cufic characters, ‘“‘ Us sultan ul azem Ala-ud-dunya wa ud din ;” and above the horseman on the re- verse are the remains of the letters of the name; and between the horse’s legs is the word whack, Bamiadn, the place of coinage. I sup- pose this coin to belong to Ala-ud-din Husén, Ghori, who was called the Incendiary, after having mercilessly destroyed Ghazni, and put an end to the Ghaznivide dynasty.* The horseman I believe to have been copied from the coins of the Hindu kings of Lahore, of which No. 5 in the lower corner to the right is a silver specimen of Syalapati Deva. No. 4, in the left lower corner, is a gold coin of one of the later Guptas, on which the subject is the same as that represented on the plate; the only difference being that on the coin the horseman is using a sword instead of a lance. This coin may date about a.p. 500. The earlier coins of the Gupta family also display the same subject ; but on them the lion is attacked by a bowman on foot; and on the reverse, the goddess Lakshmi is seen sitting upon the vanquished ani- mal. The subject represented on the plate, and on the coins of the Gup- tas, is then substantially the same; namely, a hero-king overcoming a * A large hoard of the Indian gold coins of his nephew, the celebrated Mahomed Ghori, the first Mahomedan king of India, has lately been found in the Huzara country, About one-fourth of the gold coins are of ‘ Sri-man Kumdra Pala Deva’’—the re- maining three-fourths being of Mahomed Ghori. They are highly curious, as proving that the Musulman conqueror was content to have his name only represented on the coinage of the country, without changing the Brahmanical character of the coin. On the obverse is the seated figure of Durga, and on the reverse, in Deva Nagari characters, is the legend, ‘Sri Mahajdina Mahamada Séma,”’ for Sri Moaz-ad-din Mahummud Sam. 572 Silver Plate found at Badakshan. LNo. 115. lion. The Guptas besides, were contemporary with the most flourishing period of the Sassanian monarchy, from a.p. 350 to 500, and even an interchange of presents took place between them and the Sassanian kings; but which however both parties mention as tribute. But the coincidence of subject on the coins of the Guptas and Sas- sanians becomes more striking, when we see that the sculptures, gems, and coins of the latter represent the lion being attacked by a hero on foot. A gem published by Ouseley in the Oriental Collections, repre- sents the Sassanian king Balash, or Balasces, on horseback, exactly in the same way in which the kings Chandra Gupta and Kumara Gupta Mahendra are represented upon the Indian coins. But the most curi- ous circumstance is, that we can trace this same horseman from his first appearance on the coins of the Bactrian king Mayas,* (whom I con- fidently hope to be able to identify with Demetrius, the son of Kuthy- demus, ) through the coins of Azas and Azilisas, Undopherras, and Abal- gasus, down to the Indo-Parthian king Arsaces; and then through the Sassanian sculptures, gems, and coins, and through the coins of the Hin- doo Guptas of Kanoj, and the Pala family of Lahdér, down through the Mahomedan coinage of the Ghaznivides, and through the Pathan coin- age of India, to the time of Mahmud, the cotemporary of Timur; or from B.c. 200 to a.p. 1400, for a period of 1600 years. All this I undertake to make good, when I shall publish my account of the na- tive coinages of India. ALEXANDER CUNNINGHAM. Lucknow, 25th June, 1841. * I beg to refer my readers to a paper in No. 96 of the Asiatic Society’s Journal, in which the identification of Mayas with Demetrius was first maintained in opposition to the theory of Mons. Raoul-Rochette, and others. My friend Lieut. Cunningham has, I am gratified to find, adopted my views, as stated in the paper above noted; views how- ever which he is infinitely better qualified than myself to maintain by sound historical argument. py Se Or ~I (Se) Note by Captain Hay, on a Bird, native of the Eastern Islands, undescribed (?) in a Letter to the Editor. Kurnaul, June 7, 1841. My pear Srr,—lf the following account of an extraordinary bird met with among the Eastern Islands may prove new and interesting, you will probably insert the following in your Journal: if otherwise, destroy the communication. It is as far as I can see a new genus, but distant as I am from books, or the means of access to new dis- coveries, and not being in communication with Mr. Swainson, what I insert is with diffidence. I can hardly describe the colours of this bird better than by saying, it partakes of precisely the same met with in that well-known and beautiful moth, the Bombyx Atlas, upon which insect it is supposed to feed; and it is not improbable, for their localities are the same, and it will be seen how admirably adapted for a trap is its mouth. On first obtaining this very extraordinary bird, I commenced exa- mining the generic distinction of “ Eurylaimus,” to which at first sight it appeared to be most likely allied. The somdre colours, together with its enormous bristles, seemed to point it out as a night-feeder, and sent me to hunt amongst the ‘‘ Caprimulgide ;” but with the assistance of Swainson’s Birds, 2 vols. in the Cabinet Cyclopedia, and of Vol. x. of the Naturalist’s Library, 1 have not been able to discover any named genus, to which this very extraordinary, and I imagine very rare, bird belongs. . I have apparently two species, if they be not male and female ; the length of one however being 164 inches, whilst the other is not above nine; and the larger coming from Sumatra, whilst the smaller was procured from Malacca, lead me to believe them different species of the same genus. General colour of plumage, different shades of chestnut and rufous brown, or ferruginous. Wing coverts dark chestnut, tipped with angu- lar white spots, shaded at the edges with black: the larger wing coverts are tipped with black spots, the white edging being scarcely visible ; the neck has a collar (resembling a pendent crest from the back of the head) of similarly marked feathers, though less distinct. Whole of the 4c Bitne hr ko Mun Jk tes fA 4 lw, 574 Note by Capt. Hay on an undescribed (?) bird. {[No. 115. belly, and beneath wing and tail, pale ferruginous ; throat and breast somewhat darker, and speckled with white: wings and tail ferruginous and barred. Total length of bird 1634 inches. The bill measures 2? inches, is wider than the head, and shaped much the same as in Eurylaimus ; colour of bill dark red, edged with yellow: the upper mandible overlaps the lower, and has a very sharp edge ; bill strong, but not thick in pro- portion to that of Eurylaimus. Nares so small as to be scarcely visible, and so flat that the point of a penknife cannot easily be introduced ; not basal and round as in Eurylaimus, but longitudinal, and covered by long bristled feathers lying along and over its extremely hooked bill; similar feathers cover the bill to its base, and then recline; width of bill at base 24 inches. The eyes are not furnished with lashes above. Wings long and rounded, the sixth quill the longest and tipped with black. Tail 6 inches. Tarsus feathered and long, ventral feathers entirely hide the feet, which are moderately strong, having the inner edge of the nails lengthened and somewhat flatten- ed, middle toe the longest. This is without exception one of the most extraordinary birds I have ever seen, and I do not remember it to be noticed by Dr. Horsfield. The nares being so different from the broad bills, and the supposition being, that it rests upon branches to receive and devour that immense moth, the ‘‘ Bombyx Atlas,” I would propose, should it be a new genus, naming it ‘“‘ Bombycistoma ;” or should a more experienced naturalist discover a genus already named, the specific name I would call ‘* Bombycivoras.” If however it is as I believe entirely new, I would name it ‘“‘ Bombycistomas Fullertoni,” after the late Governor of Prince of Wales’ Island, whose kindness first led me to visit the East- ern Isles, and where I first imbibed my taste for Ornithology. In describing this bird I have before me, specimens of the genera “ Eurylaimus,” ‘‘ Cymbirynchus,” and “ Psarisomus.” The second species which I have above mentioned, has a less brilli- ant plumage, and length only 9 inches. Bill 14 inches in width, similar to the former, but the bristles covering the nares are less pro- minent ; wings not so lengthened ; belly of a much lighter colour ; and the beautiful white and black spots so conspicuous on the larger bird © here scarcely attract the eye. 1841. | Note by Capt. Hay on an undescribed (2?) bird. 575 A third bird procured by me at Malacca would appear to unite the bird first described with Eurylaimus ; the bill in shape and form is the same, but wanting the stiff bristles ; the legs are also much stronger, nails differently formed, and tarsus naked. As this is also a rare bird, I will describe it as well as Iam able. Extreme length 11 inches. Bill 14 inches in width ; culmen more arched than in the former, or than in either of the genera above named ; eyes unprotected. Nares basal and round, colour bluish black, throat and upper part of breast dirty ochre. A white bar under both wings and tail. This possibly may have been described, but I think not. These Broadbills are a very interesting series of birds ; the most dull in colour is that last des- cribed, and by far the most beautiful, the ‘‘ Psarisomus Dalhousie” of Swainson, which rare bird I have been so fortunate as to procure. My desire is to make, what I consider a new bird known ; not to claim a name, which after all may be considered inappropriate, and would then be passed over by Naturalists, ‘“‘ as if it never had existed.” It appears to me, that this will be the typical character of the Broad- bills instead of Eurylaimus, in which case its name will be changed by Swainson, under whose observation I hope this bird may come. The enclosed very rough sketch will serve to give some idea of the appearance of the head or bill, and if it prove new, it may be in- teresting to your Ornithological readers. C Crs uw pr. S LEA Sox Le tee 576 Hxamination of some decayed Oriental Works in the Library of the Asiatic Society. By H.Pinpineton, Ese. Officiating Curator, Museum Asiatic Society. At the request of our Secretary, I have undertaken the chemica} examination of the decaying Oriental MSS. Works in the Society’s Library, of which the following is a description :— It is found that,. principally in the Arabic books, at the end of a certain time, a shade of black is observable about the letters. This gradually appears to increase to a cloud round each word, such as would be produced by a light shading of Indian ink. It increases to a decided brown, and eventually a black colour, when the leaves become wholly decomposed in the middle, where the black is most intense, and fall to pieces like tinder, (the writing still remaining quite visible upon them,) so that they crumble under the fingers; and in short re- semble, in those parts, books which have been burnt in close vessels ; reminding us of the descriptions we read of the MSS. of Herculaneum and Pompeii. In some places, where the page is surrounded with an ornamental border of red and black lines, the black line appears so completely to have destroyed the paper, that the page may be almost taken out, as if it had been cut round with a penknife. The Moulvees said it was owing to the “ kuth,” (catechu,) but the effect seemed a very unlikely one to be produced by an astringent. The disease, how- ever, evidently arises from the ink; the paper where not written upon, being in good preservation where it has not spread from the writing. To discover what can have produced this very serious mischief, was the problem to be solved. 1. The smell of the carbonised parts was something approaching to that of caramel; the taste sharp, saline, and acid, but not caustic. 2. A quantity of the tinder-like matter from the centre of a book, equal to about half an octavo page, was boiled in distilled water. The solu- tion was of a dark clear red-brown colour, it reddened litmus paper very sensibly ; there was therefore free acid, and no free alkali present. 3. The presence or absence of the following substances were shewn by their corresponding tests as follows :— {Sulphuric acid... ... Acet. Barytes. Piedomnd ye } Muriatic acid, (trace,) ... Nit. eines Hotass), 2°... Fs ... Mur. Platina. | Lime, (minute quantity,).... Oxal. Ammonia. 1841. | Examination of some decayed Oriental Works. O77 Tron, “ ae Tinct. Galls. **" ) Prussiate Potass. oe) Ammonia. | Nitric acid, Be .»» Mur. Acid and Gold leaf. 4, The solution being evaporated, a portion of the carbonaceous Absence of 4 brace matter became insoluble. Cold alcohol did not act on the gummy mass left, nor was any soluble salt obtained by it. 5. Acetate of barytes was added to the clear solution, and the pre- cipitate dried at a low red heat, weighed 2.25 grs. which would give 0.75 grs. of sulphuric acid for each half, leaf or 450 grs. (by weight) for a volume of 300 pages. This is of course but an approximative calculation ; but we may be fully satisfied by it, that the quantity of free sulphuric acid in the book, is quite sufficient to produce the mischief. 6. This decomposition of paper, so as to crumble to pieces between the fingers, (though without being much discoloured, ) is familiar to every chemist, as happening daily to the edges of his filters with acid and alkaline solutions of but moderate strength. The discolouration may arise from the ink and iron carried by capillary attraction through the fibres of the paper with the acid, or finally, since the ink remains unaltered in most parts, from the carbonisation of the paper. 7. I suppose the excess of acid to have arisen from the use of an excess of crude sulphate of iron (heerakosh) in the ink, which, either ignorantly or by design,* is added in too large quantities, and thus an extra portion of sulphate of iron, in addition to the sulphuric acid set free in the composition of ordinary inks, remains in it. Sulphate of iron is a sulphate of the protoxide of iron, and the vegetable matter of the paper being particularly prone to combine with both the acid and the iron, of which last the common iron-mould spots are such familiar examples ; it may easily be supposed, that in our humid climate, with its high temperature, new chemical combinations must soon take place amongst the varied principles of paper and ink-starch : gum, vegetable fibre, gallic and sulphuric acids, iron, lime, and potass ; of which, as we see, the result is, that the carbonaceous matter of the paper alone remains. An analogous effect is observed by mineralogists upon labels or wrapping papers, when, by the decomposition of pyrites, sul- * Bydesign. There are secrets in all trades, andour Moulvee informs me, that the copyists of ‘* Arabisthan’’ well know that their books will not last too long, and so spoil trade, 578 Examination of some decayed Oriental Works. _[No. 115. phate of iron is formed in specimens. The specimen upon the table is an instance where this has gone on, and at the contact of the decomposed pyrites, the label is exactly reduced to the state of our books. Another effect, perhaps of this kind, is the discolouration of the leaves of books printed upon ordinary paper, in the making of which, it is said, gypsum is used in considerable quantities to increase the weight. In this case, as gypsum has a tendency to decomposition when in contact with vegetable matter, the sulphuric acid may also be set free? The paper of these books becomes brownish, brittle, and finally crumbles to pieces, so that it is called “ the dry rot.” The practical inference to be drawn from all this, for our use and that of other Societies and collectors, is, 1 think, this; that in copying MSS. we must prohibit the use of mineral inks—being never certain of their composition—and employ only China ink, which with a little trouble, is well adapted for fine Oriental writing. This being pure sepia or carbonaceous matter, will probably be as lasting as the best paper. I have moreover recommended, that all paper used for copying in the Library, should be well soaked in a solution of alum, which will take off the excess of starchy and gummy matter in the size, and perfectly secure it against damp; for paper so prepared is crisp in the dampest weather, and no insect will touch it. I should thus hope our MSS. will be placed in safety for a long period; but I should urge on the Society the prudence of securing copies of all the rare works, in which this discolouration has begun. There is another prac- tical inference, which I also take leave to suggest, and it is the follow- ing: May there not be a great mass of Government records, subject to this cause of decay, through the use of ill-made ink ? Museum, 26th June, 1841. H. PippineTon. Norse.—This valuable memorandum was prepared by Mr. Piddington, on my shewing him a copy of the “ Murrat ool Jinan,” which had been com- pletely destroyed by the process above remarked on. The MS. is from Egypt, and copies of it very rare. Alarmed at the destructive process to which other valuable MSS. in the Library of the Asiatic Society were subjected by similar decomposition, I at once set copyists to work to make duplicates of all which shewed signs of decay, profiting by the suggestions offered in this paper, for prevention of the injurious effects of bad ink and paper. [ may add, that I have procured from Lucnow a copy of the lost MS. which is in course of transcription. ee = o79 On Bos Gaurus. By W. Exuiot, Esa. M. C. S. (from the Madras Journal of Literature and Science. ) The notice of the Bovine Genera by Mr. Hodgson of Nepal, published in No. 114, and the observations on Bos Gaurus by that able naturalist and by Dr. Spilsbury, which have already appeared in this Journal, may be well followed up by an extract from Mr. Walter Elliot’s (Madras Civil Service) ‘ Catalogue of the Mammalia in the southern Mahratta country,” describing the animal above named, with reference to an article by Mr. Hodgson on the same subject in the 6th vol. of this Journal. One or two short notes have been appended by Mr. Hodgson to Mr. Elliot’s paper, which appear with this reprint of it. By thus borrowing Mr. Elliot’s excellent paper from the Madras Journal of Literature and Science, I shall have been enabled to unite with and submit to my readers all that intelligent naturalists in various parts of India have observed and re- corded regarding one of the most remarkable of Indian quadrupeds “indicated distinctly,’ says Mr. Elliot, writing in 1840, “only within the last two years,’ and doubly remarkable from its apparent identity with the extinct species, fossil remains of which have been exhumed in Europe. It may be worth while to quote a curious notice, one of the earliest, if not the earliest, by any English writer, of the Bos Gaurus, from the narrative of his captivity in Candy by Capt. Knox, (a. pv. 1673,) who re- sided 19 years in the country: I met casually with it, and do not know but that it may have been quoted before. The writer is however so correct, and sagacious an observer, that I venture to incur the risk of re- petition in order to supply testimony to the existence of the Bos Gaurus in Ceylon at the time of his confinement there. (Knox’s Historical relation of Ceylon, Chapter VI.) ‘ Here are also wild buffaloes; also a sort of beast they call gawvera, so much resembling a bull, that I think it one of that kind: his back stands up with a sharp ridge; all his four feet white up half his legs. I never saw but one, which was kept among the King’s creatures.” poy 58.—Bos (Bibos) Cavifrons, Hodgson—Journal Asiatic Society Bengal, vol. vi. (1837) pp. 223, 499, 745. Bos Gaurus, Griffiiths.— Gour, Geoff. Kar kona, Canarese. Jungli khoolga, Dekhani. Gaviya, Mahratta. It is somewhat remarkable that one of the largest animals of the In- dian Fauna, frequenting all the extensive forest tracts from Cape Co- 580 On Bos Gaurus. [No. 115. morin to the Himalayas, should only have been indicated distinctly, within the last two years. I have seen specimens from Tinnevelly, and likewise from the whole range of the Syhadree mountains up to Mahableshwar, and I know that the animal has been killed near Vel- lore, in the Sherwaroyah hills near Salem, at Aseergurh, in Kandes, Rajamundry, and I doubt not that it will likewise be found in all the deeper recesses of the eastern Ghauts, and on the banks of all the great rivers passing through them. An imperfect cranium, which seems to belong to a female of this species, in the United Service Museum, is labelled thus ‘“‘ Head of a Bison from Kuddah, Straits of Malacca, presented by Lieutenant-Colonel Frith, Madras Artillery.” The following memoranda were made in 1833 in the southern Mah- ratta country, at a time when I had frequent opportunities of seeing the animal. ‘It is called Gaviya by the Mahrattas, Jungli khoolga and Urna by the Mahommedans, (though it has not the slightest affi- nity with the buffalo, to which both of these names apply), and Karkona by the Canarese, which is of similar import, from Aadu, a forest, and Kona, a buffalo. It differs also very remarkably from the common ox, and though it approaches considerably more to the descriptions of the bison, the name generally applied to it by English sportsmen, it exhibits marked structural differences, excluding it from the Bisontine group as defined by Cuvier. These consist in the plane of the fore-head being ‘“ flat and even slightly concave,” and in the possession of only 13 pair of ribs. It is not improbable that it will be found to constitute a con- necting link between the Bisontine* and Taurine groups. The most remarkable characters in the animal are an arched coronal, or convex bony ridge, surmounting the frontal bone, and projecting beyond it so as to make the line from the vertex to the orbit a concave sweep; the continuation of which from the orbit to the muzzle is slightly convex. The other distinctive mark is the prolongation of the spinous proces- ses of the vertebre of the back, from the withers to the loins where they cease abruptly. These processes are 12} in number, and their pro- longation gives the animal a very extraordinary appearance. * One prime character of scull is enormous massiveness, three time that of the Ox’s scull.—B, H. H. + 13, or same as the ribs.\—B. H. H. Re ae Pe a a Oe a a se, Se 1841. | On Bos Gaurus. 581 The largest individual I met with, was killed in an island of the Kala Nuddee in the district of Soonda, in 1827. A noted shikaree, the Potel or headman of Alloor (a Hubshee or negro descendant of some of the numerous African slaves imported in the 15th century by the Mahommedan kings of Beejapoor, and who still exist as a distinct race, in this district,) called us at day-light, and promised to shew us one of the animals described by him as a wild buffalo. Crossing the river in a canoe, we struck into the forest and soon came upon a track which he pronounced to be that of a large bull. On this he proceeded with the steadiness and sagacity of a blood-hound, though it was often imperceptible to our eyes. At times when a doubt caused us to stop, he made a cast round, and on recovering the track summoned us to proceed by a loud whistle, or by imitating the cry of the spotted deer, for not a word was spoken, and the most perfect silence was enjoined. As we advanced he pointed silently to the broken boughs or other marks of the passage of a large animal, and occasionally thrust his foot into the recent dung, judging by its warmth of the vicinity of the game. We followed his steps for three miles to the river, then along the banks towards Dandelly, where the animal appeared to have passed to the other side. Wading across, we ascended the bank of a small island covered with thick underwood, and some large trees, amongst which it had lain down, about fifteen yards from where we stood. The jungle was so thick that we found it difficult to distinguish more than a great black mass among the underwood. On firing the animal got on his legs, received two balls more, and rushed into the jungle where he became very furious, and we were obliged to shelter ourselves be- hind the trees, to avoid the repeated charges he made, though one ball through the shoulder which had broken the bone above the elbow, prevented his moving with facility. He then became exhausted and lay down, snorting loudly and rising to charge when any one approach- ed. A ballin the forehead caused him to roll over the precipitous bank into the river. Still however he was not dead, and several balls were fired into his forehead behind his ear and the junction of the head and neck without life becoming extinct; one ball which had struck the vertebrze of the neck was taken out almost pulverized. When drawn ashore and examined more minutely, the first sentiment produced in all present, was astonishment at his immense bulk and 4D 582 On Bos Gaurus. [ No. 115. size; but on measuring his height we found him much taller than his breadth at first led us to imagine. The head is very square, and shorter than in the common ox, the forehead ample, the bony ridge rising about five inches in height from the plane of the frontal bone over which it inclines. When viewed be- hind it rises suddenly and abruptly from the nape of the neck, from whence to the vertex it measures seven inches, the horns make a wide sweep, in continuation of the arched bony ridge, and turn slightly back- wards and upwards, forming an angle of about 35° with the frontal bone, the whole of the head in front, above the eyes, is covered with a coat of close short hair of a light greyish brown colour which below the eyes is darker, approaching almost to black. The muzzle is large and full,* of a greyish colour, the eyes are smaller than in the ox, with a fuller pupil of a pale blue colour, the ears are smaller in proportion than in the ox, the tongue is very rough and covered with prickles, the neck is short, thick, and heavy, the chest broad, the shoulder very deep and muscular, the forelegs short, the joints very short and strong, the arm exceedingly large and muscular. Behind the neck and im- mediately above the shoulder rises a fleshy gibbosity (?) or hump, the same height as the dorsal ridge, which is thinner and firmer, rising gradually as it goes backwards,} and terminates suddenly about the middle of the back. The hind quarters are lighter and lower than the fore, falling suddenly from the termination of the ridge, the tail very short, the tuft only reaching down to the hocks. The dimensions of this individual were carefully noted as follows :— feet inches. Height at the shoulder........sssssssseecceceeeeece wislaehleisbeleeiatol 6 12 Do. at the rump (taken from hoof to insertion of tail). 5 5 Length from the nose to the insertion of the tail. ......... 9 64 Do. do. to the end of the tail which was 2 ft. 10 in. 12 44 Do. of dorsal ridge including the hump. ..........seeeeeee 3 4 Height of do. GO. UE IOUNET tae se oelnine te 0 41 Girth (taken behind the forelegs) ........scscccessccesseeers 8 0 Bycadthof'the forehead: 31/103 .ca vans adewasise Mivcte hee 1 3h * Less than in Bos or Bubalus.—B. H. H. + Quere forwards? The height of the true dorsal ridge declines from the third pro- cess of the vertebre, and the general appearance of the ridge therefore is a declination, not a rise, towards the croup from the withers.—B. H. H. 1841. ] On Bos Gaurus. 083 From the muzzle to the top of the arched bony ridge... 2 13 Distance between the points of the horns ..... ....sseeeee- 2 1 Circumference of horn at base ....00... cose sesccesee ouvee 1 74 Between rene roots: Of Hornss..\ iscsi csueccieascicieoadesisvedss nice O 134 BiGreth GF tHe CAL... ce. vc csnnsecslsiestinsnssveeenaneseusisess O 104 Cireumference.of the neck 25. s20 0c. ssseceesneseseedeveees’ vee 4 4 Depth of the shoulder (from the elbow to the end of the BAM MBELEE )) 701) sis vinisiciesiv'o eolcoe meelew i oe sieces coelewieleni one coral 24 From the elbow to the knee (i. e. the fore-arm) .. ...... 4 52 From the elbow to the heel .......cccccdeescceecose coscrces 2 7 Ciremmference Of the ATM, .......esacraersteccences covcssess 2 6 The skin on the neck and shoulders and on the thighs is very thick, being about two inches in this one, which has already shrunk from lying in the sun. It is used for making shields, which are much prized. On examining the skeleton picked clean by the vultures, we could only distinguish thirteen pair of ribs. The cows differ from the male in having a slighter and more grace- ful head, slender neck, no hump, a less defined dew-lap, and the points of the horns do not turn towards each other at the points, but bend slightly backwards; the horns are smaller too, and the frontal bone narrower, but the coronal or ridge is distinctly marked. The bulls have the forehead broader in proportion to their age. In the young bull it is narrower than in the cow, and the bony ridge scarcely perceptible. The horns too in the young specimen turn more up- wards. The general colour is dark brown, the hair thick and short, but in old individuals the upper parts are often rather bare. That on the neck and breast and beneath is longer, the skin of the throat is somewhat loose, giving the appearance of a slight dew-lap. The legs are white, with a rufous tint on the back and side of the forelegs. The skin of the under parts when uncovered, is a deep ochry yellow. The cow has the legs of a purer white. The breeding season is said to be early in the year, and the calves are born after the rains. The bulls are often found separate from the herd, which consists generally of from ten to fifteen cows and a bull. They generally feed during the night, browzing on the young grass and the tender shoots of the bamboos, of which they are very fond. In the 584 On Bos Gaurus. [ No. 115. morning they retire to some thicket of long grass, or young bamboos, where they lie down to ruminate. When disturbed the first that per- ceives the intruder stamps loudly with its foot to alarm the rest, and the whole rush through the forest, breaking down every obstacle, and forcing their way with a terrific crash, dat euntibus ingens Silva locum, et magno cedunt virgulta fragore. £En. vii. 676. When suddenly approached in the night, they start off with a loud hissing snort. In 1831, I saw a young Bison calf in the possession of some Gowlees, the owners of large herds of buffaloes in the Hangul talook. It was caught when just dropt, in the month of May, and when I saw it, was seven months old, very tame and gentle, though timid, licking the hands of the Gowlees, and frisking about with the buffalo calves. It was the same colour as the old animal, very dark brown with white legs. The head small, the forehead wanting the breadth so remark- able in the adult, and the bony ridge of the crown was hardly percep- tible. The horns were just beginning to sprout, the ears larger and rounder than those of the buffalo, the eyes a pale grey or cerulean colour. The hair on the throat was long, and the dew-lap slightly indicated. No hump was perceptible, but the dorsal ridge was distinctly marked. The Gowlees say, they see great numbers of Bison when pasturing their herds in the neighbouring forest. They describe them as very timid and watchful, more so than any other wild animal, always repos- ing in a circle with their heads turned outside, ready to take alarm. They add, that they see most calves from June to October, but the greatest number about August. They do not know how long the cow goes with calf, but suppose the period of gestation to be the same as that of the buffalo, or ten months and ten days. The old male drives the others from the herd at the breeding season, and the single ones seen in the jungle are young males of this description, and it is proba- ble the very old bulls are sometimes expelled also by younger and stronger males.” | | For the following particulars derived from the observation of the animal in the Shervaroyah hills, 1 am indebted to Mr. Fischer, of Salem : “ The Bison ordinarily frequents the hills, seeking the highest and coolest parts, but during the hottest weather, and when the hills are parched 1841. | On Bos Gaurus. 385 by the heat, or the grass consumed by fire, the single families, in which they commonly range the hills, congregate into large herds, and strike deep into the great woods and valleys ; but after the first show- ers, and when verdure begins to re-appear, they again disperse, and range about freely. In wet and windy weather, they again resort to the valleys, to escape its inclemency, and also to avoid a species of fly or gnat, which harasses them greatly. In the months of July and August, they regularly descend to the plains, for the purpose of licking the earth impregnated with natron or soda, which seems as essential to their well-doing, as common salt is to the domestic animal when kept in hilly tracts. The chief food of the Bison seems to be the following grasses and plants :-— Yadanyjan cody Vallaum pilloo ..sccoveseeceee A species of Sacharum, used for thatch. Odeserengan pilloo The cottay woottoo leaf... .. Ricinus Communis, Castor oil Plant. Mullum pilloo .....cccoveeeee Anthystiria polystachia, Roxb. Canavum pilloo ........ . ...Sorghum muticum. Wild Cholum. Cheevum pilloo .. s+... a aney Broom grass. ( Aristida). Cattoo Corangan leaf ...... A species of Convolvulus. Ipomea Staphylina ? but they will eat with avidity every species of grain commonly culti- vated on the hills or plains, as the ryots find to their cost. The Bison particularly is so fond of the avaray cottay (Dolichos Lablab, Ainslie),* when in blossom, that they will invade, and destroy fields of it, in open daylight, in despite of any resistance the villagers can offer. In other respects it is a very inoffensive animal, very rarely attacking any one it encounters, except in the case of a single bull driven from the herd. Such a one has occasionally been known to take up his location in some deep bowery jungle, and deliberately quarter himself on the cultivation of the adjacent villages. The villagers though ready to assist Europeans in the slaughter of Bison, will not themselves destroy them (the inviolability of the cow extending to the Bison); and so bold does this freebooting animal become in consequence, that he has been known to drive the ryots from the fields, and deliberately devour the * Country bean. 586 On Bos Gaurus. [No. 115. produce. But in general it is a timid animal, and it is often difficult to get. within gun-shot of them. The period of gestation is with the Bison the same as with the do- mesticated animal; they drop their young in the months of September ‘and October. I once had one brought to me so young, the navel string was still unseparated. I should think it was then about the size of a common country cow’s calf of four months old. It seems a slow grow- ing animal. A calf I had for three years was evidently in every res- pect still a mere calf. They seem very difficult to rear. [ have known it attempted at different ages, but never knew the animal to live beyond the third year. Mr. Cockburn has tried it in vain, in its native cli- mate, the Sherwaroyah hills, and 1 have made the attempt at Salem repeatedly. At one time I had five in my farm-yard; one lived for three years: but this one, with all the others, died suddenly in the same week from some disease, marked by refusal of food, running from the nose, and an abominable stench from the mouth. A similar disease, it may be noted, prevailed, I was informed, at the same time, among the Bison of the Sherwaroyah, Shandamungalum and Neilgherry hills. The calves I had, never became in any degree domesticated: the do- mesticated cow could never be induced to suckle them.” I may add, that the persevering ferocity of the Bison of the Sub- Himalayan range, described by Mr. Hodgson, is quite foreign to the character of the animal in the southern forests. When wounded, it is true, it charges its assailant with determined courage, and many in- stances have come to my knowledge of its doing so with fatal effect, among which I may cite those of two officers within the last few years, both of whom were killed at the Mahabaleshwar hills; but in general it will always seek its safety by flight, if permitted. inches. Height from the end of the maxillary bone to the vertex... 22 Breadth of front between the edges of the horns.......+. .+ 13 tol4 Length of horn from base to point in a straight line ...... 21 Do. do:talone the eurve’.2. 7c tae ee cescsesseseueasebes 30 Diameter (longest section) inside diag std do, pa elie yak 64 Be. 0l\ Ciroadest do ji P TO, A ey en 43 CHemmereneé at:the Bases. 2) el eA a ol ae 182 587 Proceedings of a Special Meeting held at the Asiatic Society's Rooms. (Friday, 14th May, 1844. ) The Hon’ble W, W. Bird, Esq. in the Chair. Read the following letters ; viz. From Mr. A. Csoma de Korosi of the ist May 1841, tendering to resign the office of Librarian to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and requesting permission to occupy his present quarters in the Asiatic Society’s premises till the period of his departure from Calcutta. Also offering for the acceptance of ‘the Society ‘‘ the half of his salary’ received by him during the three years of his employment as the Society’s Librarian. From Mr. Secretary Bushby, No. 309, dated the 7th April 1841, communicating copy of a letter from the Hon’ble the Court of Directors, advising that they had sanctioned the payment of an advance of £150 to Mr. E. Blythe, selected by Professor Wilson as Curator of the Museum of the Society, for his outfit and passage, and requesting information as to the mode most agreeable to the Society to refund the advance made to Mr. Blythe by the Court. On the foregoing, it was resolved— That the Committee recommend that the resignation of Mr. Csoma de Korosi be accepted, with the expression of the acknowledgments of the Society ;—That the So- ciety do not accept the refund of the half salary for three years ;—That the Society with reference to the continued connection with Mr. C. de Korosi accede to placing him on the same footing as he was before he became Librarian, and permit him to remain in the rooms he now occupies till his departure. _ That the Committee recommend the Society to employ a Librarian on 100 Rupees per mensem, and suggest that candidates be invited to submit their application,—the Secretary in the mean time, taking on himself the charge of the Library. That the invitation be conceived in the following terms:—‘‘ The Society beg to state that no candidate need apply who is not a man of education and of literary habits, more or less acquainted with Oriental languages, and who is not prepared to attend in the Library for not less than four hours a day.”’ The question of re-payment of the advance to Mr. Blythe for outfit made by the Court of Directors being laid before the Committee, it was resolved—That the sub- ject be left in abeyence till his arrival. With reference to the foregoing Resolutions, the following letters to Mr. Csoma de Korosi and to Mr. Secretary Bushby were addressed, and a ‘‘ Notice’’ published in the daily papers under this date. ‘To Mr. A. Csoma pE Korost,’ Librarian. “Str,—Having submitted to the Committee of Papers of the Asiatic Society your letter dated the ist instant, tendering your resignation as its Librarian, with 588 Asiatic Society. [ No. 113. liberty to retain your present quarters till the period of your departure from Calcutta, as also the offer of half the salary received by you during the three years - of your employment, I am desired to state that, although the Society accepts your resignation, with the expression of its acknowledgments for your valuable services, yet it cannot accept your offer of the refund of ‘* the half salary for three years ;” but your motives for making it are duly appreciated. 2. With reference to the continued connection with yourself and the Society, the Committee of Papers accedes to placing you on the same footing as you were before you became Librarian, 7. e. to receive an allowance from the Societyof Rupees 50 per month, with permission to retain, till your departure from Calcutta, the rooms now occupied by you. 3. The foregoing arrangements to have effect from the 15th instant. Tam &c. (Signed) H. Torrens, Secretary Asiatic Societys ‘To G. A. Busnsy, Esa. ‘ Secretary to the Government of India. © Gen, Dept. ‘Srtr,—I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter, No. 309, dated the 7th ultimo with its enclosure, and in reply to state for the information of the Right Hon’ble the Governor General of India in Council, that the Asiatic Society would prefer that the consideration by them of the suggestion of the mode of re- funding the advance of £150, for outfit and passage made to Mr. E. Blythe, who has been selected as the Curator of the Society by the Hon’ble the Court of Directors, be left in abeyance till the arrival of that individual. I have, &c. (Signed) H. Torrens, Secretary Asiatic Society. NOTICE. Wanted, a Librarian for the Asiatic Society of Bengal, at a Salary of Rs. 100 per month. No candidate need apply who is not a man of education and of literary habits, more or less acquainted with Oriental languages, and who is not prepared to attend in the Library for not less than four hours a day. Applications to be submitted addressed to H. Torrens, Secretary Asiatic Society. 589 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ( Wednesday Evening, 7th July, 1841.) Dr. J. J. H#BERLIN, Senior Member present, in the Chair. Mr. S. G. T. HEatTLy proposed at the Meeting of the 2d June last, was ballotted for and duly elected. Ordered, that the usual communication of his election be made to Mr. HEATLY, and that he be furnished with a copy of the rules of the Society for his guidance. Library and Museum. Books received for the Library of the Asiatic Society, for the Meeting of the 7th July, 1841. Mantell’s Wonders of Geology, London, 1838, 8vo. 2 vols. The Calcutta Christian Observer,. for June and July 1841, New Series, vol. 2d, Nos. 18 and 19. Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopedia—Swainson and Shuckard’s Histery and Natural arrange- ment of Insects. Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. 16th, part ist, vol. 17th, part 1, 2, 3, and vol. 18, parts 1, 2, 3, 7 vols. Caleutta Monthly Journal, &e. for May 1841, 1 vol. Yarrell’s History of British Birds, part 23d. Annuals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 41, March 1841. Oriental Christian Spectator, Second Series for March, April, and May 1841, Nos. 3, 4, 5, Bombay. Maha-Nataka, a Dramatic History of King Rama, by Hanumat, translated by Kali Krishna Bahadur, Calcutta, 1840, 1 vol. Genealogical and other accounts of Maha-Raja Kali Krishna Bahadur, Calcutta, 1841. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, vol. Ist, Nos. 12 and 13 for 1840. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London. Catalogue des Livres composant la Bibliotheque de feu M. Klaproth, Paris, 1839. 1 vol. Read the following report from Dr. E. Rorr, appointed Librarian to the Asiatic Society of Bengal in the room of Mr. Csomo DE Korost, resigned. H. TorREws, Esa. Secretary, Asiatic Society. «Sir,—I have the honor to submit to you the following report :— Having taken charge of the Library on Monday the 21st of June, I thought it my duty to ascer- fain the number of the European Books; the number not being specified in the Manuscript Catalogue, and I found it to be the following :— English Books, cc ond ae ae seul 2,202 Ditto Pamphlets, ... “0 aoe ae eas 2112, 503 French Books, ate nee ono a9 sow 1,140 Ditto Pamphlets, ... ae eee eee eas 209——1,349 Latin Books, “CC, wae he awe ase 537 Ditto Pamphlets, ... a aes Ms ate 27—— 564 Miscellaneous Books, ate Ba aE ace 331 2 Ditto Pamphlets, ... ace aes aa eae 39—— 370 Books lent out, Sor ae ves ae 205 Ditto Pamphlets ditto, Bes oy “cc ava 14—— 219——5005 4k 590 Asiatic Society. [ No. 115. It is highly satisfactory to me, as it will no doubt be to the Committee, to know that most of the Books belonging to the Society are in good condition. I am, however, sorry to say, that some of the Manuscripts of the Sanscrit and Persian Library are in a state which threatens irreparable loss, if not immediately transcribed. Of these I forward a list. The key of the Medal Cabinet having been delivered to me by Mr. Prppineron, I counted the medals in the presence of Mr. DE Koros and Mr. Boucnez, and found their number exactly corresponding to that stated in the list, excepting two impressions which were not mentioned in it. My attention has been directed to the arrangement of the Books and of the Catalogue, and I avail myself of the present opportunity to make a few remarks. The arrangement of the books is made, I perceive, according to the languages in which they are written, and in each division they are placed according to their size; the same plan is adopted in the Catalogue, with the exception, that the Books instead of being placed according to their size, are arranged after the alphabetical order. I need not stay to inquire how this arrangement is at variance with a proper classification, as I think this is clearly apparent, I shall merely offer a few remarks concerning it. As the proper and principal design of the arrangement of a Library is to promote the most exten- sive and the most beneficial use of the books, no classification which does not approach as near as possible to the natural division of literature in general, can be satisfactory. An arrangement opposite to the classification of sciences, isolates the use of the books, while a Library, arranged as strictly as possible according to the subjects, suggests at once all that is, and all that is not contained in the collection relating to the different branches of science, and at the same time invites and introduces the inquiring mind into the outer halls of science. All the large libraries which I have seen are arranged according to this plan, for instance those of Berlin, Goettingen, and Wolffenbuttel. It is desirable, that this principle should be followed in the arrangement of every library; yet it must be allowed, that it can strictly be adhered to only in large collections which contain the lead- ing works of every branch of learning; it must, however, be borne in mind, that an arrangement according to a well-concerted plan, though not followed out in the minor niceties, is infinitely pre- ferable to an arrangement, based upon a contrary principle. ; For a Catalogue there is not, however, the same necessity for such an arrangement. A Catalogue has to state only what books are in a library, and to point them out, so as to be easily and immediately found; the alphabetical order seems to be a sufficient provision. This arrangement is adopted in the Catalogues of many libraries. There is, however, another purpose in the framing of a Catalogue which should not be forgotten, and that is to inform the man of reading and science, what advantages he may derive from consulting the library. It can scarcely be expected, that such information can be obtained by an alphabetical order. To peruse a Cata- logue of a large library to ascertain what works it contains, relating to particular branches of learn- ing, is a waste of time to which few people will submit, and consequently a library may contain many excellent works which have escaped the notice even of literary men, and the Catalogue therefore fails in accomplishing the most important purposes for which it was made. If the foregoing remarks be correct, a new arrangement of the Library and Catalogue is desirable. The number of books being 5,000 and upwards, is, I think, sufficiently large to sanction such an arrangement, and as a new Catalogue is now about to be printed, this is perhaps the most favorable time to make it, should the Committee deem it necessary. Under this impressidn, I have directed my attention to a proper arrangement of the Library and Catalogue, which might afford the members of the Society the greatest facility in using the books. I have now the honor to lay the arrangement which I think it desirable to make before the Committee; but I would, however, beg to say the arrangement is based on a Classification of the 1841.] Asiatie Society. 59) subjects, only as far as the deficiencies of the Library will admit, and will afford, if not all, most of the advantages of the above plan. A. B. (oH Classical Literature. Oriental Literature. European (modern) Literature. A Classic Literature. I. Philosophy. II. History, &c. III. General Literature. Thus also the Oriental Literature. C! European (modern) Literature. I.—Theology, I1.—Jurisprudence, TII.—Medicine, IV.—Philosophy, V.—Mathematics, Vi.—Natural Sciences, VII.—History (including Diplomacy, Numismatology, Biography, Memoirs, &c.) VIII.—Geography, Topography, Statistics, &c. IX.—Travels and Voyages, X.—General Literature, XI.—Linguistics, (Dictionaries, Grammars, &c.) XII.—Proceedings, Records, &c. of Societies, Journals, &c. XIII.—Encyclopzdia Works. XIV.—Maps. T have not stated the sub-divisions in the arrangement of the Library, as they must depend upon the number of works in each division. In the Catalogue each division will be arranged alphabetically, according to the titles; but no sub-divisions will be made; still however, it will be desirable to annex an alphabetical Index of the names of the authors, with reference to the page of the Catalogue in which their works are to be found. In concluding this Report, I would remark, that Ihave already completed in Manuscript, the Classical and Oriental sections, and the division of History also in the third section. Should the Committee approve of the arrangement I recommend, I shall endeavour to complete it as soon as possible. T have the honor to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, E. RoEr. July 1841. Ordered that the Report be referred to the Committee of Papers for consideration, as regards the adoption of the plan of arrangement and classification of the Books recommended by Dr. RoER. Read the following Report of the Officiating Curator for the month of June last :— H. TorrReEns, Esa. Secretary Asiatic Society. Sir,—For the month of June I have the honor to report as follows :— “Geological, Paleontological and Mineralogical Depariments.—Our catalogues and arrange- ments are continuing. In the Geological department we have obtained a very interesting addition to our collections. In my report to Government on the soils brought from China by Captain HALstED, and sent to the Museum of Economie Geology, I pointed out that it was matter of much regret that no rocks accompanied the soils, from a place where so many curious phenomena had evidently taken place, and were yet going on. The Right Honorable the Governor General has been pleased to interest himself in this matter, and to request Captain HatsTEp to favour us with any specimen of the rocks which he might possess, and the result is the very curious series now on 592 Asiatic Society. [No. 115 the table; being basaltic hornblende from the central peak, calcareous sandstones and concretions from the raised coasts and adjacent islands, with one or two specimens of indurated clays, and a specimen of what I should almost venture to term a lias limestone! found in boulders about the mouths of the voleanoes. When to this we add the fact that of sixteen specimens of the soils of the island, only two are in any degree calcareous, and these probably from the admixture of shells, we have evidence that the voleanoes have formed the soils by eruptions of mud, either before or since the upheavement of the island, since from the absence of the calcareous matter the soils cannot have been formed like the coast rocks. It would moreover appear, that the eruptions have been from different strata, amongst which one much resembles the lias, so great a novelty in Indian Geology ; but which according to FRANKLIN, is found {in the basaltic district of Bundlecund, in the direct line between the mud volcanoes of Cheduba and those of Sommeanee. Osteological.—We are beginning to mount the skeleton of the Neelghye. Ornithological and Mammalogical.—Nothing new to report. Conchological.—Captain HaLstED has obliged us by a small collection of shells from Cheduba and the neighbouring islands, of which some will be additions to our cabinet. Botanical.—We have also in this department to announce an addition to the development of our knowledge of Indian Natural History. My report for the month of May, and the Paper on the Society’s Himalaya Lichens, published in the Journal, anticipated the probability, that we should discover valuable ones in our vast extent of territory ; and I have nowthe pleasure to an- nounce, that one of our own specimens No. 17, which at first gave a brilliant crimson, has now changed to a rich purple, shewing that it is of considerable value as a dying Lichen. The bottle containing the liquid has been placed at the disposal of the Right Honorable the Governor Ge- neral for transmission to England; and we shall endeavour to procure such a supply of the Lichen, as may enable proper experiments to be made. Museum of Economic Geology.—Dr. Aneus has been kind enough to procure for us from DR. Hunter of Futtyghur, specimens of the green glass bottles, and of the mixture used for manu- facturing them there, as also of the clay from which the fire bricks are made. He has also been good enough to promise us larger specimens of the materials from which the frit of the glass bottles is made, the scum and the melted material, we shall then possess in a second instance, (Mr. W. PRINnsEP’s contribution from the iron mines of Burdwan being the first) spe~ cimens of a complete Indian mineral manufacture, from the raw material up to the finished produc- tion for the use of man. Additions to the Museum have been as above stated. Captain Halsted, H. M. S. Childers.—Geological specimens from Cheduba. A collection of Shells, principally from Cheduba. Dr. Hunter from Fuityghur through Dr. Angus.—Three green glass bottles from the Futtyghur manufacture, with sample of the mixture from which they are made. Specimen of the earth from which the Futtyghur fire bricks are made. H. PrppineTon, Vth July, 1841. Acting Curator, Museum Asiatic Society. Read letter No. 685, dated 18th June last, from the Secretary to the Government North West Pro- vinces, forwarding Lieut. R. B. SmirH’s communication, submitting outline of a project for the elucidation of the Economic Geology of the North West Provinces. Read also a letter from Lieut. R. B. Smiru, of the 12th June last, received simultaneously with the foregoing, intimating the submission of his project. Ordered, that the papers be referred to the Committee of Papers for consideration: meanwhile Lieut. SmirH be addressed to send the Tabular Forms prepared by him, said to embrace all points essential to the formation of an estimate of the Economic value of the materials specified and re- ferred to in his letter to Mr. Secretary THomason, of 3d June 1841, paragraph 4. ——- = 1841. | Asiatic Society. 598 Read a report from the Officiating Curator, of the ist April 1841, on the Cabinet of Coins belong- ing to the Asiatic Society. Read also a letter from Mr. Csoma Dr Korost, of 31st March 1841, with a list on the same subject. Ordered that the papers be referred to a Committee specially selected, for investigation and report upon the subject, with a view to the adoption of measures for preventing the cause of complaint connected with this particular branch of the Society’s Museum; and in pursuance of the foregoing resolution, the Officiating Curator, Messrs. HUFFNAGLE and STIRLING, and Dr. Ha@Ber- LIN were selected to form a Committee for the purpose. Read a letter from Capt. Geo. TwEmMLow, Bengal Artillery, of 18th June 1841, forwarding speci- mens of black shining ore-like particles, which form on the ground of the table land near the fortress of Gawilghur near Ellichpore after rain, wherever water has run, the ground being of reddish soil, formed apparently from Basalt under decomposition. On inspection of the specimens, they were pronounced by the Officiating Curator to be the common granular Magnetic Iron Ore, Ordered, that Capt. TwEmMLow be informed accordingly. Read a letter from Capt. W. E. Hay, of the 7th June 1841, descriptive of an extraordinary Bird he met with among the Eastern Islands. Read a letter from Lieut. A. CUNNINGHAM, of the 25th June last, on the Inscriptions from the Girnar Rock. Read a letter from Capt. Jacos, of 15th June 1841, forwarding a Transcript in Nagree characters of the Ancient Inscriptions on the Girnar Rock near Joonaghur, in Kattywar, comprising the Eastern portion of the Rock. Read also two letters from Lieut. Postawns, on the products of Khorassan. The Secretary informed the Meeting, that the subjects treated of in the foregoing papers, would be published in early numbers of the Asiatic Journal. Read a letter from Mons. E. Burnovur, of 12th April 1841, acknowledging Moorcroft’s Travels, and regretting the interruptions of intercourse between the two Societies, &c. Read also a letter from the Secretary Linnean Society, London, 10th November 1840, forwarding 3 vols, of the Transactions of the Linnean Society, and noticing the irregularity with which the Asiatic Researches have been received by the Linnean Society, with Memo. of what portions of the publication have been received, Ordered, that the publications required as presentations be forwarded, and occasion taken to improve the connections of the Society with scientific bodies in England, and on the Continent of Europe. As connected with the subject, the question for printing the Transactions of the Society was dis- cussed, the printing of which had been neglected for several years from the want of subjects, the magnitude of the expence of printing, &c. In removal of the first objection, the Secretary propos- ed to place at the disposal of the Committee of Papers such papers as were received by him from 594 Asiatic Society. [ No. 115. contributors to the Journal for consideration, whether they should be omitted in the Journal to be printed in the Transactions. Referred to the Committee of Papers for consideration and report. Read letter from Moulvie ABDOOLLAH, of 11th June 1841, soliciting the patronage of the Asiatic Society by subscription of his undertaking in reprinting the three volumes of the Futwa Alumgeri, a work of great merit and of extensive use in Mahomedan Law. Also referred to the Committee of Papers for consideration and report. Read a note drawn up by the officiating Curator, on the examination of some decayed Oriental works in the Library of the Asiatic Society. A carved Slab, dug up at Gurgoon, was presented by the Assam Tea Company, In forwarding it, the Secretary, Mr. Hampton, writes: ‘‘ By desire of the Directors of the Assam Company, I have ‘* the pleasure to forward for the acceptance of the Asiatic Society, the accompanying carved Stone, ‘received recently from Assam.” Read letter from Rajah KALLEEKRISHNA Bahadoor, of 23rd June 1841, forwarding for the ac- ceptance of the Society, a copy of his English version of Maha-Nataka, a dramatic Hindu work, originally written in Sanscrit, together with the original, and a short account of himself. Read letter from Mr. Secretary Mappock, of the 28th June last, regarding the furnishing of certain instruments required for the Magnetic and Meteorological Observatory, proposed to be established at Lucknow. Referred to the Officiating Curator for report. An iron Bar of exact linear measurement for surveying purposes, constructed by the late Mr. James PRINSEP, presented by his brother and executor W. PRINSEP, Esq. was submitted for the inspection of the Meeting. For all these presentations and contributions, the thanks of the Society were accorded. a ee — sao ee ee en eee eee ee Le ee ee Oe ees JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY. Scheme of a Table for all Time. By Capt. R. SHortrepe, Assistant Surveyor General. I enclose for publication, if you approve, in your Journal, a Per- petual Time Table, which I constructed sometime ago; by the help of which may be found in less than half a minute, the week-day of any date for thousands of years, past or future. Besides the directions given on the back, little more seems necessary to render intelligible the method of using it. The Table consists of three concentric circular cards, each having seven divisions corres- ponding to the days of the week. On the outer are written, from left to right, on three circles, the odd years of a century. On the second card are written the full centuries, of New Style on the outer, and of Old Style on the middle circle ; the order of these being from right to left. Within are the days of the week from left to right. The third card has the days of the month from left to right, and within these, the twelve months in a peculiar order, each following month being as many divisions to the left as the days in the preceding month exceed 28. ‘ In using the Table, the first thing is to adjust the second card with its proper century to the zero on the outer card; thus for 1841 New Style, the full century being 18, the division containing the N. 8. 18 on the second card, is to be brought opposite that division on the outer card which contains the double zero (00). This being done, the middle card will require no change till the year 1900, when the centurial divi- sion containing 19 (N. 8.) is to be brought opposite the (00) division. No. 116. New Serizs, No. 32. 4k 596 Scheme of a Table for all Time. [No. 116. The odd year 41 of the century being found on the outer card, the division containing it is that by which the months are to be adjusted throughout the year: the division containing the given month being brought opposite that of the 41, the days of the month will be opposite their proper week-days. For example, to find the week-days of the 8th and 18th of June—June being brought opposite the 41, opposite the 8th will stand Tuesday, and opposite the 18th stands Friday. In like man- ner December being brought opposite the 41, opposite the 23rd stands Thursday. For the 18th June 1815, the centurial adjustment re- maining unchanged, June being brought opposite the year 15 on the outer card, the 18th is seen opposite Sunday. The battle of Preston happened on the 21st September 1745, Old Style, required the week- day. The Old Style century 17th being brought to the 00, and Sep- tember to the year 45, opposite the 21st stands Saturday. The battle of Culloden was fought on the 16th April 1746, O. S. required the week-day. The centurial adjustment remaining as before, April being brought opposite the year 46, opposite the 16th stands Wednesday. Thus the Table is used with equal facility for N. S. or O. S. dates. The second card having the full centuries of both styles, (which may be continued at pleasure), shews at once those which have the same week-days. The O. S. centuries are continued by successive additions of 7, and those of N.S. by additions of 4. The reason of which is, that a Julian or O. S. century having 25 leap years, consists of 5200 weeks and 125 days. Now 125 days are short of 18 weeks by one day, hence each Julian century commences on a week-day earlier by one than did the preceding century ; so that the same week-days must recur after a period of seven centuries. But in the New Style there are three Gregorian centuries and one Julian ; and as a Gregorian century has only 2% leap years, it consists of 5200 weeks and 124 days, being two days short of 18 weeks. The loss of two days on each of the three Gregorian, and one day on the Julian century, amounts to a week every 400 years, and hence the recurrence of the same week-days in the order above mentioned. : When Pope Gregory XIII. in 1582 introduced the New Style, the object was to adjust the festivals in the Calendar to the same time of the year as they held at the time of the Council of Nice in 325 ; ten anaes: & Ss ay res te odd Av 0% are ¢ REEG EL oe ws wes? ie) Ler, "Cle eS, oo \wy niortles UY “ST oe if nb) az 2. gS , | £7. & ¥ W 1 2q 2553 ee Ny gh ; os i ag a your Aity o> A thw rear, Perfretual Time Table designed §inade by Robert Shortrede Cape!” 1 sstGT S hry 0 Ne (Ye SBT WeT yas Aronia ie Wy wae Se Petey tI 04 11089" ys Sabie ay, oo 1841.] Scheme of a Table for all Time. 597 days were added to the reckoning by ccunting the 14th instead of the 4th of October, as it was estimated that so much had been lost during the interval. It would, however, have been correct had only 9 days been added, because from 325 to 1582 there are 1257 years, during which 3 days having been lost every 4 centuries, it is clear that 9 days must have been lost in 1200 years, and the reckoning of the odd 57 years being the same according to both styles. By adding ten days to the Calendar, the festivals have in fact been adjusted to what they were in the century before the Council of Nice. This mistake may be shewn by the Table, where it is seen that the same week-day is common to the full century 30 according to both styles, and as the coincidences occur at intervals of 28 centuries, the same week-day is common to both styles in the full century 2, whereas the week-days of the full century 3 differ in Old and-New Style. The agreement would be perfect in the year 225, but wrong by a day in the year 325. This mistake in adjusting the New and Old Styles, is similar to that committed in settling the Epoch of the Christian Era, the true time, as is now generally admitted, being 4 years before the common reckoning.* As it is often convenient to reckon dates before the Christian Era in Julian years, I have given a rule for finding the week-days of such dates with facility, by observing that they recur in the same order every 700 years. The rule is this: subtract the given year diminished by one from any convenient multiple of 700, and use the remainder as if it were a common Old Style date. As the Gregorian adjustment of the Calendar causes an error in excess of about one day in every 40 centuries, this may be allowed for by adjusting the full century-division not to the 00, but one division to the right of it for every 40 centuries. This adjustment renders the Calendar perpetual, so far as depends upon our present knowledge of the length of the year; but the adoption of this, or the correction of any error which may be found to be involved in it, will remain for future generations. 22nd March, 1841. bay T'he proper method of manipulating the Perpetual Time Tables, is the following :—In adjusting the full century to the zero, put the two * See Barlow’s Mathematical Dictionary, art. Epoch; or the Essay in Fergusson’s Astronomy. 598 Scheme of a Table for all Time. [No. 116. first fingers of each hand to the back of the card, (the zero being to- ward the front,) then with the thumbs move about the second card to the required position. In making the monthly adjustment, hold the outer card between the fore-finger and thumb, the division containing the odd year of the century being to the front, then putting the thumb of the other hand over the centre on the face and the forefinger at the back, turn about the central card till the proper month division comes opposite that of the odd year. Notes on Capt. SHorTREDE’s Scheme. By W. Masters, Esa. 1. Let the lst of January begin with any day of the week A, and write down in succession all the months, with their days under corres- ponding days of the week thus :— A. B. C. i). E. FB; G. January ] 2 3 4 5 6 7 February 1 2 3 4 3 &e. =&e. 2. The following peculiarities will present themselves :— First. The arrangement of dates and days of the week, correspond in these months: January and October ; February, March, and November ; April and July ; September and December; the other three months May, June, and August, are isolated months, having no correspondence of arrangement with any other. Second. In leap years, the dates from Ist March to 3lst December inclusive, will arrive a day later in the week. As the additional day of leap year comes at the end of February, it does not affect the cor- respondence of dates and days for January and February. Third. The vertical dates of January and October fall on the same days. 1841. ] Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. 599 Fourth. The vertical columns of dates are found in the same order and succession in all the months, but under different days of the week : the agreements noticed in Obs. first excepted. | Fifth. The dates of the first column of January, and similarly the other columns, fall in May, one day of the week later ; in April and July one day earlier than they do in January. Sixth. The dates of the 1st column of January (and similarly all the others) will in August fall later in the week by one day than they do in May ; and in September and December one day earlier than they do in April and July. Seventh. The same dates in June fall earlier in the week by one day than they do in September and December ; and in February, March and November one day earlier than in June, or one day later than in August. Eighth. If the 1st of January fall on any day of the week A, the fol- lowing dates will fall on the same day :— 1 8. 15. 22. 29th of January and October. 5. 12. 19. 26. —_ of February, March and November. 2. 9. 16. 23. 30th of April and July. 7. 14. 21. 28. — = of May. : 4, I]. 18. 25. — _ of June. 6. 13. 20. 27. — _ of August. 3. 10. 17. 24. 31st of September and December. 3. The dates and months, exhibited in Observation 8th of Article 2, are grouped together in Capt. Shortrede’s scheme on the inner or smallest card, and arranged in a peculiar order, as the author expresses himself, having reference to the eight Observations of Article 2. 4, Some years have 365 days and some 366: three years in succes- sion have 365 days each, and the fourth year (with exceptions to be noticed) has 366 days. The year that has 365 days has 52 weeks and one day over ; therefore, whatever day of the week begins such a year, also ends it. During three such years three days of the week in succession begin and end those years; the 4th day begins the 4th year; but as this year has 366 days, which are equal to 52 weeks and 2 days, the day after the 4th day, that is, the 5th day, will end the year. Calling these four years a series, we may say that whatever day of the week begins the series, the 5th day in succession ends it. The 6th day in succession begins and ends the Ist year of the next series; the 7th day begins 600 Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. [No. 116. and ends the 2d year of that series; the 8th day (i. e. the lst week- day with which we commenced) begins and ends the 3d year; and the 9th (or 2d day) begins the 4th year; but does not end it, because it has 366 days; the 10th (or 3d day of the week) ends it: and so on. 5. Let the days of the week be called a, 6, ¢, d, e, f, g, without, at present, particularising which day of the week is called a, or 6, orc, &c. The following Table is constructed on the principle explained in 4, It consists of series of 4 years each which are marked Ist, 2nd, drd and 4th; the days of the week that commence these years are placed vertically underneath; the fourth year has always two letters; the first indicating the day of the week on which that year begins, the second letter, the day on which it ends. The arrangement commences with the Ist day of the Ist year of any century; with the year I, or 101, or 1601, or 1801 ; and the Ist of January is supposed to fall on a day of the week called a. Series. Ist year. 2nd year. 3rd year. 4th year. le a b c d ande 2 f g a b and ¢ 3 d e f ganda A b c d e and f (Table 1.) i) g a b ec and d 6 e ii g a and b 7 c d e fand g 8 b c d ande 6. After 7 series of 4 years each—28 years, the same succession commences. 7. From Table (1) may be formed another (which will be given here- after) exhibiting all the years of a century that begin with the same day ; but it will be more convenient to shew first, how the centuries commence ; and of centuries, the centuries of Old Style first ; reminding readers that, according to Old Style, every 4th year, without exception, is a leap year, and consists of 366 days. 8. By attending to Table (1) it will be seen, that the series consist of lines of years and days of the week in succession ; each series has 4 years and 5 days of the week. If we fancy weeks lengthened out into one uninterrupted line of days, the first day a of the second week will be called the 8th day; 4 weeks will be called 28 days ; and Table 1841. ] Notes on Capt. Shortrede's Scheme. 601 1, or rather the succession which it shews, may be represented by the following progression :— Series, .. ee sigh Bick g (ion Onin: (ep te fod Oatey 2D sie DOs OER Years ending these series,. 4 8 12 16 20...100 ... Days beginning theseyears, 4 9 14 19 24... The common difference of the years is 4, of the days 5: the 25th term will therefore be year 100 and day 124: 124 days equal 17 weeks and 5 days; therefore the 100dth year will begin with the day e. 9. According to Old Style this progression may be extended to series 50. The fiftieth term of the progression will be, year 200 and day 249; 249 days equal 35 weeks and 4 days; therefore the 200dth year begins withthe 4th day d. Inthe same manner it may be found that the year 300 begins with the third day c; the 400dth with the 2d day 6; the 500dth on the first day a; the 600dth on the 7th day g ; and the 700dth on the 6th day f- 10. Hence every 100dth year commences on a week-day, one day earlier than the preceding 100dth year: consequently if the year 1 of any century begins on any week-day a, the year 1 of the next century will begin on the week-day g,—~. e. a day earlier. 11. In Old Style all the days of the week in their turn commence a century and a 100dth year. 12. The following Tables are formed according to Articles 8—10. The Table marked (2) shews how each hundredth year begins. Table (3) shews how each century or first year of each 100 begins :-— Days of the week} e Gc billy gate f Sameliundredth) 1) 2)..-3). 4)...6)..6) 7 Mears, 2. €. years; 8] 9) 10) .11) 12, 138) 14) (Table 2.) 100, 200, 300, &.| 15; 16 17; 18) 19; 20) 21 Days of the week| a| g f eld e| b begin centuries or Ne eS Alo) a (Table: 3.) years 1 of 100; 1 BOO) 11) al Te). Te 5 2 of 200, &e. 16, 17| 18) 19} 20° 21 98| 24) 25! 26) 27, 28! 602 Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. [ No. 116. 13. Now follows the Table (marked 4), exhibiting all the current years of a century that begin with the same day of the week. The primary arrangement is for the current years of the Ist century beginning with year 1. Underneath this, the letters denoting the days of the week are so arranged as to shew how the superincumbent columns of years begin in the other centuries in succession; an arrangement which will be quite intelligible by attending to Art. 10. ee Bie el e ee, ig Was Qiies 20 Vid Uae jE RE TAR Ma na hed 1S et eee Te 1s yo) cote. Papigg egg DAY Ap DG) OG 0 ae IR yes JS) sl. ae eer sey BF 35) 86 2g RB AgOK4O — Al 42 48 44 — 45 (Table 4) AG AT AG io tera. Jl So en ho oda ea 57 58 59 60 = 61 62 63 64 — 65 66 67 68 CT avi eee ay 74°75 76 — 78°79 80 98)" 82. /Sesig4 {5 86) O77 ue = 89 90 91 92 — 93 94 95 96 nS ES en NT rh Pa Dae, d e -f for odd years of 2d century. f io? aged en ds e b= 3d Creat 8 a b c¢c d ——— 4th —— do ep ab. ¢ the — Ghd. Mey ' gs ab ‘'——_— 6th —— Dee Bagere f g a ——— 7th — 14. It will be seen that the above columns of years begin with fixed days for fixed centuries. If the century begins with any day, the first column of years will begin with that day, the other columns with the next day in succession. Table (3) shews how the centuries com- mence ; and when this is known, Table (4) will readily shew how the years commence. 15. These columns of years are arranged in Capt. Shortrede’s scheme in a circular order, and occupy the seven divisions of the outer card, in " i ; ips é ? 1841. ] Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. 603 the same succession in which they stand above, with a few excep- tions. 16. The exceptions are the leap years, which are advanced one divi- sion to the right of their proper division, for the reason given in Obser- vation 2 of Article 2: this occasions error in week-days corresponding to January and February, but the scheme says, “in leap years for January and February use the half blank space to the left, then opposite the given date is the day of the week.” This is obscure; and, if I un- derstand the author aright, incorrect. The meaning of the author ap- pears to be, “use the division containing May as if January had been there, and fancy February to be where June is.” This will lead to error. The direction should be—for January and February in leap years take that day which is one division to the left of the day opposite to the date. The week-day for January and February is one day earlier than the day opposite to the date. 17. Although the leap years are thus advanced, the author of the scheme appears to have left half the digits of the numbers expressing those years in their proper divisions; for there are four 4s, 2s, and 6s and five 8s in different divisions. This is objectionable, because these numbers may bewilder those who are reckoning for the current years 2, 4, 6, 8; and, if the scheme be printed for general use, should be omitted. 18. The middle card of the scheme contains not the centuries of (3) but the full centuries or hundreds of (2) for the convenience of reading. In Table (3) the days of the week for the current years of centuries are shewn in 7 lines: but in the scheme the full centuries and their fixed days revolve in a circle; and the days are readily made to assume their positions relative to the current years. 19. If the scheme had a century division, then by adjusting the century division, bearing the name of the week-day commencing the centuries which it contains, with the year division containing the years 1, 7, 18, 29, all those years would be shewn to commence with that day; and the years in the other divisions, with the days standing below them, for those centuries. 20. But the hundred years or full centuries are more convenient for reading, as years 101, 1801, 1841, &c.; then the 100dth year must be so adjusted to a year division that the day on which the following cen- 4G 604 Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. [No. 116. tury commences, shall fall exactly under the division containing years 1, 7, 18, 29, &c. 21. The scheme has been regulated according to the hundreds or full centuries ; and therefore, when it is to be used, the full-century-divi- sion must be adjusted with a current-year-division in accordance with Art. 20. 22. By comparing Tables (2) and (3) it will be observed, that each hundredth year commences two days earlier than the succeeding cen- tury. The 2 hundredth year of (2) commences with d; the 3d cen- tury of (3) begins with f; the 3 hundredth of (2) begins with c; the 4th century begins with e; in each case the hundredth year begins 2 days earlier; therefore, in using the scheme the full-century-division is to be adjusted with the current-year-division 2 remove to the left from the division containing years 1, 7, 18, 29, &c; that is, with the division containing the years 5, 11, 22, 33, &c. 23. But, because the hundredths or full centuries of Old Style are all leap years, they are thrown one division to the right according to Art. 16, and are in consequence to be adjusted with the year-division con- taining the years 6, 17, 23, 34, &c. The hundreds or “ full centuries,” do not commence with the day of the week over which they stand, but with the day to the left; consequently, although the full-century-divi- sion is shifted, the week-day commencing the next century or the year 1, falls in the right place under the division containing year 1. Z4. The division containing the years 6, 17, 23, 34, &c., have two cyphers 00 for reference. If the scheme be published for general use, it would be an improvement to substitute a black dot, such as is used in the Nautical Almanac to represent the New Moon. 25. Let us now turn our attention to the New Style. In the year 1752, it was “enacted by 24 Geo. II. c. 23, that instead of cancelling ten days as Gregory XIII. had done, eleven days should be left out of the month of September; accordingly, on the second day of that month, the Old Style ceased, and the next day, instead of being the third, was called the fourteenth, and by the same act, the beginning of the year was changed from the 25th of March to the Ist of January.” — Eincy. Met. Mis. and Lex. vol. iii. art. Calendar, p. 155. 26. It was likewise enacted, that the Gregorian correction should be applied to certain years specified. According to the Gregorian rule, oe ee ee ee oe — 1841.] Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. 605 every year divisible by 4 receives a day, or has 3866 days. But every year divisible by 100 and not divisible by 400 has 365 days. The year that is divisible by 100 is also divisible by 4, since 100 is a mul- tiple of 4: this part of the rule is therefore an exception to the first part, since there are years divisible by 4, which instead of having 366 days, have only 365. These years may be considered as losing a day to which they are entitled by the first part of the rule. The follow- ing are the years that lose a day. (It is to be remembered that those years which are divisible by 400 have 366 days: this is a part of the Gregorian rule. ) ; 1700, 1800, 1900 —— 2100, 2200, 2300, 2500, 2600, 2700 2900, 3000, 3100, &c. 27. Consequently, the correspondence of dates and days in Table (1) will not answer continuously for the New Style: it will be interrupted in the New Style at the 100dth. year, corresponding with the 4th year of series 4 and marked (a) in the Table. The 100dth year begins and ends with e, because it is not a leap year; the next century, that is, the year 1 of the next century consequently begins with f; and the succession given in (1) will be again interrupted at the next hundredth in the same place at (a), which place will now be occupied with c and d, because the first year begins with f and not witha. Although Table (1) is referred to in this place, it is not to be understood that the’ letters a, b and c, have the same signification in New Style that they have in Old Style: ain Old Style may be one day of the week, and in New Style another. But proceeding as above, the days beginning the hun- dreds of New Style may be found out, and the following Table formed, marked (5): in which the letters are slightly altered in character for the sake of distinction, but retain the same relation of time or succes- sion. Week Days. @: | ei a. ifs es | | Hundreds of New! 100 200 300 400 Style. pail. illinois fot eh ah 91 | 22| 231 24 |(Table 5) 606 Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. [ No. 116. 28. Observe here that only four days of the week begin the hundreds of New Style; and three days of the week never have that privilege, not for 40 centuries. The years in column f, are all leap years in New Style. This accounts for that arrangement of Capt. Shortrede’s scheme, which occupies only 4 of the 7 divisions with N. S. centuries. 29. About the time of the 40th century, the Vernal Equinox will be ] day nearly in advance of the 20th of March; in which case if the British Calendar and British Parliament be in existence, it may be found necessary to throw out a day from the Calendar. If the mea- sure be adopted in the year 4000 a. p. then this year will not be a leap year, and as 4000 is a multiple of 400, and consequently falls in column f, the year 4000 will begin and end with f Art. 4; the week-days a and ¢ will go out and 6 and g will occupy their place for the next 40 centuries, during which period the hundreds will begin thus :— d b g e 100 200 300 400 &e. Centuries and years and hundredth years will begin a day earlier. By adjusting the “full-century-division one place to the right of 0 0 for every 40 centuries,” according to the directions given in the scheme, a correction will be effected for the current years; but as the centuries and week-days are in fixed position on the same card, the prescribed adjustment is not effective for the hundredth years or full centuries on the middle card. 30. It is now timeto shew the relation between the week-days of Old and New Style. On the 3d of September 1752, New Style was intro- duced in England, when the 3rd of September was called the 14th (25). Consequently the 14th of September N. S. fell on a certain day in the first week, but the 14th September O. S. fell 11 days after in the second week: therefore the New Style dates may be said to occur 11 week-days, that is, 1 week and 4 days, that is 4 week-days earlier than O. S. dates. 31. If it should ever happen that a day is rejected from any year by New Style and not by Old Style, then that year in New Style will end 1 day sooner than in Old Style; and consequently the next year of New Style will be another day earlier than Old Style ; that is 12 days of date or 5 week-days ; and as often as this happens, New Style will be an additional day earlier than Old Style. 1841. ] Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. 607 32. This happens in those years of N.S. which are divisible by 100, but not by 400; that is in the years contained in the columns e, c, a, of Table (5). The following centuries begin as many days earlier in New Style than they do in Old Style, as are indicated by the numbers below them. It is necessary to keep in mind that, as the intercalary day is thrown out in these years, at the end of February, this suppression of a day does not affect the calculations for the dates and days preceding the 28th of February: it makes those years end sooner, but not begin sooner or later in the week.* Centuries, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. Daye) 211,12, 13, 13, 14,15, 16, 16,.17,.18,:19, 19, 20, 21, &e. Consequently the years from 1801 to 1900 inclusive begin 12 days earlier than they do in Old Style. The hundreds of New Style advance as below :— Hundredth Years, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29. eee ee) 10,115.42, 235.13, Pe 15, 26;16,1%, 18, 19, 19. Peek Dams, ... -3,. 14,) 5,4 6, GO, «1, 2, 2, 3, 4, 5; ) 5, 33. If New Style be carried back in theory, the preceding arrange- ment will shew that New and Old Style agree in the following hun- dredth years or full centuries. Years a.p. 300, 1200, 1300, 2200, 3100, 4000, 4100. 34. The year 1841 N.S. began on Friday, therefore the year 1841 O. S. began 12 days or 5 week-days later; viz. on Wednesday. The year 1800 N. S. began on Wednesday ; the year 1800 O. S. began 4 days later on Sunday. But 1800 O. S. stands in column b of Table (2), consequently bis Sunday, and 1800 N.S. stands in column ec. of Table (5) therefore c is Wednesday. Therefore the letters indicating the days of the week have the significations attached below :— O. S. Table (2) e Wednesday. N.S. Table (5) e Friday. Tuesday. c Wednesday. ec Monday. a Monday. b Sunday. | f Saturday. a Saturday, g Friday. | f Thursday. | * The note at the foot of p. 35 Cab. Cyc. Chronology of History, ‘‘ The Style’’ is partly erroneous. ¢ The agreement of 1200 commences on the 28th N. S. 29th O. S. of February of the year 1100, and terminates on the 28th N. S., 29th O. S. of February of the year 1300. 608 Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. [No. 116. 35. In Captain Shortrede’s scheme, the days will be found one divi- sion to the left of the hundreds of O. S. which they begin, according to Art. 23 and 16. The N. S. hundreds will be found over their proper days, except the leap years of column f, which stand over Sunday in- stead of Saturday, Art. 23, 16. 36. It is essential to observe, that the scheme supposes the both of Old and New Style to begin on the Ist of January. I tested it with about a hundred dates taken from the “Cabinet Cyc.” “ Chronology of History ;” “‘ Hume’s History of England;” “ Bacon’s Letters,” and some anticipated dates carried forward by myself, and found the scheme to agree with all, except two. These were two from Bacon, as follows :— 1617. February 6th, Friday, Bacon, vol. 3d (Letters) page 361. 1620. March 8th, Thursday, do. do. 599. It subsequently occurred to me, that before the year 1752, the Ecclesi- astical year began on the 25th of March, and consequently these years 1617 and 1620 should be read 1617-18 and 1620-21 ; because 6th Fe- bruary and 8th March fall near the end of years 17 and 20 of the old reckoning, and in the early parts of the years 18 and 21 of the new reckoning. ‘The scheme (O. S.) agrees with this reading. 37. The dates from 3d to 13th September inclusive 1752, never existed in the British Calendar, Art. 25th; September the 2d was the day immediately preceding the 14th. By reckoning backwards from 1814 I find that the 14th fell on Thursday, consequently the 2d fell on Wednesday. Old Style in the scheme points to Wednesday, but Sept. 2d, 1752, N. S. points to Saturday. This disagreement was expected. Old Style is continuous, New Style carried back, is at fault between the 2d and 14th September 1752. A paper in the Rambler, is dated Saturday, March 14, 1752; therefore the 2d of September following fell on Wednesday. A paper in the Adventurer is dated Tuesday, No- vember 7, 1752; therefore the 14th of September preceding was Thurs- day. The following dates agree with Old Style of the scheme, but not with New Style. Tatler, Saturday, March 11, 1709-10 y Tuesday, February 28, 1709-10 - Thursday, March 2, 1709-10 Guardian, Tuesday, March 24, 1712-13 nb: Yy te accordfuainy We ge Ve Doty 1841. ] Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. 609 Guardian, Wednesday, 95) 1718 is Friday, July 13, 1713 Spectator, Monday, October 20, 1712 Where the two years are given, the ecclesiastical and the historical, the scheme agrees with the second or historical. The inference is that the scheme, as matter of fact, is unservicable for dates in New Style earlier than the 14th September 1752; and si- milarly for Old Style as far in the “dark backward and abysm of time” as the first fault occurs ; the year of confusion for instance. 38. In the author’s directions for dates before the Christian era, it would, perhaps, be better to substitute the word year for date in the words ‘subtract the given date.” 39. After the foregoing observations, the reason of the prescribed manipulation of the scheme will be understood. By adjusting the century division to the division 00, the days commencing the current years fall under the right divisions by Articles 22; 23; 138; 14. The day on which a year begins is the day on which these dates of January fall ;—1 (of course) and 8, 15, 22, 29 by Obs. 8 of Art. 2. The day on which these dates fall is the day on which certain dates of other months fall; vide Observations 8. of Art 2; and which are - arranged on the smallest card of the scheme. Therefore by bringing a month to the division of a current year, the week-day above shews on what day the subjacent dates of that month fall (with slight variation for leap years.) The other dates of that month lie under their proper week-days by Art. 1. There are no directions given how the scheme is to be used for years of the first century ; viz. the years 1, 25, 60, 99, and the like, which have no hundred before them. It is therefore necessary to insert a cypher or zero among the hundreds of 7, 14, 21 of Old Style, thus 0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35. 40. In the course of this investigation, my attention fell upon the Tables that relate to the Dominical Letters. The numbers are the same both in the Tables and in the scheme. It may therefore be anticipated, ‘that the scheme will soon supplant the Tables. 610 Notes on Capt. Shortrede’s Scheme. [No. 116. 41. The scheme given here will do for years before Christ without the trouble of calculation. It is however more curious than useful. In the smallest card, use the black characters for years a. D. and the red characters for years B. c. The same in the middle card. The centuries of Old Style will do for centuries before Christ; reading thus, O hundred, 7 hundred, 14 hundred, &c. B. c. In the year-divisions, leap years a. D. are marked with black ; leap years B. C. are marked with red. In the use of the scheme, for years a. D. adjust the centuries with the year-division having the black characters 0 0, and read as directed in Capt. S.’s scheme, with this exception ; in leap years for dates from the lst of March to the 31st December inclusive, take the week-day that is in the next division to the right of the week-day opposite to the given date. For years B. c. adjust the centuries with the year-division, containing the two red characters 00; and read as directed for a. p. years using the red characters. In leap years for dates between the Ist of March and 3lst of December inclusive, take the week-day that is in the next division to the left of the week-day opposite to the given date. La Martiniere, 5th May, 1841. W. Masters. Remarks by Capt. SHorTREDE. § 16. The only naxr blank spaces in the whole Table occur in the outer card, and are those of the odd centurial years divisible by 4, 7. e. leap years. These are denoted by writing only the final digit ; the space for the other digit (easily supplied from those before or after) being blank. These spaces are therefore half blank. The way in which Mr. Masters interprets the direction, certainly leads to error; but how such an interpretation can fairly be drawn from the wording, does not readily appear. I am directing how to use the Table for any current year of a century, and as an exception to the general rule occurs in January and February of leap years, I provide for it by the direction within the parenthesis, which of course I mean to be taken as referring to the subject then treated of ; viz. the particu- = Sant be . —— = re 7 ~~ ¥ 1841. ] Remarks by Capt. Shortrede. 611 lar division of the outer card opposite which the given month is to be brought. The meaning is this—instead of the current year division on the outer card marked like the others with two digits, use the division on the left, which being for distinction marked with only the final digit is half blank—opposite this half blank space on the outer card in leap years adjust the January and February months— but never fancy the months to be in any other division than that in which they are written on the inner card.—R. 8S. § 17. No confusion can arise if it be considered that a single digit never represents the current year of a century. For example, the 4th year of the full century 18 is 1804, represented by 04, and not by 4 merely. The whole date being expressed by the current year preceded by its full century, if the odd year be written 4 this preceded by 18 becomes 184, being the year 84 of the full century 1. Moreover the outer card has the odd years of a century in their order, i. e. increasing uniformly from left to right, and not at random.—R. S. § 21. The only adjustment required is to bring the division of the middle card containing the full century opposite the division contain- ing OO on the outer card, and when this is done, no farther adjust- ment of the middle and outer cards to each other can have place throughout ¢haé century.—R. S. § 23. These being leap years require according to the direction for January and February (and therefore on January Ist) to have the month division brought opposite the single 0 to the left of the 00, being in that case the half blank to the left.—R. S. § 24. The black dot would require a special explanation, for which there is not room on the back of the card, without confusion or omis- sion of something more important. A total blank would be preferable to a black dot, but to this there would be much the same objection. Either of these would derange the principle on which the outer and middle cards are adapted to each other. This principle is, that when the full century for the time being is opposite the OO or point of ad- justment, every odd year on the outer card is to be read as if it had its proper full century digits before it. The OO is to be read in the same way as any other year of the century. The able might have been made adjustable by any other zero as well as by 00; and by any other date as by the Ist of January, but oi 612 Remarks by Capt. Shortrede. [No. 116. these on the whole are considered to be the most convenient. Had the Table been adjusted by Ist March, we should have got rid of all trouble about the 29th of February in leap year, but should have incurred the inconvenience with our present Calendar of reckoning two months of each year as part of the year preceding.—R. S. § 29. Quite true. The adjustment referred to is that by which the full centuries are brought opposite the proper division on the outer card. After 4000 and till 8000, the full century-division is to be ad- justed by the division on the outer card containing 01 instead of that containing 00 as formerly. The current year is then to be read on the outer card as usual. The full century being opposite the 01 divi- sion, that of the 00 will be one place to the left. Hence the full century will commence on a week-day earlier by one than that over the full century on the middle card. This arrangement was preferred to that of shifting the places of the full centuries on the middle card, as hereby the series of full centuries may be continued indefinitely backwards or forwards by uniform commen differences.—R. S. § 37. This inference is unwarranted. New Style commenced in 1582, and from that time was used generally in Catholic countries. It was adopted by the Protestants of Germany in 1700,and in England 1752. For dates previous to these epochs in the respective countries, this Table or any other as a matter of fact must be unserviceable for New Style dates ; because such dates did not exist. It is serviceable throughout the whole range of Old Style dates, which still are used in Russia and by the Greek Christians. The year of confusion having occurred before the Christian Era, is owt of date. All such cases are provided for generally by the directions for dates before the Christian Era, and for all such, Old Style reckoning, even when fictitious, is perhaps the most convenient. In such cases, however, there is but little occasion to know week-days as a matter of historical reference.—R. S. § 39. No particular directions are needed. The full century in that case is O, and at first this digit was inserted in the place now occu- pied by the letters O. S. The difficulty is sufficiently provided for by the remark, that the series of full-centuries may be continued indefinitely. —R. 8. I, cet i) hee — ‘4 613 Notes on the Gems found at Beghram. By J.S. Cusrman, Esq. Assistant Surgeon, 16th Lancers. My pear Sr1r,—Having observed in the last number of the Journal of the Asiatic Society, the great interest you have taken in the Gems found in various parts of Afghanistan, and as you there make an earnest entreaty to be furnished with casts or impressions of all Gems, and particularly of those with inscriptions, I have the pleasure to send you a series of these singular relics discovered at Beghram, the locality of which spot has been so fully and ably described by Mr. Masson. For this purpose, my friend Colonel Cureton most kindly gave me free access to his cabinet, and all the Gems which | have selected for your notice are his, with the exception of the four last. Some of the specimens from Colonel Cureton’s collection are of a superior order, equalling many of the antiquities of this nature found in Greece and Italy. One gem cannot fail in attracting much notice; viz. that of Abraham offering up his son Isaac; and there are others which will afford scope for speculation. Any other relics of this nature I may chance to meet with, I will send casts of the same to you. I am, dear Sir, Yours faithfully, Meerut, August 22, 1840. J. S. CHapMan. No. 1. Garnets. A figure apparently intended for Apollo, as neatly and spiritedly executed as many of the ancient Gems of Greece and Italy. No. 2. Cornelian. An historical gem of singular interest and value ; the subject, Abraham offering up his son Isaac, is too clear to be mistaken, Genesis, chapter xxii—‘‘ And Abraham stretched forth his hand, and took the knife to slay his son. And Abraham lifted up his eyes, and behold behind him a ram caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abra- ham went and took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt-offering, instead of his son.” The cast does not represent the knife and the figure on the altar so well as T could wish. No. 3. Cornelian. A figure of Ceres, the style of execution almost equals the Apollo (No. 1.) No. +. White Cornelian. A well-cut head, Buddhist or Sassanian ? No. 5. Garnets. A head ornamented with earrings, and an inscription 614 Notes on the Gems found at Beghram. [No. 116. round it. I imagine it to be Sassanian, for the peculiar character seems to resemble that found on some of the Sassanian coins, of which I send impressions ; it is evidently not Bactro-Pehlevi. No. 6. Cornelian. A head coarsely engraved. No. 7. Cornelian. A head apparently Sassanian, from the peculiar stile of head-dress, large pendant earrings, and moustache. The execu- tion of this gem is particularly good. No. 8. Garnet. A head of the same character as the last, and equally well executed. No. 9. Cornelian. A bust, neatly and well engraved. No. 10. Cornelian. A head, injured and coarsely cut. No. 11. Cornelian. An animal with long ears or horns, from its hoofs probably intended for a stag. No. 12. A Bronze Seal. I cannot make out the subject ; surely it is not intended for Apollo destroying the Python? The figure is repre- sented as trampling on the monster ; he holds the tail with his right hand, and there is something in his left, but whether an instrument of destruction is not evident. No. 13. An Agate Seal, the figure of an Indian bull. No. 14. A Bronze Ring. This is a very common device on the rings found at Beghram. I have seen at least thirty with the same, and better finished than this. No. 15. An Agate Seal. A coarsely executed bird of the genus Anas. No. 16. A Copper Seal nearly effaced ; it appears to be Sassanian, and to represent a fire altar, with the two supporters. No. 17. A Bronze Ring, affording some matter for speculation. A large bag of relics was brought to me from Beghram, consisting of coins, pieces of brass ornaments, rings, &c. &c. I found amongst the lot at least fifty rings of various sizes and shapes, having on them this particular emblem or device. | No. 18. Cornelian. A horseman. No. 19. A Bronze Ring which I found in the bag above mentioned ; the figure of Victory is in high relief; it is purely Grecian, and is spi- ritedly and gracefully executed ; the impression does not do it justice. No. 20. Another Bronze Ring from the bag, with the same device as No. 14. —- eee A aA 2 re , ASP dh oS vag Me tat é ¥ . a j Pr rae — pil aS etre | ct aantine Soe ET“ HAT Liat , by nad het Oe 7 - 4 P i - Ro jj re Le } odes Sacachs % . Bs 1 tat FI - 615 Letter to the Secretary of the Asiatic Society, on the recent Cataclysm of the Indus, from Dr. Farconrr, Saharunpoor, July 6, 1841. My prar Sir,—I have just perused in a letter from the frontier a brief and hurried account of some of the particulars of a grand Cataclysm of the Indus! certainly one of the most remarkable natural catastrophes hitherto recorded as having occurred on the continent of India, or any where else, in the deluge way. The details as yet are very imperfectly given, but they are of so intensely interesting a character, that I do not hesitate a moment to communicate them to you, in the hopes that the Government may do its best towards col- lecting authentic information, regarding the cause, extent, and effects of this flood. We all know how little impressed uncivilized nations are in the events of this kind: after the lapse of a few years, when the immediate effects have gone by, they are generally remembered only as imperfect traditions. The Government could with little trouble collect most of the desired information, through the political officers on the North-Western frontier ; but much will be lost in the authenticity and fullness of the particulars if any considerable delay occurs in making the inquiry. I am especially interested in the event, from being well acquainted from personal observation with the remote and little known tract in Thibet, which I believe to have been the great scene of operations on the occasion ; and I fancy I am the only person now in the country who has been there. Should the Government take the inquiry in hand, I will be most happy to give my humble aid in point- ing out the kind of information desired, the situations where inquiry ought to be made, &c. and to work up the whole into a connected ac- count, if desired. You are well aware, from the descriptions of Burnes and other travellers, what a formidable river the Indus is near Attock. The depth was ascertained by Lieut. Wood, from actual measurement, to exceed many fathoms (I cannot at this moment quote the exact amount, ) at the ferry between Attock and Khyrabad, notwithstanding that the velocity of the stream at this point is 9 knots an hour. It would appear that the river had been observed during several months past to be most unusually low, and to such an extent had the body of water lately diminished, that the deep bed at Attock was converted into an easy ford / (I quote 616 On the recent Cataclysm of the Indus. [No. 116, the words used.) All at once this state of things changed, the river burst in an awful débacle through the obstacles which had held up its water somewhere along the upper part of its course, and rushed down the valley in a mighty flood. The particulars regarding the effects, are probably derived from native accounts. The words of the letter are nearly thus: “ Hundreds of vitLaceEs and Towns, including Khy- rabad and Attock, were swept away, with thousands of human beings and cattle. The Lundaye, (or Cabul river, which joins the Indus, close above the fort of Attock,) had its water held up, and forced back so as to inundate the towns of Monshera and Akora (situated a long way up its course in the plain of Peshawur.) ‘“ In the Huzara country,” probably between Durbund and Attock,) ‘the flood swept away artillery guns, with many hundreds of infantry ard sowars ; and old Sham Sing Atarewallah, a seik sirdar, had all his camp and followers carried down the stream, while he was himself, with a few troops, aloft pursuing the rebel, Paeouda Khan, (chief of Tuhaolee) through the hills. I have as yet only heard of the course of the inundation as far as Dera Ismail Khan, whence also the accounts are very distressing, and so they will conti- nue to be I suppose, till it reaches the sea, for nothing else can contain it. But what must have been the condition of the unknown country flooded above the avalanche, since rumours of its fall have been pre- valent for four months back? I conclude it must be the plains of Ghilgeet. The authorities on the Indus report the very foreign ap- pearance of many bodies washing down.” So much for the particulars already received, which are only suffici- ent to excite our interest about what remains to be known. Now so far as I am aware, there is no flood on record at all approaching this grand débacle of the Indus; that of the Val de Bagnes, of which so graphic an account has been given by Basil Hall, was confined to one of the subordi- nate lateral valleys of the Rhone, while the flood of the Indus has in all probability washed its desolating career across the continent of India. The gigantic scale of its operations can be guessed from the facts above given. The town and fort of Attock are situated on a rock, well raised above the river. Yet the place is here described as having been swept away, with hundreds of the towns and villages! The inundation of Akora and Noushera, situated so high up the Cabul river, speaks volumes to the same effect ; while the suddenness and unexpected nature of the catas- 1841. | On the recent Cataclysm of the Indus. 617 trophe are emphatically told in the fate of Sham Sing’s followers! The drifting of artillery guns is quite a novel fact in geological operations of this sort: one would fancy, that it would require a good stiff current to walk away with a 24-pounder. As to the cause, there can be little doubt but that it was occasioned by some unusual barrier temporarily established in the bed of the river somewhere high up its course, daming up its waters till they attained a volume too great for the strength of the obstruction. This may be fairly concluded, from what is said of the previous state of the ferry at Attock, which was in a great measure dried up. It is, you will observe, inferred that the stoppage occurred near the plains of Ghilgeet; I suspect however, that it must have taken place much higher up, either on the “‘R-gem-tsoh,” or united body of the Indus above Iskardoh; or what is still more probable, on the “ Noobra-tsoh” river, or Shayook above its junction with the Ludakh or great branch. During my stay in little Thibet, I, as well as Vigne, was able to settle the disputed geogra- phical point, regarding which the statements and opinions of Elphinstone, Moorcroft, and Burnes, about the existence and point of confluence of two great branches of the Indus, are so conflicting. There are two great branches, the Southern or Ludakh river, along which Moorcroft descended ; and the Northern or “ Noobra-tsoh” branch (Shayook of Burnes, &c.) the confluence of which, (seen by Vigne and myself,) takes place at Chundon, close to the castle of Kirrus, about a day’s journey above Iskardoh, and a long way below “ Duroz.” During my stay at Iskardoh, I learnt from the Rajah Ahmed Shah, that great floods occasionally take place at irregular intervals, in consequence of the Noobra-tsoh river, (so called from the purgunna of Noobra through which it flows,) getting blocked up by avalanches and masses of ice. This river has one of its principal origins in a great lake, as yet unvi- sited by Europeans, in the Kara Korum mountains. After winter seasons of unusual severity the lake gets sheeted over with an enor- mous mass of ice, and the valley of the river below the lake is liable to be filled up with great avalanches of ice and snow. When events of this kind go together, the disrupted masses of ice from the lake, added to the avalanches, go on accumulating till a huge barrier is formed, which dams up the river, leading to tremendous floods when the water bursts through the obstacle. A case of this kind was des- 618 On the recent Cataclysm of the Indus. [No. 116. cribed to me by the Rajah, as having occurred within his recollection, attended with desolating effects along the valley of the Indus in little Thibet. The river rushes down in a mighty torrent, sweeping every thing before it. Further I learnt at Attock, when going over the fort in 1837 with Burnes, that such heavy floods have been known in the river there, that the water has risen over the top of the ‘* Ab-doord” bastion, perhaps 30 feet high, which insures the supply of water for the fort if besieged, and the base of which is usually almost on a level with the surface of the current. But I was not above to connect the two events as coincident in time of occurrence. I do not think it at all likely that the obstacle occurred any where below Iskardoh, both from the configuration of the valley of the river, and from the difficulty of conceiving a barrier of snow or ice to be formed so low down; whereas higher up, on the Noobra river, avalanches are so common, and on so grand a scale, that it is easy to conceive the river being blocked up: and the temperature of the water is so low, that its action in the way of melting the ice would be very slow and partial. This objection appears to me to apply to the whole of the united river, as far up as the junction of the Ludakh branch. The “very foreign appearance of the bodies washed down,” would indicate them to be at least from as high up as little Thibet, for the people of Ghilgeet and the “ Dardohs” of that neighbourhood, are very much like the Pathans above Attock. The Chinese style of features first com- mences in and above little Thibet. But these ideas at the best are merely conjectural, and I only ad- vance them, with the object of guiding the direction of the inquiries. If the river really was so low at Attock as to be in the state of a practicable ford, it would seem to follow that the obstruction must have affected both branches of the Indus: for otherwise, the Ludakh river is large enough to supply of itself a large volume of water. The cause in that case would probably be found in a land-slip, or something of that kind, or mountain masses precipitated by an earth- quake. An event of this sort is not improbable, for we know that in 1809 an earthquake of such force took place in Gurwah, that the Bishnoo Gunga river, one of the great branches of the Ganges, was blocked up below Goseenauth by a land slip, and the water rose to 40 feet above its usual level. 1841. ] On the recent Cataclysm of the Indus. 619 The points from which the best information may be expected, are Iskardoh in little Thibet; from Rajah Jubbar Khan, of Astore or Hussorah, in the Dardoh country, opposite Ghilgeet, where the Indus makes its great bend to the south; then from Jalkot in the Dardoh country, Durbund, Torbeila, Attock, Calabaugh, and the Derajats. The greatest effect of the flood will probably have been felt in the neighbourhood of Iskardoh ; then near the low plains of Huramosh, Gor and Poorijee near Ghilgeet, where the river bends to the south ; next at Durbund and Torbeila, where the effects must have been very great ; then at the point where the Indus escapes from the hills into the plain of Chuch; then at Attock, and then at Calabaugh, where the river escapes from the salt range. A few days more will likely put us in possession of many more authentic particulars derived from the whole line of the Indus, and should the flood turn out to have been really as grand and important an affair as appears from what we know at present, some inquiry re- garding it should be instituted by those who have the power. The following occur to me as some of the most prominent points to be inquired into—the nature, cause, situation, amount, and date of the obstruction ; length, breadth, and depth of the lake formed : and length of time occupied in its collection; date of the first perceptible subsi- dence of the river at Attock; and greatest amount of reduction estimated in decrease of depth, and if possible, in cubic feet of discharge per second, contrasted with average discharge ; cause, period of, and “‘ modus operandi,” of the yielding of the barrier. Date of the débacle arriving at different points along the river, and period of its continuance ; volume of water discharged in cubic feet per second ; velocity and depth of the current; greatest rise of water at different points ; appearance, colour, consistence, and temperature of the water; extent of the inundation; amount and nature of the effects produced, in the destruction of land and loss of human and animal life; number and names of towns and villages destroyed ; with particulars of any remarkable changes in the physical configura- tion of the tract through which the flood passed ; date of subsidence at different points; appearances observed, and effects produced in the Delta of the Indus, during and after the flood; in the stranding of carcases, animal or human; timbers; boats; amount of deposit ; +t *~ 620 On the recent Cataclysm of the Indus. [No. 116. silting up or clearing out any channels of the river previously naviga- ble, or the reverse, &c. &c. Henry Torrens, Esq. &e. &e. Caleutia. This letter was laid before the Governor General, when, with the usual kindly interest evinced by His Lordship on all scientific subjects, assurances were given, that occasion would not be lost sight of, for the purpose of making due inquiry into the causes of the phenomena described. Lord Auckland indeed addressed Mr. Clerk, (Gov. General’s Agent, N. W. frontier), at length on the subject ; but before the letter reached its destination, Mr. Clerk had already deputed Dr. Jameson, Civil Surgeon at Umbala, and for sometime our officiating Curator, for the purpose of inquiry. The results of this interesting mission will be anxiously looked for. Note on the Fossil Jaw, sent from Jubbulpore by Dr. Srrrspury. By the Acting Curator, Mr. PipprineTon. At the request of our Secretary, I add the following remarks to those of Dr. Spilsbury on this fossil. I could wish the task had fallen into the hands of one qualified to draw inferences, which I can- not venture upon doing, but must content myself with stating facts as I observe them. Since Dr. Spilsbury’s note was written I find that the matrix (which is unfortunately a very hard conglomerate of rolled pebbles in a paste of coarse calcareous sandstone) has been chiselled off, so as to clear the side faces of the molar plates more than is seen in Dr. Spilsbury’s drawing. I proceed to remark on the peculiarities which the fossil in its present state presents to an inexperienced eye, and on comparing it with both recent and fossil crania in the Museum. In its general appearance the remarkable differences are, (1) The narrowness of the teeth ; (2) the deep sulcus formed by their great protrusion below the palatal bone; (3) the closeness of the plates of the teeth, and the angle formed by the molars and incisors, which cannot be distinguished as separate with the posterior part of the jaw; (4) the transverse breadth of the jaw at the point where TF. quoLtnanr POLE At B. eotent of Lecth ahout Volnches Gx Madre vx chisellid Gineees the faregs or roots SOT Tes ED AioD. Tee, rather myured not sopuerfect as Dte B Etok. Matrix entirely heared of : 6 about thes sore aftfiearance of tic Foramer Magra but could rot make out the @ndyles. NB. Bradth of the Teeth about those of a/Messil Bleyharct: aatcl ofthe’ sae str ucture. sawirdhees Min 1841. ] Note on the Fossil Jaw sent from Jubbulpore. 621 the arch above the teeth rises to the side of the curved alveola of the tusks and the suborbital part of the malar bones; (5) the length of the jaw. I take these peculiarities in the order in which I have mentioned them. 1. The narrowness of the teeth.—Upon comparing our fossil with two fossil sculls, both I believe from the valley of the Nerbudda, and three recent ones in the Museum, I find the following dimensions as to breadth of the teeth :— oe Molar at the ridges. TueE Fossin, se oss taite dans Janke eee 4. The angle formed by the molars and incisors.—I have called this so, because in our fossil, to all appearance the incisors occupy what may be termed the horizontal plane of the jaw, and the series of plates, which in the recent elephant form the posterior part of the molars, called by Cuvier Os. Fossils, pl. 9. fig. 2, dames osseuses dont Vensemble doit former la dent, seem to have partly constituted the molars; for they are perfectly ossified, and though in the chiselling the top has been taken off, it is difficult from the texture (which by the way is not at all mineralized but truly ossified) to suppose that they cannot have been in use, or that the animal could have managed with only the 4 or 5 inches of narrow incisor or molar, which now present a flat surface.* * Supposing always that the length and the breadth of the jaw at the rise of the facial arch, as hereafter noted, does not allow us to consider it as that of a young animal. é, 2 r ns! i a ;: r - t ; 4 cS i, i . Fase ai a ‘all eh per ee EBM ae. “4 . a ehéselted iy ie ‘ AW y Bd ak } f ‘ Sn ; Rita? : ‘i eae ee 2. Pos ob Ae be ey st Pad U : ‘% Aa debits, peas Soe 4 sy A . , i shee ek =) "7 ; Pie is Eg sha i sr ae, hae fe is 4 ets F "ve ee; s \ P ‘ iE 7 ua a ae’ oe 4 if ; gee ee ut et be once 4 aonb of thie ee ie ipabane 1 sible. Huietioy tat’ “ts ae ne vt aly gaat y: i ‘ “He - ccintadoad ke ne ieee Aecatioss: isi ere ie ene gel ; oe ite “spome “OF, amy Labia ie 3 | at A ait Et watek in: * S. vita et? ‘fat cayohie, gid akioy ft we Poe, ti ay bay MOYO; ire A 4 (tbat ‘ee net ag Herston ae Kg A * rp. god Hitaesisibbe is fort: iS Sint ig Fi, ha res Ry la ive: se berks wis Set 0 4 ee owe = ¥ re be Shy i, PY BA ncoforaggmoff « weal eZ < ee Oe ing wy fee IO rE He a cE eae eee 3 i ae Pe phinpipritpy ae, : PUIG S" : See gti A wee as PS pe Oe POY) ye Lagu POr4 ———— a a em A oe ve ee 1841. | Note on the Fossil Jaw sent from Jubbulpore. 623 What I mean, however, will be best shewn by the sketches in the plate, where— A, is the Fossil: the angle at a being 110°. B, Fossil head from Siberia (Cuvier Ossemens, F. pl. viii. fig. 1.) an- gle at a, 122°. C, first Fossil Scull, Mus. As. Soc. perhaps Mastodon Elephantoides, angle a, of which one branch is the chord of the are formed by the molars, 136°. D, First recent Scull, No. 1 of the foregoing measurements angle a, 100°. EK, Large recent scull, No. 3 of foregoing measurements angle a, 95°. In the plate the fossil A, with C D and E are drawn to the same scale, in B. from Cuvier there is no scale mentioned. I have already alluded to the number of the plates in the incisor or horizontal part ; in the posterior part of the jaw I should mention that they are separated by a soft, white, powdery mass, which easily gives way (much like chalk) to the knife; the plates themselves are hard, bony-like, and brittle, their length is about six inches, and on the most perfect side there are 21 plates in a space of 123 inches, all perfectly defined. In arecent scull I find 13 plates in a distance of 9 inches, which would give but 18 for 123 inches, and they are all loose, and so soft, as to yield to a slight touch of the tool. Ina word, our fossil seems to have had these as true teeth, and not as germs, as in the modern elephant. 4. The transverse breadth of the jaw.—As this dimension is fortu- nately obtainable, I have thought it should not be neglected, as tending to throw light upon the question of the animal’s age. As before men- tioned, it is measured at that part of the incisive bone, where the arch rises. It should be remarked, that not being taken from a fixed point, it is, in so far, an approximative measurement depending on the accu- racy of the eye in fixing upon nearly the same part of the arch as that which is taken in the fossil. The comparative dimensions are as follow :— Breadth of the jaw. Inches. Tue Fossin, ... a, aes 10.4 A. First Fossil Scull as before, ... «+ 11.1 BGecouds my tit: ve huts sis eeu perfect. 624 Note on the Fossil Jaw sent from Jubbulpore. _ [_No. 116. Breadth of the jaw. Inches. Recent Sculls, Ist. by: ate 10.8 ordinary size, 2nd. “se we ~ Pi Large size, — T2.5 5. The length of the jaw. _This naan should perhaps be called its depth. I mean by it a direct line from the centre of the foramen magnum to the front of the incisors (B. plate 1.) In our fossil we have not been able to find the trace of the foramen magnum; but we have cleared away enough, I think, to warrant our saying, that if perfect, the depth of the jaw (or length as expressed above) would be quite what the fossil now is. The following are the measurements :— Feet. Inches. Tue Fossit, about, Fossil Sculls, ... =a: = .-» imperfect. Recent Sculls, Ist.... ... vets Sante Ha Ordinary size, 2d. sg oF sen Ve be Large size, dd. ... = “ee doo? Beta From the foregoing measurements, the peculiarities of this fossil may I trust be elucidated. I cannot venture, with my limited know- ledge of the subject, upon drawing inferences. The following passages from Cuvier may perhaps be of use, to those who have not the work at hand; and apart from the earnest desire both of Mr. Torrens and myself, and I am sure of every member of the Society, to see justice done to so steady and active a contributor as Doctor Spilsbury, to whom the Geology and Paleontology of India is so greatly indebted; the last one may serve in some degree to explain why we have thought it just to him that every thing relative to this fossil, should it prove new, should be placed upon record. It is no small encouragement to the pioneers in every walk of Natural History, to learn, from the hand of Cuvier himself, that it is to a single memoir and plate, which had been neglected for seventy years in the Philosophical Transactions, that we owe the most magnificent series of discoveries, which have yet illustrated the former state of our globe! Museum, 3\st July, 1841. H. Pipprneron. Notes from Cuvier. Os. Foss. vol. i. p. 522.—I. “On a disputé sur le nombre des dents des élephans: la Société Royale de Londres s’appercut en 1715 qu’il 1841. | Note on the Fossil Jaw sent from Jubbulpore. 625 varie d’une a deux de chaque coté, et que la place de la division varie aussi; c’est 4 dire que la premiere dent est plus ou moins longue, a proportion de Ja seconde, suivant les individus.—Trans. Phil. Tome xxix, No. 349, p. 370.” Vol. ii. p. 177.—II “ Mais le nombre (des lames des dants) pris sur des dents de longueur égale ne donnerait-il point de bons caractéres ? c’est ce que j’ai examiné sur un grand nombre de dents des Indes et fossiles et j'ai presque toujours trouvé les lames de ces dernieres plus minces, et par consequent plus nombreuses dans une méme espace.” Vol. iii. p. 178.—*“ Un troisiéme caractére est pris de la largeur, tant absolue que proportionelle, des dents ; beaucoup plus considerable dans léléphant fossile que dans celui des Indes. On peut s’en assurer par la cinquiéme colonne de ma table : ot l’on voit que les fossiles ont presque toutes de 8.08 a 9.09, de largeur; et les dents du vivant de 0.06. a 0.07.” Vol. iv. p. 180.—“ Ainsi on ne peut pas considerer la minceur des lames comme un caractére de l’éléphant fossile aussi général que la largeur de ses dents, et que les formes de ses machoires et de son crane; cependant la largeur seule de ses macheliéres suffit pour les reconnai- tre, parcequ’elle est beaucoup plus constante.” P. 199.—Speaking of three fossil sculls, brought from Siberia, from the banks of the Indighirska, by the intrepid Danish traveller Messer- schmidt, who gave a drawing of the best of them to Breynius, who engraved it to accompany a memoir inserted in the Philosophical Transactions. (It is that from which the outline B. in our plate is taken, ) 626 Note on the Fossil Jaw sent from Jubbulpore. |No. 116. he says, p. 201: ‘“ Dés que je connus ce dessin de Messerschmidt, et que je joignis aux differences qu'il m/offrait celles que j’avais obser- vées moi-méme sur les machoires inferieures, et sur les molaires isolées je ne doutai plus que les é/éphans fossiles n’efissent été d’une espéce differente des éléphans des Indes. Cette idée que j’annongai a l’institut dés le mois de Janvier 1796 m’ouvrit des vues, toutes nouvelles sur la théorie de la terre; un coup d’ceil rapide jeté sur d’autres os fossiles me fit presumer tout ce que j’ai découvert depuis, et me determina & me consacrer aux longues recherches et aux travaux assidus qui m’ont occupe depuis vingt cing ans. Je dois donc reconnaitre ici, que c’est a ce dessein, resté pour ainsi dire oublié, dans les Transactions Philosophiques depuis soixante dix ans que je devrai celui de tous mes ouvrages auquel j’attache le plus de prix.” P. S.—Since this paper was written, I find in the Society’s col- lection a strong corroboration of the surmise, that our fossil was an adult animal. A lower fossil-elephant’s jaw, sent down by Mr. Con- ductor Dawe from Nahun, has the teeth, (or tooth, for there seems only one,) of exactly the same breadth as our fossil. The whole length of it is 6.9 inches, of which only 4.5 inches are worn down, the remainder standing up 0.8 inches above the rest, as if it had not been brought into use. In 2 inches, there are 7 ridges of enamel ; our fossil having as will be recollected 8 ridges. The dimensions of this lower jaw, compared with those of the lower jaw of our largest recent elephant (E of the plate,) are as follow :— 1841. | Note on the Fossil Jaw sent from Jubbulpore. Large recent Elephant, E. of the plate. Inches. Depth of lower jaw from the ) crown of the worn teeth to the | lowest part of the arch of the | i EE ae eteteialele eis alo vis oi cine vies J Thickness of the jaw at “ tA WERE IMATE vc asseasivionsesniat TEETH. Entire length, (2 teeth,) ... .. Sr peecoinss tatssectertera ciaeiiais.os Worn surface, (1 tooth,) ...... DIL OM cae orgie seteinetacs sere BREPCEIMIAEE, oi desec oes uens cess avin COM ected rasateeienen ceties eseeeeneceeoeseeeeeeesee 625* Jaw from Nahun. Inches. From hence it will be seen, that we have, from two spots at least 600 miles apart,—our fossil being from the banks of the Nerbudda, and Mr. Dawe’s from Nahun, on the banks of the Delhi Canal,—the remains of a race of narrow-toothed fossil elephants. * All more or less worn. 626* Notes on Fossil Discoveries in the valley of the Nerbudda. By G.G. Spitspury, Esa. In continuation of my notes on the fossils of the Nerbudda valley, I beg to forward for presentation to the Society another series of drawings from the same able friend’s pencil, and without whose cheer- fully accorded aid, I should have little chance of being either intelligi- ble or interesting. A. is a set of six specimens drawn to the same scale. No. 1. I had set down as that of the humerus of a buffalo, but am doubtful, from its answering almost completely in dimensions to a similar bone delineated in Captain Beechey’s voyage as that of the Musk Ox; and to shew the great resemblance, G is the reverse drawing of No. 1 for comparison with Captain Beechey’s, made to his scale and delineation. No. 2. Is a portion of the femur of a similar animal. No. 3. Portion of femur of elephant. No. 4. Tooth of hippopotamus. No. 5. Part of lower jaw of an elephant. No. 6. Sacrum with last lumbar vertebra of some bovine animal. B. No. 7. Lower jaw of a wild hog, and C. No. 7. in the next plate, is 2 somewhat different view of the same specimen. No. 8. Part of the lower jaw, tusks, and teeth, imperfect, of the hip- popotamus. D. No. 9. Dexter half of the lower jaw of an animal of the deer kind. No. 10. Portion of upper jaw and teeth of a deer. I. Posterior molars of a hippopotamus. F. Two drawings, frontal a, and occipital 6, of a horned animal re- markable for the little depth of the skull, from the point at b to the condyles of the occiput being scarcely two inches; ed are reversed views of the chin of the hippopotamus; the original of which has been forwarded for presentation to the Museum, accompanied by seventeen other specimens. Of the various sites and localities from which the foregoing have been derived, a few remarks may be necessary. They occupy a space (generally on the banks of the Nerbudda) from some miles above Jubbulpore down to Brimhan-ghat, a distance of at least eighty miles by je SUED Suan ore Want J ft BA Bey lol. Z i : is 2 3 + £ s Rn - it SS Scale of Inches Ballin Ke ati om aie Cae Neonat OA eh cao SOON STATE Sioa eaten dy ‘ ea A bes Scale of One Foct- 2 3 ~ ca a Ballin ValiZe, J 4 a F See me scale of Tielies _ Seale of inches Yn ms i. 2 4 x iz Seale of are Foor Seale Balla Lith 1841.] Notes on Fossil Discoveries in the valley of the Nerbudda. 627 the course of the river. The specimens of hippopotamus have chiefly been from the vicinity of Deo Pachur, from whence the huge specimens of the elephant, now inthe Museum, were sent in November 18338, and an account published in the Journal of the Society, for August 1834. In addition to these, some few traces of turtle have been brought in, but no specimen of any carnivorous animal has as yet been found among the numerous graminiferous classes. Camp, Gov. Genl. Agent at Rewah, 14th February, 1840. Remarks by Dr. T. R. Ror. Calcutta, January 18, 1841. Returning to you with many thanks the drawings of fossil bones which you had the kindness to communicate to me, 1 embrace this opportunity to draw your attention on that figure which is marked B. No. 8, and by the learned gentleman who did send it, supposed to be the lower jaw of an hippopotamus. I own I was myself in the first time led to the same opinion by the very singular shape and breadth of the whole, and the situation of the tusks; but when I counted the teeth, and found 3. 1.7, and much more, when I observed the small distance of the first molar from the tusk, and the shape of the last molar, I was not more at a loss; for all that shews me, that I have before me the jaw of a species of Paleotherium, which will very likely prove to be a new one, because it differs from all spe- cies known till now, by the obtuseness and breadth from one tusk to the other. I would suggest that you should induce your correspon- dent to send either more detailed drawings, or the specimen itself if possible, for further examination. Fig. a and 6 I consider myself as a most extraordinary skull. The proportion of the margo orbitalis externus (posterior) to the tuber frontalis of the horn is like that of the Bos Grunniens; but the small height of the skull is very singular, and worth a full and accurate description. d g and n I suppose are remains of two different species of Antelope. B7 and C of Sus. E surely of hippopotamus; but whether A 4 belonged to an individual of the same kind I cannot tell at present. 4X 628 Remarks by Dr. T. R. Roth. [No. 116. Let me entreat you, Sir, to prevail with the gentleman, your corres- pondent, to submit rather the specimen, than drawings; for although, these now before us are beautifully executed, yet they want very much as to supply the specimens themselves. I am directed by Herrmann de Meyer, Esq. of Frankfort on the Main, author of the “ Paleologica,” and other valuable geological works to distribute among the geologists of the Honorable Asiatic Society of Bengal, the prospectus of a new intended work, “ Fauna der Vor- welt” (Faune of the former age.) The name of the author will be suf- ficient to shew what is to be expected by his genius and able pencil. Nore.—This prospectus is printed withthis No. as an advertisement, and will continue so to appear till further notice. | (Ty Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. By J. T. Pearson, Surgeon, formerly Curator of the Museum. Notz.—I cannot omit this opportunity of thanking Mr. C. W. Smith, for the kindness with which he has lent me his Notes, to which I am so largely indebted in the following Catalogue. | Sr eP: No. 1. Class AvEs. Order RArrTorEs. Fam. FaLconipz&. Genus HaLimerTUus. Sp. H. Leucogaster. White bellied Eagle. A specimen sent from the Chinese collection lately broken up at Macao: a portion of which, consisting of the animals mentioned in this and other branches of the Catalogue, was sent to the Museum of the Asiatic Society by Mr. Inglis. 2. Halieétus Ponticerianus.—Pondicherry Eagle. Shot by the Curator, near Calcutta, and mounted in the Museum. Falco Ponticerianus.—Gmelin’s Lin. I. 263 Turton’s Lin. I. 150. 1841. | Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 629 Pondicherry Eagle. Latham’s Gen. Hist. I. 147. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 91. Halizétus Ponticerianus. Stephens’ continuation of Shaw’s Zool. XIII. Part II. 13. «‘ Europeans have given this bird the appellation of Brahminy Kite, which originates probably in having observed that the Hindoos attach superstitious ideas to it. Among the Mahommedans there is a pre- valent notion, that when two armies are about to engage, the appear- ance of one of these birds over either party, prognosticates victory to that side; thence its Arabic name of [hy _, “‘ These birds are among the first objects which attract the eye of a stranger, for they swarm about the shipping at Calcutta, and are useful in removing any offal which may be thrown overboard; but though their usual food is carrion, yet they kill fish, and not unfrequently carry off a snipe which the sportsman has levelled.”,—-C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. The Brahminy Kite is a handsome bird, of an elegant form, and striking plumage; the rich red-brown of the back contrasting well with the white of the head, neck, and breast, the black of the quill feathers, and the yellow beak and legs. As Mr. Smith has stated, it is common at Calcutta; it is met with in the interior of the country, but not so often as at that place. At Garden Reach, the species is often observed in pairs, perching on the stump, or branch of a decayed tree; and numbers of them are to be seen flying over the Hoogly. It is perhaps possible, that there may be something like migration in the habits of this bird. I have thought that at some periods of the- year it is more common than at others: in the cold season it abounds, while in the rains, it is rarely met with. Lieut, Montriou, of the Indian Navy, to whom I am indebted for much information on Indian Zoology, informs me, that it is rarely seen at Saugor in the cold season. 4. Genus ACCIPITER. Sp. A. Fringillarius.—Sparrow Hawk. Shot at Garden Reach, and mounted in the Museum. 5. Accipiter—? Chippuck Hawk. Shot by the Curator at Garden Reach, and mounted in the Museum. This bird is called Chippuck by the natives. 630 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. — [ No. 116. 6. Gen. Ierax. Sp. Lerax.—Cohy Falcon. Chinese collection Cohy Falcon, Lath. Gen. Hist. “This is a scarce bird, it was sent to me by a native gentleman residing at Thekaree in the Gya district, who accompanied it by a note, in which he acquainted me, that a bird of the species had not been procured more than once in the memory of the oldest shikaree ; and that it was thought to be a most auspicious circumstance to find one on the estate. This is the Cohy Falcon of Latham, whose figure of it is execrable, andit there appears any thing but a beautiful spe- cies. I observe that the chesnut plumage on the wings and scapulars of his bird, is not to be found in the present subject.” —C. W. Smith's MS. Notes. The Cohy Falcon is one of the most beautiful of the Falcon race ; and you perceive at once that it is a high caste bird. Its posture is erect, its plumage glossy, form compact, and manner dauntless: while the crest on the head adds much to its grace and beauty. One was brought to me while at Midnapore, by a shikaree, or bird fowler ; but I had not the heart to kill it, and after having kept it for some weeks, it broke from its perch and flew away. All my endea- vours to procure another specimen were vain. Dr. Evans has one stuffed, and in good plumage, (which that belonging to the Society is not,) and in both these, the chesnut plumage mentioned by Mr. Smith as wanting in his specimen, is present: it may depend upon the sex _ or age of the specimen. The figure in Latham is certainly a very bad one; and gives no idea of the beautiful bird the Cohy Falcon really is. 7. Fam. Striciwz. Genus Srrrix. Sp. Flammea.—Barn Owl. Presented by P. Homfray, Esq. and mounted in the Museum. Strix Flammea, Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 133. Turton’s Lin. I. 171. Gme- lin Lin. I. 293. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 258. Stephens. XIII. 60. Barn white Owl. Latham’s Gen. Hist. I. 355. Chouette effraie. Dict. Classique D’Hist. Nat. IV. 80. 1841. ] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 631 «‘T found this bird in the dilapidated ruins about Boodh Gyah, and subsequently other specimens near Hadjipur, Tirhoot. It does not appear to differ from the white Owl of England.”—C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. Mr. Homfray’s specimen was*procured at Howrah. Dr. Horsfield has named this bird Strix Javanica, thinking it differ- ent from the European species. And the compiler of the Catalogue of Col. Sykes’ collection from the Duckhan, published in the proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1832, page 82, states, that ‘a comparison of several specimens with the European bird satisfies Col. Sykes, that Dr. Horsfield was right in separating it. Neither sex is unspotted beneath, nor has the Indian species a white disc.” 4 8. Order INSESSORES. Tribus. FissIROSTRES. Fam. MERopIpD4é. Genus. MEROPS. Sp. M. Viridis. The green Bee-eater. Presented and mounted by M. Bouchez. Merops Viridis. Syst. Nat, I. 182. Turton’s Lin. I. 284. Gmelin Lin. I. 460. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VIII. 156. Stephen’s XIII. 73. Latham. Gen. Hist. III. 122. ‘“‘ These birds are very numerous throughout India, their time of incubation is the month of June, and for months after they are hatched, the whole brood congregate, and swim about with the swiftest and most entire movements through the air, making short dips and return- ing to the topmost twig, from which they took flight: during these evolutions they are busily employed in snapping up the insects.” — C. W. Smith's MS. Notes. The green Bee-eater has the power of gliding along for some dis- tance without closing its wings ; so that its flight consists of two parts, —a rapid commencement, in which the wings flap rapidly, and a quick glide, with the wings and tail fully expanded. Its motion, especially in this latter position, is extremely elegant; and its bright, almost metallic plumage, shining in the evening sun, gives one the idea of a very beautiful butterfly rather than of a bird. 632 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. | No. 116. 9. Merops Castaneus. Chesnut Bee-eater. From the Chinese collection. Chesnut Bee-eater, Latham Gen. Hist. 4,144, Senegal Bee-eater. Shaw. Gen. Zool. VIII. 163. Guepier D’ Adanson, Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. VII. 579. 10. Merops ? Bee-eater. From the Chinese collection, perhaps the female of the last specimen. | 11. Fam. Hirunpinip2. Genus CYPSELUS. Sp. C. Palmarum, the Balearic Swift. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. ri Figured in Hardwicke and Gray. 12. Fam. CarRIMULGID2. Sp. C. Asiaticus. Bombay Goat-sucker. From the Chinese collection. Caprimulgus Asiaticus, Turton’s Lin. I. 636. Shaw. Gen. Zool. X. 156. Bombay Goat-sucker, Latham. Gen. Hist. VII, 337. Engoulevent de Bombay, Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat, VI. 167. 13. Fam. Topip2. Genus EuryYsTomus. Sp. Hur. Orientalis. Oriental Kurystomus. From the Chinese collection. Coracias Orientalis, Shaw. Gen. Zool. VII. 403, Latham. Gen. Hist. III. 77. Colaris Orientalis, Lin. Trans. XIII. 162. 15. Fam. Haucyonip2. Genus Hatcyon. Sp. H. Atricapilla. Black-capped Kingfisher. From the Chinese collection. Alcedo Atricapilla. Gmelin. Syst. Nat. I. 453. Turton. Lin. I. 279. Latham. Gen. Hist. IV. 30. Shaw. Gen. Zool. VIII. 70. Martin Pécheur dela Chine. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. X. 227. Halcyon Atricapillus. Stephens, XIII. 99. 15. 6. Another specimen from the Chinese collection. 1841. ] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 633 16. Halcyon Smyrnensis. Smyrna Kingfisher. From the Chinese collection. 17. Another specimen presented and mounted by M. Bouchez. 18. Another specimen, shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum, Alcedo Smyrnensis. Lin. Hist. Nat. I. 181. Gmelin. Lin. I. 459. Turton’s Lin. I. 282. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VIII. 68. Latham’s Gen. Hist. IV. 18. Griffiths’ Cuvier, VII. 410. Martin Pécheur bleu et roux. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. X. 227. ' Haleyon Smyrnensis. Stephens’ Shaw’s Gen. Zool. XIII. 99. “This bird is common throughout India, it is likewise possessed of great power, and I recollect a similar feat of courage* displayed by it, which in fact I made the subject of an oil painting. It has a sharp bustling note like the generality of the tribe when taking wing ; pur- sues its finny prey below the surface, and is altogether a brisk lively bird.”,—C. W. Smith's MS. Notes. The Smyrna King-fisher has been observed by the Curator in Ben- gal, Behar and Orissa; it is very common at Garden Reach, and in- deed in all the neighbourhood of Calcutta. 19. Haleyon Gurial. The Gurial King-fisher. Presented by Mr. J. T. Pearson. 20. Another specimen, shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Alcedo Gurial. Latham. Gen. Hist. IV. 12. ‘This bird is not very common, but is more frequently met with in Bengal than in the other Provinces. It is very strong and powerful, as an instance of which I once observed a contest between one of them and a Hawk of considerable size, in which the Hawk was worsted, and obliged to leave his hold from the effects of a severe blow which the other administered to him on the breast. When wounded, consider- able caution is required in handling, for a single blow would disable a person’s hand.”—C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. As the published descriptions of the Gurial King-fisher are meagre, the following is here inserted. It was drawn up immediately after the death of the only specimen the Curator met with at Midnapore, during a four years’ residence there. It is common near Calcutta. * See Note to No. 20. 634 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. (No. 116. Olive brown and green King-fisher with red bill. Weight 74 ounces. Size that of a common pigeon. Length, from the tip of the bill to the rump 114 inches, ditto from the tip of the bill to the tip of the tail 16 inches, ditto from ditto to the mid-claw 134 inches. Ditto from the base of the bill to the rump 84 inches, breadth from tip to tip of the wings 22 inches. Bill long and pointed; flat, like all the Halcyons, at the top, from the tip to the insertion of the fore-head 3 inches long, to the gape 35 e e 6 e e 6 e inches ; circumference at the base 3 ;, inches, do.in the centre 1 ;; inches, colour bright red with black tip. Margin of the eye-lids bare, red under eye-lid, furnished with a row of dingy olive brown feathers near the margin, and below buff coloured; iris dark red. Legs and feet bright scarlet. Head, cheeks, and upper two-thirds of the back of the neck dark olive brown; throat pale straw colour, almost white; breast, neck, and lower third of the back of the neck buff, with the tip of each fea- ther bounded by a narrow margin of the same olive brown colour as the head, forming dotted crescent-like lines ; breast, belly, inner wing coverts, thighs, and vent of a bright orange buff, upon a lighter ground; upper part of the neck, scapular, and lesser wing coverts dark brownish green; greater wing coverts, quills, sides of the lower part of the back, upper tail coverts, and tail, dark greenish blue; back from the shoulders to the rump bright azure with silky feathers, shin- ing like satin; false wing of three feathers ; quills blue on the outer side, and in the secondary a little blue towards the tips in the inner side, with black shafts, and inner web of the latter edged for two-thirds from the base with dirty white. The Gurial King-fisher has a laughing screaming note. It is the largest Indian species known to the Curator. In the neighbourhood of Calcutta it is common, and probably in the whole Delta of the © Ganges, or Sunderbunds, and Dr. M‘Clelland brought specimens from Assam. Its flight consists of short quick jerks, very vigorous, and long continued. In fishing it does not hover ; but perches upon the high bamboo bush, or on a middle-sized tree over a pool, waiting for its prey, where its blood-red bill shines brightly in the sun, and its great size, and violent plunge into the water, give one the idea of a noble bird. 1841. ] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 635 21. Halcyon Amauropterus. Mihi. Brown winged King-fisher. This bird appears to be undescribed, and indeed hitherto unknown. It has been named as above by the Curator ; and the following is its description :— Large fawn coloured King-fisher, with brown wings and tail. Length from tip of bill to the end of the tail 14 inches, breadth from tip to tip of the wings 16 inches, length of bill 34 inches. _ Bill and feet scarlet. Head, neck, belly and neck fawn coloured or buff, each feather tipped with brown. Wings and tail smoke coloured. Back cerulean blue. Iris dark brown. Found near Calcutta. 22. Halcyon Collaris——Collared King-fisher. From the Chinese collection. Alcedo Collaris. Turton’s Lin. I. 280. Shaw. Gen. Zool. VIII. 80. Collared King-fisher. Latham Gen. Hist. IV. 27. Martin-Pécheur a collier blanc. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. X. 227. 23. Genus ALCEDO. Sp. A. Rudis.—Pied King-fisher. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Alcedo Rudis. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 181. Gmelin Lin. I. 454. Turton’s Lin. I. 283. Shaw. Gen. Zool. VIII. 63. Black and white King-fisher. Latham. Gen. Hist. IV. 15. Martin Pécheur Pie. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. X. 231. ‘“¢ This species is very numerous; there is not a river, stream or pool without its complement of these birds, where they may be seen con- stantly on the look-out, hovering like this tribe, and anon plunging beneath the water in pursuit of their prey..—C. W. Smith's MS. Notes. The Pied King-fisher is not so common in the neighbourhood of Cal- cutta as in Behar and Orissa. At Midnapore it is very common, and forms a striking feature in the picture of nature, as it hovers in the beauty of its glossy black and white, satin-like plumage, over the streams. From a height of 20 or 30 feet it plunges down dead as a stone into the water, and remains below it so long, that the ripple over the surface clears away sometimes before it comes up again. The Pied King-fisher is a very beautiful bird; its plumage being smooth, snowy white, and jet black, in patches of irregular size and 41 636 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [No. 116. shape, shining like satin, and lying very close. On the top and back of the head the feathers are loose, and somewhat lengthened into a plume. 24. Another specimen from the Chinese collection. 25. Alcedo Bengalensis.—Indian King-fisher. Shot by the Curator, mounted in the Museum. Alcedo Bengalensis, Gmelin. Syst. Nat. I. 450. Turton Lin. I. 277. Shaw. Gen. Zool. VIII. 102. Indian King-fisher, Latham. Gen. Hist. 1V. 48. Griffith’s Cuvier, VIT. 409. Martin Pecheur du Bengale, Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. VII. 409. ‘‘ This species is pretty common, and much resembles the British King-fisher in its motions, rapidity of flight, and note."—C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. The Bengal King-fisher is very common in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. It is frequently seen seated on a stick standing upright in a paddy field, watching for small fishes in the shallow water, when its red breast shining in the morning sun seems like a living ruby. 26. Genus CErYx. Sp. C. Azurea.—The Azure King-fisher. From the Chinese collection. Alcedo Tribrachys. Shaw. Gen. Zool. VIII. 105. Azure King-fisher. Latham. Gen. Hist. 1V. 61. Ceyx Azurea. Stephens’ Shaw’s Gen. Zool. XIII. 106. 27. Trib. DenTirosTREs. Fam. Musicicaripm. Genus Muscireta. Sp. M. Flaviventris.—Yellow bellied Fly-catcher. Museipeta Flaviventris, Griffith’s Cuvier, VI. 334. 28. Genus MuscicapPa. Sp. MM. Azurea.—Azure Fly-catcher. Celestial Fly-catcher. Latham Gen. Hist. VI. 201. Muscicapa Azurea. Stephens’ Shaw’s Zool. XIII. 116. Griffith’s Cuvier, VI. 341. 1841.] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 637 29. Muscicapa Flammea.—Flameous Fly-catcher. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Muscicapa Flammea. Shaw. Gen. Zool. X. 372. Flammeous Fly-catcher. Latham Gen. Hist. VI. 173. Muscipeta Flammea. Zool. Proceedings, 1832, p. 85. ‘‘ I met with this bird in a grove of trees near Gyah, there were a pair of them, the female merely differing in the plumage being less bright."—_C. W.. Smith’s MS. Notes. The specimens in the Museum were shot at Garden Reach in the beginning of the year 1836, when a flight of them settled in some lofty larch trees. The morning was foggy, and none were seen during a space of two months afterwards. A specimen was brought to the Curator at Midnapore. He has also seen them at Juanpore, and they are not uncommon at Darjeeling. The female is yellow where the male is red. 29. Another specimen of the Flammeous Fly-catcher. See Note above. 30. Muscicapa Cerulea.—The Cerulean Fly-catcher. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Muscicapa Cerulea. Gmelin. Lin, Syst. Nat. I. 943. Turton’s Lin. I. 579. Stephens’ Shaws’ Gen. Zool. X. 383 Griffith’s Cuvier, VI. 341. Azure Fly-catcher. Latham Gen. Hist. VI. 180. Gobe-mouche Azur. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. VII. 401. The Cerulean Fly-catcher is a native of Bengal. It is common at Garden Reach and its vicinity, where it is to be seen in the lower branches of the mangoe trees, from whence it now and then takes a short flight in pursuit of insects, returning again immediately to the same tree. 31. Muscicapa —— . Broad-tailed Fly-catcher. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Broad-tailed Fly-catcher. Uatham. Gen. Hist. VI. 178. The broad-tailed Fly-catcher is met with at Garden Reach, near Calcutta. Its habits are much the same as those of the Cerulean Fly-catcher. 638 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1lo. 31. Muscicapa Verditer. Verditer Fly-catcher. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Verditer Fly-catcher. Latham. Gen. Hist. VI. 182. The Verditer Fly-catcher is found in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, but it is not very common. The Curator has not seen it any where else. 32. Muscicapa ——. Fly-catcher. Chinese collection 30. Fam. LAaniapzZ. Genus TYRANNUS. Sp. Zyr. Leucogaster. Tyrant Shrike. Lanius Tyrannus. Lin. Syst. Nat. 1. 136. Gmelin. Lin. I. 302. Turton’s Lin. I. 176. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 304. 34. Genus OcyPTERUS. Sp. Ocy. Rufiventer. Red-bellied Ocypterus. Presented and mounted by M. Bouchez. Langrayen a ventre roux. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. 1X. 209. Ocypterus Rufiventer. Griffith’s Cuv. VI. 288. 35. Ocypterus Leucogaster. White-bellied ays Chinese collection. Lanius Leucorhynchus. Gmelin’s Lin. I. 805. Turton’s Lin. I. 178. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 323. _ Artamus Leucorhynchus. Steph. Shaw. Gen. Zool. xii. 137. Artamus Leucogaster. Griffith’s Cuv. VI. 287. Langrayer a ventre blane. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. TX. 290. 36. Genus DicrurRus. Sp. D . Shrike. 37. Dicrurus Indicus.—Long-tailed Shrike. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Drongo Drongolon. Dict. Class. D’Hist. V. 621. “This species is common throughout India; it is to be seen in every field, is restless, and constantly in motion ; and frequently to be seen on the backs of cattle extracting the vermin. It feeds upon insects, is a ferocious and most pugnacious bird, will occasionally kill small birds, with the utmost nonchalance will attack the crow and 1841. | Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 639 kite, which it drives before it as if defeat was a stranger to ‘it. We have therefore no difficulty in the derivation of its vulgar name of the King-crow”.—C. W. Smith's MS. Notes. The Dicrurus Indicus is one of the most common birds in Bengal. It is to be seen at all seasons mounted on walls, hedges, and the tops of palings, and elevated things of the kind, watching for insects, which it darts upon by ashort quick flight, and returns again to its place. In form the King-crow, as it is termed, is very elegant. It is compact and well proportioned, and greatly ornamented by the rich glossy black of its plumage, and the graceful outward curve of either side of its long forked tail. In manner it is lively and bold, but not familiar. And altogether, the King-crow is one of the most striking, and most pleasing objects of Indian animated nature. 38 Chinese collection. 39. Genus Lantus. Sp. Z. Ltalicus.—Italian Shrike. 40, Lanius Rufescens. 41. Lanius Curcutti. Corcutti Shrike. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. 42, Lantus Chinese collection. 43. Lanius Chinese collection. 44, Fam. Mervuiipa. Genus Pirra. Sp P. Bengalensis.—Bengal Pitta. Presented by Lieut. Vickery, and mounted in the Museum. 45. Pitta Eurythrogastra.—Red-bellied Pitta. Chinese collection. Pitta Erythrogastra.—Stephens’ Shaw’s Gen. Zool. XIII. 185. 46. Pitta Presented by Dr. McCosh, and mounted in the Museum. . Chesnut-crowned Pitta. This specimen was procured by Dr. McCosh in Assam. It ap- parently differs from any hitherto described species. 640 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [No. 116. 47. Genus Ixos. Sp. I. Jocosus. Pink-eared Bulbul.—Jocose Shrike. Lanius Jocosus. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 188. Gmelin. Lin. I. 310. Turton’s Lin. I. 181. Jocose Shrike. Lath. Gen. Hist. II. 41. Lanius Eimeria. Shaw Gen. Zool. VII. 332. Brachypus (?) Jocosus. Steph. Shaw, XII. 191. “These birds are in great request among the natives, being of a fearless disposition, and easily reclaimed. They are taught to sit on the fist, and numbers may thus be seen in any Indian bazar. They have a pretty smart appearance, and the head has an uncommon and handsome plume ; but the song, though the few notes of which it is composed are sweet, has neither much strength nor any variety.” —C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. | The ear of this bird is clothed with pink feathers, from which cha- racter the Curator has ventured to add the English name given above, as, at least, quite as expressive as those it has before. The species is found in great numbers near Calcutta, congregating together on the tops of high bushes, and in middle sized trees. It is also to be met with in Behar and Orissa, and Col. Sykes found it in the Deccan only in the lofty woods of the Ghauts. It is called Bulbul by the natives of India. A good account of its habits is given in La- tham’s General History of Birds, vol. ii, page 41. The plumage of the pink-eared Bulbul is glossy in the black and white parts, and the long narrow feathers of the plume are very soft and beautiful, though not silky. 48. Ixos Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. . Common Bulbul. This is the largest of the two Bengal Bulbuls, and is the variety of Latham’s Jocose Shrikes. It is found in great numbers congregat- ing together upon trees and bushes throughout all the parts of the provinces of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa; and I believe in all parts of India. It is a noisy chattering bird, with a whistle like one of the lower notes of the English Blackbird. 1841. | Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 641 “In a state of nature the song of this bird is rather contemptible, but when reclaimed and placed near to better songsters, it greatly im- proves. This species is very common, and there are several varieties, one of which has a small patch of scarlet on the lesser coverts. It is, however, the Cashmere Bulbul, which is so highly prized, and is gene- rally esteemed the most melodious songster in India.” —C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. 49. Ivos Chinese collection. 50. Genus OrIoLUs. Sp. Oriolus Chinensis.—Chinese Oriole. Chinese collection. Oriolus Chinensis. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 160. Gmelin I. 383. Cochin China Oriole. Lath. Gen Hist. IIT. 139. Chinese Oriole. Shaw. Gen. Zool. VII. 412. Oriolus Sinensis, Synop. Griffith's Cuv. V1. 397. 51. Oriolus Melanocephalus.—Black-headed Oriole. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Oriolus Melanocephalus. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 160. Gmelin I. 383. Black-headed Oriole. Lath. Gen. Hist. IIT. 140. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VIL 411. “This bird is dispersed throughout India, it frequents groves, and is constantly flying from tree to tree. In the spring its plaintive note resembles one lengthened full toned note on the flute; ushers in the dawn; and resounds from every side. It feeds upon the berries of the Bhur and Pepul trees and on insects.”"—C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. The black-headed Oriole is a very common bird in all parts of Bengal, and Mr. Smith mentions it above as dispersed throughout India; but Col. Sykes saw it only in the neighbourhood of the Ghauts in the Deccan, where its place seems to be filled by the Oriolus Galbulus, the golden Oriole of Latham, which is said to be very abun- dant there. Its monotonous, low-toned, constantly repeated note is a positive pest, excelled only by that of the Koel, (Hudynamys Orien- talis,) or Indian Cuckow. 642 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [.No. 116. Bae 53. Genus Turpws. Sp. 7. Migratorius.—American Robin. Presented by Dr. Lea. Turdus Migratorius. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 292. Gmelin I. 811. Tur- ton’s Lin. I. 492. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. X. 276. Red-breasted Thrush. Lath. Gen. Hist. V. 144. American Robin. Griff. Synop. Cuv. VI. 383. The Robin. Wilson’s American Ornithol. Edit. 1831, Edin. II 112. 54, Turdus Saularis.—Little Indian Pie. Presented and mounted by M. Bouchez. Gracula Saularis. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 165. Gmelin Lin. I. 397. Turton’s Lin. I. 240. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 474. Dial Grakle. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 165. Turdus Saularis. Sykes’ Catalogue, Zool. Proc. pt. 2. 1832. p. 87. “This familiar and sociable bird often reminds me of its more beautiful brother the British Red-breast; like to that pretty and ami- able visitor, it is seen much about the habitation of man, and has all its smart and quick motions. Its song is also similar, and when domesti- cated it may be taught to speak.”—-C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. The Dial is a lively, active little bird, rather like a little magpie, having a bright glossy-like black plumage, with snow-white band on the wings, and under parts of the same. It hops about like a Robin, pertly cocking its tail, and whistling a somewhat similar melody. It is very common in Bengal, in the neighbourhood of Calcutta; but less so in the Mofussil, though I have frequently seen it in the provinces of Behar, Orissa, and Allahabad. The plumage of the female is similarly marked to that of the male; but not so glossy. 55. Turdus American collection. 56. Turdus Surpowee.—Milh. Surpowee Thrush. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. I have found this bird only in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, where it is not uncommon. It is generally met with near jheels, hopping about the lower branches of overhanging bushes, or upon the ground. | 1841.] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 643 at the brink of the water. JI have named it, as M. Bouchez told me it is called by the natives ; and I should have described it had I not been obliged to leave Calcutta ; and I have now no specimen to refer to. 57. Genus Srpra, Hodgson. Sp. S. Migriceps Hopason.—Black-headed Sibia. Presented by Mr. Hodgson from Nepaul; and another by Mr. Bruce, who received it from Almorah, whence it was sent to him by Lieut. H. Huddleston, 7th Regt. N. I. It is very common at Darjeeling. Mounted in the Museum. 58. Sibia Picaoides.—Hodgson’s Picaoid Sibia. Presented by Mr. Hodgson, from Nepaul. Mounted in the Museum. 59. Sibia ? Presented by Mr. Bruce, who received it from Lieut. Huddleston at Almorah. Mounted in the Museum. 60. Presented by Mr. Bruce. Also from Almorah. Mounted in the Museum. 61. Turdus : 62. Fam. Syiviap@, Vigors. Genus Syxtvia, Auct. Sp. S. Rubetra.—Whin Chat. Chinese collection. 63. Sylvia ? Chinese collection. This specimen appears to be allied to, if not a variety of 62. p) 64. Sylvia f Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Probably a va- riety of the above. 65. Sylvia ? Shot by the Curator at Garden Reach, and mounted in the Museum. This bird is called Chick-chickee by the natives. 4M 644 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. (No. 116. 66. Sylvia ? Chinese collection. 67. Sylvia ? Presented by Captain Pemberton. 68. Sylvia ? Chinese collection. 69 Sylvia ?—The Saumer. 70. 71. Genus Mauurus, Vieillot. Sp. M. Longicaudus. : Motacilla Longicauda. Gm. Lin. I. 954. Turton Lin. I. 586. Sylvia Longicauda. Shaw Gen. Zool. X. 756. Long-tailed Warbler. Lath. Gen. Hist. VII. 119. Griffith’s Cuv. VII. 467. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Common in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, and where, according to Latham, it is called Toon-toonee. He says, .“‘ the nest found among mangoe trees, most commonly in shape of a purse, generally composed of two living leaves attached together by fibres, somewhat in the manner expressed in the Indian Zoology as belonging to the Tailor War- bler, though not with so wonderful a construetion ; the hollow space between the two leaves is lined with cotton by way of nest, and the eggs are three in number, whitish, marked with flesh-coloured spots, in length three-fifths of an inch.” 72. 73. 74. Genus Jora, Horsfield. Sp. J. Scapularis. Horsf. Jora Scapularis. Horsf. Lin. Trans. XIII. 152. Stephens’ Shaw Zool. XIII. 217. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. The Jora Scapularis is very common in the neighbourhood of Caleutta. It is also to be met with in Orissa. ~ ‘. | y 4 . 4 1841.] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 645 75. 76. Genus Mawurvus. Sp. ——__——— Chinese collection. 77. Malurus Cyaneus.—Superb Warbler. Presented by Captain Pemberton. Motacilla Cyanea. Gm. Lin. I. 991. Turton’s Lin. I. 611. Sylvia Cyanea. Shaw Zool. X. 754. Superb Warbler. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 117. Griffith’s Cuv. VI. 468. Malurus Cyaneus.—Stephens’ Shaw’s Zool. XIII. 223. Inhabits the southern parts of New Holland. 78. Malurus Cyaneus. Superb Warbler. Another specimen from the Chinese collection. 79. Genus AntTuus, Beckstein. Sp. A. Agilis. Sykes, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832..p. 91. Shot by the Curator at Garden Reach, and mounted in the Museum. 80. Anthus Trivialis.—Pipit Lark. Shot by the Curator at Garden Reach, and mounted in the Museum. Alauda Trivialis. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 288. Gm. Lin. I. 796. Turt. Lin. J. 483. Stephens’ Shaw’s Zool. XIII. 238. ; Alauda Sepiaria. Shaw’s Zool. X. 542. Pipit Lark. Latham. Gen. Hist. VI. 278. Field Lark. Griffith’s Cuv. VI. 477. The present specimen was shot in the cold weather. I have not seen it but at that season; and so far it agrees with Latham’s remark of its habits in England, that it is rarely seen, except in the winter- - months. 81. Fam. Prpripz. Genus Parus. Lin. SP. P. Cristatus.—Crested Titmouse. Parus Cristatus. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 340. Gm. Lin. I. 1005. Tur- ton’s Lin. I. 622. Shaw’s Zool. X. 64 and XIII. 246. Crested Titmouse. Lath. Gen. Hist. VII. 249. Griffith’s Cuv. VII. 121. 646 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [No. 116. 82. Genus Parpauorus, Vieillot. Sp. P. Australis.—New Holland Manakin. New Holland Manakin. Lath. Gen. Hist. VII. 238. ¢ Pardalotus Australis. Stephens’ Shaw’s Zool. XIII. 252. ? 83. Fam. FRINGILLIDE. . i Genus RampxHoce tis, Desmarest. ‘ Sp. R. Jacapa. ah DO Chinese collection. Tanagra Jacapa. Lin. Sys. Nat. I. 313. Gm. Lin. I. 888. Red-breasted Tanager. Lath. Gen. Hist. VI. 2. Griffith’s Cuv. VI. 317. Ramphopis Jacapa. Shaw’s Zool. X. 439. 84. Genus AuAupa, Auctorum. Sp. A Finch Lark. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Finch Lark. Lath. Gen. Hist. VI. 307. I shot the present specimen at Garden Reach, during the cold wea- ther, but Latham states it to be found at Cawnpore in the month of April. Ido not find it in any other author. Neither Franklin, Sykes, nor Tickell have mentioned it. 85. Chinese collection. 86. Chinese collection. 87. Genus Frineitia, Auctorum. Sp. F. Celebs.—The Chaffinch. Chinese collection. Fringilla Celebs. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 318. Gm. Lin. I. 901. Turton’s Lin. I. 552. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. IX. 442. and XIV. 37. Chaffinch. Lath. Gen. Hist. VI. 57. The Chaffinch. Griffith’s Cuv. VII. 138. Gros-bec Pinson. Dict. Class. D’Histoire Nat. VII. 537. 1841. ] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 647 This specimen may possibly be a native of China, and if so, it has a new locality. Latham says, it is met with on the Coast of Africa, at the Cape of Good Hope, and at Aleppo. I have not seen nor heard of it in India. 88. 89.—Fam. LoxtapZ. Genus Loxta. Ray. Sp. Loxia Punctularia.—Cowry Grosbeak. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. ‘ Loxia Punctularia. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 802. Gm. Lin. I. 851. Turt. Lin. I. 520. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. 1X. 830. Griffith’s Cuv. VIT. 152. Cowry Grosbeak. Lath. Gen. Hist. V. 247. Gros-bec Domino. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. VIT. 526. Coccothraustes Punctularia. Stephens’ Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 87. The Cowry Grosbeak flies in large flocks, and is to be met with in most parts of Bengal. Like the Amaduvade Finch, there are many varieties. 90. Loxia Malacca.—Malacca Grosbeak. Presented and mounted by M. Bouchez. Loxia Malacca. Lin. I. 302. Gm. Lin. I. 851. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. IX, 332. Malacca Grosbeak. Lath. Gen. Hist. V. 244. Griffith’s Cuv. VII. 152. Gros-bec Jacobin. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. VII. 530. 90. b. Loxia Coccothraustes—Haw Grosbeak. Loxia Coccothraustes. Lin. 1. 299. Gm. Lin. I. 844. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. 1X. 236. Coccothraustes Vulgaris. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 86. Haw Grosbeak. Lath. Gen. Hist. V. 211. Common Grosbeak. Griffith’s Cuv. VII. 156. Gros-bec Commun. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. VII. 524. 91. Loxia Leucocephala.—White-headed Grosbeak. Chinese collection. Fringilla Leucocephala. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. IX. 493. Spotted-sided Grosbeak. Lath. Gen. Hist. I. 248. Gros-bee a tete blanche et dos rouge. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. VII. 542. 648 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. (No. 116. 92. Loxia Astrilda. Wax-bill Grosbeak. Loxia Astrilda. Lin. I. 8303. Gm. Lin. I. 852. Turton’s Lin. I. 520. Wazx-billed Grosbeak. Lath. V. 257. Coccothraustes Astrilda. Shaw’s Gm. Zool. XIV. 87. Gros-bec Astrild. Dict. Class. D’Hist. Nat. VII. 520. 93. Fam. Srurniw2.. Genus AcrIDOTHERES, (?) Vieillot. Sp. A. Varius ?—Pied Grakle. Chinese collection. Pied Grakle. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 169. Shaw’s Zool. VII. 464. 94. Genus Sturnus. Lin. Sp. S. Vulgaris —Common Starling. Chinese collection. Sturnus Vulgaris. Lin. I. 290. Gm. Lin. I. 801. Turton’s Lin. I. 487. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. X. 483. XIV. 52. Common Stare. Lath. Gen. Hist. V. 1. Griffith’s Cuv. VII. 172. I have never seen the common Starling in Bengal; but in the cold season 1837-38, a specimen was brought me at Juanpore; in no wise differing, as I thought, from the English bird. } 95. Acridotheres Tristis—Common Mynha. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Paradisea Tristis. Lin. I. 167. Gm. Lin. I. 401. Turt. Lin. J. 242. Paradise Grakle. Lath. Gen. Hist. VII. 147. Shaw’s Zool. VII. 455. Acridotheres Tristis. Steph. Shaw. XIV. 57. “This species is exceedingly numerous, and is generally diffused throughout India, even the sparrow is*not more frequent ; in its man- ners it is as noisy, and nearly as familiar ; like that bird it not unusually makes its nest in the house thatch, or between the rafters. It is very prolific, and has several broods during the year. A pair made their nest in the beams of my verandah, during the rainy season of 1822, and to my surprise had two successive broods within a very short pe- riod of each other; but the vermin was so numerous that I was obliged to have the nest destroyed, and the crevice filled up. It is a brisk lively bird, apt to learn words and to whistle, and withal becomes very attached to its master; so much so, that instances are 1841. | Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 649 known in which it has been allowed to range abroad during the day, with a confidence of its return at night."——-C. W. Smith's MS. Notes. The Acridotheres Tristis is, as every body knows, one of the merriest birds in India, which has caused some to wonder at the trivial name given by Linnzus. That great naturalist, however, placed it among the Paradise birds, and contrasting its sombre clothing with the bril- liant plumage of the rest of that genus, he gave it the name of Tristis, not from its disposition, but its raiment. It is the Pastor Tristis of Temminck, Franklin, and Sykes. Its locality as given by the older writers, is India and the Philippine Islands. Colonel Franklin found it on the banks of the Ganges, and Colonel Sykes in the Deccan. I myself have seen it wherever I have been, except Darjeeling ; it most abounds in Bengal. Beyond doubt it is, as Mr. Smith observes, the commonest bird in India. It was imported into the Island of Bourbon to destroy the grasshoppers, and was found so useful as to be especially protected by the laws. Latham says, it builds twice a year, and at each time lays four blue eggs. The natives of India are almost as fond of it, and tame and pet it as much as they do the Parroquet. They procure the young birds by placing an earthen pot in the fork of a tree, the mouth being put at the side to defend it from the weather, for it to breed in, and take the little ones when rather more than half-fledged. The young bird is taught to speak and whistle, and soon becomes very fond of his master. 96. Acridotheres Malabaricus.—Malabar Mynha. Shot by the Curator at Garden Reach, and mounted in the Museum. Turdus Malabaricus. Gm. Lin. I. 815. Turt. Lin. I. 496.. Malabar Grakle. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 151. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 471. Turdus Malabaricus. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. X. 305. Acridotheres Malabaricus. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 57. Latham, on the authority of Dr. Buchanan, thinks this a different species from his Pagoda Grakle, (Acridotheres Pagodurum) ; but I sus- pect there is some mistake about the matter, the differences between the three birds being such as difference in sex or age would readily account for. Both species (if they are distinct) are found in small 650 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [No. 116. flocks in Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, and are plentiful at Juanpore, near Benares. 97. Acridotheres ? Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. This is the Saat Bhye, or Seven Brothers of the natives, so called from being always found in a company of about that number. As every body knows, it is one of the most chattering, noisyest birds in India, squeaking and hopping about, now on the ground, then upon a tree, the flock being constantly on the move ; when one starts, all the rest follow it, one after another, making generally but a short flight of not more than 40 or 50 yards at a time; and when alighted they hold a sort of consultation, hopping and squeaking about all the time, till after a few minutes they move off to another tree, and so on for the greater part of the day, rarely staying for more than half an hour in the same place : they feed on insects. It is common wherever I have been in the plains of India. 98. Acridotheres Calvus.—Bald Mynha. Chinese Collection. Gracula Calva. Lin. I. 164. Gm. Lin. I. 396. Turt. Lin. I. 240. Bald Grakle. Shaw’s Zool. VII. 461. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 146. Acridotheres Calvus. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 57. 99. Gen. CRACTICUs, Vieillot. C. Chalybeus.—The Green Paradise Bird. Chines collection. Paradisea Viridis. Gm. Lin. I. 402. Turt. Lin. I. 244. Chalybean Paradise Bird. Shaw’s Zool. VII. 504. Blue-green Paradise Bird. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 195. Barita Viridis. Tem. Man. II. Cracticus Chalybeus. 100. Genus Pica, Brisson. Fam. Corvipz. * Sp. Pica Vagubunda.—Rufous Magpie. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. “Its namesake in Europe is proverbial for its noise and rest- lessness. The present subject possesses a full portion of the above 1841.] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 651 qualities, added to which a familiarity not quite so innocuous. I have known it enter a covered verandah of a house, and nip off half a dozen young Geraniums; visit a cage of small birds, begin by stealing the grain, and end by killing and eating the birds, and repeating these visits daily till destroyed. Its flight has the same jerk, and its motions the same bustling character as the English Magpie. The egg is a plain greyish white."—-C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. . 101. Pica Sinensis.—Chinese Mapgie. Chinese collection. Coracias Sinensis. Gm. Lin. I. 381. Turt. Lin. I. 229. Chinese Roller. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 54. Specious Jay. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 364. Pi (?) Sinensis. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 65. 102. Genus Garrutus, Brisson. Sp. Garrulus Gularis.—Gular Jay. 103. Garrulus Cristatus.—Crested Jay.—Blue Jay. Corvus Cristatus. Lin. Syst. Nat. I. 157. Gm. Lin. I. 369. Turt. Lin. I, 221. Blue Jay. Lath. Gen. Hist. IIT. 55. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 359. Garrulus Cristatus. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 66. 104. Genus Coractas, Lin. Sp. C. Bengalensis.—Bengal Jay.—Blue Bird. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Coracias Bengalensis. Lin. I. 159. Gm. Lin. I. 380. Turt. Lin. I. 320. Stephens’ Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 71. Bengal Roller. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 72. Indian Roller. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 390. “ Though gifted with so brilliant a plumage, much cannot be said in praise of its shape. Its appearance on the wing is lovely, yet when perched we observe a large head, thick neck, prominent breast, and a pinched body, which is rendered more conspicuous by a long tail. It is a very common bird, is little afraid cf man’s approach, and is pugnacious, driving away the crow without much effort ; it is a very noisy, screaming bird, and in this respect is frequently very trou- blesome. With the Hindoos it is esteemed sacred; they consider 4N 652 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [No. 116. it propitious if seen upon the day which concludes the Dussorah, or. Doorga Pooja festivals, and discharge their matchlocks to put it on the wing. The Birmahs annually send parties to procure the feathers of this bird, and of the painted Kingfisher.,.—-C. W. Smith's MS. Notes. 105. Genus Corvus, Auctorum. Sp. C. Dauricus.—White-breasted Crow. Corvus Dauricus. Gm. Lin. I. 367. Turt. Lin. I. 219. Stephens’ Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 69. White-breasted Crow., Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 17. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VII. 349. “The Indian Crow is more social and familiar than any of its tribe in Britain; like the sparrow it is every where, on the house top, in the verandah, even venturing to take a snatch at the breakfast table, yet always awake to danger, it is off at a moment’s warning.” —C. W. Smith's MS. Notes. This bird is very common wherever I have been on the plains of India; but Calcutta seems to be its head-quarters, where it is to be seen at all times of the year, upon the houses, in the fields, and on the shipping in the river. It awakes before day-light on the gun being fired in Fort William, and by its incessant cawing, seems determined that every body else shall awake likewise. Latham’s drawing is bad; and the description scarcely agrees with our bird. If this be the “ common crow of India” of Col. Sykes’ catalogue, it is in his opinion the Cor- vus Splendens of Vieillot: but with which it also does not agree. 106. Genus Prirtonoryncuus, Kuhl. Sp. P. Violaceus. Presented by Captain Pemberton. TOT. Fam. Bucerip&. Genus Buceros, Auctorum. Sp. Platyrynchus. Flat-crowned Hornbill. Chinese collection. 1841.] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 653 108. Buceros Panayensis.—Panayan Hornbill. Chinese collection. Buceros Panayensis Gm. Lin. I. 360. Turt. Lin. I. 214. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 82. Furrowed Horn-bill. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. VIII. 33. Panayan Horn-bill. Lath. Gen. Hist. II. 321. 109. Buceros Homraz. Presented by Dr. McCosh. Mr, Hodgson discovered this magnificent species in Nepaul. Lieu- tenant Phayre, 7th Regiment Native Infantry, brought me a specimen from Moulmein ; and this in the Society's Museum was brought from Assam, by Dr. McCosh. A species of Horn-bill more magnificent than the above is found near Kerseangurry, on the road to Darjeel- ing, at an elevation of about 3000 feet; the head and neck furnished with long disintegrated feathers, forming a sort of mane, their colour light chesnut, and that of the belly dark chesnut, back and wings glossy black, tail do. with white tip. Bill without a casque. I forbear to say more on this bird, having sent it to Mr. Hodgson of Nepaul for descrip- tion—a gentleman whose exertions in this branch of Natural History in the Himalayah Mountains, entitle him to a consideration of the kind. Fam. Psirracipz. Genus Psirracus, Auctorum. Sp. Ps. Erythacus.—Ash-colored Parrot. Psittacus Erithacus. Lin. I. 144. Gm. Lin. I. 332. Psittacus Erythacus. Turt. Lin. I. 197. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. ‘107. Ash-colored Parrot. Lath. Gen. Hist. I. 208. Shaw’s Zool. VII. 486. 111. Psittacus Sinensis.—Green and red Chinese Parrot. Chinese collection. Psittacus Sinensis. Gm. Lin. I. 337. Turt. Lin. I. 200. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 107. Green and red-sided Chinese Parrot. Lath. Gen. Hist. II. 232. Red-sided Parrot. Shaw’s Zool. VIII. 490. 654 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 116. 112. Pstttacus Pendulus. Mihi.—Pendulous Parrot. Chinese collection. As I cannot find that this bird has been described by any author, I have ventured to offer a name for it. The following description and re- marks are from Mr. Smith’s notes :— “The length of these little birds, the smallest of the tribe in India, is about five inches. The bill is an orange red, the crown of the head, back of the neck and wings a blueish green; the throat, breast, and belly a light yellowish green; a spot of ultramarine colour on the throat ; the lower part of the back and the tail coverts deep scarlet ; the tail deep green and pointed ; and the legs a light orange. The pfesent drawing was made from a pair of these birds in the possession of a native at Gyah. They inhabit Bengal, however, and do not appear to be found in the Gyah division, nor so far to the Westward. I have seen cages full of them in Calcutta. They have no note that I ever heard, nor do they speak; they are very tame, and when going to roost, resort to the upper part of the cage, where they hang in the manner that I have placed the upper bird.,-—-C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. In Mr. Smith’s drawing the ‘upper bird” referred to, is repre- sented as hanging to a bough by its legs, with the wings folded almost close to the side, the tail a little spread, and the head down- wards. 113. Genus Nanopgs. Vigors. Sp. Nan. Pulchellus.—Turcosine Parrot. Chinese collection. 114. anodes Discolor.—Red-shouldered Parrakeet. Chinese collection. Red-shouldered Parrakeet. Shaw’s Zool. 466. 115. Genus PLatycercus, Vigors. Sp. P. Pennantit.—Pennantian Parrakeet. Chinese collection. P. Pennantii. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 120. Pennantian Parrakeet. Shaw’s Zool. VIII. 410. 116. Platycercus Chinese collection. 1841.] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 655 117. Genus Pezororus, Illiger. Pez. Formosus.—Ground Parrakeet. Chinese collection. Ground Parrakeet. Shaw’s Zool. VIII. 454. 118. Genus PaLmornis, Vigors. Pal. Alexandri.— Alexandrine Parrakeet. Alexandrine Parrakeet. Shaw’s Zool. VIII. 423. Paleornis Alexandri. Zool. Journ. II. 49. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. VIII. 123. 119. Pal. Barrabandi. Chinese collection. . 120. Genus TricnoG osus, Vigors. Sp. Tr. Hematopus.—Blue-bellied Parrakeet. Chinese collection. Blue-bellied Parrakeet. Shaw’s Zool. VIII. 413. 121. Trichoglosus Concinnus. Chinese collection. 122, 123, 124. Trichoglosus Pusillus.—Small Parrakeet. Chinese collection. Small Parrakeet. Shaw’s Zool. VIII. 471. 125. Fam. Piciwz. Genus Bucco, Lin. Sp. B. Cyanops.—Blue-cheeked Barbet. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. Blue-cheeked Curucut. Shaw’s Zool. VII. 7. The blue-cheeked Barbet is common in Bengal, less so in Orissa, and I have not seen a specimen at Juanpore. Mr. Smith well observes of it, that “It has a singular habit when perched of bowing the head, accompanying each motion with a single note resembling the word ‘hoo.’ It has two broods, the one in the month of May, the other in November.” —MS. Notes. 126, 127, 128. Bucco Indicus.—Indian Barbet. The first specimen presented by M. Bouchez. The others shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. 656 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 116. The Indian Barbet is one of the most common birds of India, often congregating in small flocks. One of them is generally perched on the top of the highest tree and nods his head, and eries “ buck, buck, buck,” every time with the most indefatigable perseverance for hours together. From this cry the generic name was probably taken. It feeds upon seeds, is a social good tempered little fellow, and flies like a lump of a bird, as it is, in short jerks high in the air, though to no great distance at once. 129. Genus Picus, Lin. Sp. Picus Virtdis.—Green Woodpecker. Green Woodpecker. Lath: Gen. Hist. III. 345. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. 1X. 183. 130. Picus Mace. Cuv. Common in most parts of India. 131. Picus 132. Picus Erythrocephalus. 133. Picus Torquatus. Chinese collection. Lewis's Wood-pecker. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 376. Picus Torquatus. Wilson Amer. Orn. I. Steph. Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 164. Is this a young bird of the P. Torquatus ° 134. Picus Chinese collection. 136. Picus Tiga.—Tiga Woodpecker. Picus Tiga. Horsf. Trans. Lin. Soc. XIII. 177. Tiga Wood-pecker. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 416. 136. Genus CoLarTes, Swainson. Col. (?) Rufus. Presented by Mr. C. W. Smith, and mounted in the Museum. The specimen was purchased among others in a collection from Java. 137. Colaptes Presented by Mr. C. W. Smith, and mounted in the Museum; also in the Java collection. I cannot find this species in any work, is it new ? 1841. ] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 657 138. Fam. CucuLip”. Genus Cucuuus, Auctorum. Sp. C. Edolius.—Edolio Cuckoo. Chinese collection. I shot a specimen on the banks of the Ganges below Rajmahal ; and saw several others. I have never seen it in Bengal or Orissa. _ It is figured and described in Mr. Smith’s notes, but he does not state its locality. Edolio Cuckoo. Stephens’ Shaw’s Zool. IX. 114. Cuculus Edolius. Griff. Cuv. VIT. 455. 139. Cuculus Coromandus.—Collared Cuckoo. In the original collection. Collared Cuckoo. Lath. ITI. 292. Cuculus Coromandus. Stephens’ Shaw’s Zool. XIV. 208. Griffith’s Cuv. V. 455. 140. Cuculus Presented by Mr. C. W. Smith, from the Java collection. 141, 142. Cuculus Metallic Cuckoo. Chinese collection. This appears to be Latham’s Metalline Cuckoo, described in the General History, III. 301. e 143. Genus EKupyNamys. Sp. Bu. Orientalis—The Coel. Shot by the Curator, and mounted in the Museum. The Coel is common in every part of India. It is to be found in every thick tree, and in the hot weather, is a pest of no ordinary na- ture; uttering incessantly the cry from whence its name is taken, * coel,” “ coel,” or “ cokeel, cokeel,” with a liquid intonation of the 2. It continues this cry, loud enough to be heard several hundred yards, from morning to night; and indeed from night to morning al- most, for I have heard it at 10 o'clock at night, and at 2 in the morn- ing. Latham describes this cry as cheerful and pleasant, but had he heard it he would have thought differently ; it is melancholy and mo- notonous, and wearisome to the listener beyond measure. During the day other noises go to drown it, but at night, and especially early in 658 Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 116. the morning, it is an absolute evil, by awaking one, when just dropped a sleep from the exhaustion of the hot preceding day, and the still more terrible early part of the night. 144, Genus Centropvus, Illiger. Sp. Ce. Castanopterus. Chesnut Coucal. Original collection. Chesnut Coucal. Lath. Gen. Hist. III. 2438. | “This bird is very common throughout India. It is vulgarly call- ed the Crow Pheasant; and has acquired this appellation from a consi- derable resemblance to the Pheasant in its mode of running, of crouch- ing, and secreting itself in bushes; and from its taking wing in the same bustling way. It feeds upon insects, grubs, and when oppor- tunity occurs upon carrion. This and the two succeeding speci- mens are usually seen upon the ground, in which they differ from the ‘other numerous members of their tribe, which seldom alight, but make short flights from one tree to another. Latham gives the appellation of Coucal to this tribe, to distinguish them from the Cuckoos; but referring to their habits, 1 have called them ‘“ Ground Cuckoo,” so strongly opposed to the Cuckoos, which never descend from the tree.”-C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. 145. Centropus Original collection. Besides these specimens of Centropus, Mr. Smith has drawn a third, and I have seen a fourth differing from all, but having lost my notes, I am unable to describe it. The name proposed by Mr, Smith of “ Ground Cuckoo,” is a very appropriate one, and reminds us of the analogy between the Cuckoos and Parrots in this respect, the Genus Pezoporus of the latter being analogous to the Genus Centropus of the former. Mr. Smith describes his second species thus: ‘“ This bird is nine- teen inches in length, and twenty-four in breadth. The bill is a red- dish grey, pale at the edges, strong, rather hooked, and in length two inches. The eye is of a pearly hue, defended above by strong lashes, and having a grey skin or orbit edging the lower half. The plumage of the head, breast, neck, and body is a hoary brown, inclining to black on the crown of the head and behind the neck, and marked » ¥84).] Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 659 throughout with darker bars. The wing coverts are a red brick colour; the scapulars, secondaries, and quills, barred with black. The tail is fan-shaped, black, with small grey bars sloping to a point on the shaft. The legs are black, and the long claw on the inner hind toe rather less elongated than in the preceding specimen.” — Centropus Castanopterus. “This species is found in the Gorruckpore district, elsewhere I have not observed it. In its manners and habits it is similar to the common Mohoka, but its shape more comely by far.” ——-C. W. Smith’s MS. Notes. “Tf, as I believe, not already named, I should propose the name of Cen. Fasciatus, when its trivial character would stand as follows :— Cen. Fasciatus, Black Coucal, with brick red wings, barred with black. Mr. Smith’s next species is by far a more interesting bird, as it seems to form the connecting link between the ground and tree Cuckoos, partaking of the manners and general appearance of the former, and having the short hind toes of the latter. It will probably form a new genus of Cuculide; but in the meantime till this be deter- mined, perhaps the name of Centropus Cuculoides may be admitted. Mr. Smith describes it as follows :— ‘‘ Measures sixteen inches in length. The bill is a bright vermillion slightly edged with yellow, and has a black spot about the centre of the edge of the upper mandible; there is a singular streak of minute white feathers forming a line from the nostril to the lower part of the eye: the latter is a dark brown, surrounded by white lashes. The plumage upon the crown of the head, the hinder part of the neck, the back, and wings, is a brownish satin colour, with black shafts ; that on the throat, breast, and belly a faint orange, similarly marked ; that of the tail dark grey, the two central ones wholly so, the next have white tips. The legs are slate coloured ; and there is not the long claw remarked in the hinder toe of the preceding birds.” “‘T met with this species at the Bherah lake, in the Gorruckpore district, where it appeared to be pretty common, but I have not seen it elsewhere. It greatly resembled the Mohoka in its manner of running and flying. The natives, who delight in extraordinary stories, affirm, that it proclaims the morning, eve, and midnight hour by a pecu- 40 660 Mammalia in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. [No. 116. liar note; unfortunately I never happened to hear such a timed note.” —C. W. Smith's MS. Notes. Ornithological works being procurable with difficulty in India, I have chosen the most common for the few synonyms I have thought it necessary to give.—J. T. P. CATALOGUE OF MAMMALIA In the Museum of the Asiatic Society. By J. T. Pearson, Surgeon, Bengal Establishment; formerly Curator of the Museum. Nore.—This very meagre list contains only the few specimens of Mam- malia that were in the Museum before I became Curator ; that of the ad- ditions made during the time I held the office was unfortunately lost in the Ganges; and I have no copy.---J. T. P. 1. Class. MammMatta. Ord. Brana. Genus Homo. Sp. Homo Sapiens.— Man. A mummied Head. Presented by Lieut. Archbold, who procured it in the catacombs of Egypt. 2, 3, 4, 5. Ord. QUADRUMANA. Genus Simia. Sp. Szmia Gigantica.—The gigantic Ape. The skin of the face and left fore and hinder hands, and part of the skin. Presented by Captain Cornfoot, who procured this specimen in the Island of Sumatra. The animal is described by Dr. Abel in the 13th Volume of the Researches of the Asiatic Society. f 6. Genus SEMNOPITHECUS. i Sp. Semnopithecus Melalophos.—The Simpai. A stuffed specimen. The Simpai is described by Sir T. Raffles in the 13th volume of the Linnean Transactions; and as far as can be made out (from its bad state) the present specimen agrees with his description. | 1841. ] Mammalia in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. 661 7. Ord. CaARNASSIERS. Fam. CHEIROPTERA. Trib. VESPERTILIONES. Genus PTEROFUS. Sp. Pteropus Edulis. The black Pteropus, or eatable Bat. A stuffed specimen. 8. Genus GALEOPITHECUS. Sp. Galeopithecus Rufus.—The Colugo. A stuffed specimen. gE Fam. Insectivora. Genus Sorex. Sp. 8. Indicus.—The Indian Shrew. A stuffed specimen. 10. Fam. CaRNIVORA. Trib. PLANTIGRADZ. Genus IcTIDEs. Sp. Ictides Ater. Presented by Colonel Farquhar. Mr. Wardlow in the second volume of the Journal of the Asiatic Society, has given very satisfactory reasons for identifying this spe- cimen with the Jctides Ater of F. Cuvier. 1]. Trib. Digrr1GRaDA. Genus FELIs. Sp. Felis Kutas.—The Kutas. A mounted specimen. Presented by Mr. J. T. Pearson. This animal is described by the donor in the 1st volume of the Journal of the Asiatic Society. 12. Fam. MaRrsupPiaTa. Genus THYLACYNUS. Sp. Thylacinus Cynocephalus.—Part of the skin. 662 Mammalia in the Museum of the Asiatic Society. | No. 116. 13. Ord. RopEnT1a. Genus Rurizomys, Gray. Sp. Rhizomys Sumatrensis. A mounted specimen. Described by Sir T. Raffles in the 13th vol. of the Trans. of the Linnean Society. . 14. Genus Hysrrix. Sp. Histrix Fasciculata.—Pencillated Porcupine. A mounted specimen. 15. Ord. EpENTATA. Genus Manis. Sp. Manis Crassicaudata.—The short-tailed Manis, or Pangolin. A mounted specimen. 16. Sp. Manis Crassicaudata.—The short-tailed Pangolin. A mounted specimen. A good deal smaller than the last. 17. Ord. Epentata, Sect. MonoTrEMa. Genus Ecuipna. Sp. Echidna Hystrix.—The Porcupine Ornithorynchus. A mounted specimen. 18. Ord. RuminantTia. Trib. Cervip&. Genus Moscuvus, Sp. Moschus Javanicus.—The Kanchil. A mounted specimen. 18. Sp. Mochus Javanicus.—The Kanchil. Another mounted specimen. . _.. 1841. | Mammalia in the Museum of the Asiatie Society. 663 19, Trib. CapripZ. Genus ANTELOPE. Sp. Antelope Thar.—Native of Nepaul. A mounted specimen. Described in the Journal of the Asiatic Society, vol. iv. p. 489, by Mr. Hodgson of Nepaul. 20. Sp. Antelope Thar.—The Thar Antelope. A stuffed Head and Neck. 21. Trib. Bovine. Genus Bos. Sp. Bos Taurus.—The Cow. A mounted specimen. A double-headed Calf, presented by 22. Sp. Bos Bubalus.—The Buffaloe. A mounted specimen. A double-headed Calf, presented by Major Gall and Mr. Sewell. Dive Ord. CETACEA. Fam. Crere. Genus DELPHINUS. Sp. Delphinus Gangeticus. The Gangetic Dolphin. A mounted specimen, presented by Mons. DuvauceEt. The Delphinus Gangeticus seems to have been formed into a new genus: it is called the Plantanistes Gangeticus by Hardwicke and Gray, as has been before mentioned in the Osteological section of the Catalogue. Notre.—Owing to inadvertence, the Catalogue of Mammalia has been misplaced in its order of succession by the printer: it should have pre- ceded the Ornithological Catalogue. py 664 Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh at the foot of the Southern range of Hills running parallel to Mount Aboo. By T.S. Burr, F. R. 8. Captain, Bengal Engineers. The indefatigable research, and unabated zeal of Capt. Burt, has put me in possession in this Inscription from Bussuntgurh, of some new and curi- ous information regarding the early dynasties of the Ranas of Mewar. Descended, as my readers need not be reminded, from the Balhara monarchs of Saurashtra (Surat and Guzerat,) the family destined to fix its seat of power at Chitore and Odeypore, sojourned for two hundred years in the Bhauder Desert after the destruction of that monarchy, until (Useful Tables, p. 109) ‘“ Baph, or Bappa conquered Chitore, and founded a new dynasty in a. pv. 727.” The list of titular potentates who headed the Gehlote or Jesodia tribe during the above period, from a. p. 524, when the Parthians destroyed the capital Balabhi in Sourashtra, to the date above noted, a. p. 727, is given by Tod from the 4'spur marble (Rajasthan, vol.— p.—,) and he traces the succession of their princes from the Aitpur In- scription, after their conquest of Chitore in the following order :--- Wilson’s List. Tod’s List. A. pd. 700. Guhila, 1. Sri Gohadit. Bhoja, 2. Bhoja (Bhagaditya.) 3. Mahendra. 4. Naga (Nagaditya.) 5. Jyela. 6. Aprajit. 7. Mahendra. Kalabhoja, ... 8. Kalabhoja. Bhartribhata, .... 9. Kuomawn (invasion of Chitore from Ca- bul, a. p. 812.) Samahagika, ... Mangal, expelled by chiefs. Kuuman, ... ... 10. Bhirtripad, (founded thirteen principali- ties for his sons in Malwa and Gu- zerat.) 11. Singhji, whose Ranee Lukshmi bore Allata, ... ... 12. Sri Allat, whose daughter Haria Devi was grand-mother of Naravahana, ... 13. Nirvahana. 14. Salvahana. 967. Saktivarma, ... 15. Saktikumar, 967 or 1,068? 1841. | Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussunigurh. 665 I have given these lists at length for facility of reference with respect to the suggested classification of the monarchs before inserting the Inscription itself. It bears date Samvat 1,099, or a. vp. 1,042. The character is fairly cut, and in high preservation in the ordinary letter of the period. The reading by Pundit Kamalakanta Vidyalanka is printed as usual in com- mon Nagree to accompany the Translation. My readers will observe, that in the genealogical lists above given of the ancestors of both Lahin and Vigraha, we find names entirely new to us as reigning monarchs in Mewar. In one or two only do we see coincidence or even resemblance with those of Tod’s list, which Chronology will allow us to admit as identical with some names in our Inscription. The names of the countries, Badari the kingdom of Raja Sangna, and Vada, the residence of Poorna Pala, are new to us, and none of the Pundits whom I took much pains to consult were enabled to give me references sufficing to elucidate the difficulty ; under the impression however, that they might by possibility be names of purely local applica- tion to tracts long unknown, as the sites of power, or the habitat of a nu- merous population, I begged Capt. Burt to oblige me by detailing, to the best of his remembrance, any circumstances attending his discovery of the Inscription, which might aid conjecture in coming to a satisfactory con- clusion. “ The Bussuntgurh Inscription was taken from a deep tank or baolee of moderate dimensions, almost entirely surrounded with jungle, and lying at the foet of that portion of (what Tod calls, as I understand him,) the Ara- vulli range of hills, situated nearly opposite the northern. extremity of the mountain Aboo. The country contained between these two heights is, I think, and as far as Beejagnoh (Beejipoor by Tod, “ the city of victory,”) called Badari; for I think one of the Sawars, (belonging to the Kawul of Sirohee,) who attended me during my pilgrimage, gave it that name, in contradistinction to that of the country lying on the other, or western side of Aboo, and stretching out to Neebach, or Neemuch, (not our cantonment of course) but a dependency I believe of the Sirohee Raj. In the first men- tioned, the country is covered with jungle, and in the latter comparatively open, that is, after clearing out a few miles from the base of the mount, which is entirely surrounded by forest trees, as well as almost impene- trable grass, rendering a descent from Aboo a dangerous operation at the end of the rains, (being once there,) on account of the malaria generated by the evolution of mephitic gas from the rife vegetation there, and similar to that of the Terai below Nipal, and the forests between this and Bombay.” Here then we have Badari recognised as the modern local appellation of the tract of country near about the site of the Inscription. As to attempt- 666 Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh. [No. 116. ing to trace with accuracy the genealogy now before us in that of the line of princes whom we can already number with certainty as among the rulers of Mewar, I own that at present, without other sources to refer to, the effort does not seem likely to be attended with success. I did not fail to consult my friend, Lieut. Cunningham, (Bengal Engineers,) than whom I know no one more capable of giving a sound opinion upon a case of historical or chronological difficulty. Without going into the detail of a very ingenious calculation, (which I prefer keeping back until the con- tents of another Inscription be fully ascertained, which I hope may throw light upon that of Bussuntgurh,) I will merely state two of Lieut. Cunning- ham’s positions, as being both exceedingly well founded. “ Bhirtripad,” he observes, ‘‘ founded thirteen principalities for his sons, and I am inclin- ed to suppose your new dynasty to be one of the branches of his family.” The same idea occurred, I must own to myself, on first studying the genea- logy, and evidence of the existence of petty states, “the land of Badari,” and “the city of Vada,” which we find recorded in an age immediately succeeding Bhirtripad’s in the Bussuntgurh Inscription, a. p. 1,042, proves the correctness of the information we have, and gives a natural idea of the state of the country, after the attack of Chitore, a. p. 812, in the reign of Khoman, when after the expulsion of the temporary sovereign Mongal, the next successor found himself compelled to subdivide his authority, weakened by the anarchy and confusion of the twenty years preceding. Lieut. Cunningham again accounts for the want of agreement between the names on the Bussuntgurh Inscription and those recorded in the “ Useful Tables,” by pointing out that “the Rajas in James Prinsep’s list, (after Sri Allat) are descended on the female side, whereas in the Inscription they would appear to be heirs male.” I would not readily hazard a conjecture where further researches for the evidence of Inscriptions is almost certain to be productive of fact established on the surest grounds. One can only hope that those who have the opportunity will not allow it to escape them, when at a slight expense of exertion, the ancient history of one of the most interesting portions of India may be by their efforts, as so often by Capt. Burt’s, greatly elucidated. py Literal Translation. 1. I, Matri Sarma, a poet and the son of Hari, having offered saluta- tions to Vani, (the goddess of wisdom, ) who is propitious to the learned, made this eulogy. 2. May Hari, the illuminator of the three regions, who is himself the sun (or the only object of speculation to the astronomers) Siva to 1841.]_ Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh. 667 Saivas (or the followers of Siva,) to be known by intuition and medi- tation, remover of sins, illustrator (creator) of all, great, knowing all human virtuous dispositions, and surrounded by the Vasoos, Kinnaras, and Sidhas, and whose divine truth is unveiled to the wise,—protect you! 3. From the wrath of Vasistha* was born a son* * * * * * * and from him sprang many powerful Rajas. 4, From Utpala Raja, one of the descendants of this line, sprung one named Aranya Raja, and from him was born Adbhita Krishna Raja, who was renowned like Vasudeva, (Krishna). 5. His son, who was famous, noble, and whose name was Srinath Ghosi, had also a son named Mohipala, from him was born Raja Vandhuka. 6. Whose fame is still to be sung aloud even in the region of the gods, by the well-dressed and adorned goddesses, as well as by the females of the Kznnaras, having lutes in their hands. 7. He by his might easily carried off the Lakshmi, (Fortune,) of his enemies, though they assembled a numerous army. His beautiful wife, whose name was Ghreta Devi, was of a mild disposition and a noble family. 8. From her and Vandhuka was born Purnapdla, who was al- ways content, famous, and the supporter of all; who also acquired the name Valadarpada, for his having fought battles and possessed king- doms of (his enemies.) 9. His fame in the assembly of Jndra,t is always sung by the god- * Note by Pundit Kamalakanta on the sloca 3 of the above. ‘*‘ From the wrath of Vasistha.”’ The following sloka arevextracted from the 13th section of the 9th chapter of Srimat Bhdgvat :— Nini, the son of Ikohdku, having commenced a jagna, (a secret ceremony), wished to acknowledge Vasistha as his priest for its performance, who instead of complying with his request, said that he has, prior his petition, been bound to perform the cere- mony commenced also by Sakra. And further that he must wait till the same was over. But Nini being sensible of the instability of worldly pursuits, determined to have it (the ceremony) performed by another priest. Whereupon Vasistha on his return (from the kingdom of Sakra) found Nénié to to have broken his promise, cursed him to loose bis life. ’ From the dead body of Néné, which was a separated ia life and. Orn) churmed by the gods, was born a son. t+ The chief of the gods. 668 Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh. [No. 116. desses, who are all beautifully adorned with the golden flowered ornaments and with lutes in hands resplendent with jewels. 10. He (Parna Paéla) placed at the gate of his palace the strong elephants exuding ichor from their temples, of his enemies, whom he has easily slaughtered in several battles. To him, who was the illuminator of the Péla line, and most eminent within the whole Arryavata, the Sri. Lakshmi was, as it were, the governing queen. 11. His younger sister named ‘ the queen Léhini,” who was as it were the Lakshmi herself, but without the seat of lotus, was married to Raja Vigraha as Lakshmi to Krishna. Here follows the lineage of Begraha :— 12. There was a celebrated Kshetriya named Kdsiswara, who was most powerful, subduer of his enemies, and superior to all the other Rajas, and who for his heroic disposition gained fame throughout the whole world. 13. From his line descended Raja Bhabagupta, who was renowned for his good counsels, illuminator of his line, and a great warrior. He repaired the image of the Sun, established in some forest adjacent to Vada, where he reigned for a length of time. 14. From the line of Bhabagupta, sprung Raja Sangana, who gained the kingdom of Badari, and was himself respected by all. His son was Ballabha Raja, who also had a son named Chara, and from Chara was born Bara Raja. 15. From Bara Raja was born Vigraha Raja, who was respectable for his noble qualities, and the king of kings; and whose good name which he acquired by the power of valour, noble qualities, and libera- lity, has far surpassed the regions. 16. He, Vigraha Raja, was always attended by people of a good nature, and fond of many wives; he made his two lines, both paternal and maternal, honorable, and was beautiful in person, ruler of the world, very strong, superior to mankind, and like Médhaba, (Krishna,) in disposition, though a man. 17. He, Vigraha, having gained so merited a wife, Lahinz (as above mentioned,) enjoyed her, and she too being married to so desired a lover as Vigraha, who was like Indra in the earth, (was likewise happy.) 18. She soon after the sudden demise of her husband, being de- prived of all sorts of happiness in the world, at last took her abode in- to the residence of her brother at Vada. 1841. | Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh. 669 19. This line, from which sprung Raja Vasistha, was also denomi- nated “ Vasistha line.” 20. In Vada, the shrine of Nagradha is to be found. There Vasis- tha, who was great, established the images of the Sun and Siva, who yield salvation, and caused the temples, palaces, walls, forts, &c. to be erected, and tanks to be dug. 21. There further the Brahmans, who have completely studied Vedas, which are difficult, were in no instance proud. 22. Vadapoora, which is inhabited by people who are virtuous and attentive to their faith, and as well as by musicians, heroes, and warriors, &c. and commodiously situated for commerce, was looked at as if the second heaven. 23. Near this is the river Saraswati, having a ghaut constructed by the Raja, its water was adorned with the flowers for worship, nay, it is as if the mother to the Brahman females. a 24. Here the inhabitants, who are all patriotic, wise, mild, addicted to worship the gods and Brahmanas with the gifts of variety, and renowed for talents, are always devoted to Bhanu, (the Sun.) 25. Here the queen Ldhiné mourning the death of her beloved con- sort arrived, accompanied by Brahmanas, and being sensible of the in- stability of worldly pursuits as well as of life. 26. Repaired the old temple of Bhanu, which had been once more repaired by Vasistha when fallen down by time. 27. This temple of Bhanu, which was strongly built of bricks ‘and stones, when completed exhibited the colour of clouds, and was so beautifully perfected that it resembled Himalaya, the mountain where Siva resides. 28. Its staircase, which is beautiful as ought to be in its kind, and built of stones, is like that of the gods, which are not to be found elsewhere. 29. Further, she for the promotion of virtue, transformed the river Saraswati into a tank, which was useful to the gods as well as to men, and removing sin (by its water.) Its waves were so lofty, as if they were to touch the firmament. 30. She being conscious of the instability of the world, has performed this deed of virtue by the expenses of her own. 670 Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh. | No. 116. 31. So long as the Swrabhi* shall continue to graze in the region of cows, and the waves of the seas agitated by the wind, the sun with his one-wheeled car shall endure, so long shall this tank exist, the water of which is pure as the rays of the stars. 32. This eulogy was made by Matri Sarma, a Brahmana, who was the son of Hari, and the well-wisher of Lahini for the benefit of all. 33. It was engraved by Sivapala, the son of Dorhaka, who had his dwelling in the fort of Raja Aswapatz, in the Samvat year 1099. Aw Apsrracr BY KAMALAKANTA PuNDIT. Literal Translation. The particulars of the Janaka Rajé’s birth are already detailed in the preceding slokas, extracted from Srimat Bhagavata. From the line of this Janaka sprung many powerful Rajas, from some of these was born Raja Ootpala ; from Ootpala, Aranya Raja; from Aranya Raja, Adbhita Krishna Rajé; from Adbhita Krishna Raja, Vasoodeba Raji; from Vasoodeba, Srindtha Ghost; from Srinatha, Mohepdla ; and from Mohepdla, Vandhooka ; from his wife named Ghrita Devi, was born Raj4 Purnapdla ; whose younger sister was Ldahiné, the restorer. Here also follows the lineage of Vigraha Raja, whom she had been married to, but unfortunately for a short du- ration, when he, ( Vegraha Rajd,) departed this life, leaving Lahiné a widow, who from that time took up her abode into the residence of Purnapdla, her brother. The lineage is this. There was a Raj4 named Kasiswara Dwiydte, and from his line descended a Raja named Bhabo- gupt, who had also once repaired this very temple of Bhanu (Sun) in the forest of Vadapura, where he had reigned for a while. From him sprung Sambara, a Raja who also ruled the country of Vadari. From Sambara was born Ballabha Raja, who had a son named Chara, and from Chara was born Vara Raja, and from Vara, Vegraha Raja, the husband of Ldahinz. It was she who caused the temple of Bhanu, formerly established in the forests of Vada to be repaired, as well as a reservoir of water made therein. * An eternal cow, yielding every thing desired. 1841. ] Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh. 671 alacracfafqaramaeestta wafer: 1 yusq efeqaw afaat ATqueaut | gefgaaci aly qufea; qaal aat | Satfasatfataci wa: faafyat eure AAU AURA: A AYE TAMA ABT AT sanegd afaaat at a aaa ware zafegfaakt TASMAAN Sle | saesaasafaa: AAT 2: Pop ob ot fd (vai) Fela aaqUT aaa: 1 ATT Sf GAVAUFTATAT ATLUTT SAT ef aT TAA aH RA awucisnt faaiaatha: faaaraza: || aes yITAA afas: slatzetet gaara aerea: qaife aewareafeara alaT | aeMeyeeyRUT aU | Tefeatit. PTCA ailad ¢ atfaaOfa: | Aarfafes acai: | fara astfacdtaaa: | aareat Weta Teatfeaerey are AL ~ ae A'S ~ ~ ~\ uteeqaea | seathy arat gagfaarat qiw waa ~ 5 AN BAN ° S Rita TATA faqwares: wT Auigia a fAqT: | ~ , o ry s~ g werwuaite fata ag ata fad saeueta i araafu : ~ ~ nay faraTTaT atugafuifaaniuar | faquTsaaedt TW HAA Cet AVI IL: WY laa || Vea aa FCI TUT TAHT UT Tay wt aa famrmaguiaan arse wa ate ox iS CEEESN oN Cl AU: UAHA TA Tl wazarad urfeara | Sat: wT arate wate sean ahs fasta AAT AACA Saat Asha a faa eas Baraat qa aa i Teresa ofa aTathe orfafeatedt we wat aaaray CTA | Ag aM fsaTATET: AT WIT Ta TT aa: ATA AAA cae FAAS T Aa TATA SZeq Bu qaaaHTAIe ICIS TAIT T AT: | 672 Inscription taken from a Baolee at Bussuntgurh. [No. 116. Wea Teas GATACIAATAT AAAS ATA TATA: ATT T A ATATT QU AAT STAT | TAA aiarg fever eTatt aitaatferecrsarat * gerasttedtfgatteg taatadt aafaaea sara ffs waararacnytaa: qa aay: | wheayariacaia freraraEra Ta qadha: FT ACCTY SATS: (| AAT TAT apa qt: waar faatfaat F ays a ate | athe fra wT ufaratu aqeA slau TAGS || wafers sa Wale SaaS aqae ar fraatfarar | aiafaat se ant aeeferqeara aHasgaman || afesasnife sameness al ¢fa (araaaaratefuatia) aa sarayereaqrsya: |) |) 1 us : “™ ? } ah by PALL ath aad . ‘ 1 he : Sri hale , } | e } ; ; - , f Eh Sad \ , aya fo) SS Zé Teles es foe oe [orl ae see cy ZL ye of Wal a Wee ; ig they oz hae JOP. 4 He GPO UP WO CO 9 07RD TY? CHD BD: Tepwege ia S| PLATE TT ee “ ‘4 x ‘ | N \\ Nie Plit- VV K ai cy an SAT WT iy del Hy} Ley ey Wy & YS x RS SS S A N\\\ nue \\ s 7. = GCAO ae OE RED LEE a ce a Te re PLATE IV a © a & 2) 3+| 96] 08 | 45 Uuoounr S 3 & SS & wy 5 fo * eS i CS a = Bs 3 & 5 //) Fx Declination’ = Wh : Moro uT a hee 7 24 [20 [76 |72/ 6] 4 AunelGle Y ey | ' he A had te 42 | 50|58 n S ¥e\97| a5) oelxzles 4\8 \\“e / ff |r eflostalzlre a 44 : UY) | eke g Zi, x | eee / “Ay 8 2 gr = = @ a S of AAS 92h d SS == Declination’ 24/20/46) 42) 9 — 2 eu \ ee 10 oe 3 or os PLATE V JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY. Description of a Persian Astrolabe, submitted to the Asiatic Society by Major Pottinger. By J. MippieTon, Esq. Principal of the Government College at Agra. The Astrolabe, whose name sufficiently expresses the purpose which it was originally intended to subserve, seems at first to have been of very simple construction, consisting of two concentric rings of brass, the one revolving within the other, upon pivots fixed in their exterior and inner edges respectively. The instrument thus formed, was so placed, that its exterior circle coincided with the plane of the meridian ; the interior one was then made to revolve till the shadows of that part of the limb, towards the subject of observation, overlapped that of the Opposite part, when the opening of the rings shewed the meridional distance of the luminary. By a different adjustment of this simple instrument, the zenith distance of the sun, and hence the latitude of the place, could be nearly ascertained. Subsequently, the number of rings of which the instrument was composed, was augmented until not only the meridian, but also the Equator, the Ecliptic, the Colures, &c. were represented, and thus it was when Ptolemy found it, who established the principles, and contrived the means, by which to pro- ject the whole upon a plane surface; and to this projection he gave the name Planisphere. Of the modification of the Astrolabe the Arabs availed themselves, and were enabled by their improvements in science, especially in Trigonometry, to raise it to a degree of perfection which sufficed, during several centuries, both in Asia and part of Europe, for No. 118. New Series, No. 34. 5D 760 Description of a Persian Astrolabe. [ No. 118: the somewhat unscrupulous scientific purposes of those times. To what extent the Astrolabe may be now used by observers in Central Asia, Iam unable to ascertain ; but among Arab navigators it has given place, generally, to the quadrant or sextant, upon which it has conferred its name; the latter being called the Belatee (or foreign) Oosturlab. Though but little that is new can be said at the present day on the sub- ject of the Astrolabe, about which volumes have already been written, yet the one which in this article, I propose to describe, is so superior in its kind, and displays a degree of taste and accuracy of execution, which we would scarce be prepared to expect from Central Asia, about a century and a half ago ;* and it is at the same time so crowded with facts subservient to science, or superstition, that I am inclined to believe a short description of it will not be unacceptable. As to the plates, I may say generally, that for the Persian names of the planets and signs, I have substituted the Greek symbols, which modern times have adopted, and have changed for the Arabic numerals, those used by ourselves. To this substitution, 1 have necessarily sacrificed the elegance of the original inscription, in which the light and graceful forms of the Persian characters are tastefully intertwined with flowers. The object I had in view, constrained me to this sacrifice,—and that was, to present, in as simple and general a form as possible, an intelli- gible view of the instrument. The Astrolabe in question was brought from Herat by Major Pot- tinger; it consists of a circular piece of brass, about eight inches in diameter, and three-fourths of an inch thick, being on one side so hol- lowed out, as to’ contain several plates of brass, upon either side of which Planispheres are described, according to the latitudes of the principal places of Mahomedan power or veneration. On its upper limb is a triangular piece of brass, not represented in the plate, through the apex of which a ring is freely passed, by which, for pur- poses of observation, the instrument may be suspended in the vertical. The back of the Astrolabe, with exception of the triangular part, above mentioned, is represented in Plate I. Fig. a. while the face is partially shewn in Plate II. I say partially, because the outer edge of the * Notre.—The Astrolabe was procured by Major Pottinger from a party, who had gotten possession of it on the flight of the original owner from Herat, some time previous to the last siege of the town by the Persians. | | 1841.] Description of a Persian Astrolabe. 761 recess, in which the trelliced circle represented by Plate IJ. revolves, is divided into 360°, a mode of graduation well known to the ancients I have also refrained from introducing drawings of all the Planispheres; since the doing so would have swelled the number of plates to fourteen, without, at the same time, disclosing a new truth, or illustrating an old one. Premising these general observations, I shall now proceed to more particular explanation, throughout which, agreeably to my plan, f shall abstain from introduction of the abstract forms of science. I shall also, for greater perspicuity, subdivide my description, and arrange it under heads corresponding with the purposes which the instrument is intended to serve; viz. those of Astronomy, Astrology, Geography— and first of its Astronomy.—I have already said, that but little new can be adduced on the subject of the Astrolabe, and the same remark applies to Arabian science generally. The admirable works which the French savans have conferred upon the world on the Astronomy of the Ancients, leave but meagre gleanings for whoever may follow, especially in respect to Arabian astronomy. I shall therefore in the following remarks confine myself to a description of the astronomical uses for which the instru- ment in question was probably intended, and refer such who would acquaint themselves with the principles employed in its construction, to the “ Astronomie Ancienne” of Delembre.* In Plate I, which represents the back of the Astrolabe, the upper limb is divided from the left and right ; or, as the Arabs express it, from the east and west points, into two equal parts, terminating on the highest, or zenith point; these quadrantal arcs are again subdivided jnto ninety equal parts or degrees, ‘‘ the use of the limb thus graduated, is for observation of the altitudes of celestial bodies, whether for ascertainment of the latitude, or of the time. The instrument, it is true, might be employed with even greater accuracy for the determi- nation of terrestrial heights and distances, but I am not aware that the Arabs ever do employ it for such purposes; the manner in which— the Astrolabe is used, is this: the label, or index, Plate I. Fig. 6. is fixed upon its back by its axis c, which not only secures it there, but * qu: Bailly? Ep. 762 Description of a Persian Astrolabe. [No. 118. also passing through the centres of the Planisphere discs, together with the trelliced plate (Plate II) on the face, binds the whole firmly and com- pactly. The observer now suspends the instrument, by holding the ring mentioned above in his right hand, the line passing through the origin of the graduated arcs, and the centre thus being horizontal, while that through their terminus, and at right angles to the former, is necessarily vertical. The object to be observed is now made to coincide with the plane of the quadrants, and the label is turned towards it, until a ray of light pass from it to the eye of the observer, through the perforations of two small plates projecting from the label near its ends, and at right angles to its length, (Plate I. Fig. 6.) The are of the quadrant between the horizontal line and the edge of the label, will evidently be the altitude required. There are undoubtedly several sources of error, which would render such an instrument unfit for the purposes of modern science, but with those for whose use it was originally intended, its imperfections would be unimportant. It is evident, that in the observation described, the altitude obtained is too great by the whole amount of refraction, an error which becomes considerable, when the object is near the horizon. I am of opinion, to, that the error in reading off the altitude would not be sufficiently allowed for, when repeated observations are impracticable, under 5.’ Another ground of inaccuracy would necessarily be the difficulty, almost ~ impossibility, with such an instrument of taking the centre in observa- tions of the sun. These errors, springing from different sources, might sometimes, it is true, correct each other to a certain extent, but this vague probability must, of course, be insufficient to produce confidence in the instrument. ; The parallel straight lines on the left of the upper limb are semi- almacanthers, or semi-circles of celestial altitude, seen on their edges, while the concentric arcs on the right seem to be intended to connect those signs which have north declination with those which, in that respect correspond with them towards the south; such a table is committed to memory by Asiatic astronomers, to which the neat arrangement is well suited. Under the central line, and symmetrical with the centre, are two rectangles, the one within the other, and whose length is twice their breadth. The figures alluded to, are immediately recognizable by 1841. ] Description of a Persian Astrolabe. 763 terms—horizontal shadow,—vertical shadow,—at their longer and shorter sides, respectively. These rectangles are each divided into two equal parts by the production of the vertical line above. They are next divided on the lower edge from the centre towards the right into twelve, and towards the left into seven equal parts. The vertical edges are also submitted to similar graduation. The meaning and principle of these graduations the next paragraph will explain. To the Arab, as to the Hindoo astronomer, the gnomon was an important, if not an indispensable auxiliary. Some divide the shadow into twelve, others into seven equal parts, according to fancy, or the length of the gnomon employed. This scale, whether divided into twelve or seven parts, is of the same length as the gno- mon itself, and is consequently only capable of measuring altitudes | within the limits of 0° and 45’, or 45° and 90°, according to the situation of the plane upon which the gnomon stands. In order to compensate for this insufficiency, two gnomons are used, one parallel to the horizon, and one vertical to it. At sun rise, it is evident, the shadow of the vertical gnomon is indefinite, and is for long after incapable of being used as a measure of altitude. Again, at the time of sun rise, the shadow of the horizontal gnomon, pointed as it is towards the east, is zero, and gradually increases as tlie sun ascends, until he has attained the altitude of 45°, when the shadow reaches the limit of its scale, and from that time ceases to be available as a measure of altitude. Whilst the shadow of the horizontal gnomon has been thus slowly stretching itself, that of the vertical has contracted ‘to the further end ofits scale, and is now prepared to perform the functions for which the other ceases to be qualified; and the same process is repeated, but in an inverse order, till the going down of the sun. The scales by which shadow is measured, are sometimes made five times the length of the gnomon, the shadow being then divided into sixty and thirty-five equal parts; but as such a scale could not be laid down upon the instrument, without causing embarrassment, or injury to its compactness, the following ingenious artifice is resorted to. In construction of the Astrolabe, the horizontal scales, just described, are produced to the right and left respectively, the former being then divided into sixty, the latter into thirty-five-equal parts. This done, 764 Description of a Persian Astrolabe. [No. 118. the edge of a geometrical rule is passed over the centre of the instru- ment and each of the divisions successively, and the points in which the same edge cuts the limb are marked ; the numbers corresponding to them on the original scale are then affixed, and thus the rectilinear scales have been projected into the more convenient form of circular ones, seen in the exterior demi-annulus of the lower limb. It is plain that, by means of these scales and the quadrants of altitude, the height of the sun being given, the length of the shadow may be found, and reciprocally. Having thus described, however imperfectly, the astronomical uses of the back of the Astrolabe, I proceed next to its face, which exhibits a stereographic projection of the ecliptic on the plane of the equator. I should here mention, that Plate V. shews the method of construc- tion here employed. If I recollect right, Delembre gives a less ac- curate method by which he believed Arabian astronomers effected this projection, and on this account I consider this a very accurate and neat plate, too important to omit, and by means of which, when fixed over the Planispheres by the common axis, yet left free to revolve, many in- teresting and useful problems, for which globes are used with us, may be readily performed. The numbers on its fancifully formed angular points correspond with those of the list of stars, with which this part of my description will conclude. On the instrument itself, the names, as given in the table, are neatly engraved; this the flexibility of the Arabic character, and its susceptibility of packing, permitted ; with ours, on the contrary, it could scarce be done, and I have therefore preferred on that, and other grounds, the method of reference by numbers. I believe, observations regarding these stars should more properly come under the astrological head; but as they are used for ascertaining the time of the night, &c. and as there is besides some- thing very interesting about them, I prefer reversing them from that situation. Ulug Beg, whose authority we have given for the position of the stars, was king of Samarcand, and flourished in the early part of the fifteenth century. He was an eminent astronomer ; and the accuracy with which his observations were made, is sufficiently proved by the fact, that on making computation from his data, for the present time, I could readi- ly discover, with one exception, the stars inscribed on the plate. The ae ing 1841. ] Description of a Persian Astrolabe. 765 learned Hyde, who gives a Latin version of Ulug Beg’s tables, which was obligingly lent to me by our worthy Secretary, in his able preface to that work, says of the author, ‘‘ Inter distractiones animi et repetita regni negotia administranda ad subtiliora in scientiis investiganda se appli- euit.” And again quoting a contemporary historian aud panegyrist, he says, ‘“‘ At celsus iste animus etsi in summo rerum fastigio esset constitutus tamen in pulverem mathematicum descendere non dedig- natus esset.” This historian, obviously, did not understand that the royal astronomer while thus engaged, was but drawing pleasure from its purest source, and inscribing his name on the bright heavens, in a character which would not soon be forgotten. We are informed by Ulug Beg himself, that for the observations, the result of which appear in his tables, he caused to be constructed a quadrant of great radius, “ cujus radius altitudine Templi Sanctze Sophize cequaret,” and that the latitudes and longitudes of the stars thus obtained, were to serve as data for future computations, the method of effecting which, he bimself supplies. c “‘ Stellarum loca in tabulis designavimus pro initio anno Hejyra 841, at. quovis tempore quis possit stellarum loca invenire cum singulis sep- tuagenis annis solaribus per annum tantum gradum moveantur.” The addition of 1° for every 70 years is not quite correct, as the precession of the equinoxes is about 1° in 72 years nearly, on the average, since the time of Ulug Beg; at present it is 1° in 71.66 years. Allowance is also to be made for the diminution of the obliquity, a fact which appears to have been unknown to ancient astronomers. Description of a Persian Astrolabe. [No. 118. 766 € p= BPs OG g | Ig g¢ [ : Ch OS j | 98 GZ 3 | 0 = 8 j 13 66 g 8h 0g 128. Ge j Gh OGG 8 Zl «6P I 0 89 ed 08 FF I Bl= 4s ‘ 6 = £S S tS 6h —— + “Bag 8n{Q 01 Sur | Bog Snpq oy Sut -plod0e apnyluse jy |-pl09e opnyyeyT oO NN GO & eee Se ‘syuadiag 9 ** = <‘yeky n bnug sy ee | eo ‘rontgdg ? °° ‘yekdy [nsey oO ste ‘erjadeg | °° fe ‘bookty| s#40 S Sra "* ‘ort py |“IN[Ns~nsnw jn qnune Spy ‘jos[v |" ° ‘{MOYS oS BY est ** Tasiag [°° ‘ehasossn Snydaazy| oo Euivate ‘ordoisseg (7° “TeAny YY [NM JN] som oro ‘ondijoa ay joajog |** — ‘fooang 9 qn30Q)| sy 2 "* ‘pepury)** “yefdeppn qnunz|ge—-ypo +) Se “+ omqry)** “Ueffappn orebuayy| yxy eS] F¥ ie Bihry|°° ‘Abem aaasnyy| er’ 66x “+ ‘exyoydry)|** ‘yeynyd o amreny|¢exe °° «‘“Yomley ayeUlag i i ee ‘YWIOITY; ee ee ‘pokey gyre “ ‘ougna]** —— ‘qnppn aiqez|a”* ip "° ‘Sninqo1y er ‘Sogq SN[Q 03 Sur | ‘sn YM some ‘SOU NT “pioooe apnyisuo0'y a oO -—, -=— NAN OM HOH DO Ee CO i ‘{UeoUl SI sNAN}AY Jey] YUTYY siayjo ‘41 uoTyUOUL ~ }0U Op aWlos “paj[Nsuoo oAvY J WOYM sory oyjNe 19430 jo pue ‘soqey s.Sogq Sniq UI 41 YIM yoour jou op J $ ureJAooUN We ] “1e}s SIQ} Suipresey y g SI I OL 6 ttt Hag Ar sngdnb jr umnyg|ere" 66 € cI @ 86 $f OL <- ‘snusoormded A-+ ‘gopnf jn qnung SoSH 8G G oe F SIG, 8 e "+ ‘Sorejuy° ‘qnabn jnqqn® spine Le $ & cr 0 CS wf ‘TTemeyag sueqnz °° ‘iqoounf o ydny ee 96 2 € Bane ae Bo> ET = e “+ ‘eaquy Gf -+ ‘tyeumyg a qany SRE) fF SG x I | 6 G Ol 9f 9 °° “SIUISILA ealdg °° ‘Inzea yeuiag |S oP BG 8 I | 0 Gl OV Gt @ Zi SG OTACT | | xt brava gionee SG Ry re Ghat ae Bia Lark es ae is Ge ‘pnse [n beg Ie Kore ZZ = 6 0 Sl GG PF = “= sninfou, ve ‘pnse [0 qing SY UR 1G 8 I slat oe 1g &@ @ ‘uereqeply °° “Toos[n unary Nye ; 0G 4 g Ose a pe ot fs ++ cagag! “oannd jm poomumgg £710 6I S j ide LE 136 Il {°° ‘sesadyy yeayg)-+‘sanyd jn qayun yw peeetaypet-O 8I g St 98 Ig SI 6 Bs semby °° ‘qubo mm qnung SSI LT G ST 062 WT FB 06 = < tES y7 |< ‘rahe} oISNN porenst ie el a ‘Bog Sn[s) bchiay Jace, shu 0} SUL |‘Saq big 03 si "ST. YJTAA girs. ee! “soule NT 2s 7 © -~ploooe apnylUse sy] -psoooe apnyney |-proooe apnysuo0'7y [No. 118. olin eR) ( AGey aes = Description of a Persian Astrolabe. ‘Sag SNTQ 0} Sut -plovoe apnyluse pf 768 SI Seq SN{Q 0} Sal Ai-pioooe apnyyey 61 ub ‘Soq SN[Q 0} sat |-paoooe apnitsuory GO. CO) SS) SH) GS ESO ‘qneylewo yy sa NNN ON OO —————— ‘ST. U}LAA SOULE NT “LAIOD A}. * ‘qeioys [n yeune oan af ‘soupy “yedyeq jooyn poe’) SJEOR TAR rs e+) paeydpy)*: ‘Aefiys o panyg 60 gs] 2 ‘slaen 2/°° “yeudydes oydan pq oj wrorye ‘uoA001g|°* ‘“Tpeumys Telayg| (eye ‘SNIIIG}* - ‘1ueued reaayg we ene A “Wueplgy ‘XII B[ [9g |- ° ‘ersnA [n pn x FOr ‘sul Tl-+ ‘egomsé jn jelory Nea? “+ OL) easn€ jn yalay “SPiperss ‘xnespejeg)-- ‘ouwnd [n pny roy ‘MyNu jn ynydesn y_ aes niet ag ‘Tqoou -nf a sninb a qnung coms*q sys) 12 | -+ ‘snydnb jo anpng ee Use) “199 3 | ae ae ‘ ary reo) qnyes sanumnAvobeg:™)8.[e#" 7) s— SF GP IP OF 68 8g LE 9g cg PE Ee 68 0& a ae Sa ae et 1841.] Description of a Persian Astrolabe. 769 Astrology.—This is a subject which, I am aware, has but little in- terests for us; yet I should have but unsatisfactorily completed the work I have undertaken, had I passed it over. Among the Mahome@ans of India, too, so far as my information enables me to judge, Astrology is but little respected ; some of the most intelligent of them, whom I have met with, and questioned on the subject, evidently disliked the inquiry ; and generally replied to the effect, that there is no power in the crea- tion but that of the Deity, and that it is against the religion of a true Mussulman to believe in other influences. It is however probable, that extreme ignorance on subjects connected with science may have as much to do with their disbelief, as rigid piety. What degree of import- ance may be at present attached to it in Central Asia, Iam not aware; if, however I may judge from the care and finish which have been bestowed on this part of the Astrolabe, and its completeness, it is con- siderable; and I remember Major Pottinger stating, that the instrument was chiefly used for Astrological purposes, by the person from whom he obtained it. Towards the South West, it appears to have still its hold, since Lamartine informs us,in his Travels in Palestine, that on his visit to the eccentric Lady Esther Stanhope, he thought he could detect the secret of her surprising influence over the lawless tribes of the desert, in her enthusiastic belief, and apparent skill, in the sciences of Astrology and Palmistry. Among the Hindoos it is still implicitly believed in, and the neces- sity which this imposes on those who profess it, of being acquainted with the prominent facts of Astronomical science, has served to con- tinue down to our times disjecte membre of their ancient system, which otherwise, like the rest, would probably have been lost. I shall now proceed to explain, what part the Astrological constants engraved upon the Astrolabe, (Plate I. Fig. a.) bear in the casting of a Horoscope, be it natal or annual. The interior of the rectangle, about the sides of which, as already explained, are distributed the divisions of shadow, as also the four interior demi-annuli of the lower limb are entirely devoted to Astro- logical purposes. The rectangle contains the celestial Trigons, so called from their positions in the ecliptic occupying the vertices of equilateral triangles, together with the Planets which govern them by day, and those 770 Description of a Persian Astrolabe. [No. 118. which govern them by night. Their influences are expressed in gene- ral terms in the margin. Their order in the drawing is, according to that of Persian writing, from left to right ,and hence perhaps the fol- lowing arrangement will be found more plain :— Trigons. Governing Planets Governing Planets by Day. by Night. te i onoue ON ie p/ ERE S PROM: Ce ae Ts RED OES: aie aes Te 1 4G a Mer asy Ip Sed WOE PosudixD Cee 2) gid By the Hindoo distribution, the twelve signs constitute one Trigon, each of the vertical column constituting a side. The inner demi-annulus contains the lunar mansions; they are 28 in number, and extend over the whole ecliptic; each representing, proximately, the space passed. over by the moon in one day. Their names are as follow :— Be aOR = mn TON OB AN Oo ON NY See eS Bs es | > & ie Zi 2 nN Nn N ra | r = y ae ap = = fas} n oS SS =) o * is] Rl al an o (ae mB CO re tlon' Pr n = 2S SS =) ~ ®D * = ee nw be i 5S 4 rae) 2 Ze 2 a8 eS eee ee i. [o) pie | = om 3 fae] om sg ch ee ara ay BOON ey ee ee fo) CN — ; ef “7 ae — 2 'e Ne Ch) ec en” He Nive o's. 3| 8 BA SO 8 og 2 eee oe =| FS fax 4: x AS og Ww WV 4 > i, | (aed Be Ls 2 Fay 3 e £ 2 ra w Gw = 22 | ao) 1D OF OO Cy o@ (eM (0 (oS Be Oa oF A) rl ete) ett rt boGNinarGNag |G) pliGe GREG XN AN Sete om.) | an gs QV 69) RSE AG ne a aS AN 2 ee a —_ Z, ND =) = ae S oy «~ ro) OS oS i rr - PR s ~ & - cs o ae | 2 So Be eS oe oe oe ee ee = | 5 S Veaar eS ily Ba Soe Sue a ee ‘ 6 Sema 4) Jeg Sy ae esi: f Orie tees ee = Sie Tee ia ee ie Le “ Al 4 4 we KR A 21 sa teeON Gq ag ae yA ee eo he ee eS > a ee Zi 2 D) — WN oO! ~~ = = ma No. of Mansions. ] 2 3 4 D 6 7 8 9 0 1841.] Description of a Persian Astrolabe. til These mansions occupy a prominent place in the Astrological system; certain actions are to be annually performed, certain to be avoided by a person throughout life, according to the mansion in which the moon was at the time of his birth. With the Hindoos, each mansion is divided inte four equal parts, to each of which appertains exclusively a certain letter or syllable, according to which the name of a person born during the occupancy of such portion, has its com- mencement determined. For instance, the late Lion of the Punjab must have been born while the moon was in the Ist quarter of the 15th mansion, as to that alone belongs the letter { with which his name Cutsjta fas commences. There are many other attributes which they possess, but which it would be tedious and unprofitable to mention. The names of Mahomedans are determined by the Koran, as the sortes of old were by a reference to Virgil. The next demi-annulus contains the faces or aspects of the planets, the nature and importance of which are as follow :—Each planet views with full power the sign opposite to that in which he is, if in the 4th and 10th signs with one half, or so on. The full power of a planet is represented in the plate by the number 60, the half by 30, &c. &c. The third demi-annulus contains the signs of the Zodiac themselves, to which, as will be seen, the others are referred. The fourth, and last, is occupied by the Aedood, or houses of the Planets, which I have termed, not happily I find, ‘‘ comparative influ- ences ;” each sign is divided amongst the Planets. For instance, to Jupiter appertains the first six degrees of Aries, and consequently if he is within the limits of the first six degrees, he is in his own house ; if between the sixth and twelfth degrees, in the house of Venus, and sO on. ) When a Horoscope is to be cast, a square is first described, and divided into twelve compartments as follows :— Tee Description of a Persian Astrolabe. [No. 118. The arrangement of the signs in this is intended to shew their position in the case when rises at the time, for which celestial interpretation is to be made. In order to the casting of an Annual Horoscope, the following data have to be established. First.—The master at the time of birth of the changing sign, e. g. if Aries rises at that time, the next year at the same hour it will be Taurus, and so on. Secondly.—The master of the first house for the year. Thirdly.—The master of Trigons. Fourthly.—The master of the sun’s house at the beginning of the year, if the year begin during the day, and of that of the moon, if the year begin during the night. | Fifthly.—The master of the first house at the time of birth, if Aries or Scorpio rose at that time; Mars is the ruling planet if Taurus or Libra; Venus, if Gemini or Virgo; Mercury, if Cancer; the Moon, if Leo; the Sun, if Sagittarius or Pisces ; Jupiter and Capricornus or | Aquarius, if Saturn. The above observations and computations having been duly made, the advantages and disadvantages, to which every planet is subject, are represented by numbers. The former are then added, and the sum of the latter subtracted from the amount of each. The remain- | ders are now compared, and the planet which has the greatest remain- der is the master of the year, and his influence is then paramount. A similar, but far more complex process, is followed in determining a natal Horoscope; but which, as my object is merely to render OS pe Se Pa “ial i_—* « 1841.] Description of a Persian Astrolabe. me intelligible the inscriptions on the Astrolabe, it were superfluous here to enter into. I shall now take leave of this part of my subject, with the hope, that a structure so laboured and unsubstantial, so carefully repaired and sustained by selfishness and priestcraft, will at no distant date crumble into dust, when the congenial shade of ignorance, which it now enjoys, shall have been dissipated by the sunshine of knowledge. Geography.—I shall now describe the geographical and devotional parts of the instrument. The association of these two subjects in one category may at first sight appear singular, but it is none other than what the Astrolabe itself exhibits. I have not deemed it necessary to present a drawing of that part of the instrument exclusively devoted to these subjects, since I feel reluctant to increase the number of the plates beyond what is indispensably requisite ; and in the present case, I have hopes of making myself understood by explanation alone. The bottom of the recess in which the Planispheres repose, is di- vided by concentric circles, the common centre of which is the reason of the recess into the annuli. The outer of these contains symbols ‘indicating the directions, generally expressed, of Mecca, from the places named in the annulus next below, and correspond with S. E. for South-Kast, &c. The second contains several of the principal places of Mahomedan veneration and power, beginning, of course, with Mecca. , The third and fourth are devoted to the longitudes and latitudes of those places respectively, and the fifth is occupied with the azimuths of the Kaaba at each of them. The remaining annuli are similarly | occupied ; and thus by this neat arrangement, fifty of the principal Mahomedan cities in Asia, with their absolute and relative positions, are exhibited at one view. It must be confessed, however, that these latitudes and longitudes are, with a few exceptions, under the most favorable view of them, exceedingly inaccurate, and consequently, so are also the azimuths dependent upon them.* Such places as * The following is their method of deducing the azimuth from the latitude. Having cut off from the meridian, beginning at the zenith, an arc equal to the sum or differ- ence of the latitudes, and from the prime vertical an arc equal to the sum or difference of the longitudes, and from the points of section having drawn perpendiculars to the ares ; the point in which these perpendiculars meet is the zenith of Mecca. Then having drawn chords to the arcs denoting the distances of the zeniths, and those ex- pressing the differences of latitude and longitude, they easily obtained, by Plane Tri- gonometry, the azimuth angle. 774 Description of a Persian Astrolabe. [ No. 118. Mecca, Medina, and Ispahan, and a few others, have their latitudes and longitudes pretty correctly assigned; those of inferior note seem to have had them very carelessly observed, or perhaps merely guessed. I must at the same time confess my belief that, generally speaking, European mathematicians have not done their Arabian predecessors full justice, in respect at least to their longitudes ; but that having assigned to them a first meridian from which they did not compute, they have unintentionally attributed to them errors that sprung from themselves. The first meridian among the Greeks passed through the “ Fortunate Islands,” a meridian which Ptolemy adopted, and from which he made his calculations. These islands have been pretty generally believed to be the Canary Isles, probably from the circumstance of their lying at the Western extremity of Europe. I am rather inclined to think, however, that the place from which Grecian geometers, (and conse- quently their imitators, the Arabs,) commenced their longitude, was an umaginary one, aud that therefore, like the Lanca of the Hindoos, its position was never satisfactorily ascertained. The Fortunate Isles probably owed their origin primarily to the” fabled Hesperides, and, secondarily, to that copious fertility of inven- | tion that sprung into existence about the time of Alexander, and which may be traced downwards to that of Columbus himself: an invention which filled up the blanks of unexplored regions with mysterious and delightful lands, untrodden by the foot of ambition, where the golden age still lingered in its bright perfection. Diodorus informs us, that the Tyrant Cassander sent one Gohemerus on an exploratory voyage, | and that he discovered the island of Panchaia, astonishing for its | wealth, and the innocence of its inhabitants: where the most perfect | happiness, peace, justice, and voluntary obedience to the laws, had | flourished for thousands of years; this was indeed a fortunate island, | and probably the father of our family. Pliny the second informs us, that it was in his day believed by some, that the Hesperides still existed | somewhere in that direction, but that there was much doubt upon | the subject. He also states indeed, giving his authority, that the | Fortunate Islands lie under the first meridian. “ Juba de Fortunatis ita | inquisivit ; sub meridiem positas esse prope occasum a Purpurariis | DCCXXV.M. passuum sic ut CCL supra occasum navigetur: deinde | See ee CSE aE Ce, 1841. | Description of a Persian Astrolabe. — 775 per CCCLXXV.M. passuum ortus petatur.” Without doubt, these were the Canary Islands, but there is no reason to believe that, by any observa- tions of his, the navigator ascertained them to lie under the first meridian ; it is rather to be suspected, indeed, that from their being a group, and lying in the supposed direction, he assumed them to be such. Pomponius Mela also attempts to identify the Fortunate Isles with the Canaries, but his description, more minute indeed than that of Pliny, is so tainted with incredibilities, as to convince us of the little reliance that is to be placed on the observations of those who supplied him with information. Some Arabian authors of the twelfth century have got over the difficulty of identification, by asserting, that the ‘“ Fortunate Islands” had been, before their time, submerged. How- ever this may be, it may I think be easily shewn, that the first meridian of the ancients could not have passed over any part of the Canary Islands. In order to ascertain the first meridian, as implied in their compu- tations, I selected some of the principal places, and thus found it to be about 35° 50’ to the west of ours, and thus about nearly 6° beyond the most remote of the Canary Isles.* Bagdad for instance, according to Ulug Beg, in whose authority I have much confidence, lies in 80° E. longitude, while its ascertained longitude is with us 44° 30", which gives for the first meridian of the Arabs, a position 35° 30’ west of ours, or about 5° to the west of the Canary Islands, and by the whole amount of this difference have the errors of Arabian longitudes been augmented where errors existed, and supposed where they were not. Playfair, for instance, in the introduction to his Geography, while commenting upon their inaccuracies, expresses surprise that they should so far have mis- calculated the longitude of the debouchment of the Indus, which if he had taken their first meridian in place of the assumed one of the Canary Isles, he would have found it pretty exact. To our Astrolabe belongs, as already stated, several circular plates of brass, upon which are inscribed stereographic projections of the * The following computations confirm this statement :— a. Long. E. Long. Dif. of Long. Average diff. Medina, Fatieyin yes or 20) 39° 20" 36° Damascus, ..., 72° 36° 36° 30° 33” Ispahan, ee oOo 52° 34? 4” Sheraz, iene Oe a2? 45" Bo? 15” Bussorah, .... 84° 46° 30" By eeu 776 Description of a Persian Astrolabe. [ No. 118. sphere, according to the latitudes of certain places. Plate III. is a representation of one of these, and only differs from the others in Polar altitude, or otherwise in the distance of the Pole from the as- signed limit of vision, which in such projections, is supposed to lie considerably below the horizon : here 24°. It will be seen from an inscription, at the centre of the plate, that it is characterised not by its latitude alone, but also by a certain measure of time. This was usual among ancient Geometers, who divid- ed, arbitrarily, the earth into a certain number of climates by par..lels to the Equator. The limits of these climates were determined, either by their equinoctial distance, or by the length of their longest day, or, as in the case of our Astrolabe, by both. The column of figures rising upwards from the margin of the plate towards the Pole, belongs to the parallels the latitude, of complements of which are numbered, obliquely, from the Equator northward, on both the east and west sides. The figures indicating the degrees of longitude, are arranged both ways from the meridian to the horizon, and are then continued under the Pole on a semi-parallel of latitude. In addition to the meridians and parallels of latitude, are two concentric circles parallel to the horizon, one above, and the other below it: these are almacanthers of altitude. There are also horary circles, with their corresponding numbers, com- mencing with “ first” at the east point, and continuing round the sphere to the same point, also numbers commencing from at the west and ending with 12 at the east, the reading being backwards. These were called by the Arabs direct or reverse hours, for an obvious reason. The latter arrangement of the numbers arises, as I apprehend, from | their being conceived to lie on the side of the sphere opposite to that | of the former. | By means of the Planisphere, the moveable plate, (Plate IT.) already | described, and the circles of shadow and of altitude, numerous problems | regarding latitude and longitude, time, the altitudes of celestial bodies, | &c. are readily performed. Indeed, they serve pretty generally, in these | respects, the purposes of our globes, with the great drawback, how- | ever, that each Planisphere serves only for its own latitude. Hence it | is, that each Astrolabe has usually, in addition to their finished spheres, a model plate; after which others may be constructed. The represen- | tation of this is given in Plate IV. It consists of horizontal ares des- : pte KA er iN / ie ae ar ‘os ae (i eg Hil LAK aaa Wig Z hi ‘N\) WAV AY pT N Me, , (7, is Wali aii Mf My 7, i Y We Wi Nat Ni ne qh iN \ ah (On on Ni lh iM AL o i aves es SL / iG, HE SN ) ia % ie [JCA i yet Labs BO Cyr AGG IS et ks POPS SS ¥ nate ) Hey 1S HI A — pa me WA LO. UE Ge jenni ub. Marines of L, hoe SF Meas. Aine. C Wichorivys Me X 1841. ] Description of a Persian Astrolabe. VIG cribed for the different latitudes marked at their ends, as also the Equator, the Tropics, the Solstitial and Equinoctial colures and indica- tions, in round numbers of the obliquity of the Ecliptic. On some of the Planispheres are drawn, the circles of szrwé or circles of the direc- tion of the Kaaba; on the one given it is wanting; a few of these appear on the right of the upper limb, Plate I. Fig. a. one of which is marked as the line of prayer for Ispahan. The others are similarly marked in the Astrolabe, but I have omitted the names. In now taking leave of my subject, 1 have much pleasure in acknowledging my obligation to Rajchunder Dutt, an intelligent Pundit of Calcutta, now, I believe, employed at the Nepaul Resi- dency, for the valuable assistance which he rendered me in decypher- ing the inscription; as also to Pundit Ruttunlal of this place, who has supplied me with much astrologtcal information. Agra, September 11th, 1841. Notice of the Marmot of the Himalaya and of Tibet. By B. H. Hoveson, Esa. Resident at the Court of Nepal. In the extensive peltry trade carried on between Nepal and Tibet, no skin is more commonly met with than that of the Marmot, which I long ago named in my Catalogue, Arctomys Himalayanus, and now beg to furnish a summary description, and correct drawing of. This animal is from twenty-three to twenty-four inches long from snout to vent, and the tail is usuallv from five to six more. It is a mas- sive animal, larger than the Indian Hare, with weighty broad head, furnish- _ ed with large eyes, and small, rounded, but apart, ears. | The neck is short, the body full, the limbs short, and of equal strength _ fore and aft, though the anterior nails be somewhat stouter than the posterior. The general structure of the feet, is that of the commoner _ Murines, or Rats, and the digits are cleft to their bases, as in the ordinary - Rat and Mouse; but the nails are rather stouter, and more suited to digging, though not at all typically scansorial. The tail, one-fourth the length of _ the animal, is rather slender and cylindric, ending in a bluff point, and not having the hair at all more elongated, or more or less full than it is on the body. The incisors are very powerful, and the molars are as broad on the 778 Notice of the Marmot of the Himalaya. [No. 118. . See 3 2 crown, as they are high above the gum. Dental formula, incisors 3 molars 55 iq. The distance between the snout and the fore canthus of the eye is greater than that to the base of the ear from the latter; and so broad is the head, that the eyes are 13th inch apart in straight measurement. The general colour is a clearly fulvescent catsgrey, much like that of Felis Chaus, and fading into pure rufescent yellow below ; the limbs and ears the same, but deeper; and the chaffron and end of the tail, dark brown. The fur is close, thick, composed like a cat’s, but rather harsher, and of two sorts, or hairy and woolly: the hair, straight, elastic, about 13 inch of maximum length, and triannulate as to colour from the base, with dusky-brown, rufescent-yellow, and black; the last and apical part being the least; the woolly piles about one inch long, wavy, and void of the black tips; hands, feet, and face, dressed closely in soft hairs only. The following, then, may serve for a specific character, perhaps. Arctomys Himalayanus, of a rufescent cat-grey colour above, and pure rufous yellow below; the limbs more saturate; the bridge of nose and end of tail, deep brown; the tail equal to 3 of the length of the animal cylindric and bluff pointed ; the fur close, thick, composed of two sorts, and trebly ringed in all the upper parts with dusky, rufescent yellow and black ; the wool, without the last ring of the hair; snout to vent 24 inches; tail 6 with hair; head 42; palm (with the nail) 23; planta (ditto) 33. The habitat of this species is the Himalaya, and Kachar rarely, and very commonly the sandy plains of Tibet; gregarious in large bodies; live in burrows ; hibernate for four months; have all the confident tameness of the Bay Bamboo Rat of Nepal, which they greatly resemble in manners; so that the people say of both, that when approached by men, they never think of running away; but put up their fore-feet civilly, deprecating the intrusion, and, if not heeded, resign themselves at once to captivity. The fat of the Marmots is much prized for certain medicinal properties, and is used as an unguent in rheumatism and gout. The cured skins are yet more valued for dress, and form an important article of commerce. Many come to Cathmandoo, and many more go to the towns of China, in the course of trade. B. H. Hopveson. Nepal, June, 1841. Memorandum on the Organization of a Museum of Economic Geo- logy for the North-Western Provinces of British India, to be estab- lished at Agra. By Lieut. W. Bairp Smitu, Bengal Engineers. The adequate representation and illustration of those important and Characteristics of a eXtensive departments in the economy of life, in which hen oF Bee iidite the principles of the science of Geology are made Geology. subservient to the interests or comforts of mankind, may with safety be assumed as the chief characteristics of a well- organised Museum of Economic Geology. ‘To insure such results, the resources not of science alone, but of art also are essential; since while the one indicates when general principles are applicable to special cases, the other shews how they are to be most effectively applied. In devising, therefore, a scheme for the organisation of a new institu- tion of this nature, theory and practice must each have its proper place assigned to it, and each be illustrated by appropriate means. It has been my anxious endeavour to embody these views practically in the following details of the system proposed for the Museum of Eco- nomic Geology for the North-Western Provinces of India, and al- though it may be long ere the institution attains that completeness in its various departments herein specified, it has been considered ad- visable in projecting it, to do so on the most effective scale. Slow and laborious may be its progress, yet may it be anticipated that by the continual efforts of those interested in its success, even the highest point in the scale proposed, will ultimately be attained. 2. In the investigation of the mineral resources of hitherto unex- . See plored districts, it is of the utmost idk es soca WY the department of have a weil-defined standard to which the newly etsy: discovered products of such regions may with readi- ness be referred. The basis, therefore, of the Museum in the depart- ment of mineralogy, ought, I conceive, to consist of a series of charac- teristic specimens of all minerals of established economic importance ; and if it were possible to procure such specimens from the localities most celebrated for producing them, their value would in some degree be increased. The object of this collection being to impart as great an amount of information as possible, all its arrangements ought to be made subservient to this purpose. ‘The specimens should be carefully 780 Museum of Economic Geology [ No. 118. classified and named, according to an established system of classifi- cation and nomenclature, while means ought to be taken to exhibit for each those synonymes by which it is so unhappily burdened. I feel it a matter of considerable difficulty, from the existing state of Mineralogy, both as regards classification and nomenclature, to specify which of the many systems that have, from time to time, been propos- ed, is likely to prove the most useful. In truth, the many anomalies that disfigure even the most highly recommended of our methods of arrangement, and the excessive and bewildering multiplication of synonymes in mineralogical nomenclature, leave us but the power of selecting the least defective of the schemes that have been proposed ; so, that in expressing myself in the present instance in favour of the Natural History system of Professor Mohs, I would add, that I am fully conscious of its deficiencies, and of the anomalous results it not unfre- quently exhibits; but on considertion of its general utility, of its extensive adoption as the system of valuable mineralogical works, and of schools of instruction, I am disposed to prefer it to the rival chemi- cal system of the celebrated Berzelius, the only one that can compete with it. Believing, however, that minerals will never be grouped ac- cording to the system that actually exists in nature, save by a method of classification that, without being rigidly based either upon their external physical properties alone, as in that of Mohs, or on some ar- bitrary relation of their chemical constituents, as in that of Berzelius, takes due cognizance of both classes of characteristics, and forms its orders, genera, and species, in accordance with the natural analogies of these, I regret much that I have never seen the system recently pro- posed by Professor Naumann, of Freyberg, which is based on the pre- ceeding mixed principle, and which, in the opinion of Mr. Whewell, himself a Professor of Mineralogy, is the best hitherto published.* Till this system becomes known in India, I would recommend ad- herence to that of Mohs, in the classification and nomenclature of the mineralogical department of the Museum. 3. While it is essential to the completeness of the Museum that all Metallic minerals minerals of established economic ratio should have Coals. place in it, their high commercial and social im- * History of Inductive Sciences, vol. iii. p. — 1841. | for the North Western Provinces. 781 portance give a marked pre-eminence to those of the metallic and car- bonaceous orders. Both of these ought, accordingly, to be illustrated to the greatest extent of detail that circumstances will admit of, and specimens of metals, with their various ores, as also of the different species of coal, are of primary importance. The opportunity thus af- forded of studying with care those external characters which, by ex- perience, have been recognised as the indices of certain properties in the minerals exhibiting them, may frequently enable us to pronounce an immediate opinion as to the economic importance of newly discover- ed members of either of the two orders above alluded to. Specimens of each metal when it occurs native, accompanied by others of its native salts and ores, are, I therefore conceive, essential to the illustration of metallic mineralogy, while specimens of all the varieties of coal, both of such as are considered good and bad, are equally essential to that of car- bonaceous minerals. As subordinate to the former, specimens of the different matrices, whether of rock, gravel, sand, or clay, in which metallic minerals occur may be provided, while in the same relation to the latter, specimens of the rock, that constitute the coal formation, together with their characteristic fossils, would prove most useful. Some farther remarks relative to the illustration of these two im- portant orders will be made in noticing the mechanical details in Metallurgy and Coal Mining; and I would only add as a reason for adverting specially to them at present, that there is abundant reason to believe, the North-Western Provinces of India afford, both in me- tal and coal deposits, fields of the richest character. Metallic minerals have long been known, and wrought for commercial purposes through- out them, and indications of extensive coal beds have very recently been discovered in the Himalayas, so situated, as in the estimation of their discoverer, to be of the highest importance to our lately acquired right of navigating the Indus. This, indeed, is but one of many causes that at present combine to give importance to such researches, and to urge upon us, increased activity in their prosecution. The most powerful of all these stimulating causes will probably be found in the execution, in all likelihood at no distant period, of a grand line of internal navigation, connecting the‘remotest limits of these pro- Vinces, with the central mart of Indian commerce, and promising, from the scale on which it has been projected, to admit of such increased 782 Museum of Economic Geology [No. 118. facilities of intercourse, as may be expected to awaken to new life the commercial energies and enterprise of the valuable districts, through which it will pass. 4. Since it may be expected that many of those persons willing to Requisites for the avail themselves of the existence of the Museum to determination of the become acquainted with the principles of Economic of Minerals. Geology would require information of the most elementary character, I consider it would add to the useful effect of the Museum, were measures adopted to facilitate the acquisition of such knowledge. As addressing themselves more immediately to our senses, the external characters of minerals first claim attention, and among these, the high importance of crystalline form, arising from its constancy in the same substances, naturally suggests that some mea- sures should be taken for the illustration both of the general principles of Crystallography, and of the manual operations by which these are practically applied to the determination of particular bodies. For the former object, it would I think be found most useful to have a series of model crystalline forms, so arranged, as to exhibit distinctly, those varied, yet determinate modifications of certain primary forms, which are found to exist among crystallised bodies in nature ; for the latter purpose, goniometers, or instruments for the measurement of angles of erystals, both of the common compass and reflective kinds, ought to be provided. Those brilliant optical phenomena exhibited by minerals, possessing the property of double refraction, under the influence of polarized light, and which furnish us with new means of referring these minerals to the systems of crystallisation of which they may be members, require for their display an apparatus of the most simple character, consisting only of a few pieces of common glass, and any — non-metallic reflecting surface. For the determination of the important property of specific gravity, a hydrostatic balance, or properly con- structed hydrometer would be essential, while, a smal] magnet and electrometer would be necessary for ascertaining the magnetic or electric properties of any mineral under examination. Separation of the most important characters is elicited by the employment of the blow-pipe in the examination of minerals. This therefore, with its necessary accompaniments of fluxes, &c. would be required, and with the addition of a few minor articles, as files, knives, pincers, &c. would 1841. | for the North-Western Provinces. 783 complete the list of requisites, for the determination of the external properties of mineral substances. 5. But these physical properties wili not in all cases suffice for the iden- Reason for the at- tification, still less for the determination of the econo- tachment of a chemi- ‘ : : cal laboratory to the Mic value of newly discovered minerals; and were we ee ae t, econe to tal f them alone, we would be led mic Geology, North %0 take cognizance of them alone, we would be led, as Western Provinces, Mohs has in many instances been, to class together and anticipated be- nefits. substances of the most different nature, on account of their external resemblances. Farther, it has been found, that there exists in nature a class of bodies between which the singular quality subsists, of being competent to replace each other in compound mi- nerals without in the slightest degree affecting the external characters of these. Since the class of isomorphous substances is by no means limited in number, the necessity of having recourse to the definitive test of chemical analysis before deciding on the real nature of any mineral presented to us, becomes apparent. The attachment therefore of a small, but effective chemical laboratory, to a Museum of Econo- mic Geology is, I consider, essential to the efficiency of the institution. Such a laboratory ought to be fitted up with special reference to mineral analysis, and as the apparatus and re-agents required for this are not either very extensive or expensive, the necessary outlay would, I believe, be amply compensated by the results of its oper- ation. It is net merely in the department of mineralogy that its aid would be required ; but it will be found, as we advance, that in almost every department of Economic Geology the results of analysis will prove most important,—important not only in an economical, but also in a purely scientific point of view. It is to be remembered that mineralogy is no more limited to the mere identification and classi- fication of minerals than is Astronomy to those of the heavenly bodies, or Botany to those of plants. Like any science it has to do with causes as well as an effect; with laws as well as results, and its true limits will only be attained, when to a clear development of physical pro- perties, it adds the discovery of those principles of internal organisa- tion of which these properties are only the visible exponents. An element of the first importance towards such discoveries, is a thorough acquaintance with the chemical components of mineral substances, so that viewed only as a boon to pure science, the application of analysis 5G 784 Museum of Economic Geology LNo. 118. to the mineral products of the North-Western Provinces would be of the highest order ; and the field is so novel and extensive, that we could scarcely fail to develop information at once valuable and inter- esting. 6. From the experience already obtained in the prosecution of min- mee Sao ing operations in this country, it appears that one ting processesofMe- main obstacle to their success has arisen from de- tallurgy and practi- : : : cal details of Coal fective knowledge of the practical and working de- eae. tails of such operations. In the arrangements of the practical department of the Museum, our efforts ought accordingly to be directed to the removal of this deficiency, and measures ought to be adopted for procuring, from the best sources, the means of illustration required. Primarily, in the case of metallic minerals, specimens of the ores of each metal, in the different stages of their progress, from their original extraction from the matrix to their production in a state fit for commercial or general purposes, ought to ‘be procured, and arranged systematically with every reference to in- struction. ‘For the illustration of each process, wherein apparatus or machinery is employed, models of these ought, whenever practicable to be procured, and on such a scale, as to admit of the exhibition of details of construction. Farther, similar models exhibiting the under- ground arrangements of the mine, the means of ventilation, whether by shafts or machines, of keeping the mines free from water, of con- veying and raising to the surface the rough material, and generally such other practical details as it may be possible to represent in this manner, would prove most useful. It would, I conceive, be perfectly practica- ble for a person familiar with the subject, and with modelling, to represent in a single model, the entire series of details now adverted to, and although such a model might prove expensive, yet since the information to be derived from it, would be in every respect of more practical benefit than that afforded by drawings, or oral or written des- criptions, I do not think a complete Museum of Economic Geology ought to be without something of the kind. Models of the most ap- proved forms of miner’s tools would also be most useful ; and since blasting with gunpowder is constantly had recourse to in all extensive mining operations, the series of tools necessary for that purpose may be annexed. Arrangements of a nature similar to those just detailed, 1841. ] for the North- Western Provinces. 785 would be necessary to the illustration of practical coal mining. In reference to this branch of the subject, it may be remarked, that the strongest evidence of the necessity of taking effective measures to ex- tend an acquaintance with the practical details of coal working, may be found in nearly every page of the valuable and interesting report of the Coal Committee, and from these documents, the most authentic as well as extensive records we possess of Indian mining operations it may be learnt, that to deficiency in this respect, combined with neglect of proper investigation of the fields themselves, the feeble suc- cess of our coal mines is chiefly to be traced. With new fields open- ing to us in the North-Western Provinces, it becomes us to follow another course, and by taking measures to disseminate practical in- formation, and also by careful examinations of the deposits that may be discovered, to guarantee, as far as we can, its legitimate return to invested capital, and to enterprize its merited reward. The survey of a newly discovered coal field being conducted either by the sinking of shafts, or as is in every respect superior, by the employment of the method of boring, it is advisable to represent the tools and working apparatus required for the latter operation in model, as part of the illustrations of the department under notice. There would be the less difficulty in doing this, since the whole series is in this country, and unless recently removed, is, I believe, lodged in the arsenal of Fort William. Ina former paragraph, the propriety of having a complete suite of characteristic specimens of the varieties of coal was alluded to, and these, combined with the series of illustrative models, would afford a most useful study to individuals desirous, either of prosecuting or directing coal-working operations. There are certain subordinate points, as for example, the kinds of furnaces best calculated for the dif- ferent varieties of coal, the uses to which inferior descriptions of the mineral, as those highly impregnated with pyrites, may be put, &c. &e. on which information may be conveyed with advantage. ‘Time must elapse ere the Museum for the North-Western Provinces could be complete in the practical departments now being noticed; but in a few years, provided its objects are energetically pursued, it may be expected to become an institution of the highest utility to this part of the country, and will I have no doubt, realise the expectations that have been formed of it, both in regard to its economic and scientific importance. 786 Museum of Economic Geology [No. 118. 7. The next department of the Museum, on the arrangements of which I would make a few remarks, is that of and ae eae oh Architecture and Civil Engineering ; in which are Cal Beet included the various applications of the rocks com- posing the earth’s crust, to the purposes of common or hydraulic architecture ; of road-making, in the formation of mortars or of cements. Since each of the great systems or series of rocks, formed the distinct epochs that have been recognised by geologists furnish materials adapted to some of the preceding objects, it would be well to place in the Museum, a suite of characteristic specimens of the individual rocks composing these systems, arranged according to that order of superposition, which has been found to prevail among them in nature. It is, however, to be remarked, that those lithological characters of rocks, on which their applicability to the purposes of the architect and engineer is dependent, vary so much in different loca- lities, that although a particular rock may, in one country, be admir- ably adapted to such purposes, it by no means follows, that its equi- valent in another, must be equally so. Hence, although it would be useful in aiding research, to have in the Museum such a collection of specimens as I have above averted to, yet in this department our chief object should be to procure, with the least possible delay, a col- lection of native, not exotic rocks. It is by the investigation of the physical and chemical properties of the former, that information avail- able for practical purposes in this country, is to be procured ; and although comparison of these results with others obtained elsewhere would, of course, be interesting, and in time might be instituted, it is I consider, of secondary importance. Specimens, therefore, of all natural products, employed in the department of Public Works, whether as building materials, road materials, or materials for making mortars and cements, ought to be procured for the Museum, and their properties experimentally investigated. Considering the extent to which Public Works are now carried on, and the number of intelligent individuals employed upon them, it cannot be doubted that a large amount of information, speci- ally relating to the department of Economic Geology under no- tice, exists in the community; and were the Museum established, it would prove the means of concentrating this for general bene- 1841. | for the North- Western Provinces. 787 fit and use. In process of time, when specimens and information had accumulated to such an extent, that the resources of the different districts whence they had been procured were duly re- presented by them, it would be practicable to construct a map of these Provinces, from which would be gathered at once, the extent of means available for Public Works in any given localities, and much aid afforded to officers deputed to conduct such works, to whom the districts might be unknown. Beyond the simple facts of rocks having been extensively used as materials for different purposes in our Public Works, and having in several instances been found most useful, we possess no farther information regarding them. No definite details of their physical or chemical properties, of their power of cohesion, adhe- sion or absorption ; of their mineral characters, geological relations or -component, parts have ever been furnished, and till we know something of these, we can form but very indefinite estimates of the real economic value of any materials we may have at command. To accumulate information on the points just mentioned, and to encourage farther investigation, so that the sites of new materials may be discovered, will be regarded as objects of higher moment, when it is borne in mind, how intimately the agriculture, and consequently the revenue of these provinces is dependant on the facilities, with which works for the purpose of irrigation can be executed, and how extensively the materials alluded to, are employed in the execution of these works. In like manner, the interests of trade afford a motive for encouraging investigations, relative to the materials for the construction of roads, so that viewed generally, the prosperity of the country is intimately connected with the effective illustration of this department of the Museum. The properties possessed by sandstones, limestones, or dolomites, fit them best for the purposes of building, and: those possessed by rocks of igneous origin, as trap, or basalt, for road-making; hence both classes become of economic importance, and ought to have place in the Museum. For the illustration of the mortars and cement, specimens of the materials employed in their formation, from the pure limestone, to the impure argillaceous kunker, together with models of the best forms of kilns for burning, and of mills for crushing, ought to be provided, and would, I think, complete this department of the Museum. 788 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 118. 8. The importance of the department of agriculture in the Economic rat eee Geology of the North-Western Provinces is so the department of great, that we can scarcely be too anxious to in- mii sure its effective illustration and development. Under it may be included investigations of the geological rela- tions, the chemical composition, and the capabilities of different soils, of the influence exerted upon these by waters of irrigation, natural and artificial, and of the nature and effects of the application of varieties of mineral manure. To illustrate the geological relations of the soils of these provinces, specimens of the rocks that may be found to underlie them, and from which their mineral constituents may have been derived, ought to be procured for the Museum. There are of course many localities, as the great alluvial districts, and the valleys of the great rivers of India, the soils of which can be referred to no particu- lar derivative rocks, but which have been derived from many sources, yet where such rocks do occur, a most intimate relation necessarily subsists between them and the soils to which their disintegration, by natural causes, has given origin. It is this relation which gives so much of their value to the geological maps of districts, and render them of so much utility to the scientific agriculturist. From those localities, therefore, in which particular kinds ofsoils may be observed, specimens of the soil itself, of the underlying rock or stratum, and also of the sub-soil, or portion intervening between the soil and rock, and exhibiting the gradual transition from the one to the other, ought to be forwarded to the Museum, and there systematically arranged. As in the previous department of Architecture and Civil Engineering, so in this, materials would so accumulate ifi process of time, as to make it possible to construct a map, exhibiting the distribution of soils in the North. Western Provinces, a work at once interesting and useful. Since the staple vegetable products of this country are common to it, and to many distant parts of the earth’s surface, it would be of the highest interest and importance, to be enabled to compare the soils sustaining them here, with those from which they may there be produced. Hence these specimens of such soils from tracts producing articles similar to our own, ought to be obtained to as great an extent as may be practicable. The analysis of these might be expected to yield us information as to the peculiar principles on which their adaptation to - 1841. ] for the North- Western Provinces. 789 particular products was dependent, and might suggest experimental inquiries as to the improvements of our native soils, the results of which could scarcely fail to influence beneficially the general interests of the country. It is to be remarked, that as certain portions of a soil are withdrawn from it for the sustenance of the products reared upon it, so its analysis, to afford the most useful results, ought, I conceive, to be made both before the seed was sown, and after the harvest had been reaped. The results of simple analysis, however, although most im- portant, are by no means the sole requisites for enabling us to com- pare soils, the fertility and adaptations of these being the effects of many conjoint causes ; as the physical aspect, the atmospheric relations of temperature, moisture, exposure of the districts from which they may be obtained, and also the nature of the deposits from, or the chemical constituents of, the waters employed to irrigate them. In illustration of this last mentioned point, it would I think be advisable, that specimens of soils from districts in the North-Western Provinces should be accompanied by others of the waters of irrigation, whether derived from springs, rivers, wells, tanks, or artificial canals and water- courses. An experimental investigation of them, both as regards the matter held in simple mechanical suspension, or in chemical solution by them, would always furnish us with most interesting information, and in some instances, might enable us to detect the source either of the peculiar fertility or sterility of the soils in certain localities. Specimens of the various kinds of mineral manures employed in this country, and also in other countries, from which it may be possible to procure them, together with those of soils to which they may have been applied with success, would complete, I think, the illustrations of this department of the Museum ; and on being subjected to the same process of analysis as in the preceding instances, might be expected to add, in an important measure, to the information previously collected. It will be observed how essential the aid of the chemical laboratory recommended in a former paragraph, is to the effective illustration of this department, since without it, those researches which promise to east light upon the principles by which the practical operations of agriculture are influenced could never be undertaken ; nor could we ever expect to replace the empirical rules, by which agriculturists are now guided, and often guided wrong, by general laws induced from 790 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 118, carefully observed phenomena, the only sure foundation on which the philosophy of agriculture can be reared. 9. Since the earths, alumina and silica, constitute the basis of all descriptions of Pottery, from the common earthen- Pere ees = ware vessel to the Porcelain vase, the rough ma- BS oF toa Glass terjals for such manufactures will be found where- ever silicious and aluminous rocks prevail. These are by. far the most extensively diffused in nature, and there are.indeed but few rocks into which the earths above mentioned do not enter in greater or less proportions. From the circumstance, however, that the simple minerals composing rocks of the granitic and felspathic classes furnish silica and alumina, both in greater abundance and more purity than usual, it is from them that materials are most frequently procured for the higher descriptions of Pottery, as Porcelain and China-wares. Thus, the celebrated Kaolin, or Porcelain earth of the Chinese, is simply a result of the disintegration of granitic rocks, and has been found abundantly in Southern India, where these largely prevail, while for the use of the Staffordshire Potteries, immense quan- tities of Scotch and Welsh granites and feispars are imported. From the geographical extent of the North-Western Provinces, it may be ex- pected, that rocks of the classes above adverted to, will be found in many localities, and from these specimens of the rocks themselves, and of the result of their disintegration ought to be forwarded to the Museum, where an investigation of their properties would be made. But it is not to the mere exhibition of the materials best adapted for manufactures in the different varieties of Pottery, or to the diffusion of information relative to these alone, that this department of the Museum ought to be confined. If we desire to raise the standard of our Indian Pottery manufactures, we must endeavour not only to supply good materials and improved processes of manipulation, but also to correct and elevate the ¢aste, by which the use of these is to be regulated. To effect these objects, measures ought to be taken to procure for the illustra- tion of this department, specimens from our English Potteries, exhi- biting each successive process in the formation of articles in Porcelain or Stone-ware, from the first appearance of the rough material, to its production in a state fit for use or ornament. Accompanying these, should it be practicable to obtain them, ought to be model representa- 1841.]- for the North- Western Provinces. 791 tions of the apparatus or machinery employed in preparing the mate- rial in any of the processes alluded to. Examples also of the varieties of manufacture, selected with the view of their being presented to native workmen as models for imitation, ought also, I conceive, to be procured for this department; in the higher and ornamental descrip- tions of Pottery such specimens ought, of course, to be chosen as may be distinguished for beauty of design, both in relation to form and em- bellishment, so that the purest models may be presented for study, and some perception of the truly chaste and beautiful infused, if possible, into the native mind. I would only add on this subject, that the specimens of Indian Pottery exhibited in the decorations of native temples and palaces, display such an extent of knowledge in the simple process of manufacture, and in the nature and methods of applying colouring materials, as to encourage the belief, that were the standard of taste corrected and refined, this improvement would be rapid and important. A series of illustrations of our manufactures in Glass, similar to that recommended for those in Pottery, might be expected to call attention to a department of industry, for which the requisite materials exist in abundance in these Provinces; but which I believe has hitherto been followed only to a most limited extent. 10. Intimately associated with the preceding, as furnishing to the Porcelain painter or Glass stainer, the materials eee of required for the completion of his designs, is the a Dees, igments department of Mineral Pigments. This however is by no means limited to manufactures, it extends also to the arts, and to the more common applications of painting, for both of which it furnishes some of the most important colours required. It is only necessary at present to refer, as examples, to the chromates of iron and lead, the various ores of cobalt and manganese, in Porcelain painting, and different departments in glass manufacture ; to the pure and impure bi-sulphurets of mercury or vermillion and cinnabar ; to the arseniates of sulphur, or red and yellow orpiment, in the arts; and to the sulphate, blue and green carbonates of copper, the colcothar or oxide of iron, sulphate of zinc, in the more common varieties of paint- ing. There is farther, a large class of colouring materials derived from combinations of the foregoing, and others in various proportions, as smalt, from the mixture of the ores of cobalt with silica and potassa, 5 792 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 118. red, yellow, and green colours from that of the chromate of iron with oxides of other metals. For the illustration of the department of mineral pigments, specimens, therefore, of the various simple pigments, found in nature, and the compound ones formed by art, ought to be procured. When attention has been attracted to this branch of the subject, we may anticipate the development of information relative to native colouring: materials and modes of applying them, that could not fail to prove both interesting and useful. With the department under notice, I have associated that of mineral dyes, because many minerals included in the one, belong also to the other. A similar series of illustrations would be requisite for the dyes as for the pig- ments, and similar results might be anticipated from their investigation as employed in native manufactures. 11. Under this department of the Economic Geology of a country, Department of Mi- are included the different kinds of mineral springs neral Springs. oy waters that may be found in it. These are im- portant, not only as holding in suspension or combination certain mineral products applicable to economical purposes, but also in their scientific relations, and especially in their connection with the geologi- cal structure of the district in which they may be found. The occur- rence of mineral springs is almost invariably characteristic of the action of disturbing forces, and it is in those districts, where such forces have been most active, that they are found in the greatest abundance. When they are thermal as well as mineral, their interest in a scienti- fic point of view, is much increased ; and 1 may remark, it would be an important contribution to the materials already collected for the in- vestigation of the subject of interior terrestrial temperature, were the thermal conditions of such springs of this class as either have been, or may, yet be discovered in India, investigated with care, and in detail. In the department under notice, are also included those springs of petroleum, naphtha, or the impurer bituminous products which have already been found in several parts of India, and which we may hope to find in the North-Western Provinces also, when the Himalayan coal fields have been more thoroughly examined. Spe- cimens of all mineral springs, whether bituminous, chalybeate, sul- phureous, alkaline, saline, or acidulous, that may be discovered in these provinces, ought to be forwarded to the Museum, where they would be examined, and their economic value ascertained. 1841.] for the North- Western Provinces. 793 12. It is unnecessary for me to do more than simply to allude Department of Mi- to the department of Mineral Medicines. It has, I neral Medicines. believe, in common with the other branches of the Materia Medica of India, been carefully investigated by a Govern- ment Committee, and it may therefore be concluded, that little diffi- culty will be found in obtaining such information, as may enable us to illustrate, by specimens, the resources of the North-Western Provinces in this useful and interesting department of the Museum. 13. There are other instances besides those to which specific allusion has now béen made, in which geological principles or mineral sub- stances, are made subservient to economical purposes ; as an example of the former, the theory and practice of the Artesian method of well- sinking may be mentioned, and of the latter, certain processes in me- tallic manufactures, in soap-making, bleaching, &c. I am unwilling, however, to extend this memorandum by any details relating to these, since with the exception of the first mentioned, they are of minor importance. The method of boring employed in sinking Artesian wells, has already been adverted to in a former paragraph, and measures for its illustration therein recommended. I would now, therefore, only recapitutate here the several departments with which the measure has been subdivided, and conclude with a few remarks on certain collateral measures to be adopted, for increasing the utility of the institutions. The departments are— ) 1. Mineralogy, 2. Architecture and Civil Engineering, 3. Agriculture, 4. Pottery and Glass Manufactures, 5. Mineral Pigments and Dyes, 6. Mineral Springs, 7. Mineral Medicines, 8. Miscellaneous. 14. In order to furnish specific information to those persons, who may be willing to forward the objects of the Museum, relative to the points to which their attention ought to be directed, it is proposed to circulate extensively tabular forms, or when more appropriate, lists of queries, exhibiting the desiderafa in each of the preceding depart- ments. Some progress had been made in the preparation of these, oe 3 Museum of Economic Geology, &c.. [ No. 118. when sudden illness interrupted it. I trust, however, ere long, to be able to submit the series for the consideration of the Asiatic Society. The information obtained by the means above alluded to, ought to be embodied in the periodical reports of the Curator of the Museum, and made public, either directly, or through the medium of the Journal of the Asiatic Society, as may be thought most advisable. It is possible that the Society may be able to render farther aid to the Museum, by transferring to it, daplicate specimens of minerals, rocks, &c. or other- wise to give it such assistance as an institution, which if established at all, will be so by its recommendation, and in immediate connection with it, may be considered entitled to. ‘Those means of illustration in several of the departments, which it will be necessary to procure from England, may, I presume, be obtained through the influence of the Court of Directors, which, by the establishment of the Museum of Economie Geology in Calcutta, has given the strongest proof of the interest felt by it in the subject, and of its willingness to aid practi- cally, its development in this country. By the Curator of the Muse- um placing himself in communication with learned societies in other countries, much interesting information relative to the economical applications of their mineral products might be obtained, and rendered available for useful purposes here. 15. It only remains for me to add, in conclusion, that from the circumstances under which this memorandum has been prepared, I fear that some points of importance may have escaped notice entirely, and that others may have been imperfectly discussed. Such defects will, however, be rectified by those, under whose consideration these remarks will come, and I will most gladly avail myself of their wider experience, and more extensive information, to correct or extend the views herein expressed. 6th September, 1841. Se wit hone 7’ of. , 4. i \ SN SNM/ Wt ; \ LQ AY | = AY | { i! A Z \ \ AN \\ NS S ww \\ ZEA : i Sa) iff H) / : had N ~ 4 PB, bose abede/ Eos We age Ylird and thee: fico ported. Acar of imp is off. LG eg uce! bhi, oe of. Fal wiltone fore Athy Aevedted. panna eA eagumweinn tie Pan Peter a x a < x . ‘ z 5 , , ; Md, tnsidles of distended Megha 2 tail bh. fron belour & and.'3 tested, ht. mnisk! a od. 4-93. Me podterior of the live apertures — ) aes telweew these mun ts that of the frewts.- Meeanterver!; Meat of tee food. , a rg Rc HR OS F Meat: obuge. a ; Ey rn A $4 795 On a new Organ in the Genus Moschus. By B. H. Hopason, Ese. Resident at the Court of Nepal. That accomplished naturalist, Mr. Gray, gave, five years ago, in the Zoological Journal, some observations on the Genus Moschus of Linn. in the course of which, after remarking that the great Swede’s genus was characterised by himself merely by the absence of horns, Mr. Gray suggested some further marks of distinction for the genus. Mr. Gray divided the genus into three subgenera, and discriminates the Musks proper by their coarse pelage, their simple and clad meta- _ tarsus, their throats undenuded of hair, and the peculiar pouch in ee ee which the musky secretion is found. Without staying at present to remark upon these diagnostics, it will readily be allowed, that most of them are not so important, but the addition of another decided and organic one must be hailed with satisfaction ; and I therefore proceed summarily to describe, what the pencil of my painter has made the description of almost superfluous by the accompanying drawings. The very short tail of the proper Musks has often been remarked on; but it has not been, so far as I am aware, noticed, that this short tail is the seat of a secreting _ apparatus as marked and peculiar in character, as the celebrated pre- putial pouch. The tail is rather more than an inch long, and nearly as wide at its base as long, trigonal, depressed, and nude, especially on the upper surface, far below it is (like the proximate margin of anus,) partially covered with soft hair, At the very apex, there isa - tuft of hair as harsh and quill-like as that of the body generally! and this tuft only is seen in the living animal, the rest of the tail being hid by the hair of the rump. Raise that hair, however, and you at once perceive the real tail, flat-looking, nude, thick, and greasy, whilst around it the hairs are glued together with a viscid liquor, which has become more or less dried and candied here and there. Look closer, and you discern that the whole tail, especially on its superior surface, consists in fact of a hard solid gland, about three-eighths to half an inch thick, which secretes the viscid humour in question, and gives it off slowly, but without intermission, by means of two lateral pores. These pores consist of longitudinal folds of the skin, about as deep as the thickness of the gland, and about three-quarters of an inch long. They are narrowly eliptical in form, possessing thick, rounded, but not very mobile lips or edges, #nd they resemble in 796 On a New organ in the Genus Moschus. [ No. 118. the general character, the suborbital pits of the Rusa Deer, when periodically excited, or yet more nearly, the frontal pits of the Muntjac under similar excitement; and, lastly, these caudal pores have a basal and marginal position, one on each side of the tail. If you press hard on the gland, the secretion is protruded through the pores in a thick state, like vermicelli; but it ordinarily passes off by the pores in a more liquid state like melted honey, becoming hard and candied as it dries on the edges of the pores. It seems always to be secreted and always to pass slowly off. It has a strong, peculiar, and rather offensive odour, not at all musky ; and by its abundance, and the regular apparatus for its formation and discharge, must be of high, though I know not of what, importance to the animal. I noticed it first a year ago, and have since examined it in two other specimens, one live, and the other just dead. The first subject was submitted to Dr. Christie’s inspection, who can confirm all that I have stated. My fresh specimens of these animals are of the more ordinary and uni- formly dark species, called by me, Saturatus. But, so far as a judg- ment may be safely formed from dried skins, the other species, or Chrysogaster and Leucogaster, possess a similar organ, which there- fore would appear to belong to the whole of the Musks Proper. These animals, I may add, are further distinguished by the absence, not only of suborbital and inguinal, but also of interdigital pores, and by hoofs and false hoofs, as long and pointed almost as spikes; not to mention that remarkable pouch, in which the musky substance itself is collected, and of which, as more talked of than understood, I subjoin a sketch, in addition to the ones exclusively dedicated to the illustration of the caudal gland and pores. B. H. Hopeson. Nepal, July, 1841. P.S.—Should this paper fall under the eye of Mr. Ogilvy, I beg to let that gentleman know, that when I published my description of the three species of Moschus to which he adverts, I had been long familiar with the ordinary effects of nonage upon the colour of the common spe- cies of this genus, of whose parturition and gestation I had, years previously, given a particular account in print.* Mr. Ogilvy’s scep- ticism, therefore, is not better founded in this instance, than in some others, as he must pardon me for saying. * Vide Gleanings in Science. . : Sa .. ! eke eee ce, ae 797 Extracts from a Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. By Dr. Grirritus, communicated to the Editor, from the office of ‘the Political Secretariat of India. Forests.—The nearest wooded part of the Sufaid Koh to Cabul is Taizeen, a distance of three marches, including, at least by the common route, a steep pass, the Huft Kothal, some 3,000 feet in height. In the direction of Cabul, there does not appear to be any water-carriage available for the transport of the timber of the Sufaid Koh. Cabul may therefore be said to be in a considerable measure beyond the reach of an efficient supply of good and durable timber. Candahar and Ghuzni may be said to be absolutely beyond the reach of any indigenous supply, no forests occurring within any prac- ticable, if within any distance. The forests of the Sufaid Koh consist of various kinds of Fir, among which the Deodar is abundant; the Cheel or Pinus longifolia also I believe occurs, as well as the Chilghozeh, which from the abundance of the seeds, sold or exposed for sale, must be common. The seeds of this appear to resemble exactly the seeds of the Kunawur Pinus Gerardiana; it will be interesting to ascertain whe- ther the trees are identical ; if so, it will not ke the only instance of affini- - ty between the Floras of the two countries. These forests likewise contain the Baloot, a species of Oak ; the Zaitoon, a species of Olive ; the Sehnee, and two or three others. I am not personally acquainted with the trees of this range. Captain Burn, commanding the Khybur rangers, one of the few who had ascended the lower ranges, informed me, that the Baloot and long-leaved Fir were common. The chief tree on the Taizeen ridges is the Deodar. Itis very unfortunate, that from this great range, there does not appear to be available water-carriage in any direction, at "least to the northward. The only forests, with which I am tolerably acquainted, are those about Olipore, in which direction the mountains, as I have more than once observed, assume the Himalayan features. The principal trees of these mountains, always excepting the neighbour- ing ones of Kafiristhan, are the Deodar or Nokhtur, the Zaitoon, and the Baloot. There is perhaps another species of Oak, but, so far as I know, there is no other Fir tree. The distribution of the forests may be stated as follows: the Baloot ranges from the bed of the river to an elevation of 2,000 feet above it, or 4,500 feet above the sea. It commences to be mixed with Zaitoon towards its upper limits ; and is 798 Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. [No. 118. soon supplanted by it, the Zaitoon forming the chief, if not the only part of the forests, as far as the lower limit of the Deodar, at an elevation of 6,500 feet above the sea. Between this and the summits of the ridges which attain a height of about 10,000 feet, the Deodar rules supremely vast in abundance and in size. These forests may be considered as available for Jilalabad and Peshawur. . As the valley of Olipore is very narrow, and the lowest, which is a considerable one, sweeps in many places under the Oak forests along its right bank ; this timber could be supplied effectually. The tree, however, does not reach any size near its lower limit of dis- tribution. Greater labour, and a proportionally greater expense would be required to supply the two others in proportion to their distribution. There is perhaps but little prospect of the country about Jilalabad arriving at much importance. A small supply of timber may be demanded by Europeans, but Jilalabad, from its extreme heat, can scarcely become their residence except for the winter months. The forests of Olipore are therefore of comparatively little use, and will probably remain so, until Peshawur assumes its real importance. The want of timber about Candahar, though not, if I recollect rightly, in the city itself, is remedied by the construction of the houses, which are generally domed. The houses of Cabul are extremely slight, _ built of mud and small timbers; these are supplied exclusively almost by the Poplars, which are planted in many places along the banks of — the Logor and Cabul rivers, by which they are carried towards the city during the floods. This timber is white, and very soft; it does not enjoy fair chances, for the trees are planted so close together, that they not unfrequently grow together, and they are cut prematurely. They are quite unfit for building purposes, and some idea may be formed of their perishableness, when it is said that Cabul is renewed once in every 25 years. I have already mentioned that the great majority of the cultivated The only other trees trees are fruit trees; these are for many reasons besides the fruit trees : known tome, are three not available for the purposes of timber. or four kinds of Poplar, . ‘ three or four of Wil- The great bulk of the vegetable fuel is suppli- lows, and the Haw- s - a thorn. In Baben’s gar- 4 by the low bushes, chiefly species of Artemisia, den, there are many very fine Poplars. Fj that occur commonly in the barren parts of the | 1841. ] Report on subjects connec'ed with Affghanistan. Ts, country. They are not good fuel, except perhaps for particular purposes, having no bulk, and burning very rapidly. They are, I believe, chiefly used by the bakers, and the loads, carried generally on asses, constitute not one of the least nuisances of the crowded and confined streets of Cabul. From Taizeen supplies of Baloot branches are brought to Cabul, as well as a good deal of charcoal prepared from it and the Deodar. But the price is enormous. I have heard officers say, that the daily expense for fuel, during the severity of winter, was not unfrequently three rupees. Nevertheless, the experiment might be tried with some of the indi- genous trees, on the better parts of these same slopes. Attention | should, I think, be chiefly directed to the Baloot, which is the only tree that has striven to establish itself on the barrenness of an Affghan mountain. The Zaitoon and Deodars of Olipore cease abruptly, the Baloot struggles on from Koonur to Taizeen. The growth of the timber trees now cultivated should be discourag- ed as much as possible, as soon as efficient European timber trees have been introduced. This may be a matter of time, but scarcely of difficulty, considering the state of perfection the overland interchanges - _ of seeds between Drs. Royle and Falconer. I have appended to the report a list of the various desiderata. In all the lower parts of the country the best of the timber trees of the dry plains of the N. W. might be introduced. In such parts as about the Koonur valley, the Sissoo is occasionally met with; to it the Seriss, Jamun, Kikhur, &c. might advantageously be added. Around each of the main places in the country, small plantations might ad- vantageously be made, particularly of such timber trees as are best adapted for the purposes of military arsenals. Thus at Jilalabad and Candahar, the Sissoo might be planted with reasonable prospects of success ; for the supply of Cabul and Ghuzni we must look to Europe and the Himalayahs. At present I know, itis next to impossible to re- pair or construct properly a gun-carriage; the Plane tree is the only available one, and besides not possessing even ordinary merit, is procur- able with difficulty. I cannot offer any particular suggestion towards supplying Candahar with fuel ; with regard to Cabul, I may be allowed to suggest a comprehensive survey of the Taizeen forests, and of the other wooded portions of the Sufaid Koh in that direction; particular ~ oJ I 800 Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. [No. 118. respect being paid to their communications with Cabul. At present the line of road for any beast of burden, but a mule or a donkey, is very circuitous and arduous. The dealers in wood and charcoal, however, instead of turning the range which forms the south boundary of the valley of Cabul itself, cross it near the place where the large Bactrian pillar, now called Baber’s Pillar is situated; by this they debouche imme- diately into the valley of Kooro Cabul, saving a circuit of several miles, and preferring shortness and great steepness, to length and com- parative levelness. A new line might possibly be marked out. The grand remedy will be found when good and accessible coal shall have been discovered ; this is one of the greatest desiderata, and search for it should be proportionally encouraged. Affghanistan is a country of mountains intersected by vallies, or as Physical features SOMe may perhaps be called, steppes. It appears to of Afighanistan. me to possess many peculiarities, and my limited experience cannot suggest a country, with which it may fairly be com- pared. A popular general idea of it may be formed by imagining, the upheaving of an extensive and varied system of mountains, through an enormous plain variously covered with boulders and shingle, and presenting here and there deposits of soil, generally in the shape of narrow strips along the principal lines of drainage. The general form of the country as now limited, may be compared to that of an equilateral triangle. Its boundaries are undoubtedly the Indus along the Southern line; the Koh-i-Baba, Paropamisus, and Hindoo Koosh along the North-Eastern; Persia, Seistan, and the territories of Khilat along the Western. Of the above-mentioned boundaries, those of the North-Eastern and Southern or South-Eastern sides are natural in the strict sense of the term; those on the Western sides are badly supplied by the changeable and arbitrary boundaries of Beloochistan and Persia. The mountains may, I think, be said to belong to two great systems, that of the Hindoo Koosh, Koh-i-Baba, and Paro- pamisus, which appear to be nothing but different parts of the westerly continuation of the great Himalayan chain, and the Sufaid Koh. This is, however, connected with certain of the extreme southerly offsets of the end of the Himalayas, or beginning of the Hindoo Koosh. To one or the other of these systems all the subor- Mountains. 1841. | Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. 801 dinate ranges may, I think, be traced: although I have no personal acquaintance with the countries between Candahar and Ghuzni, and the Southerly prolongation of the Sufaid Koh. The true mountain, Hindoo Koosh, for this name has been laxly applied to the whole See Burnes’ Travels. range, is situated nearly due north of Cabul. I have no personal acquaintance with it. The higher peaks of this chain always present traces of snow, and are visible from some points about Cabul. Iam not acquainted with the exact point in which the Hima- layas assume the name of the Hindoo Koosh; but I have grounds for believing, that the features of the Himalayas are not changed at Olipore, Lat. 34° 54’ 38” N. Long. 70° 12’ E. The Kohi Baba is a direct continuation of the Hindoo Koosh, from which it appears to be separated at first by the Kaloo torrent, and then by the united Kaloo torrent and Bamean river. On either side of these lines, which appear to be the deepest lines of separation, numerous and very varied offsets from both ranges occur. It is over these intermediate portions, that the best routes to Bamean pass, the highest point traversed, is the Krak pass, which reaches an altitude of 13,000 feet. But the best route, one which is said to be more easily practicable for artillery, and open throughout the year, is through the country of the Shaikh Ali Huzaras, this probably does not pass over ground exceeding 9,000 feet in altitude. The eastern end of the Koh-i-Baba, or its commencement, is cer- tainly grand; a magnificent view of its three snow-clad peaks is enjoyed from a pass between Yomurt and the Helmund river. Its extreme eastern part shews itself in the form of a vast rounded mass on ap- proaching it up the Siah Sing torrent; but to the west, it rapidly assumes a different appearance, presenting a succession of lofty peaks, as far as the eye can reach. In this direction it loses itself, and I believe becomes diminished in the Paropamisus. Snow exists on its eastern portion throughout the year; in sheltered places it occurs in beds of considerable size. In August 1840, 1 ascended this range near Kilah-i-Kaloo, up to 13,500 feet. No change in the usual features occurred, but from that altitude the ascent became much steeper, and was rendered much more difficult by the ruins of enormous slips. With all my endeavours I was only able to reach the general level of the connections of the peaks; these were completely inaccessible, $02 Report on sulyecis connected with Affghanistan. (No. 118. the nearest did not appear to be more than 1,000 or 1,500 feet higher than the spot on which I stood. Patches of snow commenced about sheltered situations at 13,500 feet, and towards the summit beds oe- curred, except in the most exposed spots. The upper portion of the range appeared entirely bare, the surface consisting of nothing but angular fragments of the rock, of which the peaks are composed. The snow in the upper beds was wrought, if I may so express myself, by the action of frost and thaw into pinnacles, which during sunshine, presented thousands of glittering objects. The few plants found above 13,500 feet were different from any that I had met with elsewhere; the only animals observed were a large hare, and a covey of the snow grouse, Koki-i-dusrah of Affghanistan, the Tehoo or Gallus Neillii of Mr. Gould. The general character of the Koh-i-Baba is great barrenness, this it shares, I have been told, with the Hindoo Koosh, and generally with the Paropamisus, of which portion I have not much direct know- ledge. To these three ranges, the Hindoo Koosh, the Koh-i-Baba, and Paropamisus, and perhaps with the western extremity of the Hima- lyas Proper, I should be disposed to assign all the ranges to the north of the valleys of Peshawur, Jilalabad, Cabul, Ghuzni, and Candahar. The Sufaid Koh, or Espeen Gar, which in Pushtoo has the same sig- 'Sufaid Koh. nification as that of the Persian name, is perhaps as lofty as the Kohi Baba, and like it, although more exposed to the effects of heat and the influence of the great plains of India, presents traces of snow throughout the year. This range is seen to perfection from the valley of Jilalabad, the southern boundary of which it forms. It is continued directly, I believe, down in line with the right bank of the Indus as far as Beloochistan, regaining, as far south as the Tukht-i- Soliman, a considerable portion of its loftiness. The Sufaid Kohi is by no means uniformly bare, as is the case with the previously mentioned mountains; many parts of the southern boundary of the Jilalabad valley are covered with Fir forests. Similar forests occur on other portions, such as those about Taizeen. Fir trees also occurred on cer- tain parts of the return route of the Bombay Army, as | was in- formed by Lieutenant Marriott, of the Bombay Engineers. To the Sufaid Kohi, I am disposed to refer all the ranges along the right bank of the Indus, as far perhaps, or farther, than Brahooistan, 1841.] Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. 803 and all those to the east or south-east, or south of Cabul, Ghuzni, Candahar and Quettah.* Of the mountains of the Khilat territory I have no personal knowledge, nor do I know to what system of moun- tains they are approximately referrible. On surmounting the crest of the Kharlekhir pass, peaks of considerable altitude covered with snow, at that season at Jeast, were seen to the south. A high mountain, Chiltern, rivalling Tuchatoo in height, towered over the valley of Quettah to the south-westward of the town, but with what chain this was united, I do not know. It will be readily seen, that this grouping of the Affghan mountains is only approximate, if even this much share of truth can be claimed for it. Mountainous systems, like all others, pass into each other by numerous ramifications: an intimate knowledge of which is only to be attained by close and exten- sive acquaintance with the features of the country. I have before alluded to the barrenness of the Hindoo Koosh and Koh-i-Baba ; this is a general characteristic, equally affecting their low offsets and the culminating ridges as far as an altitude of 15,000 feet. This barrenness may be said to be comparatively absolute; that of the barest portions of the lower ranges of the Himalayas between Bhar and Simla is rich and luxuriant clothing, compared with what occurs in Affghanistan. Of the structure of these mountains, I regret not being competent to give an account. Very generally their surfaces are immediately rocky, except in some of the offsets, interposed between the Sufaid Koh and the ranges derived from the Hindoo Koosh, to- wards the western end of the valley of Jilalabad. There they are composed of sand, in all degrees of softness and induration, in which last state it becomes tabular. Alternating layers of a conglomerate, often exceedingly hard, are to be met with in this sandstone. . Excep- tions also occur in the valley of Bamean, on both sides of which the offsets are composed of earthy or clayey materials of varied and rather vivid colours. Generally speaking, the Affghan mountains did * It is this range that will best repay the trouble of future botanical investigations. Its isolated situation, and its elevation as well as prolongation to the southward, in- vest it with peculiar interest. From a few specimens brought to me at Khaffal, I apprehend its Flora will approach to that of the Himalayas. + The appearance of the highest ridges and peaks of both these chains appeared to me to resemble such as I had seen in the far more magnificent Himalayas. 804 Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. [No. 118. not appear to me difficult of access; in this respect they are widely General decessibility different from the other mountains I have travers. of the mountains. ed. It was found to be a general feature, that they might be ascended and descended, by making use of the beds of the draining streams which are very generally dry, except in the season of floods. These ravines, are gently inclined planes, the steep ascent only commencing on reaching their heads; and this perhaps in no instance exceeds 1,200 feet. A section of an Himalayan ravine may be, I think, correctly taken Ravines. as wedge-shaped v, that of the Affghanistan ravines would be a broadly truncated wedge wu. The base line of an Hima- Jayan ravine is again a succession of steps, with intermediate, more or less level spaces; that of an Affghan ravine is an uninterrupted in- clined plane. The bottom of an ordinary hill ravine, again, is generally choked up with fragments, torn from the sides, or by boulders of various sizes rolled down from various distances. The bottom of an Affghan ravine may be in contra-distinction stated, as being almost evenly strewed with moderate sized boulders or shingle. The vallies, enclosed by these mountain ranges and their innumerable Vallies. offsets, vary much in altitude, and a good deal in nature, and have been formed perhaps by two different causes. I am unable to state whether they usually present any definite direc- tion with regard to the mountain ranges, except on the southern face of the Koh-i-Baba, in which direction they are, in the usual manner of the Himalayas, parallel to the chain. The ordinary form of these valleys is generally very narrow, the tillable soil is confined to a narrow strip along the line of drainage. The space between this portion, and the bases of the outcropping boundary hills is an inclined plane,* strewed over, and indeed entirely formed of boulders and shingle, generally without a particle of soil. These slopes, very aptly termed by that talented officer Lieutenant Durand, of the Bengal Engineers, glacis slopes, appear to my li- mited experience, characteristic features in the physical configuration of the country. I beg to subjoin a rude attempt at a sketch of a very * Without personal knowledge of the country, it is almost impossible to imagine the extent of these glacis slopes, and the enormous proportion they have to that of the tillable soil. 1841.) Feport on subjects connected with Affghanistan. 805 marked one on the left bank of the Cabul river, below Jilalabad, and opposite the village of Chardeb. As instances of these vallies, I may cite the valley of Shawl, which is not however characteristic ; the val- leys of the Wighand at Turnah; of the upper parts of the Cabul river ; of Jilalabad, and of Koonur. In the only vallies of the Toorkistan face of the Koh-i- Baba, with which I am acquainted, these glacis slopes are not developed to any extent. ranges, and the frequently isolated hills. The other form of valley, to the existence of which the country is almost entirely indebted for its agricultural produce, are of consider- able width, their bottoms are apparently almost level, and entirely covered with tillable soil, except towards the boundary hills along the bases of which glacis slopes very generally occur. Their principal distinction rests therefore on the amount or extent of tillable soil, the proportion of which is reversed in the two forms. As instances of these, I may adduce the valleys of Peshawur, of Candahar, and the vicinity of Cabul, and perhaps the whole line of country between Mookhloor and Nannee, near Ghuzni. Perhaps the best marked in- stance is the valley to the immediate west of Cabul. } The formation of some of these valleys is easy, and it appears to me naturally explicable by assuming their having been the beds of inlaid lakes. By this assumption it is, I believe, that Dr. Lord has explained the formation of the vallies of Cabul, Jilalabad, and Peshawur, in Dr. Lord’s report or account of the Koh-i-Daman, Journal of the Asiatic Society, June 1838, willbe found some geological speculations, to which J, although not professing any acquaintance with geology, beg 806 Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. [No. 118. leave to object. The three vallies, cited by Dr. Lord, as having been once large basins, do not, as they now exist, present that amount of similarity of features, or, in other words, of affinity, which chiefly authorises us to ascribe formations to similar agencies. And the only one which, it appears to me, is naturally explicable by the hypothesis of Dr. Lord, is that of Cabul, which presents a tolerable level surface surrounded in every direction by hills. It may even now be said to be a marsh. The valley of Jilalabad presents soil, such as may be imagined to have been a deposit from tranquil water, only along the course of the draining river, which, as Dr. Lord correctly mentions, hugs the northern edge. Between Bala Bagh and Pigdulluch, which looking to the boundary mountains, appears to me to be the western extremity, or part, rather of the valley ; it is, if I may so express myself, blocked up by a low series of sand hills and the table land of Gundamuck, from which there is a descent again, over other sand hills, to Sooikhab. The space between the southern bank of the river and the Sufaid Koh, or southern boundary, is occupied by an enormous glacis slope, intersected by the northern draining torrents of the range, along and about which, here and there, small and generally well cultivated valleys occur. : If the great valley of Jilalabad, therefore, had ever been occupied by a grand sheet of water, or if it ever presented in other words the features that now characterise the valley of Cabul, great changes must have subsequently occurred. The Khybur pass which was selected by Dr. Lord as the exit to the “mighty rush of waters,’ did not appear to me to present any greater evidence of unusual water action than did any of the other characteristic passes of the country. Neither can I omit observing, that the assumption of the necessity of more energetic means in former times to enable nature to carry her measures into execution, is not consonant with those modern doctrines which believe, unless I am mistaken, that the causes now in operation in modifying the surface of our planets, are fully competent. The valley of Pesha- wur, as it now exists, is open freely towards the Indus. The Greedur Galli is a small ravine, presenting fewer traces than usual of the action of water, affording an easy cut across a spur of the 1841. ] Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. 807 Afredi range, which forms the south-east boundary of the valley. If the water of the great basin selected this as the direction of the least resistance, that part of the valley now open towards the Indus must have since undergone depression. Dr. Lord supports his hypo- thesis with considerable ingenuity, but he has omitted to observe, that the rolled pebbles of Jumrood are not limited even to the most exten- sive allowable sphere of action of the rush of the waters of the Jilala- bad basin, but form a well-developed belt or glacis slope all round the bases of the boundaries of the valley. Nor does Dr. Lord mention that boulders, constituting glacis slopes, exist on the west side of the Khybur pass, from its mouth to the Cabul river at Dhukka, that is, on the side of, or in that which he assumes to have been, the great basin. If the boulders and shingle, composing these vast extents of glacis slopes are found to have been constituent portions of the ranges of mountains, their formation is, I think, naturally explicable, by the agency of floods, which are no doubt frequent and severe during the spring months. ‘The intimate mixture of the boulders and shingle, by which I mean smaller water-worn stones, which may be observed even to the rather sudden transition to the tillable soil, may be explained per- | haps by allowing great inequalities in violence of the floods. But I think I have more than once seen these water-worn stones and boulders lodged on the sides of mountains in situations which would not, as it appears to me, warrant us in the invariable adoption of such an agency, unless I am mistaken. I might especially refer to the sand ranges about Gun- damuck, on which, unless my recollection fails me, boulders are abun- dantly strewn, and which could not have been brought to their present Situation by the action of water. It would be, however, useless to speculate further on a point which a practised geologist would determine ata glance. I fear that I have already infringed the principle, that no one is authorised to remark on things he has not studied. I return to my impressions on the physical features of Affghanistan. This country is also, I think remarkable, always keeping in view that I write, drawing my comparisons from India, the country with which I am better acquainted than any other, for the smallness in number and size of its rivers and streams. From the general dryness of the _ ‘Rivers and Streams. climate, perhaps many springs cannot be expected, and the summer supply will be almost entirely confined to the streams, Bik 808 Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. [No. 118. which drain the loftiest ranges on which snow is to be found through- out the year. In most of the mountainous parts of India, I have seen almost every ravine give exit to a water-course, but this is not the case in Affghan- istan. In the Bolan pass water is plentiful enough, and at Sir-i- Bolan, which the Affghans consider as the head of the pass, a beau- tiful and copious spring gushes from the rocky southern side of the gorge. But from this to Sinab, a distance of about 24 miles, and where there are kahreejees, not a drop of water is procurable, unless rain has very lately fallen. I cnc BLL LLAL LC nl cane ——>— | | Sectionjofthe ,’ surface of «the or /dinary form sof Affghan valley. / . ' ‘ % AY s L ti ‘, if * i ; % i s Gay » 4 u be AN 4 oe: .' vid . . » ¢ oo” Boundary mountains _— Glacis slope of boulders _—‘Tillable soil, a strip on either usually bare rock. and shingle. side of the line of drainage. IVA I I I f * aT — ea ae ° a Section!of ‘the surface ,of they, other form of val‘leysuchas that, to the immediate west oft »Cabul city. ‘s . ef 1 1 Sw, «a ve 7 ABawbibhb es ea mae MRR KR ETH SS auuemewuer ome —- = aw Rocky boundary Glacis slope of boulders Level tillable soil. mountains. and shingle. 1841.]| Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. 809 fe [cB > = fa 3 bp 2 ¥ a3} a 3 . os 2 : 5 Ci aes 3 a 8 Deere kid 6 rs = 2, = 2, x ory Ps acca cs S) a eS ria ° ° = eS) 3 3 ake wo Ce Oo #A Sa Cr Ararat 3 2 Bik ieti ic eae eee allen ite i Skene D 3) ® 5) Se So S\yvo 's 86 q = ao 28 So | om Se aS = oso — ah eS 5S Oo Ses AS H x w i ; ; : ok : Ee eae = x 4 H : : Geni 1 : i 5 3 : Dig oe i i H Howe ae ak ; 4 H i ~ Lone CrP H i Nb La Valley of Peshawur. Valley of Dhukka or Lalpore. Superficial oblique section (not drawn in proportion) of Peshawur valley, of the Kybur range, and valley of Dhukka, to shew that glacis slopes of boulders and shingle exist in the Afredi, as well as the Kybur side of the valley, and as well on the West as on the East side of the Khybur range. The Kojuck pass is much less supplied; there is a good spring near the head of the ravine up which the road runs, and there is also some water at Chummun, on the north face of the range, 3,000 feet below its crest. But between Chummun and Kelah Abdoolla, no good water is procurable, and even at the last mentioned place the supplies obtained were brackish; the same comparative scarcity occurs in the road to Bamean, above Sir-i-Chusma, and it is only when one arrives within the drainage of the Helmund, that most of the ravines present small supplies of water in the Khybur pass. There is no water until Sundyck-hara is reached; the bed of the ravine by which the army descended from Lol-Ghurree Beg, was found to be dry to within one mile of Ali Mussid, at a place called Sir-i-Chusma, where there are copious supplies from a sort of cavernous limestone. In- deed, this rock seems to be the principal source of the peren- nial waters of the country in those parts beyond the influence of the melting of the perpetual snows. It is the source of the sup- ply at Sir-i-Bolan;-at. Mookloor, or the head of the Turnuk; at Sir-i-Chusmah or the head-of the Cabul rivers; and the place of the same name I just mentioned as occurring in the Khybur Pass. I, whose journeys had been confined to the North-eastern portions of British India, was particularly struck with the small number of natural 810 Report on subjects connected with A fighanistan. (No. 118. springs. On this depends, I am disposed to think, though perhaps in a secondary point, many of the peculiarities of Affghan vegetation. But few as springs are, and few as streams are, the effect is heightened by the quantities of water expended in irrigation. To this, and in a greater degree to great absorbent powers of soil, is to be attributed the not unfrequent occurrence of the actual disappearance of the streams in Affghanistan, at various distances from their sources. This may be observed both in the Kojuck and Khybur passes. Before remarking on the only two rivers in the country worthy of any detailed notice, some observations on the lines of drainage may be necessary. The main lines are two, one easterly, towards the Indus, the other westerly, towards the lake of Seistan; of course in both cases there will be many minor modifications. After crossing the Bolan range until one arrives within the influ- ence of the Logur, between Ghuzni and Cabul, all the streams ob- served flowed westerly. From the point mentioned all flowed easterly, and perhaps a line drawn due north from near Sharkabad to the crest of the Koh-i-Baba, will describe the approximate direction of the divi- sion of the two lines of drainage now alluded to. “The chief river of Affghanistan is the Helmund, the principal feeder of | Helmund River. the celebrated Seistan lake. This river has a course of perhaps 400 miles, and arises in the southern face of the eastern portion of the Koh-i-Baba, or western of the Hindoo Koosh. I have only seen | it towards its head, at an elevation of 11,500 feet ; it is at Girdun Dewar, : where it is crossed going to Bamean from Cabul, by a small river, | knee-deep in the cold weather. At Girishk, the Helmund is a large and a | rapid river. I am not aware whether this river is ever made use of for | the purposes of descent; the only use, so far as intercourse is con- | cerned, that the collected waters of so variously levelled a country can | be put to. But connected with the small distance of Girishk from | Candahar, (40 miles,) the valley of the Helmund is worthy of being | surveyed, with a view of ascertaining its mineral resources. Connected | too with the subject of wool, its capabilities of affording a rapid | means of descent to within 40 miles of the second place in the country | should not be lost sight of, more particularly if any of the upper parts of the valley are great sheep resorts during the shearing season. Were | 1841. ] Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. 81] there any reasons for supposing that forests of any description existed in the same direction, an enquiry would be still more necessitated. The only other river I shall notice at much length is the Cabul Cabul River. river, by which name the large body of water that falls into the Indus just above Attock, appears to be generally known. This river has its chief origin from a copious spring at Sir-i-Chusmah, about 37 miles to the east of Cabul. It drains the well cultivated Mydan valley, but is quite insignificant until it joins the Logur in the valley of Cabul, and even here it is easily fordable. On leaving the valley of Cabul, it enters a mountainous district through which it continues to flow, until it emerges into the valley of Jilalabad, near Baler Bagh, where it receives the Soorkhab, a considerable tributary arising in the Sufaid Koh. At Jilalabad, the Cabul river is of considerable size, and of a moun- tainous character ; two or three miles below Jilalabad, it is joined by the large river which drains the Koonur valley, and which is known, I be- lieve, by the name of Rania in the lower parts of its course, and of Koonur in theupper. The Cabul river then ceases to be fordable ; it continues to hug the northern side of the Jilalabad valley, untilit enters the Momund hills, which connect the offsets of the Sufaid Koh with those of the Hin- doo Koosh, or western parts of great Himalaya, at the Abkharah, a few miles below Dhukka. It continues to be confined by these, until at Mucharr it emerges into the valley of Peshawur. From Sir-i-Chusmah to Jilalabad, this river is of no importance except agriculturally. But from Jilalabad to Peshawur it assumes an additional importance, by affording means of safe, and generally rapid descent. For this purpose it is navigated by rafts, floated on inflated skins, the only mode resorted to by the Affghans, except at Lalpore, where the ferry is carried on by means of one large boat. These rafts are perhaps the safest possible conveyance, and are admirably adapted to such rivers as those of Affghanistan. They are very buoyant, and some of the skins may be burst without causing danger. Indeed, if care be taken in properly securing the frame-work, a serious accident ean scarcely occur. Descent by this river is a good deal resorted to, especially when the Khybur pass used to be disturbed. It saves a distance of ten marches, 812 Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. [ No. 118. and when the Indus becomes a channel of greater traffic, it will be probably by this route, that most of the exports will leave the country ; for ine rafts would experience no difficulty in proceeding to Kalabagh, and there discharging their loads into the boats of the Indus. The rafts would then have to be broken up, and the skins to be carried in a collapsed state to Jilalabad for a fresh journey. During the floods, the distance between Peshawur and Jilalabad may be traversed in 12 hours, the distance by land being about 100 miles. The Koonur River deserves considerable notice from being similarly Koonur River. navigable, and from the forests which occur along the tributary which passes Olipore, and falls into the Koonur river at Chughar Serai Pareen. It presents the most feasible plan of sup- plying Jilalabad, and especially Peshawur, with fine timber and good fuel. The Olipore branch of the Koonur river comes, I believe, from the more western parts of Kafirsthan ; it is a large torrent, and is crossed by wooden bridges, on the same principle, but of much worse construction than those of Bootan, or by beams thrown across. At Chughar Serai Pareen, where it is rather more gentle in its course, it is fordable with some difficulty in the cold weather. The main branch, which drains the little Chughar valley, is perhaps the larger of the two; united they form a stream which I think exceeds rather in size the Cabul river at Jilalabad. Both these rivers practi- cable for descent, may possibly come into considerable play, should any great stimulus be given to the wool trade of Affghanistan; the low tracts along both being frequented in the cold months by the flocks of the Nomadic tribes. The waters of the Arghandab and Logur, are chiefly used for irriga- A tion; by the latter small poplar timbers are floated during the floods Urehandad ana for the Cabul consumption. The Arghandab passes Logur. within three or four miles of Candahar, and though fordable, is a stream of some size. The Logur passes within a short distance of Cabul; it is scarcely as large as the Arghandab. It is in the direction of these streams which may be descended during the floods by rafts, that search for coal or any other valuable mineral pro- duct should be encouraged. Timber is, I fear, scarcely to be expected. Both these cities would double their importance, should coal mines be found within the range of either of the above rivers. 1841. | Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. 813 The only lake in the kingdom of His Majesty Shah Shoojah known Lakes. to me, is that of Cabul, which is of some extent. I am not aware of its being of any other use than supplying the market of Cabul with water-fowl, and ice during the winter, and affording in the same season healthy recreation to Affghans and Europeans. Of Hurmal, or chalybeate springs, I observed only two; of these the Springs. most striking one is a chalybeate on the Siah Sing torrent, in the direction of Bamean ; it is perfectly clear, and emits copi- ous bubbles, depositing copious sediment of red powder, by which all _ the turf and plants around are covered. The Hurmal springs, if they can be called so, occurred at Gurmah; of three examined by Dr. Henderson of the Sappers and Miners, the hottest had a temperature of 81° and 82°. Small salt springs do not appear to be uncommon in the valley of Bamean, but are not, I believe, put to any use by the natives. Having thus attempted a sketch of the physical features of the ) country, I pass to another great natural feature, the absence of forests. It is only eastern Affghanistan that possesses forests. From Dadur to Tanjeen, three marches from Cabul towards Jilalabad, nothing wild, worthy of being considered a tree, was to be seen by the Army. An involuntary exclamation of surprise escaped me, on reaching the crest of the Huft Kotul pass, from which the fir-clad ridges above Tanjeen are visible. | The Bolan pass, beyond a few miserable Rairoo trees* may be said to be absolutely devoid of arboreous vegetation ; some pollard-looking Sehnee trees exist in the ravines of the Khojuck range, elsewhere not only are these absolutely wanting, but there is nothing like luxuriant shrubby vegetation. The forests of eastern Affghanistan are limited to the Sufaid Koh and to the Sub-Himalayas north of Pusheet and around Olipore, lat. 34° 54’ 38,” long. 70° 12’. On both of these mountain chains, firs, Zaitoon, and oak forests are common. Other forest trees occur on the Kafir mountains within a few miles of Olipore ; of these the two most striking are the horse chesnut, and a beautiful abies or spruce fir, apparently allied to the Morinda or Khutrow of the Himalayas. These are only known to me from specimens purchased from the Kafirs. * Acacia? 814 Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. [ No. 118. The transition from the absolute barrenness of the Hindoo Koosh to the finely clothed Himalayas, certainly takes place somewhere to the north of Pusheet, or between it and Jugdalluck. It would appear to be almost sudden, both firs and the Zaitoon ceasing abruptly; the Baloot only straggling as far as Jugdalluck, about which it is a stunted tree, very much like a holly. During my stay at Olipore, I was of course anxious to ascertain to what causes the general barrenness of the Affghan mountains was to be attributed. - Independently of con- sideration of climate, a primary cause appears to me to exist in the want of soil. Tillable soil exists on the mountains around Olipore, which are consequently inhabited, and partly cleared. That soil is rich, and of considerable depth, the bare rock being only exposed where the inclination of the strata approaches so near the perpendicular, that no lodgment of soil can take place. The bare mountains, however, present very different circumstances ; they are almost entirely, or quite, devoid of soil, rocks project in every direction, the intervening spaces being strewed with angular debris by no means sufficiently comminuted. These mountains are never cultivated, and sustain nothing but arid-loving thorny and aromatic species, which almost invariably occur solitarily. The Sufaid Koh is the range best calculated for the complete inves- tigation of the extreme inequality in the distribution of forest, for it unites in many places the characteristic features of both series of mountains, and it is this circumstance which leads me suspect, that the bareness is in some measure independent of climate. The matter is of some importance connected with any attempt that may be made to improve this deficiency in the dominions of His Ma- jesty Shah Shoojah. On the climate of Affghanistan I am not able to present any details, Climate: such being only compatible with a residence of some continuation, as in all mountainous countries a great variety of local climates will be found to exist. The general peculiarities, as. compared with North-western India, are the confinement of the rainy season to the winter and early spring months, and the great dryness of the remainder of the year. The peculiarity of the climate of the higher districts is excessive winter cold ; of the lower, excessive summer heat. Even at Candahar, 1841.] Report on subjects connected with Affghanistan. 815 which is in lat. 31° 35’ 33” and at an elevation of nearly 3,500 feet above the level of the sea, the direct heat of the sun in May and June cannot be much less than 125° to 130°. Throughout the lower districts, during the hot months, westerly winds, often assuming the cha- racter of hot winds, are prevalent. They were very incommoding at Candahar, and were rendered very hot from blowing over a desert of some extent, a short distance to the westward of that city. In certain places, these winds become quite deadly ; their fatal effects have been especially experienced in Kutch Gundava, but they are dreaded by the natives in some parts of Affghar- istan itself, as on the stony desert between Ali Baghan and Chardeh, near the valley of Jilalabad. In such they are I believe, known by the name of Badi Simoom. Little or no dew is deposited in Affghanistan except in the spring Dews. months, and in those places, such as the Chummuns, where the water is very near the surface, and along the imme- diate vicinity of the lines of drainage. : I have seen it mentioned in books of some authority, that dews are the providential means by which plants are supplied with moisture in arid countries. To this opinion I do not subscribe; it certainly does not apply to Affghanistan, as I had opportunities of observing during the marches of the Engineer department. If the deposit of dew de- pends on the presence of moisture in the atmosphere, I do not see how it can be a phenomenon of general occurrence in Affghanistan, in which, except at the season and in the places alluded to, the air is always remarkably dry. The other circumstances known to attend on its deposit, are all favourable throughout the country, particularly the nightly lowering of the temperature, and cloudless skies. I con- ceive it to be probable, that in the places alluded to, as presenting deposits of dew, these may be the effects of moisture derived from the soil during the day, more especially towards its close. This moisture would be deposited during calm nights, presenting the other required conditions. But throughout the greater part of Affghanistan, the habitual summer dryness is not modified by any such source of moisture. 816 Description of another new species of Pika, (LaGomys) from the Himalaya. By Evwarp Burts, Curator of the Asiatic Society. The genus of the Pikas, (Zagomys, Cuvier,) which, until the com- paratively recent discovery of a species upon the Rocky Mountains of North America, by Dr. Richardson, was known only by the figures and elaborate descriptions supplied by Pallas of three species, inhabiting the Steppes of Northern Asia, has lately been detected upon the Hi- malaya range by Dr. Royle, who carried home a single imperfect skin of a decidedly new species from the Choor Mountain, (subsequently to which, however, other and perfect skins have been obtained,) while another new species is now figured and described, (Plate —) by Mr. Hodgson from Nepal, to which I have the pleasure of adding a seventh, recognised by Captain Broome, as of common occurrence in Lahoul, Ladakh, and Kooloo, and which extending westward, may pos- sibly also be the “small species of Lagomys,” noticed by Captain Thomas Hutton, as an inhabitant of the hills of Afghanistan.* The materials for description consist of a skull and perfect skin, (now mounted,) which were presented to the Asiatic Society, by their late Honorary Curator, Dr. Evans. The animal is in all respects a typical Lagomys, which precludes the necessity of entering into such details, as are of generic rather than specific application. From Dr. Royle’s species, (ZL. Roylii, Ogilby,) and that now described by Mr. Hodgson, by the appellation Mipalensis, the present animal is at once distin- guished by its inferior size, measuring but 6 inches in length, though the condition of the skull proves the specimen to have been fully grown, and its sex is male; from heel-joint to extremity of middle toe-nail — measures 1+ inch, the ears (posteriorly) 2 inch and 3 inch broad; and the - moustaches are very long, a few of these vibrissee exceeding 21 inches, and passing considerably beyond the tips of the ears. The general east of colour, approaches that of an English Water Vole ( Hypudeus Aquaticus ), judging from memory of the latter, having a distinct rufous | tinge, and the fur, which is delicately soft as in all the genus, consists, — as usual, of two kinds, differing only in the longer having coarser tips of another colour, which latter is alone visible at the surface; these | * Vide Calcutta Journal of Natural History, vol. i. p. 558. 1841.] Description of another new species of Pika. 817 longer hairs are { inch in length, and for rather more than 3 inch are slaty-black, then pale brown, afterwards more rufous brown, and finally tipped with a dark colour; the under-parts are dull whitish ; the feet pale brown, with a faint tinge of rufous above; the anterior moustachial bristles dull white, and the posterior portion of the same tuft blackish ; and the ears are nearly naked posteriorly, having only a slight downy tuft near their base, and a scanty border of minute hairs near the margin, while anteriorly (or within) this border is more de- veloped on the outer side, and there are some long hairs growing from the inner corner; the form of the ears is a rounded oval, with a very slight indication of a terminal angle at the extremity of the outer edge, the margin being slightly fringed with whitish ; the nose is completely hairy ; there is a more decided tinge of rufous on the forehead, and on the sides of the neck toward the fore-limbs; and the ear has the usual internal conch, or involucrum, observable in other members of this genus. The skull measures 12 inch in total length, and J inch across at the zygome@ near the bind edge of the orbits; from front of bony palate to inferior margin of occipital foramen not quite Z inch ; and tha vertical height, with lower jaw in situ, Z inch. I cannot do better than apply to this species the name of Lagomys Hodgsonii. It is obviously distinct from all the others. It may be remarked, that a fossil species of Lagomys, from the Osse- ous Brecchia of the Island of Corsica, is noticed by Baron Cuvier, who describes and figures the skull in his ‘‘ Ossemens Fossiles,” tom. vi., page 598. (6rhi edition, and plate 175,) figs. 4, 5, and 6. > a eS i TAT Fa: oeghaarferaeae quia ieHaaaaraaahy fad eae | Maar a ia tre MM TTR SM | ARATE TAT —- — — — aealetiaaanfaa — sazafemaquifss: — — vfaaat — — Aatfeaacad AcaTAATTs STATAT — — gicetae FqefeafareiaVTTETHT II a — gfaastaa — — wataamenmtaxifesateatfaac | ware aerta: wactaaagaguiensiat — — cise Hat 2 afqesafcarariarfastaqur: | a fcaursyarayfaeriaaifan: | PaaS AA AIT SAAT: | feqayaeneqagia: | gang faaqtadafectamaaeda — a aya Il sfagaacrsay fay weadatya — — wae aus aeaT fA fay: 1 atzat aaufasaat — — sacrsit 28 29 30 31 32 feardantarcifaatt — — vfeursarfareiays — Actn Noe > . sc c. _s hi £, ~ fi f% ~ af a qqufqvatadtaae: 2° |) Mt — weafeatafet — — — MATATATATIT | IAM Yaa MAA Teo Ulta fe all AMAIA eIAAa AAT || A ITRILET wamlacrequiaaeferaes | arariyfaarire naa frataarecd te cad rararecacateararaiaeiTes featareaa ac aatU aU faaranAgea Hea Mi aa aA Hyaeaartsra We TaSaATaT: i vaUtiatianiaaya Rasa qRaARaaGs || WATMTACye a faafaan ear TATA AA Vas || — — — qfaanaatatatsangrelasisaacataacifacan | 1y SRSA AC aA Ses Teaea TAT cee engi a garter ead fedaraer areas ata rear fre: ae feta TC AAA eT AT — dtaqgadiaiaseatifaataeat | a ARMAS aaa — saa — — Waa TEasaeat | TeV TST CATA T LTA [12 YI) PAASTATATATAT — — — argaacatafafaaqaradigatatsargeretacecs: — wanwtgfestaen | BIER MTA S A hay TH: Aaa aia shes eA MATA TAA TATA LTT | TSE — wadaqaraafas:| TATA ETETAeTAasATS | — — gaaraatfeat: aq aaalattaracattae tara: | aeatate: sUwiaafcaqafaatcaaanrya: HUTSTa aa aaea fae eat — — — — — — — ~~ ~— FE — — facttatardtaractieamacqears ernie |) aeaT — — weuainueae: | sarmaniteneatasahaee at RX cfaadafusaaet — — — adaawnfasteaasaqarfed | fatteeaciae | aafaarfrareted | afcequmeniaq =— — — =| — — —afees — — — - cata awaits | aequisaaia — — — > ee — > — > aera | aeitvreanfatrrys: eee it = q — af —- — — — — farasia — — — aera — — — wgyfaatizaqat at — — — afay — — — aeafet — — — anfaenfafeaer | farrequiaqoegqe era — | Sree a Faces ee eH eA RATATAT AAS TAG TAT FAAS | aTaa ee eS — — — wafacfactryeaaryzaaee, Walaa eR PatAMNAy — —~ — — a4 (ous area 29 Cafeageaqs — waaasatea afte — — — sfreraardtersaratagtaaetars atin fazer ~ WOHIATT v as asfa: =F PUTTAR AA: waco tt: | aqaeqagmtameraeaae ae | fanriseeatag |) TR wai a Fara fran y ema ferrereniareeeteecafiermzaTT ava aarfed well as to the Gods 819 Literal Translation of the Dhavala Inscription. By Pundit Suropauwa Prasapu. ]. May the (rays of the sun) which remove darkness, protect you. 2. The four-headed (or Brahma was) enamoured of Sabitre, the wife of Surya, (Sun,) from whom was born Harivarna, who was the ruler of the whole world. He was, as it were, the rising sun amidst the new clouds to the lily-like eyes of all, and who further deprived the females of his enemies of the beauty of their moon-like faces, (2. e. by causing the death of their husbands.) 3. And who has grown wise by his (constant) exercise and com- passion. Viswavarna, was in morals like the sea rising high by the influence of the moon-beams, and glorious as having possessed the loft and ancient Jaina temple, which deprived the peaks of Himalaya of their splendour. Py him (was ***) by means of gifts was A. Dhavala, like the moon-beams from the moon, enlightening the whole From him was born Aroma. From him sprung world. He, while on his elephant, (in battle,) cut off his enemy’s army, and thus noted his revenge. 5. A multitude of Rajas of the wild countries Soobha Raja was born. He continually and wonderfully enjoyed (?) by the might of his arms. He restored the army of (?) (to battle) who were defeated by those of Anuchandra. He (Dhavala) established two (images) of Gods. 6. among his people. (He who was) superior to all, established tranquillity The Raja Dhoronivaraha, who was him- self very wise and great, threw head-long (expelled) the Raja Kondesika from his dominions in the jungles, as an elephant throws a tree, and a boar a young koal, (a kind of boar.) 7. As* one takes his rest under a tree when fatigued with the burning sun, so the multitude have taken their refuge under him (or under the cool shade of his arms.) He was beautifully mild as the moon. Sung (the fame) of (him,) who was as the crest jewel of all the archers, _ and always devoted to his spotless (true) faith, He was the follower of * One whole sloka, measuring 13 letters in each stanza. 820 Translation of the Dhavala Inscription. [No. 118. 8. At his (Raja's?) expedition towards his enemy’s dominions, the Sun obscured with dust (rising high) from the earth, while passed over by his army, was as it were, obliterated in disgrace, from the firmament, being totally overpowered by the spirit (of this Raja.) 9. (He was ?) like the sun aati faz i in spirit; Boudha in compassion; Yudhisthira in wisdom, truth, and virtue; Pralayanila* in might; the minister of Indra; (Vrihaspati) in counsels; and (Cupid){ in beauty, which is attractive of female minds. 10. (He) who was fortunate and virtuous, safely performed the ceremony agreeably to the doctrines (of Veda,) which had ever been performed by the Gods themselves and for Kali, never creates any interruption in such affairs, when undertaken by a man of virtue (as this.) (Besides) men having even in Kaliyuga perceived the spotless this Raja. 1]. The Creator having as if considered it (?) proper to be placed together with talent, palace beautiful as the moon-beams. Who else could describe it in its full length? The kingdom of this Raja was Hastikanehika, which like the region of Kuvera, was inhabited by - people of great fortune, and white like the ice (pearl) necklace, and like Stva. 12. Equalf{ to the minds of those, who reside (together) at one and the same place joy and health around beautiful as washed gold, where (in the kingdom) not like the beautiful shafts of Lama by others always amidst a crowd of both sexes moderation, restriction (of passions) compassion, and pleasant con- verse. . 13. (Slokas of double meanings, altogether untranslatable into English. ) 14. His court Pundit, who was like the priest of the Gods ( Vri- : haspati) endowed with gravity and such other natural qualities 15. The splendour of a tank, (beautiful with the plants of full blown lotus) 16. The whole heavenly region was struck with wonder, ad- mitting it to be as if the second Lokaloka mountain. * Wind at the time of Deluge. ¢ This comes out from sense. { It is translated literally, but what the sense should be, is out of my ability to make out. ——$—$—$=$$———— nn ena LS ——— 1841.] Translation of the Dhavala Inscription. 821 17. Having by his (?) instigation considered his wealth, wife, and sons, (family) unstable as the breeze of the fan. 18. (This temple) was illuminated (with the lustre) of the starry ornaments of female images, and exhibiting how far the power of ar- chitecture extend | having four corners shining with jewels, reddish like shells and pearls. 19. In this ocean of the world, established by those who are re- nowned. Formerly the Vidagdha* Raja TEqat was like the descend- ants of Yodu (Vansa) * * *. 20. with Jainas The powerful Dhavala Raja (having fought) in battle so long as the earth supported on the hood of Ananta will continue to wear the splendour of Pattala,t| which resem- bles a temple supported by a silver pillar (so long shall this * * *.) 21. The poet has written these slokas in best metaphors, &c. The priests who were superior in talents, moderation, and seal capacity, for holding burdens, performed many sacred rites. Pee ee (He Dhavala) has with a view of discharging his debt to his ancestors, consecrated (dedicated) this (temple?) at Mahidhwaja (a village) in the Samvat year 1053, on the 27th Magh, while the Moon was in Pushya, (a planet.) (Five lines obliterated.) 28. (This line is entirely obliterated, except the following words, “not formerly possessed by Bidagdha.”) 29. (Ditto, except the words ‘even by the people of the town.” ) 30. and others, and he who rules it in his turn, is the sole enjoyer of its The earth has been enjoyed by many kings as the Sagara fruits. * The word Vidagdha, which means ‘‘learned,’’ may also be applied as a name. —S. P. + A watery region below the earth. 821* Observations on a second Inscription taken in fac-simile from the neighbourhood of Mount Aboo. By Capt. Burr, Bengal Establish- ment, F. R. S. In a notice of the Bussuntghur Inscription, (Asiatic Society’s Jour- nal, No. 116,) I made mention of another also sent to me from the same part of the country by Capt. Burt, which I hoped might, when decyphered, throw light on the dynasty of Rajpoot chieftains, whose names were therein first made known to us. Some trouble has been required to read this second inscription, which is to a great extent not to be made out, owing to obliteration of the characters. It is cut, Capt. Burt tells me, “in the interior of a gateway leading to Mandir, distant one kos from Beejapoor, on the route from Odeypore to Sirohee near Mount Aboo.” The date of this inscription is Samvat 1053, equivalent to a. p. 996, and it is consequently 46 years anterior to that taken from the Baolee, at Bussuntgurh. It contains, also, as will be seen, notices of a new dynasty, and mentions a principality hitherto unknown. Raja Dhavala, of the race of Viswavarna, is represented as engaged in con- stant wars with neighbouring chiefs, and appears, on the consolidation of his power, to have followed the usual course of erecting, and dedica- ting a temple with pious reference to his ancestors. Lands and endow- ments were doubtless assigned in the ordinary mode for the main- tenance of this shrine, the record of which has been obliterated with the erasure of great part of the inscription. The facts which may be deduced from this ancient record, confirm the theory which I ventured, with Lieut. Cunningham’s concurrence, to put forth, based on the Bussuntghur inscription, as respects the condi- tion of Meywar subsequently to the first invasion of the country from Cabul, in a. p. 812. The presence in that inscription of the names of a new dynasty reigning over the country still called locally Badarz, near Mount Aboo, about a. p. 1042, and the historical knowledge which we have of a so-called division by Bhritripad, about two hundred years previously of the territory under his domination among thirteen sons, led to the conclusion, that this list of names recorded the reign of a line of petty potentates, either descendants of Britripad’s successors, or, as is more likely, of chieftains established in a small 1841.| Lnscription from the neighbourhood of Mount Aboo. 821+ principality by force of arms, after the temporary disruption of the monarchy at Chitore by the Mussulman invaders. The justice of this Opinion is confirmed by the tenor of the Dhavala inscription now before us. Enough of it remains to give us evidence of the existence contemporaneously within the boundary of the ancient monarchies of Chitore and Odeypore of another petty state, whose princes-we now, only have for the first time heard of in this obscure record of their acts, and whose territory may be perhaps yet, faintly remembered by some local appellation, or traditional record. The inference is natural, that similar mementos of other petty states established by the sword about the same period, during the time of political confusion may be still extant in Meywar. Their discovery would of course afford further proof of the truth of our suppositions as to the state of great part of Rajpoo- tana, for two hundred years or more after the first Mussulman in- vasion. Enquiry into such monuments of antiquity, however slow, and how- ever desultory, has yet the advantage of adding something to the amount of our knowledge of the true history of India. Materials are gradually accumulating, whence in the course of time, a sound and rational account may be framed of men and things as they at various times have been in this vast country. From the inscription before us, meagre and mutilated as it is, we are able to find evidence of hosti- lities carried on at this period against the Jains, on the ground of reli- gion, and noted in this record as an act of special merit. We are empowered to conclude, that in Rajpootana, war and foreign invasion had not as in other parts of India, (as evidenced by other inscriptions, ) caused the pursuits of literature to his neglected, the style and lan- guage of the record being singularly good: the arts, as it appears by the description of the temple, continued also to flourish, and the power of the ruling prince was sufficiently well established to enable him to declare the doctrine of possession in right of sovereignty of the produce of the earth : ‘‘ He who rules it in his turn, is the sole enjoyer of its fruits.” The amount of information thus acquired is often but small, and the labour of attaining is heavy ; but of such, let it be remembered, is the material of real history composed, and by such evidence alone are the errors and misrepresentations of tradition exposed and corrected. ili naa Hy 822 A letter to the Secretary to the Asiatic Society, on the Nurma Cotton of Bundelcund, from J. G. Bruce, Esq. In compliance with a letter from the Secretary to the Government, North-Western Provinces, regarding the Nurma cotton produced in Malwa, and requesting I would furnish you direct with any inform- ation which I might possess on the subject, I have the pleasure to inform you, that the Nurma cotton, of which the fine Chundellee cloths are manufactured, is the produce of a shrubby perennial, cultivated in the vicinity of Chunderee, to the extent required for the fabrics of that place. I never heard of any being grown for exportation in its raw state. The piece goods manufactured at Chunderee, I beg leave to inform you, consist principally of costly cambrics, turbands, and seylahs, or waist bands: these were of so beautifully fine. a texture, that some of the higher numbers sold for two hundred rupees a "plese, and were used by the Native princes and noblemen. Although the Chundellees are so much dearer than the Europe cambrics, the Native princes give the former the preference. It is said to be more durable, and keeps the body cooler in the hot sea- son, from the quality it is said to possess, of more readily imbibing respiration. Had it not been for this preference, the manufacture of the Chundellees would long since have been discontinued. When I came to Calpee in 1808, I found some few plants of the Nurma cotton in the “‘ Nuzzer Baug” garden, belonging to the Jallone Rajah. They had been sown before the seat of his government had been removed from Calpee in 1804 or 1805, to supply him, and his household, with the Brahminical* thread worn by the Brahmins (the Rajah himself was one) and higher castes of Marhattas. The cotton which these plants bore was beautifully soft, and of a good staple. I cannot, at this distance of time, distinctly recollect whether it was the smooth black, or downy grey seeded; but, as far as my memory * The Nurma cotton was, no doubt, chosen for its length, strength, and fineness of fibre. Moor, in his Hindu Pantheon, page 379, says, ‘‘ The Zennar is composed of three threads, each measuring ninety-six hands (cubits); they are twisted together, and folded into three; then twisted again, making it to consist of nine threads: these are again folded into three, without twisting, and each end fastened with a knot. Of these Zennars, a Brahmin wears four; the other privileged tribes three,” | | | | | | | | | 1841. ] On the Nurma Cotton of Bundelcund. 823 serves me, I think it was the latter. It appears to have been culti- vated about Chunderee, rather extensively, some years back, to meet the demand there was then for the Chundellees at all the Native Courts. It was customary with the Native princes, when they met together to celebrate marriages, or on other occasions of rejoicing, to present to each other, as well as their dependents, the Chundellee Mamoodies, (cambrics,) turbands, and seylahs, among other things, as Khillats. In fact, these were in requisition at the Courts of all the Native princes in Bundelcund, Malwa, and Central India generally ; but since machinery has tended to lower so considerably the prices of Europe cambrics, the Chundellees are merely required for the personal gar- ments of the princes. Chunderee is a province of the Gwalior state, situated on the banks of the Betwa river, between Jhansee and Chutterpore. I imagine the Resident of Gwalior, instead of Indore, could more readily afford the particulars required respecting the Nurma cotton. In the letter from the Secretary to the Government of Bengal, it is denominated the Nurma cotton of Malwa. Without a more definite description, the Resident may suppose that the information called for, relates to the indigenous Malwa cotton, or Gossypium Herbaceum, which is the same as the common Bandah. It would prevent mistake, if the Nurma grown about Chunderee, from which the Chundellees are manufactured, was mentioned. As Chunderee borders close upon Bundelcund, I think the Nurma cotton, which has already been acclimated to the country, and used for ages in the manufacture of the finest fabrics, may be grown suc- cessfully in the whole of Central India and Bundelcund, if not gene- rally in the North-Western Provinces. The soils of the two first are similar ; principally the rich black marl: that of the latter mostly clay and sand. The black marl seems to be decidedly the best for cotton. There is another description of cotton, which is of a longer staple, and finer fibre, than the common country. It is grown about Omrawuttee, and known in the Mirzapore and Moorshedabad marts as the cotton of that place. It has, however, the disadvantage of being very greatly intermixed with leaves and dirt, from being allowed to fall on the ground, before it is collected. In consequence of its being found so foul, there was never any demand for it in Calcutta, but it was 824 On the Nurma Cotton of Bundelcund. [No. 118. dispatched overland from Moorshedabad, principally to Dacca and the adjacent districts, for the manufacture of the muslins. Notwithstand- ing it was so foul, it realized a better price, when I was concerned in the cotton trade, than the Banda produce. Omrawuttee is a large trading mart, situated on the Poorna river, in the Nizam’s country, bordering on Nagpore. Owing to the immense distance Omrawuttee was by land from Calpee, this cotton never formed part of the Company’s investment. I was given to under- stand it was black-seeded, and originally of foreign importation. I have tried, at various times, the Sea-Island and Upland American, the Egyptian, the Bourbon, and the Pernambuco cottons several years, on my own account, to the extent of fifteen and twenty beegahs at a time ; and lastly, on a scale of four hundred beegahs, in partnership with two of the Calcutta mercantile houses in 1837, in the neighbour- hood of Calpee, with, and without irrigation ; but never at a remunera- ting price. My last experiment of four hundred beegahs happened to be made when the famine raged with so much severity in the North- Western Provinces; and I attributed the drying up of the plants, notwithstanding they had the benefit of being irrigated during the pre- valence of the hot winds, to the unfavourableness of the season. The seed was put into the ground in March and April, and watered from wells, until the periodical rains commenced ; but as soon as there was a cessation of rain, the plants began to wither, and although watered afterwards, became brown, and the leaves had the appearance of being scorched, and ultimately fell off, leaving a few capsules on the leafless plants, the produce of which, unfortunately, did not cover a tithe of our outlay. I ascribed, as I have already stated, our want of success, solely to the untowardness of the times; but from what I have observed in the present season, with respect to the experiment now carrying on under the superintendence of Captain Bayles, and the American planters, I am inclined to believe that my failure was not entirely owing to drought: for the plantations at the four localities in Bundeleund and the Dooab, bear the same appearance, as mine of 1837 did, and the result is likely to be as unfavourable. The American planters at the Farms commenced their cultivation of the cotton with the first showers of rain that fell at the end of June, and 1841.] On the Nurma Cotton of Bundelcund. 825 beginning of July last. As long as the rainy season continued, the plants looked healthy and fresh. About the middle of September, the rains, it may be said, ceased ; and almost immediately after, the leaves of the plants became brownish, and began to wither and fall off. This could not have arisen from want of moisture, as some of Captain Bayles’ cotton fields had only, a few days before, been well saturated with the rain that had fallen. ; Towards the end of September, the wind set in rather hot from the Westward, and I am of opinion, that the injury which the cotton sustained, is ascribable to it. If my conjecture be correct, I fear the American method of culture will never answer in Upper India, owing to the hot winds. The American mode of cotton culture, I think, is, in one essential point, objectionable with respect to this country. It exposes too much of the surface of the soil to the rays of the sun; this is liable to occasion too rapid an evaporation of moisture. It has been found by experience, the “ Purwa” soil, or mixture of clay and sand, will not bear it; and the black marl, I have had opportunities of ascertaining, unless it has lain fallow for some time, and is overrun with weeds, is seldom more than superficially turned up. The “‘duckhur,” instead of the plough, is usually employed in the preparation of the black soil. It has an iron scythe, in the room of a share, about twenty inches broad, and five deep, fixed to a beam of wood, between four and five feet long, and six inches in diameter. The buckhur is peculiar to Bundelkhund, Malwa, and Central India generally. In the course of the day, as far as five or six beegahs of land are buckhered. The iron scythe, which is fixed to the centre of the beam, enters about eight inches in the ground, effectually cutting, and rooting up weeds and grass, and the beam pulverizes the earth as it is turned up. The sand intended for the Khurreef, or rainy season crop, is once buckhered before the seed is scattered. It is then ploughed to cover the seed, and prevent the birds from getting at it. The Rubbee land is two or three times buckhered during the rains, and merely sown with the drill plough about eight inches deep. The cultivators of this district have an idea, that if too much of the soil is turned up, the produce is not so great. The black soil is subject to immense cracks and fissures during the dry months of the year, oM 826 On the Nurma Cotton of Bundeleund. [No. 118. which again fill with water and close up, after the rains have set in heavily. The cotton produced in this soil has ever been reckoned superior to that which is grown in the others. It is to be regretted that the Mexican seed, which Captain Bayles brought with him to this country from America, was not tried, in the first instance, on this soil, as the rains were uncommonly mild, and in a moderate season, the cotton in this soil grows best; it would have been the means most pro- bably, of securing an abundant supply of seed acclimated to the country, to have commenced the following year, on a scale commen- surate to the magnitude of the object the Court of Directors had in view; which, I am led to believe, from having had a perusal of their despatch on this subject, is the supercession of the supply from Ameri- ca, for the manufactures of Great Britain. If Great Britain is ever to look for the supply of its manufactories to India, other measures, than those which have been commenced upon, must be resorted to. Ages must pass away, (if the present method of home cultivation ever succeeds, which however is pro- blematical,) before India can respond to the demands of England. The most feasible and simple plan, it appears to me, would be to follow the one which Captain Bayles partially adopted this season, at my suggestion, when I was ordered by Government to aid him, in fixing his localities. I procured him engagements from the land- holders and ryuts, contracting for their labour at four rupees per beegah. They were to plough,* sow, weed, scarify, and do all the work that was required, entirely under the superintendence of the American planters. If the land-rent, establishment, and other expenses, trebled the amount, still the cost of the cotton would — have been very moderate. The indigenous plant, when properly attended to, will yield at least an average produce of a maund of ‘clean cotton; the Mexican, cultivated according to the American system, ought to give the same, if not more. Any mercantile man would pronounce a maund of American cotton landed at Calcutta, at twelve rupees, very cheap, and willingly engage for all that could be produced at such a rate through Captain Bayles’ agency. It is greatly to be lamented that the result of Captain Bayles’ experiment proved so unfavorable in the present season. Had it been * With their own cattle. 1841.] On the Nurma Cotton of Bundelcund. 827 successful, those who had contracted for their labour at four rupees a beegah, might have been encouraged to have grown the cotton on their own account and risk. Until the landed proprietors and ryuts can be persuaded to do so, there is little likelihood of India ever being able to furnish the quantity, which America now annually sends to Great Britain. I prevailed upon Captain Bayles to receive the engagements at four rupees a beegah, with the view of shewing the Government, and the mercantile community, at what specific cost the American cotton might be produced in Bundelkhund. Unless this was done, it appeared to me, individuals would hold back, from the impossibility of telling what the actual cost of a beegah, or maund of cotton, would amount to, under the “ neez,” or home cultivation system. The purchase and feeding of cattle, the cost of ploughs, the pay of the ploughmen and establishment, and innumerable other expensive items, were not likely to elicit readily this desirable information. As long as Captain Bayles and the American planters cannot make the produce of their mode of culture yield a remunerating value in the market, it is unreasonable to expect, that capitalists will embark in the speculation, or the impoverished landholders and ryuts will relin- quish their system, which, they consider, secures to them at least a subsistence, if not plenty. It is worthy of remark that the American cotton, cultivated by the ryuts with their own small-sized cattle and country ploughs, at four rupees the beegah, under the direction of the American planters, was in every respect equal to what was cultivated on account of Govern- ment, with the large-sized cattle, and American imported ploughs, under the superintendence of the planters themselves. This proves that neither a costly plough, nor team of horses, are absolutely neces- sary. The loss which Government must inevitably incur upon the present year’s experiment, is, in some measure, repaid by the acquire- ! : | | : | Ment of this valuable knowledge. For how, or where, could the poor ryuts have supplied themselves with such expensive agricultural ap- pendages, if the successful introduction of this superior description of cotton, depended entirely upon the possession of them. It having been ascertained that the means already in possession of the ryuts, will answer for the cultivation of the American cotton, the 828 On the Nurma Cotton of Bundelcund. [No. 118. next point to be considered is, the most expeditious way of accomplish- ing this highly important national object. As the cultivators, I am of opinion, will not engage on any other terms, before they have practical proof that a beegah of the American will yield as much profit to them, as their indigenous cotton: the most eligible plan appears to be, to employ the landholders and ryuts to cultivate, as they did in the pre- sent year, by contracting at so much a beegah. If the Cotton Associa- tion, which has been established in England, will consent to undertake the risk, and come forward with the means, I am inclined to believe, that, in two or three years, a cultivation to almost any extent may be secured for the Association, through the agency of Captain Bayles, and other fit persons. Humeerpore, 18th October, 1841. Letter to the Editor, on Lichens in the Himalayas, from Henry Corr, Esa. T regret much to say, that in consequence of my having been obliged to leave Mussooree for this place some days since, the rich harvest I had promised myself, on the investigation of the Lichens, suggested by you, has been interrupted, and I have been enabled to do much less than I had promised myself; especially as regards the investigation of the Botanical characters of the plants in question,—an almost untrodden path, and therefore the more deserving of exploration, especi- ally with the possible results likely to accrue to the arts before me. I have now the honour to inform you, that I dispatched, previous to my leaving Mussooree, small parcels of seven kinds of tree Lichens; which, if found useful, are likely, from the respective quantity of each, to become objects of commerce. They are two species of Bor- RERA or Evernta, one of them that is commonly in use amongst the natives as a dye, and named by Dr. Royle, B. Ashneh, one species of Usnea, one species of Parnura, three of Ramana, and a small quantity of a species of CLaponra. I have been very particular in sepa- 1841. ] On Lichens in the Himalayas. 829 rating all other species and extraneous matter; and as I see by Dr. Hooker, that the presence or absence of the fructification is supposed to make a difference in one of the Dye Lichens he notices, I have put in two small parcels (paper), specimens of the B. Ashneh, with and without the fructification, for separate experiments. I have sent you also, for exhibition at the Meeting of the Society, branches of the Bar- berry (Rusoot, Berberis) which will, in some manner, illustrate the fact of the abundance of some of the Lichens, as whole trees are as thickly covered as the pieces I send you, and absolutely killed by parasite. There are very few Lichens growing on rocks; they are almost entirely confined to the trees (especially the extreme bran- ches, where no doubt they can imbibe moisture more freely) and shrubs, but freely taking root amongst the moss, &c., on which they may occasionally fall from the trees, detached by wind or the birds. The greater part of those I have sent, are found on almost every kind of tree or shrub; but more particularly such as have the roughest bark. The Rhododendron alone seems almost exempt from them, though it has other less conspicuous species lodged on its smooth epidermis. Ihad commenced a collection for the Hortus Siccus, but even that was unfinished, or rather only in its infancy when I left: but such as it was, I thought it best to forward it to you, as it may enable compe- tent botanists to pronounce more positively as to the correctness of my nomenclature, which was, however, much improved by the assistance of a small except from his Herbarium sent me by Dr. Falconer. The num- ber of species I have forwarded is 19, and I have no hesitation in saying, that it is scarcely a tithe of those to be found in the Himalayas. The greater part however will only be valuable as botanical curiosities, as they do not individually occur in sufficient quantities, to warrant the probability of their becoming useful in commerce. I have, in a separate communication, endeavoured to give you my gleanings of all that is known respecting the various properties of the Lichens, and would beg the particular attention of chemists, and of your Curator especially, to the recommendation of Westring respecting the extraction of the dyeing principle from the Lichen, on the spot where it is found, as the chief cost of any article sent from the Himalayas over the capital to England, would consist of freight, &c.,— 830 On Lichens in the Himalayas. [No. 118. a point of great importance in so bulky a substance. Should you re- quire larger quantities of the Lichens, I can furnish them. As the mode of dyeing adopted by the natives, may not be generally known, I do myself the pleasure of handing you the same, with a few other details, which may be of interest. Chulchelera is the name by which the Evernia AsHNEH is known in the Upper Provinces of Hindoostan, but not to the natives of the mountains, who have one general name for all plants growing on the bark of trees, viz. Chal, a word meaning the bark itself, with all that is on it. As far as my information goes, the chief supply of the Doab is de- rived from the village of Nagul, no great distance (about ten miles) from Dhera, and the town of Khalsee, on the right bank of the Jumna. In these places the dealers in Lichen of Saharanpoor, (bunyas,) have correspondents, to whom they write at the commencement of each season, and mention the quantity if most probably required for con- sumption. These correspondents, also bunyas, notify their wishes to the petty chiefs or zumeendars in the hills, and the quantity ordered is delivered, the Paharees receiving either cash, but mostly salt, in pay- ment. Hach Paharee brings down a load of about 30 seers, packed in leaves, and bound with Moonjh, and has to pay the Gurwal Rajah, at established chowkees, a small duty, varying according to local arrange- ments with the chokeydars. The time for gathering the Lichen is January and February. The Nagul and Khalsee bunyas keep no stock on hand, but send all they receive to Saharanpoor. I am told the quantity annually exported to this town barely exceeds 100 maunds, (less than four tons,) of which about ten are used in the place and its vicinity, and the remainder sent further south. When first gather- ed, the Paharees are not particular in confining themselves to the genuine species required, but to hasten their work, tear off several other kinds, and along with them, break off the branches on which they grow. This, and those, give much trouble to the consumer, for the ex- porter below does not take the trouble of cleansing the article he re- ceives, before he sends it forward. As the Lichen is only used during the earlier months of the hot season in the plains, any remaining uncon- sumed after these, is spoilt by keeping in bulk during the rains, and thrown away as worthless. The entrepots for the Lichen to the east 1841. ] On Lichens in the Himalayas. 831 are Kassipoor and Philibeet in Rohilkhund, which derive their supplies: from the Kumaon province. The Lichen rarely finds its way into the hands of the regular dyers, as almost every Mussulman, and many Hindoos, know how to, and do use it as a household article of manufacture, thus saving the cost of the dyer’s labour. One seer will dye from ten to fifteen pieces of cloth, of the ordinary length, made in this part of the country and about two feet broad. The article when brought in the bazar, is carefully picked, and freed from all extraneous matter, thoroughly dried in the sun, and rubbed with the hand on. the rope bottom of a Charpae, till not only all the remaining particles of earth, bark, &c., are rubbed through, but until the whole assumes a white colour, by the peeling off of the dark under-surface, which you will observe on the plant. This process gives to the massive an almost silky softness. The Lichen is then put into as much water as may, in the estimation of the operator, be required to dye the cloth in hand, and boiled until the colouring matter is strongly given out. The dye water is then cooled, and modified by the addition of various sub- stances, according to the taste or fancy of the amateur dyer. These are chiefly Kutt, (Catechu, which is plentifully produced in the Sewalik Hills by the natives, from the wood of the Acacia Catechu, ) a pice weight of which, to the whole quantity, deepens the colour much ; but is not generally admired. The Kutt is pounded, rubbed on the seel with water to a paste, mixed with more water, strained, and added to the Lichen dye. This is the way in which the following ingredients are also added. 2ndly. Mehendee leaves (Lawsonta énermis) much used and admired. 3rdly. Pawn leaves (Pirer Betle ). Athly. Flowers of the Harsinghar (NyctTantuus arbor tristis, / which is indigenous to the Dhoon (valley) of Dhera, and its neighbourhood, &e. &e. In order to give the cloth an agreeable odour, it is usual to add, when about to be dipped for the last time into the dye, a small quantity of the following aromatics, pounded, ground, strained, and in the same manner as the Kutt, &c.; viz., Nagurmothor, (root of the Cyperus rotundifolius, ) Kaphoor Kucheree, (root of the HepycHiuM spicatum, ) and Balchur, (root of Vaterrana Nardus ). 832 On Lichens in the Himalayas. [No. 118. The cloth is dipped once, twice, thrice, or even oftener, according to the intensity of the colour it is wished to impart, carefully wrung each time, and hand-dried in the shade. The cloths chiefly dyed are those used for. pugerees or doputtas. Instead of washing, (which however they will bear without loss of colour,) the cloths are, when soiled, occasionally dipped in whatever portion of the dye may have been left, and put aside for this purpose. The Saharanpoor bazar rate of the Chulchelera will give a very fair idea of the cost and charges of not only the Chulchelera, but of all the other kinds, should they become articles of commerce, and be sought after for exportation. The Chulchelera, in its rude state, (that is as gathered with admix- tures in the Hills, ) is sold in Saharanpoor, when cheap, at rupees 1-8 per maund, or 7 pies the seer, (3s. per maund, or 4/. 4s. per ton) ; and when at the highest price, at from 2-8 to 3 Rs. per maund, which would give from 6/. 6s. to 8/. 8s. per ton. I have no doubt that, in case of an increased demand, the article would also rise in price, and that it would never be procurable at less than 6/. 6s. per ton; that is, rupees 2-8 per maund. At Saharanpoor, it would require (or rather at Nagul or Khalsee) to be picked and properly packed,—an operation which, from its cost, say 4 ans. per cwt. and the reduction in weight it would cause (at least one-third,) would enhance the price from 2-8 to rupees 3-10-8, and including the cost of one gunny bag. per maund, at least 5 ans. more, or say in round numbers rupees 4, or 8 Rs. per maund, or 11d. 4s. per ton. To this, carriage from Saharanpoor to Ghurmuktiser, or rather Sookerthal, a ghat twenty miles above Ghurmuktiser, at the minimum rate of 8 ans. per maund, and freight to Calcutta at no less than 1-4, including insurance, &c.; and we shall find the cost of the article delivered in Calcutta to be 5 rupees 12 ans. per maund, or 16/. 2s. per ton. The freight and expenses to London will not fall much short of 52. thus allowing the Lichen to be delivered in London at 211. odd. The following is a rough guess of the proportions in which the other species I have sent might be obtained, from which it would appear that there would not be much difference in the cost of the several kinds. 1841.] On Lichens in the Himalayas. 833 Taking the Chulchelera as the criterion represented by the figure 1, I think the other species might be thus placed :— Evernie species (? tenacissima) Wile as 4 Parmeliz ditto oa ag; ee e. 4 Usnea florida a a ne aoe = ali i a ta Ae Ramaline species (tree) ae a The species of Cladonia at not more than }, if so much. This proportion of Course would only influence the original cost - of gathering. Dehlee, 4th October, 1841. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ( Wednesday Evening, 6th October, 1841.) Dr. J. J. Heper win, Senior Member present, in the Chair, The following gentlemen proposed at the last Meeting were ballotted for and duly elected as Members ; viz:— Honble. A. Amos, Esq. R. Bartow, Esq. C. G. MANsEL, Esq. Ordered—That the usual communication of their election be made to the aforesaid gentlemen, and that they be furnished with the rules of the Society for their guidance. Library and Museum. Books received for the Library of the Asiatic Societe at the Meeting of 6th October, 1841. Royle on the Productive Resources of India, London, 1840, two copies, royal 8vo. 2 vols. ‘Report of the British Association for the advancement of Science for 1840, 8vo. 1 vol. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1839, part 4th, 1 vol. Hodgson’s Illustrations of the Literature and Religion of the Buddhists, Serampore, 1841, ten copies, 10 vols. The Oriental Christian Spectator, August 1841, vol. 2d, No. 8, second series, Bombay, pamph. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, 1840, vol. 2d, part 4th, 4to. 1 vol. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 1840, vol. 14th, part 2d, 4to. 1 vol. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, including Zoology, Botany, and Geology, June 1841, vol. 7, No. 44, pamph. Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. 18, No. 117 and 118, April and May, 1841, pamph. Calcutta Christian Observer, October 1841, new series, vol. 2d, No. 22. Yarrell’s History of British Birds, London, 1841, part 25, pamph. ON 34 Asiatic Society. [No. 118. Journal of the Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society, July 1841, No. l, pamph. Calcutta Monthly Journal, &c. August 1841, third series, No. 81, ditto Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 1840-1841, No. 18, ditto. Reports of the Council and Auditors of the Zoological Society of London, April, 1840 and April 1841, ditto. Seear-Ool-Mutakh-Reen, (Persian,) 1. vol. Another Persian Book, ‘‘ Heedayah,”’ vol. 3d. Books presented to the Library of the Asiatic Society by Mr. A. Csoma. Histoire général des Huns, Paris 1756, tome lere. parties lere. et 2d, et tome 2d. Ato. 3 vols. Dufresne Choix de Littérature, Edinburgh, 1808, 8vo. 1 vol. Recueil ou Melange Littérature, &c. par A. Scott, Glasgow, 1803, 8vo. 1 vol. Deodati Lettre d’una Peruviana, Londra, 1798, 8vo. 1 vol. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, London, 1834- 30-36, Nos. 2, 3, and 5, 3 vols, Memoir of the Expedition of an Ecclesiastical Establishment, by the Rey. C. Buch- anan, London, 1805, 4to. 1 vol. Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, London, 1833-34, vol. 3d, parts Ist, 2d, and 3d, 4to. 3 vols. Ditto ditto, Appendix, 1 vol. The Religion of Reason and of the Heart, by Chas. Benhurini, 1 vol. Europe and America, or the Future Prospects of the Civilized World, by De S. Phiselduk. Radjatarangini, ou Histoire des Rois du Kachmir, traduite par M. A. Taylor, Paris, 1840, in 2 vols. 8vo. thirteen copies, 26 vols. Comptes Rendus Hebdomedaires des Séances de L’ Académie des Sciences, tomes Ge. 410, 4to. 5 vols. ; Histoire des Mongols de la Perse, traduite en Francais par M. Quatremére, Paris, 1836, tome lere. royal folio, (2 copies, ) 2 vols. Journal Asiatique, 3rd série, Paris, 1840, tomes 9 and 10, 8vo. 2 vols. Recherches sur L’ Ancienne Astronomie Chinoise, 4to. 1 vol. Brosset’s Chronique Géorgienne, Paris, 1831, six copies, 8vo. 6 vols. Nouvelle Suites a Buffon, Cours de Geologie, tome 2, et Planches, 2d Livraison, Paris, 1839, 8vo. 1 vol. —— Histoire des Végetaux Phanérogames, tomes 7 and 8, Paris, 1839, 8vo. et Planches, 1] 4 14 Liv. 2 vols. Dr. Walker’s Histoire des Reptiles, tome 5, Paris, 1839, 8vo. 1 vol. Ditto ditto, Planches, 5 Liv. 1 vol. ——————-——_ Histoire des Insectes Orthoptéres, Paris, 1839, 8vo. 1 vol. Ditto ditto, Planches, 1 vol. Geographie D’Aboulféda, Texte Arabe, Paris, 1840, 4to. 2d Livraison, (6 copies, ) 6 vols. Y.—King, Antiquissimus Sinarum, &c. 8vo. 2 vols. Dupin’s Bien-Etre et Concorde des classes dti Peuple Francais, Paris, 1840, 12e. (two copies, ) 2 vols. Bulletin de la Société pour l’instruction Elementaire, Juin-Sept. 1840, Paris, 1 vol. ee EN Be ae Asiatic Society. 835 Société pour l’instruction Elementaire 24me Assemblée Générale, Paris, 2 vols. Assemblée Générale et Annuelle de la Société de la Morale Chrétienne, Paris, Mai 1840, (2 copies, ) Procés-verbal dela Séance Générale de la Société Asiatique, du Juin 1840, (six copies. ) Coup D’Oeil sur la situation de 1’instruction primaire en France, par M. Boulay de la Meurthe, Paris, 1840. Ville de Paris, Rapports et conclusions de la Commission des livres et Methodes, Anneé seculaire, 1840-4], 4 pamph. Rapport sur la 3rd édition du Manuel des Ecoles Elementaires, &c. par M. Sarazin, Paris, 1840, (2 copies, ) ditto. Journal de Médecine et de Chirurgie Pratiques, 9th Anneé, Paris, tome 9, 1 Cahier, Janvier 1838, ditto. Echo de la Litterature et des Beaux Arts, Novembre 1840, Paris, ditto. Epistemonomie ou Tables generales d’indications des Connaissances Humaines, Bruxelles, 1840, ditto. Extrait des Annales de la Societe Sericicole, 1840, Paris, 2 copies, ditto. Catalogue de la Librairie D’Ab. Cherbulliez et Cie, a Paris et a Geneve, ditto. Calcutta Christian Observer, new series, vol. 2d, No. 23, November 1841, ditto. List of the Geological Society of London, 1841, ditto. Journal des Savans, Janvier, Fevrier, et Mars, 1841, 3 vols. Jaubert’s Geographie D’ Edrisi, tome 2d, Paris, 1840, 4to. 1 vol. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, new series, vol. 7th, parts . 1, 2, and 3, Philadelphia, 1841, 4to. 3 vols. Freytag Hamase Carmina, textus Arabici, Bonne, 1826, 4to. 1 vol. Reid on the Law of Storms, with Charts, London, 1838, royal 8vo. 1 vol. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, by Professor Jameson, January to April 1841, No. 60, 1 vol. Farmer’s Cabinet, devoted to Agriculture, Horticulture, and Rural Economy, 4th August 1839 to July 1840, Philadelphia, 8vo. 1 vol. Calcutta Monthly Journal, for September, 1841, 3d series, No. 82, 1 vol. Oriental Christian Spectator, September and October 184], vol. 2d, Nos. 9 and 10, 2d series, 2 vols. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, vol. Ist, Nov. and Dec. 1840, No. 14, and vol. 2d, Jany. Feb, March 1841, Nos. 15, 16, 17, (2 copies each, ) pam. London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, 1841, vol. 18th, No. 119, and Supplementary Number 120, and vol. 19th, No. 121, 3 vols. Proverbia Arabica, edidit G. G. Freytag, Bonne ad Rhenum, 1838, 2 vols. - Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, 1840-41, vol. 3d, part 2d, Nos. 72 to 75. Forbes on the Ancient Languages of Gaul, Britain, and Ireland. Freytag Darstellung der Arabischen verskunst mit sechs Anhaengen, Bonne 1830, 1 vol. Histoire Naturelle de Poissons D’eau douce de l’Europe Centrale, par Lieut. Agassiz, Planches, 1 vol. 836 Asiatic Society. [No. 118. Elliott’s Carnatic Inscriptions, MSS. 2 vols. Freytag’s Chrestomathie Arabica Grammatica Historia, Bonne, 1834, vol. 2d, and Ist, chapters 7 to 14, vols. Freytag’s Liber Arabicus seu Fructus Imperatorum et Jocatio ingeniosorum, Bonne, 1832, 4to. 1 vol. Dastoor-Ool-Aunwar, (Persian, ) 1 vol. Kittab Mat-Laol-Audda-en, 1 vol. Read letter from Jas. CricHton, Esq. Colonial Surgeon, with a box of Insects from Western Australia. f Read letter from H. B. Hinton, Esq. Civil Surgeon, Akyab, with six Geological Specimens for the Economic Department of the Asiatic Society. (To these, reference has been made in the Curator’s Report.) Read Memorandum on the organization of a Museum of Economic Geology for the North-Western Provinces of British India, submitted by Lieut. Bainp Smiru, of the Engineers, agreeably to the request of the Society. Ordered—That a copy of the Memorandum be forwarded to Government, and the original made over to the Secretary for publication in his Journal. Read letter from Mr. H. Cops, of Mussoorie, offering his services for the collection of Lichens, for the purpose of assisting the researches set on foot by Mr. Pip- DINGTON, for the extraction of colouring matter from them. Read letter from Mr. Secretary Bususy, of 15th September 1841, intimating that the Resident of Indore had been written for information respecting the Nurma Cotton, and for specimens of the seeds and soils, and that a communication would be also made to the Lieutenant Governor at Agra, that reference may be made to the Sudder Board of Revenue at Allahabad, and to Mr. Bruce of Bundlecund, who is stated to be well acquainted with the Nurma Cotton of Malwa. Report for the Month of September, by the Curator. ANIMAL KINGDoM. ‘¢The arrival of two large and double glazed cabinets in the Museum, for the recep- tion of the stuffed specimens of Mammalia, at the time of my taking charge of the Society’s collections, has occasioned me to bestow more particular attention on this department, during the brief period that has elapsed since 1 assumed the duties of the Curatorship, and I have accordingly inspected and properly arranged what few specimens there as yet exist illustrative of the living Mammalia of India, and have labelled every species with its synonyms, so far as I have been successful in deter- mining the latter. ‘* With the important accessions in this class with which the Museum has been enriched during the past month, the entire number of species of which we possess some portion, more or less, amounts to 147. There are eighty stuffed specimens, pertaining to 64 species; and seven other species may be considered as temporarily represented by imperfect skins; indeed, many of the former require exceedingly to be replaced 1841.] Asiatic Society. 837 by better specimens. The number of perfect skeletons is 28, comprising several large and valuable species; besides which, we have nearly all the bones of the Malayan Tapir, and of alarge species of Whale, with a few belonging to some other species: of skulls, there are examples of fifty-four species additional to the thirty represented by the entire (or nearly entire) skeleton; and the remainder of the collection consists of a few specimens of Bats, and one of the Sylhet Mole, preserved in spirits, the frontlets and horns of various Ruminants, and a few specimens of tusks and other parts, being all that we possess of their species, and comprising those of the Narwhal, Hippopotamus, Phacochere, the molars of the Cachalot, &c. “Tt willinterest Zoologists in Europe to be informed that the spoils of the identical specimen of the Sumatran Orang-utan described by Dr. CLtarke ABEL in the 15th Volume of the ‘Asiatic Researches,’’ and to which so gigantic a stature has been ascribed, are still preserved in our Museum, in so favourable a condition that I have even had the skin cleaned and mounted, which has enabled me to examine the speci- men minutely, and to ascertain positively the fact of its possessing the same cheek- callosities as the great Bornean Orang-utan; the omission of Dr. ABEL, to notice this conspicuous and unsightly feature in his elaborate description of the specimen, has induced a suspicion that the remarkable character in question would prove not to exist in the Orang-utan of Sumatra ; nor was I| able to satisfy myself of the presence of the callosities until the skin of the face was moistened and rendered pliable, when they became conspicuously apparent. This will account for their not having been remarked by Dr. ABEL, as that naturalist took his description from the dry skin, as I first saw it. The individual being merely adolescent, the callosities on the cheeks had not attained the frightful extent of development figured by M. Txm- MINCK, in the instance of the fully mature Bornean Orang; nor had its beard grown to nearly so great a length. With regard to the size of the animal, the statement of Capt. CornFoort, that ‘‘ he was a full head taller than any man on board (his ship, ) measuring seven feet in what may be called his ordinary standing posture,’’ (As. Res. xv, 493,) is an exaggeration to which I can only wonder that Dr. ABEL gave publicity; the length of the body, from shoulder to ham, could never have exceeded two feet and ahalf, and I suspect was even some inches less ; and the animal was thus by no means of the largest size, nor probably quite full grown. I can perceive in it no external difference whatever from the great Bornean Orang, and consider them to be very decidedly the same in species; nevertheless, in the only portion of the skeleton of Dr. ABEL’s Sumatran specimen which the Society possesses, namely, the lower jaw, there is a very remarkable difference in form from the lower jaw of a male Bornean Orang of similar age, also in the Museum,—the ascending portion of the jaw being half an inch less broad, while the alveolar portion is considerably deep- er, especially in front, and the chin more slanting. I shall take an opportunity of recurring to this subject on another occasion. That individual variation of form occurs, to a considerable extent, in certain details in skulls of the Orang-utan, is now, I believe, generally admitted by those who have had opportunities for observation. ‘* Considering how many years the valuable specimen which I have been noticing has been exposed to the destructive influences of an Indian climate, hanging from the wall of a room, it is consolatory to find that it is in no respect much injured by such exposure, while it encourages me to hope that, with proper care and attentiog, the 838 Asiatic Society. [No. 118. mounted skins of animals in our Museum may be preserved for an indefinite period, with little more than the same protection which such specimens receive in Europe. “Of the next genus, that of the Gibbons (Hylobates), two highly interesting fresh specimens have been presented by the Right Hon’ble the Governor General, which had died in the park at Barrackpore. One of these isa half-grown female of the Hoolock, or White-browed Gibbon, (1. Hoolock, Harlan, H. Scyrites, Ogilby, and the brown variety H. Choromandus, Ogilby). The specimen is in beautiful con- dition, and if any doubt could exist of the specifical identity of the H. Scyrites and H. Choromandus of Mr. Ogilby, the present individual would remove that doubt, from the intermediateness of its colouring. The other specimen is astill younger female, also in admirable pelage, of the White-handed Gibbon (Simia Lar, Linneus, but not H. Lar of Vigors and Horsfield, which applies to H. Agilis; H. Albimana, Vigors and Horsfield, S. Longimana, Schreber, and the brown variety—Pithecus Variegatus, Geoffroy, but not H. Variegatus of Miller, which refers to H. Agilis.) The colour of this specimen is a very pale yellowish brown, and every intermediate shade be- tween yellowish white and deep-black is exhibited by the species, in common with the greater number, if not all, of its congeners; the circumference of the face and the four hands being white invariably. This species of Gibbon is generally brought from Sin- gapore, and according to the most trust-worthy information, is unknown in Sumatra, Java, or Borneo, in each of which islands it is represented by a nearly allied species, respectively peculiar to the island, viz. by H. Agilis in Sumatra, H. Leuciscus in Java, and H. Concolor of Miiller in Borneo ; whether the last-mentioned is identical with the H. Concolor originally described by Harlan, remains to be determined : the present specimen was brought from Moulmein ; and it is doubtless the species referred to by the late Dr. Helfer in Tenasserim, as being ‘‘ the most common species of its genus in the interior, howling most piteously in the solitary forests :’’ that gentleman also mentions the Siamang (H. Syndactylus), as having ‘‘ been found in the southern parts of Tenasserim, up to the loth degree of north latitude ;’? a statement it would be desirable to have confirmed, as this animal was previously supposed to be restricted to Sumatra. Finally, to complete this brief notice of the Gibbons, the re- mainder consist of the Hoolock upon the hills of Assam and Arracan, and the White- cheeked Gibbon, (H. Lewcogenys, Ogilby), a species lately characterized from a young individual in the possession of the Zoological Society, and the habitat of which was unknown. My friend and fellow-passenger, Lieut. Beagin, however, of the 2nd Madras Cavalry, recognised the drawings which I possess of this species, as decidedly representing one which he had often seen upon the Malabar ghauts, and forests of the Neelghierries, and which varies as much in shade of colour as the others (the Siamang, perhaps, alone excepted, which has never been observed otherwise than black.) Mr. Beagin had seen and handled a freshly killed specimen of the full-grown male, which taking it under the arms required considerable exertion to lift; the height was about three feet. Speaking on this subject to Mr. Walter Elliott, that naturalist remarked to me, that he had never heard of such an animal in those parts; but Mr. Ogilby, in his treatise on the Apes, (published in the Library of Enter- taining Knowledge), states, ‘* We have heard from an officer of high rank and cele- brity that there is unquestionably a real Ape in the forests of the Malabar coast: he had often heard the natives speak of it, and not unfrequently heard its cry, wow-wow, 1841.] Asiatic Society. 839 in the woods, though he had never actually seen it.’’ Of all these species of Gibbon, itis highly desirable that the Society should possess a good series, illustrative of the principal variations of colour ; at present we possess but four specimens, namely the Hoolock just mounted, and a young one in bad condition ; and a black specimen of the Lar, which contrasts remarkably with the almost white example that has been just set up. The kindness of Dr. Walker enables me to exhibit an equally pale speci- men of the Hoolock. I have had the skulls of all four taken out, and the entire skele- ton of the new Hoolock is in course of preparation. I have saved also the caecum with its small appendiz vermiforme of this specimen. It should be remarked that the individual of H. Lar here noticed, possessed 13 pairs of ribs, whereas Daubenton, as quoted by all subsequent writers, found but 12 pairs in the specimen dissected by him. (Vide Buffon, Hist. Nat. xiv. 104.) “When at Madras, two packages of skins were entrusted to my charge, for the Society, the one a donation from Dr. Coles, and the other from David Ross, Esq. The former consisted entirely of those of Mammalia, procured in Travancore. Among them are some highly interesting specimens. Of the genus Semnopithecus, there are two species new to the Museum, which previously contained only a half-grown female of the Hoonuman, (S. Entellus.) One of these is referrible to the Hooded Semnote, (Simia Johnii of Fischer, Sem. cucullatus, Is. Geoff., and apparently also the **Leonine Monkey’? of Pennant and Shaw.) The specimen is a female, nearly half- grown, but which had not begun to change its first dentition. It would seem to be this species which is indicated in the following passage, extracted from Dr. Harknesse’s volume on the aborigines of the Neelghierry Hills, (p. 61.) That author notices— ‘*A number of large black Apes, which kept up a continual rustling among the trees, and every now and then projected, from below the foliage, their grey-bearded visages, chattering, and apparently surprised at our intrusion.’’* I have been informed that it keeps always to the trees, and never, like the Hoonuman, resorts to houses; this I mention, because nothing has been hitherto published of the habits of the species. The other specimen, if not an entirely new species, is a finer example of the adult male S. cephalopterus, (Cercopithecus latiburbatus, Desmarest, C. leucoprymnos, Otto, Sem. fulvogriseus, Desmoulins, S. Nestor, Bennett,) than appears to have been hitherto met with by naturalists. Indeed, it differs so much from all the descriptions I have seen of the latter, and from the figure supplied by Mr. Martin, that I much suspect it will prove to be new, in which case I would propose for it the appellation— S. hypoleucos.¢ This animal is nearly allied to the Entedlus, but considerably smaller, the present apparently aged male measuring about twenty-one inches from crown to base of tail, the tail thirty-two inches, (which accords with the dimensions of S. cephalopterus.) The entire back and shoulders, together with the outside of the humerus and thigh, are of a rather deep and somewhat dusky brown, with a tinge of chocolate, becoming paler laterally, and having passed into white on the sides, under parts, and inside of the thigh and humerus; the face, ridge of hairs impending the brow, a few on the cheeks and lips, with the whole tail, and the remainder of the ® Vide a notice, also, in Dr. Royle’s Illustrations of the Botany, &c., of the Himalaya Mountains, at the end of a note to p. 30, where the productions of the Neelghierries are adverted to. + Since writing this, I have seen the S. cephalopterus alive in the park at Barrackpore, and can therefore pronounce on its distinctness from S. hypolewcos.—Cur. As. Soc. 840 ' Asiatic Society. [No. 118. limbs, deep black, mixed with whitish inside the fore-arm and in front of the leg ; crown, occiput, sides of the head, or what are called the whiskers, together with the beard, brownish white, having a faint tinge of the hue of the body upon the vertex ; the whiskers are not remarkably lengthened, though very copious, and do not stand out in the remarkable manner stated, as well as figured, of those of C. cephalopterus. All that I could learn of this monkey was, that it bore the namé of the Travancore Monkey in Madras. The S. cephalopterus is only known to inhabit Ceylon. ‘«The remainder of Dr. Coles’ donation consists of the following specimens and species :— Galeopithecus Temminckii, Pteropus medius, Taphozous brevicaudus, Nobis, (a new species, entirely distinct from another in the Museum, which again differs from 7. longi- manus of Hardwicke, the only Indian species as yet described, ) Sciurus maximus, (three specimens, ) hippurus, erythraus 2 Pteromys petaurista, Gerbillus Indicus, and Meminna kanchil, (a nearly white specimen from Malacca.) ‘¢Of these it will be sufficient to remark, that the specimens of Sciurus maximus, with those previously in the Museum, illustrate the gradations of variation in colour to which this species is subject: while I may also mention that all the examples of genuine Pteromys petaurista which I have seen, whereof the habitat was known with certainty, were brought from Travancore ;* though it is doubtless the same species of which Major Forbes gives so interesting an account in his ‘Journal of Eleven Years Residence in Ceylon:’ the allied Pé. nitidus comes always from the Malay Peninsula and Islands, and the Pt.magnificus from the Himalaya. The Gal@opithecus Temminckii is entirely distinct from the species inhabiting the Phillipines, as lately _ shewn by Mr. Waterhouse. Mr. Ross’s donation consists almost entirely of Birds, but contains three skins of Mammalia, and one Reptile; viz:— Pteropus medius ? (most probably distinct, but I wait for further data before deciding, ) Megaderma lyra, Herpestes griseus ; and the Reptile, Varanus binotatus (Lacerta binotata, Kuhl.) . The following are the Birds :— Upupa Epops, Alcedo Bengalensis, Halcyon Smyrnensis, Merops Phillipinensis, (adult and young, ) Coracias Indica, * The Society has since received this species from Moulmein: and the Pt. Oral of Lt. Tickell, (described in the Calcutta Journal of Natural History, No. 7, p. 401,) would seem to be no other.—Cur. As. Soc. 1841. | Asiatic Society. | S41 Bucco Indicus, Eudynamys orientalis, (male and female, remarkable for the great sexual diversity of plumage, ) Centropus pyrrhopterus, Lanius Hardwickii, Lanius minor ? Copsychus saularis, (Wagler, ) Hematornis, (Swainson, ) aspecies nearly allied to H. Caffer, but much smaller, having the upper parts, with the hind-neck and breast, of a hair-brown colour, slightly fringed (as in H. Caffer) with greyish, and the under-parts dull-white, mixed with brown anteriorly ; in other respects a miniature of H. Caffer: entire length 6% inches ; of wing 3} inches; tail 23 inches; tarse 3 inch, and bill from forehead 4 inch. Should it be undescribed, I pro- pose for it the appellation H. pusillus. Pitta brachyura, Oriolus aureus, Euplectes Phillipensis, Pyrgita Domestica, Cinnyris Mahrattensis, (two specimens, ) ——— sola, Perdiz Argoondah, (male and female,) Coturnix Argoondah, Sykes, Hemipodius pugnax, Glareola torquata, Tachydromus Asiaticus, Parra Sinensis, (adult and young, ) Himantopus melanopterus. * ; ‘‘T have also to acknowledge the donations of a fresh-killed specimen of Pteropus medius from Mr. J. J, Maclean; of a fine Alexandrine Parroquet, (Palaornis _ Alexandri,) from Mr. L. Swarries; of a Bat, (Scotophilus castaneus,) from Mr. Bouchez ; and two young Bats, of a species nearly allied to the European Pzpistredie, have been picked up in the compound surrounding the Museum. A large box of Insects, collected in the Australian settlement of Swan River, has also been presented to the Society by Mr. Crichton of that place, containing many in- teresting specimens, and especially valuable for the number of duplicates comprised, the importance of which, properly distributed, need not be further adverted to. The collection contains 287 specimens, referrible to about 80 species, and the Coleoptera outnumbering all the other orders. A considerable number of native insects have been taken by a person I have employed for the purpose. **In the Osteological department, the skeleton of the Rhinoceros, which was much soiled and badly set up, has been taken to pieces, cleaned, and is now in process of being remounted. Several small skeletons are also in course of preparation, and some” skulls have been added to the collection. A skin of the Yak, (Bos grunniens,) which, * The whole of these specimens were collected in the Zillah of Chingleput, as Mr. Ross has sinee informed me,—Cur. As. Soc. 50 842 Asiatie Society. [No. 118. for five years, has been hanging to the wall of one of the apartments, I have had moistened and stuffed, and the skull, which was wanting in the collection, taken out and cleaned. The mounted skin now forms a very good specimen of the stuffed animal. MINERAL KiNnGpom. But a single donation has arrived during the past month in this department, consist- ing of six specimens, presented by H. B. Hinton, Esq. for the Museum of Economic Geology ; viz:— One example of Granite Rock in the Ganges at Puturghat, One of Hornblende, from Sicrigully, Rahjmahel, ———— Trap, called Whinstone by Buchanan, from the same locality, —— Kunkur, ditto, ————- Quartz, ‘ fat and mealy,’ ditto, and —— Iron, ditto. ‘“‘ Lastly, Dr. Lloyd has sent for deposit in the Society’s Museum, a Deep Sea Clam and Cylinder, of which every care will of course be taken.” The Secretary, before reading the foregoing report of the Curator, (Mr. Biytu,) took occasion to introduce him to the meeting, and proposed that the services of Mr. Pippin@ToNn, late Curator, be suitably acknowledged. The best thanks of the Society were accordingly accorded to Mr. Pippi1Ne@Ton, for his valuable services during the time he officiated as Curator, and hope expressed that he would continue to afford his services in the good cause which he has as much at heart as the Society, to promote. Read a proposal from Molovi Abdoollah to reprint in Persian, the ‘‘ Hedayah,’’ and soliciting the patronage of the Society for the undertaking, by their subscription for 100 copies. This proposal not coming within the province of the Society, it was proposed by Dr. H#sERLIN, and seconded by the Secretary, that the Society subscribe for five copies, as an encouragement to the Molovi for his undertaking. The proposal having been put to the vote, it was lost by a shew of hands: ordered, therefore that the proposal be declined, and the Molovi informed accordingly. Read letter of lst October 1841, from Dr. H&sBERLIN, submitting his reasons for proposing that Professor H. Ewaxp, of Tibingen in Wirtemberg, be elected an Honorary Member of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Read report from the Secretary and Officiating Curator of the Society of Ge 18th June last, with correspondence on the subject of the Geological Collections of Capt. Hotton. Ordered, that the subjects of two foregoing papers be submitted to the Committee of Papers for consideration and report. Read the following report from the Librarian for July last :— S1x,—I have the honour of transmitting to you my report of last month, requesting you to lay it before the Committee of Papers. : | | 1841.] 4 Asiatic Society. 843 It was highly encouraging to me, that the plan which I had the pleasure of propos- ing for a new arrangement of the Library and Catalogue met, in its general features the approbation of the Committee. In compliance with their request, I now beg to state what progress has been made in the new arrangement during the last month, premising, that it was commenced on the 19th ultimo, when I received a communication from you concerning the resolution of the Committee. The classification adopted for the Classic Literature, is as follows :— |B Ciassic LITERATURE. 1. 2. Greek Literature. Roman Literature. A. Philosophy, B. History, C. Geography, D. Miscellaneous Works. This division of the new catalogue has been completed, and the books of the Library referring to it, have been arranged accordingly. The classification of the second division is also commenced, and the works, belong- ing to its first head, viz. Theology, have been entered into the catalogue ; the arrange- ment has proceeded to the heads of Jurisprudence, Medicine, and Philosophy. The following is the classified arrangement of Theology :— II. Literature of modern times from the commencement of the Christian xra to the present age. I. Theology. ae B. C. Polytheism. Monotheism. Pantheism. A B A B Cc Special forms Polytheism in general. Judaism. Christianity. Muhammedanism. of Polytheism : a. Holy Scriptures and their parts. a. Religion of Egypt. b. Biblical Criticism and Interpre- b. ———— of Greece and Rome. tation. ec. ——— of Zoroaster. c. History of the Christian Church. d. Brahmanian. d. Miscellaneous Works. e. Buddhism. f. Religion of Confucius. I beg to observe with regard to this classification, that the subdivisions have of course been made according to the number of works in the Library, as a complete ar- rangement cannot be made, except there be a number of books sufficient to represent the co-ordinate divisions of a branch of Literature. I add two lists which have been prepared during last month for the consideration of the Committee, one of all the defective works in the Library, specifying the volumes which are wanting, as many of these works contain the most important information about subjects intimately connected with the purposes of the Asiatic Society, which renders it very desirable to have them completed. 844 Asiatic Society. [No. 118. The second contains the number of books which require to be rebound. With regard to them I would observe, that though the expense of putting them into good condition, may be considerable, the preservation of so many excellent works will justify the outlay ; for should they be allowed to remain in their present state, most of hem will soon be so far destroyed as to be of little or no service in the Library. Should the Committee resolve to have these books rebound, I would take the liberty to suggest, that several respectable Book-binders be requested to send in their esti- mates. I would also remark that, when books, requiring to be bound, are many, as for instance in a Public Library, the prices ought to be something less than the common rates. ‘ The rate for the binding of books, as fixed at present, appears too high, as the accompanying list of the respective rates apparently shews. llth August, 184]. I have the honour to remain, Sir, Your obedient servant, ; ee E. Rokr. Read report by Mr. PippineTon, on the Cylinder found on the hills near Herat, and presented to the Society by Major E. Portinazr, which the Secretary informed the Meeting he would print in an early number of his Journal. Read letter of Ist September 1841, from Lieut. A. Cunnineuam, of which the following is a copy :— My pzEAR TOoRENS, Lucknow, \st September. The Silver Plate of which you have got 500 lithographed copies, appears to me to represent most unquestionably the portrait of Sapor II. or Shahpuhr Zu’) Aktaf, or Zu’l Aknaf; for in the list of the Sassanian Kings, whose dresses are described in the Majmul-ut-Towarikh, 1 find that he is the only one who has a crescent on his crown. - His dress is thus detailed, a rose coloured tunic; red pantaloons ; a crown of blue and gold, embroidered in different colours, surrounded by two circles of gold, and ornament- ed with an embroidered crescent. i Do you think then that Zw’l-Afkun, or ‘‘ Lord of the Lion,’ might be substituted for Zw 'l-Aktaf, ** Lord of the shoulders’’; and Zw’l-Akna’f, “ Lord of the Wings??? The last of these is supported by the wings, which appear on the head-dress of so many of the Sassanian Princes ? Yours sincerely, A. CuNNINGHAM. For the Contributions and Presentations thanks were accorded. JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY. Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergui. By Captain G. B. TREMENHEERE, Lyxecutive Engineer, Tenasserim Division. 1. The tin of this province has not been sought for since the Burmese took possession of the country from their Siamese neighbours. Under the rule of the latter, or during the period at which Tenasserim was an independent state, extensive works for tin were carried on. It occurs chiefly in the beds and banks of streams issuing from the primitive mountains, which form the principal feature of this peninsula ; portions of the banks of streams in which it is found are, in some instances, rivetted with rough stone-work, to confine the water for washing operations ; and the ground on either side, for many miles along their course, is penetrated by innumerable pits, from eight to ten and twelve feet deep. Traces of the work of many thousands of men are evident in several places. These pits are not connected with one another, but seem to have been sunk by separate small parties of men, to whom probably definite tasks were assigned, with a view of tracing the tin ground, and of extracting the gravel with which the tin is mixed. Their variable depth, and the amount of labour expended on them, is a tolerable indication of the success with which this has been pursued, and of the places in which ground might be again perhaps opened with advantage. 2. The streams themselves are rich in tin, which may be collected from their beds in considerable quantities. The process by which it has been deposited for long periods, and for many miles along No. 119. New Series, No. 35. 5 P 846 Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergui. [No. 119. the line of valleys through which they flow, appears to be in active operation at the present day. Crystals of the peroxide of tin washed down by the rivers, and deposited with sand gravel in their beds, may, by changes of the river’s course during the freshes, be quickly covered with a few feet of gravel and soil. The older deposits have, as far as my observation extends at present, the same alluvial character, and it would be well in future operations to have regard to the levels in which the streams may have formerly run. The first of these localities which attracted my attention, was the Thengdon river, issuing from the primitive mountains in the imme- diate neighbourhood of the coal mine on the Great Tenasserim river. I visited this river in the course of my survey of the coal basin, and found pits in great number along its banks, of the existence of which I had been previously informed, though the object for which they had been dug was not known to my informant. On washing some of the gravel from the bottom of one of the pits, a small quantity of tin was found. 3. A Shan was subsequently sent there, and collected 11,889 grains of tin of the native peroxide in the course of an hour and half. Speci- men No. 1, which is equivalent to 19 ounces and 198 grains of pure tin. 4. After leaving the vicinity of the coal mine, I proceeded down the river, and was accompanied by the Shan, who had been employed in tin works in the Straits, and to whom several tin streams in the Mergui province were known. These are situated chiefly on the Little Tenasserim river, into which they empty themselves. The first and most accessible is the Thabawlick, which unites with the Thakiet three miles above the junction of the latter with the Little Tenasserim. The mouth of the Thakiet is eleven miles from the town of Tenasserim. 5. The access to this tin ground is by land in the dry season. Landing at the village of Thakiet, I proceeded on foot eight miles, and reached the Thabawlick, at the point indicated in the accompanying sketch. 6. The intervening ground is for the most part flat. After passing a marsh of some extent, there is a low ridge of hills, which presents, however, no obstacle to land carriage of any description. The face of the country is, as usual, except in marshy places, thickly covered F841.) Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergut. 847 with jungle trees ; but the wild elephants’ tracks are open and convenient. During the monsoon, boats carrying 100 bags of rice, can ascend the Thabawlick to the place alluded to, in one day. The tide is felt about six miles from its mouth. 7. Having arrived at the spot at a point known to my guide, and at which he had the previous year stationed himself for a few months, for the purpose of collecting tin, I found numerous pits and old cuttings, from which tin had been formerly obtained. It is found in layers of gravel immediately beneath the soil. The surface is undu- lating, and during the wet season, streams of water could have been conveniently conducted near the excavations, for the purpose of wash- ing the gravel. 8. The guide stated, that crystals of tin could be in this manner separated by the hand without the usual aid of the washing trough. The rains not being at that time sufficiently advanced for that purpose, I did not succeed in obtaining any tin from the pits. The line of deposit of the richest stanniferous gravel has been probably influenced ‘by many causes, and the chances of finding it are much the same as those to which other undertakings of this nature are subject. A few trials, however, across the low ground through which the hill streams pass, would enable the speculator to follow its course. 9. The time of the tin washer was, I found, much better occupied in seeking for tin in the bed of the river. He was assisted by one man, who disturbed the sand and gravel with his feet to as great a depth as he could thus accomplish, when a conical and shallow trough, about two feet in diameter and ten «inches deep, was filled with the same, and washed in the stream by a circular motion, so as to get rid of the gravel and lighter particles, leaving the crystals of tin to collect, by their gravity, on the apex of the hollow trough. Each filling and washing occupied, on an average, six minutes. One washing produced 1041 grains of native peroxide of tin in six minutes. Specimen No. 2, equivalent to 1 oz. 335 grains of pure tin. One do. do. 1265 grains of do. do. _ Specimen No. 3, equivalent to 2 oz. 31 grains of pure tin. One do. do. 1785 grains of do. do. Specimen No. 4, equivalent to 2 oz. 430 grains of pure tin. ; 848 Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergui. _[No. 119. One hour’s work apart from the above, 8,166 grains of pure tin. Specimen No. 5, equivalent to 13 oz. 160 grains of pure tin. Total of half a day’s work, including the above, 25,406 grains, equi- valent to 2 lb. 9 oz. 2382 grains of pure tin. Specimen No. 6, contains of the latter, 13 oz. 149 grains. The price of labour in this province is 6 annas per day. 10. The produce of a day’s labour of two men would be, according to the above trial, equivalent to 5 lb. 2 oz. 464 grains of pure tin, at the cost of 12 annas, exclusive of the expenses of reduction to the metallic state. This process, from the pure state of the mineral, is extremely simple and inexpensive. The tin collected in the trough would require one more washing to remove particles of sand, &c. and charcoal is the only fuel required for its reduction. The pieces or ingots of tin in the shape of the frustrum of a cone, (Specimens Nos. 7 and 8,) which are manufactured at the Rehgnon mines, on the Pak Chum river to the southward, and exchanged there for goods at 4 annas each, weigh 1 lb. 2 oz. 383 grains ; and their value at Mergui, where the average price of tin is 85 rupees per 100 viss, of 365 lbs. 4 annas 4 pie. The value therefore of Slbs. 2 oz. 464 grains, or the day’s work of two men, would be 1 rupee 8 annas 4 pie. The cost of collecting being 12 annas, leaves 12 annas and 4 pie for the cost of the reducing process, and for profit on the labour of two men. 11. On the morning after reaching the Thabawlick, I traced the tin ground for a mile in a N. N. E. direction. The pits are in some parts more abundant than in others; and I was informed that they occurred and were thickly scattered throughout the entire course of the river between that point and the hills from which it issued, at the distance of an entire day’s journey, if the windings of the river are followed. 12. The pits have not been worked since the Burmese took posses- sion of the country. At the head of the stream, there are said to be the remains of bunds constructed for distributing water for washing the tin, and the posts of a house still standing, which is supposed to have been occupied by a Siamese superintendent of the work there carried on. : The season was too far advanced to enable me to prosecute my — inquiries towards the hills on this occasion, and my attention was 1841.] Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergut. 849 therefore confined to the spot from which I obtained the results de- tailed above. 13. Four other rivers emptying themselves into the Lesser Tenasse- rim, are said to produce tin, but none are so accessible as the Tha- bawlick. The following are the names of these streams, with their distances from the Thakiet river :— The Khamoungtang River, one day by the Little Tenasserim, and one march inland. Engdaw River, no road through the jungle. Kyeng ditto, two days by the river, and two days inland. Thapyn ditto, three days by the river, and one march inland. From the Khamoungtang specimen, No. 9, weighing 2,890 grains, was collected in ten washings, but I did not visit the place myself. The size of the tin is larger than that collected in other places, though the produce is not equal in quantity. 14. After returning to Tenasserim, I visited Loundoungin River, where tin was said to exist, but it turned out to be Wolfran sand, which had been washed down from the adjoining slate mountains, and was lying on the surface of the sandy bed of the stream. 15. In proceeding down the Great Tenasserim River towards Mergui, I halted at Moetong, for the purpose of visiting a tin ground which was said to exist near the range of hills to the N. E. skirting the open plain in which this place is situated. On penetrating to the hill itself, I found it to consist exclusively of granite, with not a trace of another rock of any description. The dry beds of the water-courses consisted of granitic sand alone. There were many excavations for tin on the face of the hill. Several loads of gravel from the bottom of the pits and from the beds of the water-courses were carried to the river and washed, but the out-turn of tin was very small. There is no water within convenient reach. 16. The next spot visited was Kahan, a small hill near the Ze- davoun Pagoda, on the right bank of the Great Tenasserim River, 11 miles from Mergui. The tin occurs here under conditions differing much from that of the localities above mentioned. Kahan itself is the highest portion of a low ridge of hills, not more than 200 feet above the level of the river: it is composed of a soft, 850 Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergui. [No. 119. friable, white sand-stone rock, the upper portions of which are de- composed and irregular. The surface gravel does not contain tin. It is found in the crystallized form, interspersed in decomposed granite, forming a vein about three feet wide, which is enclosed by the white sand-stone rock, and dips down at a high angle with the horizon. Specimen No. 10, if its form be preserved, illustrates well the tin crystals imbedded in the decomposed granite, which are easily detach- ed from the matrix. The Specimen No: 11, from the same vein, of a yellow colour, is considered the surest indication of the presence of the mineral, and lies below the white, No. 10. Large scales of chlo- rite occur with it, which as they are generally found where the tin is most abundant, is called by the natives the mother of tin. The face of the hill is in one spot scattered over with these, which appear to have been brought down from the vein, with other matter from which the tin has been separated ‘by the usual mode of washing. It will be noticed, that the granite is completely decomposed, and that the crystals would be easily separated by washing. No tin has been raised here since the country came into our possession, but the loca- lity has been known. It was worked during the Burmese rule, and valued as supplying the richest ore of tin. A Burmese residing near the spot, pointed out the place where his operations had ceased. He had followed the direction of the vein alluded to, as well as he was able, and had driven a gallery underground in an inclined direc- tion upwards, till the bank above fell in, when the mine was abandoned. He stated, that he had procured considerable quantities of tin daily, and that he often found it in large masses mixed with the yellow ground above mentioned. Arriving at the spot where his work had ter- minated, I set people to excavate and find, if possible, the vein which had been described. It was reached after about two hours digging, at the depth of five feet from the surface of the cut in the hill, in which we stood. In about a quarter of an hour, a few baskets of the decom- posed granite were removed down the hill, from which 3,900 grains of the crystallized peroxide of tin, equal to 63,176 grains of pure tin, Specimen No. 12, were collected; and the next day 23,400 grains, equal to 2 lbs. 6 oz., and 100 grains of pure tin were found in the same manner by one man’s labour in excavating ; one carrying down to the water, and a third washing. } 1841. ] Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergut. 851 17. This locality appears to be of very promising description, and I have little doubt that if the work were aided by ordinary skill and means, that a tin mine here would be productive. A vein of tin is, in fact, exposed to the day, and would only require for a considerable period of work the precaution of well-supported galleries and shafts, to allow of its contents being easily extracted. The Kahan hill is, I conceive, an indication of a valuable repository of tin. It is but a quarter of a mile from the creek communicating with the river, which is accessible to any boats. Its proximity to Mergui, offers also great. facility for the procuring of labour and sup- plies. 18. The localities, therefore, which appear to hold out the best prospects for tin are, first, for stream tin, the Thabawlick river and the Thengdon river; and for mine tin, the Kohan hill. They all produce tin of the same nature and quality ; viz. crystals of the native peroxide, being a combination of oxygen and tin only. 19. No difficulty would be found in procuring labour from Mergui for carrying on tin works at either of these places. 20. The location of the coal mine on the Great Tenasserim river has given rise to much additional cultivation along the banks of that river, where there are many Kareen villages, from which parties on the Thengden could be supplied. Fruit trees, not indigenous to the place, and other traces of a considerable population having once oc- cupied its banks, are obseravable on this river. The banks of the Little Tenasserim are thinly occupied by Siamese villages. The coun- try in this direction, except near the banks of the river, is utterly unpeopled, and appears always to have been so. 21. Communication by water from the Thakiet to the Thabawlick tin ground, is not open in the dry season, but the distance by land is short. The produce of two lines of country, that of the vicinity of the Great and Little Tenasserim rivers, passes the town of Tenas- serim at the junction of these rivers, only 11 miles from the Thakiet, and no difficulty in procuring subsistence for working parties on the Thabawlick need be apprehended. (Signed) G. B. TREMENHEERE, Capt. Executive Engineer, Moulmain, 31st August, 1841. Tenasserim Division. 852 Report on the Manganese of the Mergui Province. By Captain G. B. TREMENHEERE. 1. During my stay at the Tenasserim coal basin, a piece of man- ganese ore (black wad) of good quality, was brought to me by a Kareen, who stated that it had been found accidentally in the bank of a stream called the Thuggoo, which enters the Great Tenasserim, seven- teen miles below the coal site. Subsequently, several other pieces of the same ore were brought by Mr. T. A. Corbin, Assistant to the Com- missioner from the Therabuen river, five miles above the Thuggoo, and from an intermediate spot, the locality of which had been previously known, and had been, I believe, originally pointed out by Lieut. Glover, of the Madras Army. 2. In proceeding down the river, I visited these spots, and found at each that a valuable bed of manganese ore existed close to the surface of the country. It had been apparently cut through by the action of the streams and river before mentioned, leaving a section of the bed of ore in their banks covered only by the debris of the banks themselves. Large quantities might have been carried away, but a few hand specimens only were taken, which sufficiently shew the nature of the deposit, and are fair samples of what might be easily collected. 3. The best Specimens, No. 1 and 2, are from the Thuggoo river and the bank of the Great Tenasserim. That of the Therabuen did not appear to be at the surface of so pure a quality, but the existence of — the bed being known, it is perhaps premature to pronounce it an in- ferior ore, from the examination of specimens taken from a hole ex- tending not two feet into the bank. No. 5 is a portion of manganese rock projecting into the Great Tenasserim river, near the sali of the Therabuen stream. 4. For the localities above mentioned, I must refer to the sketch accompanying my report on the tin of this province recently forwarded. 5. Of the extent of these manganese beds, it is difficult to pro- nounce. The face of the country in which they are situated is flat, thickly overspread with soil, and with the densest jungle. It is not, as far I could perceive, intersected by many streams, which would afford 1841. ] Report on the Manganese of the Mergui Province. 853 the means of tracing the mineral deposit. The Great Tenasserim river has passed through the manganese bed in one spot 24 miles removed from two. other points at which it occurs to the north and south, at both of which it is likewise discovered near the surface by the action of the streams Thuggoo and Therabuen, the probability therefore is, that it is an horizontal deposit, covering many square miles. But without indulging in conjecture, there is sufficient at the localities referred to, to indicate large quantities of manganese ore, which could be collected by penetrating through the soil lying above it, and immediately near the spots in which it is now exposed to the day. It occurs in the form of the black oxide, and is the manganese of commerce. It is largely consumed in Europe in the preparation of bleaching compounds, and when pure, is valuable to the manufacturers of glass. The soft black ore, No. 1, is a hydrate of the peroxide of manganese, known under the name of wad. It contains of water two equivalents or 9 per cent. Iron, 1.96 grains by analysis. Its specific gravity is 1.47. The specific gravity of the grey peroxide, No. 4, is 2.46. (Signed) G. B. TREMENHEERE, Capt. Executive Engineer, Moulmain, 11th September, 1841. Tenasserim Division. 854 Of a new species of Lagomys inhabiting Nepal, (with Plate, )—Lagomys Nepalen- sis, Nob. By B. H. Hovason, Esa. Resident at the Court of Nepal. Two fine specimens, male and female, lately received from Gosainthan, enable me to add the genus Lagomys to the Catalogue of Nepalese Mam- mals, and it may be remarked as characteristic of the enormous and sud- den inequalities of elevation proper to this kingdom, that the tropical ge- nus Rhizomys, and the arctic genus Lagomys, have been taken within 40 miles of each other. The specimens of the latter genus just procured by me, were shot by my hunters on the margin of the sacred lake whence the Trisal Ganga River issues, and close to the verge of perpetual congelation. There were but a pair, of which both were obtained, as they moved about in the vicinity ofthe small natural cavity, or rocky fissure, that formed their abode. Their sto- machs were full of fresh vegetable matter, like the contents of a hare’s belly, nor was there near their abode any evidence of the hoarding propensities of the genus, or of a habit of digging for food. The height of the summer being the season at which the animals were taken, may explain the former circumstance however, but not the latter, and though it is said that these Rat-Hares dig for their food occasionally, I fancy this must be a mistake. My species appears to be nearly allied to Royli, and possibly may be iden- tical, but I think not, and shall therefore give a summary description of it, which with the beautiful drawing of my painter, will serve at once to decide this specific distinctness or otherwise. Gosainthan, where the pair were killed, is not above 30 miles north of Catmandoo. No European has ever visited it; but as it is on the verge of the perpe- tual snow line, it cannot be much less than 16,000 feet above the sea. The male of the pair is seven inches long from snout to vent, and the female half an inch less. The general appearance of the species is that of a Guinea-pig, but the natives of India, who know no such animal, liken it to a Rat, and as its Leporine teeth and soles (of the feet) are not obtru- sive signs, the association of it to the Murine race seems natural enough. Its general likeness, for instance, to the Rhizomys or Bamhoo Rat is very noticeable, particularly as the latter is apt to hide its tail. Buta nice ob- server will at once mark the greater superior massiveness of the head in Rhizomys, together with the smaller eyes and ears, and will not be slow to refer these peculiarities to the highly fossorial habits of that genus. Our present subject which, weshall name provisionally “ Nepalensis,” has a moderate hare-like head, but ears quite similar to those of the common Rat, with the exception of that small internal process near the conch, eee ae St “ oe ere 3 #255 ch YN CI® Ung ‘2718 jem Mom stsuayedriyy sAtm08e Tr 1841. ] On a new species of Lagomys. 855 which seems proper to the Lagomides. The ear is rather less than half the length of the head, is truncated, rounded, and nearly nude except on the anterior and incurved edge of the helix, where very short hairs are pretty closely set. The upper and outer pair of front teeth have a very deep longitudinal groove, so as to look hke four instead of two, but neither these, nor the inferior pair are at all remarkable for size or strength, offer- ing in this respect, a strong contrast to Rhizomys. The inner pair of up- per teeth are palpable, but minute. The whiskers are long, and firm, reaching to the shoulders ; the lips and the muzzle entirely furred : the eyes medial : the body full and cylindric: no vestige of tail : the limbs. short, but fine, and of nearly equal length and strength before and behind : pen- tadactylous before, tetradactylous behind : the nails acute : the soles fully clad, except the termino-digital balls, and a tiny carpal pad placed a little behind the elevated thumb. The last named are the sole parts of the whole body, which are denuded of fur. The fur of the animal is Le- porine in the general character, but softer and more silky. It is of one sort, about an inch long, and of uniform structure throughout each pile, or hardly perceptible, harsher in its apical portion. On the head and limbs the fur is shorter, more adpressed, and less silky. The general colour, internally, is blue black, but externally is deep bay from the snout to the mid-body, and black freckled with paler rufous, thence to the vent. Below the chin and belly are pale bay, and the limbs are the same. There is a pale spot, or tuft rather, at the outer base of each ear, and the mustachio is half dark and half light. The following specific character may, for the present, indicate the ani- mal :— Lag. Nep. with broad, rounded, nudish ears, nearly half the length of the head, soles nude on the termino-digital balls only, and soft equa- ble fur, which is dark bay from the snout to waist, and rufescently freckled, black thence to the vent: below and the limbs, paler bay; snout to vent 7 inches: head 2: ears 3: palm (with nail) $: planta (with nail) 13: female similar, smaller, 63 from snout to vent. Habitat, Himalaya of Nepal. Catmandoo, August, 1841. 856 Notice of a new form of the Glaucopine, or Rasorial Crows, inhabiting the Nor- thern region of Nepal—Conostoma modius, (Nobis type.) By B. H. Hopeson, Ese. Resident at the Court of Nepal. Amongst the very numerous forms* presented by the 850 species of Birds already known to me as inhabitants of Nepal, there is one which I believe to be still new to science, and to belong to a group, of the oc- currence of which, either in these mountains or in the plains at their base, I know of no other instance, save that of the ubiquitous tree Magpies. The group alluded to, is the Glaucopin, or Finch-billed Crows of Swain- son; and the single species I am acquainted with, tenants exclusively - the immediate neighbourhood of the perpetual snows. In the lower and central regions, our bird appears to be represented by the Timaliz and Crateropi, to both of which, and especially to the former, it bears in much ofits structure, the same close resemblance that it does also in its manners ; for all these birds alike have lax feeble plumage, short rounded wings, longish, broad, frail subgradated tails, and very large, yet not typically, terrestrial feet, though the habits are essentially terrene and rasorial. But, whereas the Timaliz and Crateropi have a more or less Meruline bill, slender, and provided with membraned and open nares. The present birds, which we shall denominate generically Conostoma, (KWVOC et OTOUG,) have the massive bill and simple concealed nares of the Magpies. The bill of the Crypsirine vel Dendrocittz, or tree Magpies in particular, has much resemblance to that of the Conostome, owing to the clear arcuation of its whole commissure, and to the perfect entireness of its tip. There are differences, however, between the two even in the bills, in as much as that of Conostoma is more compressed, with sides less tumid yet broader ridges; while in Crypsirine, the other members, such as the long gradated tail, short tarsi, and considerably pointed wings, indicate habits less terrestrial than those of our bird. Conostoma is clearly a typical example of the Glaucopinz of Swainson, * One ofthe most remarkable of these is the Cochoa of Nepal, and which was charac+ terised by me under that name in the Journal for June 1836. The expert naturalist would immediately perceive what my inexperience then noted not, viz. that this is a typical ampeline form, requiring to be placed between Ampelis and Casmarynchus, though Swainson asserts that the group is exclusively American. To this genus we have since given the classic name of Prosorinia. In the same number of the Journal is the description of yet another rarity, first discovered and described therein, and which Swainson has since called Nyctiornis. It is our Bucia» hodie, Napophilus, a forest-haunting Bee-Eater. Mr. Swainson’s name must merge in ours, nao § SARE Ne ep eM 1 ia a Wy ea : “ ane hk SP Rita Oa ; Wats oNeo oO LES Conostoma Omod Footand Bul tall sue. ; 4 4 rh ae * # ’ ‘ Ave Se Bae er Neda. Be gS i a a: er 2 b3 a wae % Be bo A. =, , Tas the im Nie? x a chink Sale inv 1 5 ancl oe eer | Bre pd es Fie grea sSteand to, J4-the Gq Cte 5 adie 1, thes es sve =. mee FSS seme: oh y ed tren Magpies ith Dae i owing i she rs : entoner, Bis res hp giclee aaa E bticir Ridicce! whites . 1a eee oonee 5 “aig L acieane tah), Stitt bares bre: : ia us stn t hia, oy 48 ¥ Exve awa beatin? 9 ‘or tod stg if wins ype tains tha - ae bee Dae : boy td - ; ee lQil “Rit wey tinned bone pK wot) wee 4 Cn ae gr a we plgeash at ew Bony pete UA “pas packers hunritan iy mnie at Powe we onde. r typical vty ee “hong 3 Pea eee Po this ren ; gaviber of & eg grOet’ Laue, Lidl ¥¢ ot: 1841.] Glaucopine, or Rasorial Crows. 857 and its natural position would seem to be between Glaucopis and Cypsiri- ne. In manners the present species is ashy forester, adhering to the wilds, and tenanting the skirts of forests, where brush-wood as well as trees abound. Five or six birds are usually found together, chattering, hop- ping, and scraping on the ground, and resorting to the trees and shrubs chiefly for shelter. Their food is principally insects of the soft and imper- fect kind in summer: but in winter they doubtless take some vegetable food. Their essential form may be characterised thus :— Bill short, strong, conico-compressed, with broad rounded ridges and vertical sides; the culmen and commissure entirely arched, the tips equal, obtuse, and entire. Nostrils circular, unfossed, furnished with a membran- ous raised edge all round, and concealed by incumbent setaceous plumuli. Rictus provided with a close series of short bristles. Wings short, feeble, almost entirely rounded, the 6th, 7th, and 8th quills usually equal and longest. Tail slightly elongated, rounded, consisting of 12 broad simple plumes. Feet very large and strong, yet not typically ambulatory. Tarsi elevate, nearly or quite smooth, exceeding much the central toe and nail. Toes medial, unequal; fores basally connected, and outer lateral considerably longer than the inner. Hind toe large, depressed, exceeding the outer fore, and with its large nail reaching to the middle of the central toe and nail. Nails simple, large, scarcely so acute or so curved as in Crypsirine. Habitat, the northern region close to the perpetual snows. Type. Conostama Cimodius, Nob. new. Specific character. Conostoma with head, neck, and body above dull olive brown, clear- est on the secondary alars—below, paler, and passing into sordid slaty blue, which forms, everywhere, the interior colour of the plumage. Iris brownish. Bill dull orange. Legs slaty grey. Sexes alike. Bill to tail 112 inches : bill z: tail 42 : tarsus lo. Central toe and nail 1s. Hind toe é 2 ° and nail 1;-. Weight 3} oz. Catmandoo, August, 1841. 858 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep.* By Epwarp Buy, Curator to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. The arrival of various spoils of different species of wild Sheep, since my memoir upon this genus of animals was read before the (Zoolo- gical) Society, enables me now to clear up several points which I formerly left as doubtful, as well as to include some additional species in the catalogue, and to indicate still others as probably distinct, and therefore desiderata to which the attention of travellers and others should be directed. 1. Ovis Polit, nobis, (the Pamir Sheep.) In the narrative of the celebrated Venetian traveller, Marco Polo, we read (in Marsden’s edition, p. 142,) that upon the elevated plain of Pamir, eastward of Bokhara, and which is 16,000 feet above the sea level, “ wild animals are met with in great numbers, particularly Sheep of a large size, having horns three, four, and even six palms in length. The shepherds form ladles and vessels of them for holding their victuals. They also construct fences for enclosing their cattle, and securing them against the Wolves, with which they say the country is infested, and which likewise destroy many of these wild Sheep or Goats” (Moutoni v. Becchi or ‘ Boucs.’) More recently, an animal called the Rasse was in- dicated, from report, in Sir Alexander Burnes’s Travels in Bokhara, (vol. ii. p. 208), and its horns have since been transmitted to the Royal Asiatic Society, by Lieut. Wood, of Sir A. Burnes’s party, through the medium of G. T. Vigne, Esq.t In this magnificent specimen of * This memoir upon the species of wild Sheep, read before the Zoological Society in July, 1840, has already been reprinted, with copious annotations bringing the sub- ject up to my then state of knowledge, in Taylor’s Magazine of Natural History, for May and June, 1841, and upon my arrival in India I found it again in type, and have availed myself of the opportunity to communicate some additional informa- tion.—E. B. t Burnes “ was told that the Rasse is larger than a Cow, but less than a Horse, of a white colour, with pendent hair under the chin,’’ and a portion of skin attached to the occiput of the frontlet in London is covered with white hairs. ‘* The flesh,”’ he conti- nues, ‘‘ is much prized by the Kirghizes, who hunt and shoot the animal with arrows. It is said to delight in the coldest climates, and a common-sized specimen will require two horses to bear its flesh from the field. This creature is called Rasse by the Kir- ghizes, and Kooshgar by the inhabitants of the low countries.’’ Lieut. Wood, however, (in the Narrative of hislate Journey to the Source of the Oxus, p. 368,) distinguishes between the “ Rass and Kutchgar, the former having straight spiral horns, and its dun colour being of a reddish tinge.”” It appears to me that three different animals 1841.] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 859 a frontlet, I incline to recognize (though not without hesitation) the Ovis sculptorum, formerly described by me from a horn in the Museum of the (London) Royal College of Surgeons, but as the characters of that specimen, as I originally drew them up, have not are referred to under these names, two of which are confounded together by the latter author. The Kooch-i-Koh of Sir Alexander Burnes’ drawings now before me, refers to my Ovis Vignei, and the same, I am enabled to state positively, is the ‘‘ Kutchgar’’ of Lieut. Wood, being also the ‘‘ Koch’? of the Sulimani range between India and Afghanistan. I shall quote Lieut. Wood’s description of it under the head of O. Vignei ; although this gentleman possessed the horns of both the Ovis Polit and O. Vigne, he does not appear to have distinguished them, but probably considered the latter to be the same species with the other, having horns incompletely developed. ‘* A skeleton of this animal,’’ he observes, ‘‘ and several complete crania, were deposited, I believe, at Loodiana,”’ and the crania here alluded to, five in number, together with some loose horns, are at present before me, and pertain to Ovis Vignei. Lieut. Wood confirms the statement of Marco Polo, mentioning, that ‘* we saw numbers of horns strewed about in every direction, the spoils of the Kirghiz hunter. Some of these (being probably _ those of O. Poli) were of astonishingly large size. * * * The ends of these horns, pro- ; jecting above the snow, often indicated the direction of the road, and wherever they were heaped up in large quantities, there our escort recognised the site of a Kirghiz summer encampment.”’ This was at 14,400 feet above sea level. Itis curious, (though by no means a recent discovery,) that the Kirghizes shoe their Horses with, and make stirrups from, the horns of these wild Sheep. ‘‘ The shoes are nothing more than a se- mi-circular piece of horn placed on the fore part of the hoof, When the Horse is in constant work, it requires renewal at least once a week.”’ The noble frontlet of Ovis Polit in the Museum of the London Royal Asiatic Society was labelled ‘“‘ Rass, or Roosh,’’ but it obviously cannot be the ‘* Rass’’ state ed by Lieut. Wood to have “straight spiral horns,’’ and of which “ the dun colour has a reddish tinge ;’’ this refers, in the opinion of my friend Mr. Vigne, to the Mark- bur of Kabul, or Rawacki of Little Tivet, a race of very large feral Goats allied to the - domestic animal, which is figured by Sir Alexander Burnes under the name of Mark- hor, (the locality not being specified, ) and of which a skull and pair of loose horns have been transmitted to the Asiatic Society from Loodiana, together with the before- mentioned specimens collected by Sir Alexander Burnes. The Markbur, as I was informed by Mr. Vigne, inhabits also the hills of Budukshan ; and I may observe, that its massive horns vary much in amount of spiral flexure, from the ¢emse spirature of those of the Caffrarian Impoof, (Boselaphus Oreas,) or straight with aprominent ridge wound round them, to the corkscrew curvature of the horns of the Koodoo, (Strepsiceros Koodoo,) which is their most usual form, though sometimes they describe a still more open spiral than in that animal, More as in the Addax, (Oryx Addaz,) or at least such specimens of the lat- ter as have come under my inspection. To recapitulate, I think it probable, firstly, that the Rass or Roosh of Pamir will prove to refer properly to the Ovis Poli, and may mention that the appel- lation Rasse is likewise bestowed in Java upon a small species of Civet, (the Viverra Rasse, Horsfield, or V. Indica, Is. Geoff, but not the V. Indica of British authors;) 2ndly, that the Kooshgar, Kutchgar, Kooch-i-Koh, or Koch, applies exclusively to O. Vignei, which is. also the Sha of Little Tibet, but 860 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [ No. 119. hitherto been published ; as its flexure, too, which suggested the appel- lation of sculptorum, would appear to form a less extended spiral than is perhaps normal, and the habitat of our present subject also proves to be different from that rather suspected with instance of the other, (namely, the Taurus,) I here propose to dedicate the present gigantic animal to the illustrious Venetian traveller of the thirteenth century by the name of Ovis Polit. As compared with the Rocky Mountain Sheep of North America, the Rass or Roosh of Pamir differs in having the horns considerably less massive, but more prolonged, approaching more in character to those of the domestic O. Aries, but differing again from the latter, not only in their very superior size, but in having their two front angles about equally developed. As in the Rocky Mountain species, and I believe also the O. Aries normally, the pair at first diverge backward, des- cending to gyre round at a parallel with the axis of the body, and inclining, as they again spire backwards, more outward to the tip. The horns described were in their seventh year of growth, and measure 4 feet 8 inches in length, following the curvature, and 14} inches round at base, having the tips, which are continued round till they point ob- liquely backwards, 45 inches apart. The width of their upper plane is 34 inches at base, 23 inches at the distance of one foot from the base, and 24 inches at two feet distance from the base; the depth of the base inside is 5 inches, and distance apart of the pair, measured outside, where they gyre forward at a parallel, 21 inches. The years of growth are successively 154, 103, 18, 8, 5, 3, and the last (incomplete) 1, in- ches. The College of Surgeons’ specimen, a single horn, was in its eighth year of growth, but measures only 4 feet 4 inches round the curvature ; its depth towards the base is 6 inches, and greatest width, about the middle, 23 inches. The successive annual growths are 124, 9, 8, 8, 7, 5, 33, and the incipient eighth, 1 inch. It is curved in a spiral involu- tion, and scarcely outwards for three-fifths of a circle, when it gradually inclines more so to the tip, the horn describing one circle and about a not the Sna of Great Tibet, the latter being the O. Nahoor; and 38rdly, that Lieut. Wood’s ‘‘ Rass’’ refers to the Markbur, while the true Rasse, (Ovis Po- “ii,) the horns of which were transmitted by him to London, does not appear to have been distinguished by him from the species which he rightly describes under the denomination Kutchgar.—E. B. 1841.] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 861 a third. When upon the head, it must accordingly have gyred consi- derably inward, instead of descending at a parallel with the other, as indeed is almost invariably the case with the domestic O. Aries. Both specimens are of a pale colour, and indented with rugged transverse striz, in general half an inch apart. Considering, indeed, the differ- ences of the two specimens, it is by no means improbable that they will prove to be of allied rather than of the same species, in which case my former name of O. Sculptorum might be retained for that to which it was applied. 2, 3, and 4.—The Museums of Western Europe do not, that I can learn, contain any portion of the Siberian Argali, Ovis Ammon of Pallas, that might serve for comparison with the Rocky Moun- tain Sheep: of North America, O. montana of Desmarest; but as the Kamtschatka Argali is described as a distinct species, O. mivicola,. by M. Esechscholtz, in his Zoologischer Atlas, (differing from the two preceding in its inferior size, and in wanting, it would appear, the pale disk surrounding the tail, so conspicuous in both the others,) the probability is thus enhanced, that the Siberian and Rocky Mountain Species are not the same, however closely they may resemble. The descriptions of O. Ammon would seem to apply in every particular to the O. montana, though it is still probable that actual comparison of specimens would lead to the detection of some discrepancies, as generally, but not always, happens in like cases. I may notice, that while Mr. Drummond affirms that the horns of old rams of O. montana “attain a size so enormous, and curve so much forwards and downwards, that they effectually prevent the animal from feeding on level ground,” the same had previously been remark- ed by Strahlenberg of the Argalis of Siberia, and no doubt is equally observable in the ftasse of Pamir. The finest specimen of a head of the Rocky Mountain animal, of seven heads of adult males ex- amined, is in the collection of this (the Zoological) Society, and gives the following admeasurements; horns 3 feet 5 inches over the front ridge, and 174 inches round at base, where the front angles are 43 inches apart. They number nine years of growth, which successively give 9, 74, 64, 5, 44, 4, 24, 14, and 1 inches. They are nearly equilaterally triangular, but bulge a little between the angles, having the inner or front angle obtusely prominent, the posterior OR 862 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No. 119. double, or forming a second plane at a slight angle with the superior one, and the inferior angle (if such it can be called) much rounded off: the greatest depth of the horn is about 6 inches ; from base of front angle to tip they measure 11 inches; and the tips apart 26 inches. They are everywhere strongly furrowed across, more particularly in front, the intervals between the grooves swelling out considera- bly ; and they gradually become, as in all the rest of the genus, more compressed to the extremity. Of the O. nivicola of M. Eschscholtz, that naturalist writes: ‘ The specimen described is a male in winter garb, measuring 5 feet (French ?) in total length, and 2 feet 5 inches high. Its outer coat is of a yellowish-grey colour, brighter on the under parts, and inclining to straw-yellow on the head and neck ; the markings in frent of the limbs are of a rust colour ; horns equilaterally triangular, 3 inches thick at base, and gyring outwards to form one complete spiral circle, 10 inches in diameter, and having their points directed outwards and forwards; the upper and posterior portions of the horn are level, and marked with deep annual indentations, which succes- sively measure 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 2, and 13 inches, making eight years of total growth, besides which, there are numerous minor indentations or ordinary cross striz, but no protuberant intervals.” From the figure they would seem not to bulge between the angles, as is usual, though not invariably the case, with the Rocky Mountain species; as also to be somewhat more tensely spiral, as if pulled a little outward. The appearance both described and figured at the base of the fore-limbs externally, I suspect to be nothing more than the azzlla, that had been twisted outwards in the mounting of the specimen. M. Eschscholtz describes this animal to be very numerous on the mountains of Kamts- chatka, residing upon the snow-clad heights in summer, and descend- ing to the lower regions in winter. A notice of its Chamois-like agility occurs in the Narrative of Kotzebue’s Voyage from 18238 to 1826. In the 18th volume of the Asiatic Researches, (part ii,) Mr. Hodg- son, of Nepal, gives a figure of a horned female of the Nahoor Sheep, and also of the skull and horns of a young Ram, which he erroneously refers to that species as since described by him. He also mentions having once possessed a pair of the horns, which he “ could only lift 1841. ] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 863 from the ground with a considerable effort ;” but it is necessary to ob- serve, that the description which he gives in the volume adverted to, of the mutilated skin of a young wild Ram, procured in mid-winter, refers evidently to the Nahoor, and not to the species with horns having a triangular section, which is the subject of the present notice. Accord- ing to Mr. Hodgson, the horns of this young specimen are “ equilater- ally triangular,” as the figure likewise represents ; whereas the Rocky Mountain species would at the same age have much compressed horns, far from attaining to an equilateral triangle. Should a true species be here indicated, as is not improbable, distinct from O. Ammon, I pro- pose that it be dedicated to that assiduous investigator of Nepalese Zoology, and be accordingly termed O. Hodgsonii.* * This animal has since been more elaborately described and figured by Mr. Hodgson, under the appellation Ovis 4Ammonoides, (vide ‘‘ Journal,’’ ante, p. 230,) but except that no notice is taken of the pale disk surrounding the tail, as in the true Stags, which is a very conspicuous feature in the Argalis of Siberia and North America, and that the ears and tail would appear to be rather longer at least than my notes specify of the Rocky Mountain animal, (for, unfortunately, I have not Pallas’s Spicilegia now to refer to, for the very complete description of O. Ammon furnished by that able naturalist, ) I cannot perceive in what Mr. Hodgson’s alleged species differs from the latter, and very much incline to the opinion that it will prove to beno other. The O. Ammon is described to be common in the Mon- golian, Songarian, and Tartarian solitudes, inhabiting chiefly the lower ranges of the mountains, and it may be that Mr. Hodgson’s specimens are trans-Himalayan, and were perhaps brought from a very considerable distance to the North-eastward. I mean to supply, however, some representations of (atleast) the Rocky Mountain animal, which, together with the following description, will probably enable Mr. Hodgson to arrive at a more decided opinion on the subject. The Argali of either continent approaches the European Stag in the size of its body, but is lower on the legs; having a pale disk, as large as in the Wapiti, surrounding its very short tail; and truly enormous horns (as described in the text,) attaining to a circumference of sometimes more than 1% foot at base, with a length of 4 feet over the spire. (The American pair to be figured is the same as that described in the text.) Its colour is pale greyish fawn, or light chocolate-brown in younger individuals which have their coat newly renovated; with the generic dark markings on the face, chest, and front of the limbs, more or less developed : there is a ridge of lengthened hair on the back of its neck; and the chaffron of the male becomes excessively bombed with age, contrary to what has been asserted. A recent American specimen, with horns 34 feet long, measured 6 feet from nose to tail, and was 3 feet 8 inches high at the back; from nose to base of horns 9 inches, ears 44 inches, and tail 4 inches. A large Asiatic Argali, with horns 4 feet (Russian) in length, and one of which weighed 16 Russian or 15 English pounds, was 6} feet (English measure,) from nose to base of tail, and weighed 310 medical pounds; the female is a third smaller, anda fine Asiatic individual weighed 2094 medical pounds. The horns of a large American male have already been described, and 864 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No, 119. 5. O. Californiana, Douglas.—The Jesuit Missionary, Venegos, observed in California “a kind of wild Sheep, the size of a calf of one or two years old, with extraordinarily thick horns, resem- bling those of a common Ram, and tail shorter than that of a Stag,” those of the female, (as plainly appears from Pallas’s figure of this sex,) though proportionately diminutive, become somewhat bulky towards the base in full grown specimens, assuming thus a corresponding character to those of the male. The coat of the (American) Argali, observes Dr. Richardson, ‘‘like that of the Rein Deer, is, on its first growth in the autumn, short, fine, and flexible,’ 7. e. when the future tips of the hairs are alone put forth; ‘‘ but, as the winter advances, it becomes coarser, dry, and brittle, though at the same time it feels soft to the touch. At the latter season the hair is so close at its roots that it is necessarily erect. Its colour is pale umbre or wood-brown, except on the buttocks and posterior part of the belly, which are whitish; a deeper and more shining brown prevails on the anterior aspect of the legs,’? the chest, fore-neck, and face; ‘‘ the short tail is dark brown, and a narrow brown line, extending from its base, runs up through the white disk to unite with the colour of the back. As the ends of the hairs (in which the colour resides) are gradually rubbed off during the progress of the winter, the tints become paler, and the old rams are thus almost white in the spring.’’ At this latter season, analogy indicates that the Argali again changes its coat, to assume a distinct summer garb, which (if I remember rightly) is described by Professor Pallas. According to this naturalist, an Asiatic lamb, of about three months old, and weighing 84 medical pounds, measured 3 feet from nose to tail, and 23 feet high: it much resembled a young kid, except in shew- ing a large flat protuberance at the place of each horn, and was covered with frizzled woolly hair of a dark grey colour, and which, on some parts, was 4 or 3 inches long. Like all the domestic breeds of Sheep, when left at liberty to follow their own inclinations, it has been observed that the Asiatic Argali purges itself in the spring with Ranunculacee and other acrid plants, until vegetation of a milder kind begins to spring up, and shrubs to sprout, which, with alpine plants, con- stitute its ordinary food. It frequents the salt-marshes which abound in Siberia, and licks up the salt efflorescence diffused over the ground; and the American animal is described by Dr. Richardson to pay daily visits to certain caves in the mountains, situate in slaty rocks, that are encrusted with a saline efflorescence of which they are fond. Upon the Rocky Mountains of North America, the Argali, according to Dr. Richardson, ‘‘ frequents elevated and craggy ridges, and collects in flocks con- sisting of from three to thirty, the young rams and the females herding toge- ther during the winter and spring, while the old rams form separate flocks, ex- cept during the month of September, which is their rutting season. The ewes bring forth in June or July, and then retire to the most inaccessible heights. Their favorite feeding-places are grassy knolls, skirted by craggy rocks, to which they can retreat when pursued by Dogs or Wolves. Mr. Drummond informed me, that in the retired parts of the mountains, where the hunters had seldom penetrated, he found no difficulty in approaching the flocks of this species, which there exhibited that simplicity of character so remarkable in the domestic breeds; but where they had been fired at, they were exceedingly wild, alarmed their companions at the approach of danger by a hissing noise, and scaled the rocks with a speed and agility that baffled pursuit.”’ 1841. ] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 865 whence it would appear that the Rocky Mountain species, or a near ally, is here alluded to. Mr. Douglas describes the Califor- nian Argali to have a tail 18 inches long (vide Zoological Journal, vol. iv. p. 332.) Its length, he observes, from nose to base of tail, In Asia, the Argali is described by Pallas to affect the bare rocks, upon which it is constantly found basking in the sunshine; preferring a temperate climate, though its range extends northward to a very severe one. No animal is more shy, and it gradu- ally abandons a country in proportion as it becomes peopled. It is almost impossible to overtake it upon the ground which it chiefly frequents, as it retreats upon the least alarm in the direction of the most inaccessible crags, scrambling up and over the rocks with surprising agility, but ever and anon stopping to gaze at its pursuers, and successively veering from side to side as it runs, in the same manner as the domestic animal. The adults are quite untameable, but the lamb becomes perfectly domesti- cated if taken young. In autumn, when these animals descend from the mountains, they are fat and in high condition, but in spring they are very lean, for want of choice food, when they return to the sunny glens of the high mountains. Their lambs, one or two in number, are born before the melting of the snow; and the males butt at each other for the possession of the females in precisely the same manner as the domes- tic ram. The flesh of the Argali is pronounced by all who have tasted it, when in season, to be equal, if not superior, in flavour to the finest English mutton; and the same is remarked of other wild species of this genus ; though, when out of season, they would appear to be tough and of rank flavour, on which principle may be reconciled a variety of conflicting testimonies. The Argali formerly inhabited the country about the river Irktisch, as well as other parts of Siberia, where it is now no longer met with, since colonies have been planted in those dreary regions : at present it is chiefly known to abound in the terri- tory to the eastward of Lake Baikal, extending northward on the banks of the Lena to lat. 60°. Its identification to the southward, upon the eastern Himalayas, and conse- quent presumed diffusion over the intervening mountain ranges, between the great sandy deserts on the west and the frontiers of China, is therefore not improbable. In America, its most closely allied representative, if it be not the very same species, is confined to the western side of the Rocky Mountains, as in Asia it inhabits the op- posite eastern region; being found, according to Dr. Richardson, upon the lofty chain of the Rocky Mountains, inhabiting from its northern termination in lat. 68° to about lat. 40°, and most likely still further south. They also frequent the elevated and craggy ridges with which the country between the great mountain ridge and the Pacific is intersected ; but they do not appear to have advanced further to the eastward than the Rocky Mountains, nor are they found in any of the hilly tracts nearer to Hudson’s Bay, (fauna Americana-borealis.) More recently, the same naturalist writes (in the Zoological Appendix to Capt. Beechy’s Voyage)—“ This species inhabits the timbered parts of the Rocky Mountains, and the hilly countries between that range and the Pacific, from North California to the 62d parallel.’? He there expresses his opinion that the Kamtschatka species, as described by Eschscholtz, ‘appears distinct ;’” and it may be that the two are found together in the territories of the Tungusi, as the Californian species. would appear to coexist with the ordinary American Argali in the regions adjacent to the Columbia river: these latter are doubtless frequently confounded together.—E. B. 866 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No. 119. is five feet 10 inches; height of the shoulders 2 feet 8 inches; girth behind the shoulders 6 feet ; head 16 inches long, 7 [to] between the eyes, and 9 [to] between the horns ; ears erect, 14 inch [44 inches ? | long, obtuse. The horns deposited in the Museum of this (the Zoo- logical) Society, bear a general resemblance to those of the Rocky Mountain species, but are smoother, and form a much more open spi- ral: the terminal third is very much compressed, the medial interme- diate, and the basal very thick and triangular : they were only in their fifth year of growth, and would doubtless have attained to much greater dimensions. Their length is 32 inches, measured over the front-ridge, and girth at base 144 inches, having a span of 124 inches from base to tip inside: from the tip to first annual depression they measure 123 inches, and then successively 61, 54, 43, and the incipient fifth year’s growth 2 inches. They do not bulge between the angles, which are rather obtuse, and, as usual, are transversely striated. Approximate distance of the tips apart 33 inches. ‘From the testimony of the Indian tribes about the Great Falls of the Columbia River,” writes Mr. Douglas, “this species appears to in- habit the subalpine regions of Mount’s Wood, St. Helen’s, and Vancou- ver, but is more numerous in the mountainous districts of the interior of California. The only good skin that ever came under my obser- vation was in lat. 46° 14’ 55", and long. 121° 17’ 0”. Forbes, in his recent work on California, appears to allude to it by the name of Be- rindo, which in Mexico is applied to the Anéilocapra furcifera.* He quotes, however, the description by Venegos, including the statement that it has a short tail, and remarks, that “ they still abound in the plains at the foot of the mountains, and are always found in large herds.” It does not, from the context, appear to me that the prong- horned animal is intended. * In reference to the name which is here employed, Colonel Hamilton Smith has stated, in one of his letters to me, ‘‘ that when I first shewed my drawings and description of this animal in Paris, it was totally unknown, and my account was disbelieved ; Geoffroy St. Hilaire telling me ‘vous permittez qu’on doute.’ That description, with the drawing, was then already before the Linnen Society, and after twenty months, when Mr. Ord’s account had come out, they at length published mine,’? &c. This animal is the Dicranoceros of Colonel Smith, Aniilocapra of Ord, and Mazama of Ogilby.—E. B. 1841.] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. —- 867 From these we might proceed, through the domestic Aries, to the species generally typified by the Moufflon of Corsica; but I shall interpolate a small group from the Himalaya, and apparently Caucasus, distinguished by having smooth and sub-cylindrical horns, that form a bold are outwards at nearly right angles with the axis of the body, and have the tip turned backward. Such is : 6. O. Nahoor, Hodgson.—The Nahoor or Nervati, and Sna (not Sha) of Tibet. Size of the larger breeds of tame Sheep, with pale horns; and general colour dull brownish grey in old animals, with the ordinary dark markings on the face, breast, and limbs, more or less developed. Younger specimens, more particularly, have their coat, when renovated, tipped with a light fulvous tint, deeper along the middle of the back ; the tail is bushy, and conspicuously white, its medial portion generally dark. Length, as given by Mr. Hodgson, 4 feet from nose to base of tail, and height of the back 32 inches. A female was 3 feet 4 inches from nose to tail, and stood 29 inches high at the shoulder. From nose to between the horns a male mea- sured 84 inches; the ears 43 inches ; and tail 4 inches, or 7 inches to the end of the hair. A pair of horns in the Museum of this Society, which are far from having attained their full growth, measure 12 inches in circumference at base, and 203 inches long over the curvature, having their tips 27 inches asunder: their successive annual growths were respectively 64, 4, 3, 23, 24, and 13, inches.* Those of a very old female in the British Museum, have precisely the same curva- ture as in the male, only that the tips do not turn so much backwards ; they are, however, much compressed, and measure 93 inches long, 41 inches round, with the tips 14 inches apart. Another female, in the collection of this (the Zoological) Society, is entirely desti- tute of horns. The latter, and a young male which I formerly examined at Mr. Leadbeater’s, accorded perfectly with the description by Mr. Hodgson, having pale slaty blue hairs, deeper on the back, and tipped with a rufous tint, more particularly on the back, which caused * A handsome frontlet now before me, whereof the horns are in their tenth year of growth, gives the following admeasurements. Horns 244 inches long over the curvature, and 114 inches round at base, with the reverted tips 26 inches asunder. In another, but 7 years old, the horns measure 12 inches round at base, with a length of 234 inches. The annual growths of the former are successively 84, 2%, 23, 2, 1% 14, 14, 14 and 1 inches.—E. B. 868 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No. 119. the animal to appear of a pale fulvous or isabelline hue. An old male in the Museum of the Linnzan Society,* and the aged female in the British Museum, together with another skin which I have seen, have not only no trace of this colour in their present state of pelage, but I doubt whether they shewed much of it when their coat was new: the colour of all three is a dingy grey-brown, not easy to express in words. The horns of the Nahoor differ but little in flexure from those of the next species, but may nevertheless be distinguished by many dif- ferences, in general strongly pronounced; as their superior size; the greater proportional thickness of the basal half, beyond which they nar- row somewhat abruptly ; the flatness of their dorsal aspect, with a much more acutely raised ridge along its middle; and by the compara- tive sharpness of all the angles, together with the existence, generally, of some traces of cross-strize, more particularly towards their com- pressed tips; whereas the horns of the Burrhel Sheep are much less angular, of a deep rufous-brown colour, and quite smooth. Those of the female Nahoor described were entirely destitute of cross- furrows; but all have the marks of annual growth conspicuously indented. This species, according to Mr. Hodgson, “ inhabits the Kachar region of Nepal, northward of the habitat of the Jharal Goat, amid the glaciers of the Himalaya, and both on the Indian and Tibetan sides of that range.” Mr. Vigne informs me, that it is plentiful in Great but not in Little Tibet. I suspect that it is never found at so consi- derable an altitude as the next species. 7. O. Burrhel, nobis.—Smaller and more robust than the Nahoor, with shorter ears, and very dark horns ; having no white upon it ; and general colour dark and rich chestnut-brown, or mahogany, with the ordinary black markings upon the face, chest, and front of the limbs, very distinct; tail apparently minute. This handsome species bears pretty much the same relationship in appearance to the Nahoor, which the English breed of South Down domestic Sheep bears to the Leicester breed, except that there is * Mistaken for Ovis Ammon in the Fauna Americana Borealis, vol. i. p. 274, nap for a second specimen of O. Burrhel in part 6, p. 79, for July 10, 1838, of the Pro- ceedings of the Zoological Society.—E. B. 1841. ] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 869 not so much difference in size. Length, of the unique stuffed specimen in the Museum of this (the Zoological) Society, from nose to tail, 54 inches, but a foot less would probably give the dimensions of the recent animal, as the skin is evidently much stretched ; height of the back 382 inches, from which also about 2 inches might be deducted; from muzzle to base of horn 8 inches, and ears 34 inches. The horns measure 20 inches over the uppermost ridge, and 10 round at base, having their tips 25 inches apart; but those of a specimen noticed in the Bengal Sporting Magazine, (for 1839, p. 295,) were 254 inches long, with a girth of 114 inches ; and a horn of this same species, which I examined at Mr. Leadbeater’s, had attained a length of 2 feet, and circumference of 11 inches at base, having a span of 14 inches from base to tip inside, and numbering at least ten indications of annual growth, and probably at least one more towards the tip, which could not be made out with certainty. The respective lengths of these were successively 104, 24, 24, 12, 13, 14, 1, 1, 3, and the basal 4 inches. The coat of the Burrhel Sheep is rather long, and harsher than that of the Nahoor, having less wool concealed beneath it than in the Moufflon and Rocky Mountain species. The female is undescribed, and I have met with no other specimens than are here mentioned. In the description of the preceding species, the principal differences are stated which distinguish the horns of that animal from those of the present one. The Burrhel’s horns have all the ridges rounded off, though still sufficiently distinct, and the marks of annual growth are deeply in- dented, the horn bulging a little between them. Upon a front view the backward curvature of the tips disappears altogether, and the animal has an imposing appearance, finer than that of the Nahoor. Its colour is much darker than the summer dress of the Moufflon Sheep. The Burrhel would seem to inhabit a much loftier region of the Himalaya than the Nahoor, where it bounds lightly over the encrusted snow, at an altitude where its human pursuers find it difficult to breathe. It has the bleat of the domestic species, as indeed they all have, and is very shy and difficult of approach. Flocks of from ten to twenty have been observed, conducted by an old male, which make for the snowy peaks upon alarm, while their leader scrambles up some crag to reconngsffe, and if shot at and missed, bounds off a few paces fur- os 870 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [ No. 119. ther, and again stops to gaze. They pasture in the deep hollows and grassy glens. The Society’s specimen was met with near the Boorendo Pass, at an altitude estimated to have been from 15,000 to 17,000 feet. The notice in the ‘Bengal Sporting Magazine’ refers to the same locality ; and another notice most probably alludes to this species, in Lieut. Hutton’s ‘Journal of a Trip through Kunawar,’ published in the ‘Journal of the Bengal Asiatic Society’ for 1839, p. 994.* Finally, Mr. Leadbeater informed me, that the horn described as having been in his possession was brought from Nepal, together with specimens of the Nahoor and Musk, and the skull and horns of a Hima- layan Ibex, which I also examined. 8. O. Cylindricornis, nobis, (the Caucasian Argali.)—Colonel Hamil- ton Smith notices this animal in his description of O. Ammon, (published in Griffith’s English edition of the “‘ Regne Animal,” vol. iv. p. 817,) and writes me word, that an individual died on landing it at Toulon, whither it had been brought by a French Consul, who did not preserve the skull or skin, but set up the horns, which were quite fresh when he saw them. ‘ Each horn was about 3 feet long, arcuated, round, as thick at the top as at the base, of a brown colour, nearly smooth, and about 15 inches in circumference. They were so heavy and unmanageable,” writes Colonel Smith, “that I could not lift both together from the ground, nor place them in that kind of juxta-position, which would have given me an idea of their appearance on the head. I could not well de- termine which was the right, or which the left horn. Circumstances prevented my taking a second view of them, as they arrived only the day before I left Paris, and they are now doubtless in the Musuem of that capital.” In my former paper I alluded to this animal as probably distinct, and apparently allied to the Burrhel: the foregoing details confirm me in that opinion, and remove all doubt of its distinctness, as there is no other species to which they will at all apply. The sketch * More recently, I perceive that Lieut. Hutton has identified the animal here referred to with O. Nahoor (vide ‘ Journal,’ 1840, p. 568), but it is probable that both species are found there, and they cannot well be confounded after the description which I have given of O. Burrhel. Of the Ovis Ammon, Lieut. Hutton observes, ‘ I could learn nothing, save that an animal apparently answering to the description is found in Chinese Tartary, and J saw an enormous pair of the horns nailed, among other kinds, to a tree as an offering to Devi.’’ These, however, may haye belonged to O, Poliit.—E. B. t 1841. ] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 871 which Colonel Smith has favoured me with, represents a Sheep horn, apparently of the same general form as those of the Burrhel and Nahoor ; but the dimensions specified are very superior to those attained in the instance of either of the two Himalayan species adverted to, and I can only suppose that the (reverted?) tips had been broken off, and the truncated extremity worn smooth. The wild Sheep of Caucasus and Taurus are at present little known, nor does any notice of this genus occur in the catalogue of Caucasian animals, published by M. Ménétries ; though it is nevertheless certain, from the vague inci- dental notices of various travellers, that some, and not unlikely se- veral, exist. At Azaz, by the foot of Taurus, Mr. Ainsworth men- tions having seen an animal, which he designates Ovis Ammon, (vide Travels in Assyria, Babylonia, and Chaldea, p. 42.)* 9. O. Gmelini, nobis, (the Armenian Sheep. )—This species belongs to the Moufflon group, but is yet very different from the Moufflon Sheep of Corsica. It is described and rudely figured in the feise durch Russland (vol. iii. p. 486, and Tab. LV.,) of the younger Gmelin ; and the skull and horns, forwarded by that naturalist to St. Petersburgh, have been figured and described by Pallas in his Spicilegia (Fasc. xii. p. 15, and Tab. V. fig. 1.) Messrs. Brandt and Ratzeburg erroneously identified it, at the suggestion of M. Lichten- stein, with the wild Cyprian species, the horns of which have a nearly similar flexure. Fine specimens of the male, female, and young, lately received by this Society from Erzeroom, enable me to give the following description :— Size of an ordinary tame Sheep, with a remarkably short coat,} of a lively chestnut-fulvous colour, deepest upon the back; the limbs and under-parts whitish, with few traces of dark markings, except a finely contrasting black line of more lengthened hair down the front of the neck of the male only, widening to a large patch on the breast ; and in both sexes a strip of somewhat lengthened mixed black and white hairs above the mid-joint of the fore-limbs anteriorly, which cor- * Very probably, however, this notice refers to the next species, O. Gmelinz; as may, also, that of Captain Mignan, who mentions seeing “ flocks of mountain Sheep, the Chamois, and wild Goats,’’ at the foot of the Aligez range. Vide ‘ Winter Journey to Koordistan,’ vol. i: p. 195.—E. B. ¢ Evidently the summer garb of the species.—E. B, 872 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No. 119. responds to the tuft of O. Tragelaphus ; tail small, and very slender : horns of the male subtrigoual, compressed, and very deep, with strong- ly marked angles and cross striz, diverging backwards, with but a slight arcuation to near the tips, which incline inwards. As regards the flexure alone, but not the character of the horn, which is allied to that of the common Ram, this handsome species links the Moufflon group with the Nahoor and Burrhel group. Length nearly 5 feet from nose to tail; the tail 4 inches : from nose to base of horn 8 inches; and ears 34 inches. Horns (about full grown, or nearly so,) 20 inches over the curvature, 10 round at base, 4 deep at base inside, their widest portion 2 feet apart, and tips 21 inches, with a span of 133 inches from base to tip inside; their colour pale. Around the eye and muzzle this species is whitish ; the chaffron and front of the limbs are more or less tinged with dusky, and its coat is rather harsh, and fades considerably in brightness before it is shed. Female generally similar, but smaller, with no black down the front of the neck, and in the observed instances horn- less. The lengthened black hair of the male is only 1 inch long, and that composing the tuft on the fore-limbs is so disposed that the latter is white in the centre, flanked with blackish. According to M. Gmelin, this species is found only on the highest mountains of Persia. Its rutting season takes place in Septem- ber, and lasts a month ; and the female yeans in March, producing two or three lambs at a time: the males, he informs us, are very quarrelsome amongst each other; insomuch that he had been at one place where the ground was completely strewed with horns that had been knocked off in their contests ; so that if any variation in the flexure of these horns had been observable, this industrious natura- list would doubtless have remarked it. Sir John McNeill informed me, that ‘it appears to be the common species of the mountains of Armenia ; occurring likewise on the north-west of Persia:” but the wild Sheep of the central parts of Persia is evidently dis- tinct,* ‘‘having horns much more resembling those of the domestic Ram, being spiral, and completing more than one spiral circle— I think Iam not mistaken in supposing,” continues Sir John, “ that I * As also that of the eastern districts, which appears to be O. Vignei.—E. B. 1841. ] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 873 have also had females of this species brought to me by the hunts- men, with small horns, resembling those of the ewes of some of our domestic Sheep ; but, on reflection, I find that I cannot assert this positively, though I retain the general impression.” It is high- ly probable, that a wild type of O. Aries is here adverted to, which would thus inhabit the same ranges of mountains as the wild common Goat, (C. Aigagrus): and with respect to the circumstance of horns in the female sex, I may here remark, that this character is very apt to be inconstant throughout the present group. It has already been noticed in the instance of O. Nahoor ; and the elder Gmelin states that the females of O. Ammon are sometimes hornless, while those of the Corsican O. Mustmon are generally so. The same likewise happens in different species of wild Goats, in the Goral of India, and in the prong-horned animal of North America; and even in the Gazelles, and other bovine-nosed species of what are commonly confused together under the name of Antelope, there have been instances of hornless males as well as females. A male Spring-bok of this description, as Iam informed by Colonel Hamilton Smith, was long in the possession of the Empress Josephine ; and the specimen of Izxalus Probaton, Ogilby, in the Museum of this Society doubtless affords another example of the same phenomenon. 10. O. Vignei, nobis: the Shad (not Snd) of Little Tibet, and Koch of the Sulimani range between India and Afghanistan.*—This fine species is closely allied to the Corsican Moufflon, but is much larger, with proportionally longer limbs, and a conspicuous fringe of lengthened blackish hair down the front of the neck, and not lying close, as in the Moufflon.t _Its size, as I am informed by Mr. Vigne, is that of a large Fallow Deer, and “ from the general appearance of these animals, their length of leg, and swiftness on the mountains, they reminded me,” remarks that gentleman, “of Deer, rather than Sheep.” * Also the Kutchgar of Pamir, described by Lieut. Wood, and Kooshgar or Kooch-i- Koh of Sir Alexander Burnes; Ovis cycloceros, Hutton, (‘Calcutta Journal of Natural | History, No. IV. p. 557.’)—E. B. | + At least as in the Mufflon in summer dress, for in winter it also hangs loosely in | this animal. I believe now, however, that the summer and winter coats of both spe- | cies will be found to correspond in this particular.—E. B. | | a | 874 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No. 119. The general colour of this animal, to judge from an elaborately finished painting, taken from a living individual in its native country by Mr. Vigne, to whom we are indebted for all we know concerning the species, is a rufous brown, apparently not so deep as in the Moufilon ; the face livid, or devoid of the rufous tinge of the body, and not termi- nated by a white muzzle, as in the Moufflon Sheep: the belly is white, separated by a black lateral band; and the limbs are brown, not mottled, as in the Moufflon, but with a whitish ring immmediately above each hoof, then a dark ring, and above this a little white posteriorly, as in the Neelgai. The fringe in front of the neck is doubtless peculiar to the male, and the hairs of it would appear to be 4 or 5 inches long, and hang loosely. Tail about 6 inches long, and slender, apparent- ly resembling that of the Armenian species rather than the Mouf- flon’s.* * This species has been described as the ‘‘ Wild Sheep of the Paropamisan range,”’ by Captain Hay, (in the ‘ Journal,’ for 1840, p. 440,) and I have no doubt of the cor- rectness of this identification, though certain discrepancies are deserving of being noticed. Capt. Hay states the muzzle to be white (as in the Corsican Moufiion) ; the legs, too, to be ‘‘ covered with white, smooth, short hair; belly white ; tail small, short, and together with the buttocks white. The general colour’ he says, “ is pale rufous inclining to grey, and fading off to white beneath. A large beard from the cheeks and under-jaw, divided into two lobes, which are white, and connected to a streak of long black flowing hair reaching to the chest. The adult male stands 3 feet 4 inches at shoulder : from nose to tail 5 feet 4 inches ; head | foot ; neck ponderous, 14 inches long, and 24 in circumference; girth of body, behind shoulders, 4 feet. The female is inferior in size, and not so much of a rufous colour; having small horns about 6 inches in length, which incline backwards and outwards. Those of the male are 24 feetin length, and 12 inches round at base,’? &c. ‘The lambs are the colour of the female, have a dark stripe down the back, and in front of the fore-legs. They are pro- duced in May and June.”’ Drawings of both sexes of this same species, transmitted by the late unfortunate Sir Alexander Burnes, are also before me, and present a somewhat different coloration from either of the above. The male is stated to have measured ‘43 feet [53 feet ?] in extreme — length, from nose to tail-tip, and 3feet Sinches high, from the sole of the foot to the shoul- ders; female 3 feet 10 inches long, and 2 feet high.’’ Both are evidently represented in summer dress, of an uniform light bay colour (including the limbs and tail), rather more vivid in the male, and merely fainter on the under-parts ; there is no trace of lateral band ; the face of the male only is coloured more livid, and with no white muzzle in either sex ; nor is there any mottling near the hoofs (as in Mr. Vigne’s drawing), but a slightly dark shade in front of the limbs of the male only, which, it may be, is intended merely for shadow. The lobes of hair pendent from the sides of the lower jaw are whitish, and the fringe down the front of the neck is coloured dusky-black, — being not very long, and projecting so as to form an obtuse point or angle opposite the lower part of the neck, exactly as in the Moufflon of Corsica, The female has not | 1841. ] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 875 A full grown pair of horns measure 324 inches over the curva- ture, and 11 inches round at base ; their widest portion apart, mea- sured outside, is 2 feet, the tips converging to 8 inches, and span from base to tip also 8 inches : they are subtriangular, much com- pressed laterally, the anterior surface 22 inches broad at base, with its side-angles about equally developed, and the posterior part of the section tapers rather suddenly to a somewhat acute angle; eight years of growth are very perceptible, which successively give 12, 7, 4, 3, 3, 14, 14, and + inches ; they bear considerable resem- blance to those of the Moufflon Sheep, but differ in being very much larger, and in the circumstance of the outer front-angle be- ing as much developed as the inner one, and they have not the slightest tendency to spire, but describing three-fourths of a circle, and originally diverging as in a common Ram, they point towards the back of the neck, somewhat as in O. TV'ragelaphus. Another and younger specimen, however, has a decided spiral flexure outward, more especially towards the tip, and has also the outer angle much less developed than in the corresponding terminal portion of the former. This pair had grown to 11 inches long, with the tips 144 inches apart ; only one year’s growth, and that apparently incomplete, is however ex- hibited, and the curvature is likewise less than in the older specimen. The portion of skull attached is also so much smaller, that I think it prudent to hesitate in identifying it as specifically the same. The pos- terior margins of the orbits are but 44 inches apart, whereas in the Other they are 55 inches. There are no materials for extending the comparison, but a few more dimensions may be given of the smaller one. The greatest width of this skull at the posterior portion of the zygomz is 5 inches, and the orbits are 34 inches distant where most approximated : the series of 5 developed molars occupied 23 inches ; width of second true molars apart, posteriorly and externally, 24 inches ; of anterior false molars, measured outside and before, 12 inch ; any trace of this lengthened hair, and is represented with very short horns, indicating that the individual was probably young. Mr. Vigne’s coloured portrait represents a much younger male than that figured by Sir Alexander Burnes, and I should say in winter vesture: the same gentleman had also a coloured figure upon a large scale of the head of a still younger specimen, which was coloured similarly to the other, or of a livid hue, without any white muzzle. I possess copies of both figures.—E. B. 876 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No. 119. greatest width of palate, 13 inch, and from front or first false molar to anterior portion of occipital foramen, 52 inches. Mr. Vigne, indeed, assures me, that the adult has only five grinders on each side of both jaws, as in the Chirew, which, if normal, would make an important dis- tinction, as the smaller specimen would undoubtedly have developed a third true molar, and possesses three false ones ; whereas it is in one of the latter that the Chirew is deficient. I am inclined, however, to regard the two specimens as belonging to the same species, since I have observed analogous differences in the mere flexure of the horn in different Corsican Moufilons ; but it was at all events proper to indi- cate the disparity.* Vast numbers of this species,” relates Mr. Vigne, ‘are driven down by the snow in winter to the branches of the Indus, near Astor, at the southern extremity of Little Tibet, where the river breaks through the chain of the Himalaya. I once saw a young one, apparent- ly of this species, in Persia, but took no memorandum of it at the time ; it was dirty and draggled, but, I think, was covered with short wool.” I have great pleasure in dedicating this species to that gentleman.f * Five skulls, with the horns, of adult males, are now before me, together with some loose horns, which enable me to decide that the above animals were the same in species; it is very rarely, however, that the outer front-angle of the horn does not quite equal the inner one; the extreme length of skull, from vertex to tip of intermaxillaries, is 83 inches, and greatest breadth 54 inches; length of bony palate 43 inches. The series of molars consists, as usual, of three true and as many false molars.—K. B. ¢ The Ovis Vignei is extensively diffused upon the various ramifications of the Hindoo Koosh, inhabiting Pamir on the north-east, the Sulimani chain of mountains on the south, and westward the ranges of the Elboorz, which skirt the southern extremity of the Caspian Sea. At least I judge this to be the species mentioned in Mr. Fraser’s ‘Winter Journey from Constantinople to Tehran,’ (vol. i. pp. 153, 155, and 159,) as being very numerous upon a mountain near Shahrood. This traveller notices, ‘‘ The wild mountain Sheep and Goats. The male of the former is a noble animal, with a curly neck, and mane that would become a Lion [ winter coat ?], and prodigious curling horns; the latter [probably C. 4/gagrus] has immense horns curving backwards. ‘These mountain Sheep and Goats, warned by their sense of smell, were makiny off from our vicinity, at more or less speed, to places where they might be secure ; there they would stand still upon some point or slab of rock, resembling it so nearly in colour as scarcely to be distinguishable without a glass.’ Again, further to the eastward, ‘‘ a noble mountain Sheep’’ is mentioned (at’p. 399) ; and ‘‘ The wild Sheep and the wild Goat’’ are stated by the Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone to be common on the eastern hills of Afghanistan. In the latter country, Capt. Thos. Hutton has more recently observed the O. Vignei, and supposing it undescribed, proposes for it the provisional name O. ~ 1841.] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 877 11. O. Musimon, Linneus.—The Moufflon Sheep of Corsica and Sar- dinia, but not, there is reason to suspect, of the Levantine countries. It is unnecessary to give a detailed description of this beautiful little species, though I may mention that the fine living male in the gardens measures 39 inches from nose to tail; the tail 5 inches; from nose to base of horn 7 inches ; ears 4 inches ; neck, from posterior base of horn to the abrupt angle of its insertion, 8 inches, and thence to base of tail 21 inches; height at the shoulder 21 feet. The horns of this individual are remarkable for not spiring in the least degree, whence they point towards the back of the neck : they measure 21 inches over their curvature, and 81 inches round at base, being in their fifth year of growth ; their widest portion apart is 15 inches, and at the tips 6 inches ; but another pair, upon the stuffed specimen in the Museum, cycloceros, ‘‘from the circular position of its horns.’ (Extract from a letter dat- ed Candahar, 12th September, 1840, published in the Calcutta Journal of Na- tural History, No. iv. p. 557.) This gentleman thinks it will prove to be the proper ‘‘ Bearded Sheep’’ of Pennant, and there is little or no doubt he is right so far as regards the imperfect skin purchased by Pennant in Holland, and which that naturalist was informed ‘‘ came from the East Indies ;’? but Pennant erro- neously identified this skin to be of the same species as the Barbary animal, (O. Tragelaphus,) and mixes up the two in his description. The figure he re- fers to, also, as taken from the living animal in Paris, and of which a copy is given by Shaw, (if I mistake not, a little embellished about the cheeks and chin, ) appears to me to represent a Corsican Moufflon, (O. Musimon,) the hoofs of which had grown out of a state of protracted confinement, as commonly enough happens with captive ruminants. Compare Mr. Fraser’s notice with that of Lieut. Wood, of a specimen of the * Kutchgar’ of Pamir: this author states, ‘“‘ It was a noble animal, standing as high as a two year’s old colt, with a venerable beard, and two splendid curling horns, which, with the head, were so heavy, as to require considerable exertion to lift them. Though in poor condition, the carcass, divested of its offal, was a load for a baggage pony; its flesh was tough and ill-tasted, but we were told that in autumn, when this animal is in prime condition, no venison is better fla- voured. The Kutchgar is gregarious, congregating in herds of several hundreds. They are of a dun colour, the skin more resembling the hide of a cow than the fleece of a [tame] Sheep. A skeleton of this animal, and several complete cra- nia, were deposited, I believe, at Loodiana.’’ The latter are now before me, or (as in a note to Taylor’s reprint of this memoir,) I should have been tempted to refer the foregoing notice to O. Polit. Whereas the carcass of O. Vignei, however, “divested of its offal, is a load for a baggage pony,’’ Sir Alexander Burnes was informed, respecting the ‘‘ Rasse,’”’ that ‘‘a common sized specimen will require two horses-to bear its flesh from the field,’ and the latter is moreover reported to be of a white colour. Capt. Hay remarks, that the present species is ‘‘ gregarious in flocks of about forty, headed by an old male.’? A stuffed specimen, 1 am told, exists in the Museum of Paris. —E. B. Di 873 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [ No. 119. which shew the more usual [? ] slight spirature are 26 inches long, having their widest portion 14 inches apart, and the tips as muchas 12 inches: this pair shews seven years of growth, and their development was evi- dently completed, though they are only 7 inches in girth at base. The female has seldom any horns, which, when they exist, are ordinarily about 2 inches long. The character of the horn of the Moufflon is nearly the same as that of the domestic Ram, only that it is never so much prolonged, nor in- deed to more than two-thirds of a circle : the inner front edge is acute to near the base, where the outer one approaches to an equality with t ; the first half being thus unequally triangular, and the remainder much compressed, with strongly marked ruge, and having the inner surface of the horn concave. It has always appeared to me, however, that the specifical distinctness of the Moufflon is very obvious, and I doubt whether it has contributed at all to the origin of any tame race. That it interbreeds freely with the latter, under circumstances of re- straint, is well known ; but we have no information of hybrids, or Um- bri, as they are called, being ever raised from wild Moufilons, though the flocks of the latter will occasionally graze in the same pasture with domestic Sheep, and all but mingle among them. The male of this animal is denominated in Corsica Mufro, and the female Mufra, from which Buffon, as is well known, formed the word ‘ Moufilon ;’ and in Sardinia the male is called Murvoni, and the female Murva, though it is not unusual to hear the peasants style both indiscriminate- ly Mufion, which, (as Mr. Smyth remarks in his description of that island,) is a palpable corruption of the Greek Ophion. It is some- times stated, but I do not know upon what authority, that a few of these animals are still found upon the mountains of Murcia.* * I am not aware that the winter dress of the Moufflon has ever been described. In summer the coat presents a smooth surface, with the hair in front of the neck but moderately elongated, and lying close, though projecting so as to produce an obtuse angular outline opposite the lower part of the neck, where it is longest. The general colour is bright rufous brown, with a triangular white saddle-like mark on each side; the head is dusky, with a white muzzle, and darker chaffron; the belly and limbs below the mid-joint are also white, with generally dark mark- ings in front of the latter, more or less developed ; and there is a conspicuous white disk surrounding the tail, but not ascending above it (asin the Argali;) the lengthen- ed hair in front of the neck is black, as also a lateral band bordering the white belly, together with the outside and inside of the upper half of the fourimbs, the tail, and : 1841.] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 879 12. The Cyprian Moufflon, figured and described by Messrs. Brandt and Ratzeburg from a specimen in the Berlin Museum, and contrasted by them with M. F. Cuvier’s figure of the Corsican animal, is probably a distinct species, intermediate to O. Musimon and O. Gmelini ; its a median line over the forequarters terminating at the white saddle: the female is much less rufous, with the dark markings less developed, and no white patch on the sides. In winter, there is a considerable admixture of black about the body; the hair upon the nape, and especially the withers, is much elongated, forming a very conspicuous mane when it does not fall over on one side; that on the under or forepart of the neck is also of considerable length, and projects forward in a peculiar mamner, being directed upward from the chest, and downward from the upper portion of the fore- neck; but the most remarkable feature consists in what in summer merely forms the triangular white patch on the sides, which is then even with the rest of the coat, whereas in winter dress this forms a whorl of very much lengthened white hair protruding far beyond the rest, and imparting a singular appearance to the animal when viewed otherwise than laterally. I have observed the same character in a woolly domestic Sheep, which was brought from one of the West Indian islands, in which case the whorl of white hair projected beyond the rufous wool. The Mouffion is a very brisk, energetic animal, rather powerfully made, and Strong about the neck, but appearing more so from the length of the hair in front of that part, which in winter may be termed shaggy; the wool beneath its hair is much more copious than in the wild Sheep generally. Its pace is a fleet canter, all lightness and agility; but (as Azuni remarks) it is soon fatigued when pursued over level ground, though from their nimbleness they can seldom be approached in their native wilds. There they bound with surprising vigour, ‘“‘jumping from rock to rock at the distance of many feet, and if hard chased to the extremity of a cliff from whence it can reach no other, it will throw itself over, and with astonishing agility pitch upon it horns, without receiving any hurt.’’—(Boswell’s Corsica, p. 41.) The same is stated of O. Tragelaphus in Jackson’s ‘Account of the Empire of Morocco.’ This animal inhabits the wilds of Corsica and Sardinia, and never quits the highest ridges, where the temperature however does not allow of permanent snow. In general they live in small herds, headed by an old male, but unite oc- casionally into flocks of a hundred or more, which separate again when the rutting season commences, and the usual battles have decided how many females each male can retain. The females yean two lambs in April and May. When brought up tame, the adult male is a capricious and violent little animal, ever ready to butt at strangers the moment their back is turned, or they look for an instant in an- other direction. I have seen one run at and butt against a post again and again, merely for amusement ; and when grazing, it often rubs the herbage violently with its horns, which it makes full use of on all occasions. It is active, curious, impudent, and lascivious, perfectly fearless, and propagates readily with the domestic Sheep, though only under circumstances of restraint, (as noticed in the text.) Azuni and other authors notice their flesh to be equal to the finest mutton; and the moun- taineers are said still to convert their skins into vests, and a kind of cloak, which, it has been remarked, may be the present representatives of the Mastruce Surdorum, noticed in the commentaries on Cicero, as made from the skin of the Moufflon. This dress was worn in particular by the inland robbers, the Mastruce lairuncule,—E. B. 880 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No. 119. horns have more the curvature of those of the latter species, but are not so robust, and curve round gradually backward from the base, in- stead of at first diverging straightly, as in O. Gmelini ; but the colour of the coat would appear to resemble that of the Corsican Moufilon, only without the rufous cast, and the specimen figured wants also the saddle-like triangular white patch, which I suspect is never absent in the Moufflon of Sardinia and Corsica. The Yragelaphus of Belon, it is true, observed by that author in Candia and in Turkey, is described by him to have “ horns similar to those of Goats, but sometimes gyra- ted like those of a Ram;” yet the fact of a nearly similar flexure of horn to that represented by Messrs. Brandt and Ratzeburg proving to be of normal occurrence in the allied Armenian wild Sheep, confers ad- ditional probability on the supposition that the Berlin specimen of the Cyprian Moufflon has also normally curved horns, which alone would go far to establish its claim to rank as a species, in which case it might bear the appellation of O. Ophion.* | 13. O.—Ivalus Probaton, Ogilby.—I stated in my former paper an opinion, to which I am still disposed to adhere, that this animal is no other than a genuine Sheep, but specifically distinct from any at pre- sent known: the specimen had long lived in captivity, as is obvious from the manner in which its hoofs had grown out; but whereas I for- merly sought to account for its absence of horns, by ascribing this to probable castration at an early age, I am now inclined to consider that this abnormity, for such there is every reason to suppose it, was individually congenital, as in other rare cases before alluded to. The Armenian wild Sheep approaches more nearly to this species than any other as yet discovered ; so much so, that before actually comparing them, I thought that they would prove to be the same; but they are nevertheless distinct, as is particularly shewn by the longer and less * It is worthy of notice that the Cyprian animal bears about the same relation- ship to the Corsican Moufflon, which O. Gmelini does to O. Vignei. It is therefore, also, probably distinct. In an original description of the island of Milo, published in the Penny Magazine, (No. 136,) we read that, on Mount St. Elias, ‘still higher up, the surface was broken into fine bold crays, among which we were told that, “as in Candia, and one or two of the larger islands of the Archipelago, the Moufflon is still to be found. We, however, certainly saw nothing of the sort; and on en- quiring afterwards of some of the old inhabitants, we did not receive very satisfactory assurances that they had ever seen any.’’—E. B. 1841. ] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 881 slender tail of the present animal, and the very different texture of its coat ; the absence of dark markings on its face and limbs may prove to be an individual peculiarity. The specimen is of the size of a large tame Sheep, and entirely of a chestnut-fulvous colour, dull white be- neath and within the limbs, also on the lips, chin, lower part of the cheeks, and at the tip of the tail. From nose to base of tail it mea- sures about fifty inches, the tail half a foot, and height of the back two feet and a half. From nose to rudiment of horn nine inches, and ears four inches: the vestiges of horns, which exactly resemble those found upon many breeds of tame Sheep, are two inches apart. Upon the minutest examination of the specimen, I can perceive no character whatever to separate it from the genuine Sheep, nor any distinction more remarkable than the trivial circumstance of its chaffron not being bombed, as usual, which however is equally the case with O. Tragelaphus. Ihave been favoured, however, by Colonel Hamilton Smith, with a drawing of an animal observed by himself on the banks of the Rio St. Juan in Venezuela, which appears to accord so nearly with Zvalus Probaton, except in the particular of bearing horns similar to those of the Rocky Mountain Goat, that its absolute inden- tity is probable, in which case it would be curious that a species so very nearly allied to the genus Ovis, should yet differ from it so con- siderably in the character specified. ‘The South American animal adverted to, is the Aploceros Mazama of Colonel Smith, and is pro- bably congeneric with the Pudu of the Chilian Andes, mentioned by Molina, (the existence of which would appear to have been lately re-ascertained by M. Gay,) and also with the fossil Antelope Maqui- nensis of Dr. Lund: there would indeed appear to be other living species of this type, more or less distinctly indicated by different authors. 14. O. Aries, Linneus, the Domestic Sheep.—Assuming that differ- ent species have commingled to produce this animal, as appears to be very evident in the instance of the Dog, it is still remarkable that we have certainly not yet discovered the principal wild type, nor indeed any species with so long a tail as in many of the domestic breeds, which I cannot doubt existed also in their aboriginal progenitors: nothing analogous is observable among the endlessly diversified races of the Domestic Goat, which all appear to have been derived exclusively 882 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No. 119. from the Caucasian C. 4/gagrus ; and as in my former paper I sug- gested ‘the probability that a wild Sheep more nearly resembling the domestic races than any hitherto discovered, would yet occur some- where in the vicinity of the Caucasus, it now appears that such an animal does exist in Central Persia, as noticed in my description of O. Gmelini: nor should it be forgotten, that Hector Boetius mentions a wild breed in the island of St. Kilda, larger than the biggest Goat, with tail hanging to the ground, and horns longer and as bulky as those of an ox.* Pennant remarks upon this subject, that such an animal is figured on a bas-relief taken out of the wall of Antoninus, near Glasgow. Of all the wild species of true Ovis that have been here described, the Rass of Pamir appoaches nearest to O. Aries in the character of its horns, though differing in one particular besides size, that has been pointed out, namely, that the two front angles are about equally developed, whereas in O. Aries, as in the Moufflon, the inner angle is more acute to near the base. Some experience in the deduction of the specific characters of Sheep horns enables me to state with confidence, that the character of the long-tailed domestic breeds of Europe, and also of most other breeds, is intermediate to that of the Rass and that of the Moufflon, combining the flexure and the prolongation of the former with the section of the latter, but becoming proportionally broader at the base than in either; more as in the Argalis of Siberia, Kamtschatka, and North America. That O. Aries is totally distinct from all, I have been long perfectly satis- fied, and examination of the Rass in particular has strongly confirmed me in this opinion. I think it likely, however, that more than one wild species have commingled to form the numerous domestic races, though certainly not any that have been described in this paper. It is not very long since the question was habitually discussed, whether * Two crania of Sheep, apparently male and female, from the Irish peat, in the possession of the Earl of Enniskillen, and exhibited sometime ago at a meeting of the Geological Society, are probably of this race. Here I may mention, that among the numerous valuable fossil remains from the Sivalik deposits, presented to the Asiatic Society by Colonel Colvin, (as noticed in the Journal of the Society, vol. v. p. 183), 1 have determined a large fossil Sheep (allied to, if not identical with the Argali), a fossil Ibex, which I shall take an early opportunity of figuring and describing.—E. B. 1841. | A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 883 the tame Sheep has descended from the Argali of Siberia, or the Moufflon of Corsica; and now that so many more indisputably distinct wild species have been added to the catalogue of this genus, it is probable that we are still far from having ascertained the com- plete existing number; but that several more yet remain to be discovered upon the lofty table-lands and snowy mountains of middle Asia, from the Caucasus and Taurus to the Altai, and among them, it is very probable, some much more nearly allied to the domestic races than any at present known. The whole of the foregoing animals appertain to my subgeneric group Ovis, as distinguished from Ammotragus, which latter is cha- racterized by the absence of suborbital sinuses, like the Goats, but differs from the latter by possessing interdigital fosse, as in other Sheep. This difference between the Goats and Sheep appears to have been first noticed by Pallas, and has since been descanted upon by Professor Géné in vol. xxxvii. of the ‘ Memorie della Reale Ac- cademia delle Scienze di Torino.’ The fact of such a diversity in genera so nearly allied in habitat as the Goats and Sheep, renders the problem of the utility of the structure in question somewhat difficult of solution. The species upon which I found the subgenus Ammotragus, has decidedly an Ovine, rather than a Caprine, aspect, when viewed alive; the male emits no stench, as in the Goats; the bleat is precisely that of Ovis; and the animal butts like a Ram, and not like a Goat. Unlike the other species of admitted wild Sheep, as well as the long-horned or true wild Goats, it has a concave chaffron, and no markings on the face and limbs: its tail is rather long, which is the case in no species of Capra, and is also re- markable for being tufted at the extremity. The indigenous habitat, North Africa, is a further peculiarity in the genus in which it is here placed, though two species of wild Goats respectively inhabit Upper Egypt, and the snowy heights of Abyssinia. 15. O. Tragelaphus, Pallas, the African Goat-sheep.—This animal appears to vary considerably in size, some exceeding a Fallow Deer in stature, while others are much smaller. It has no beard on the chin, like the true Goats, but is remarkable for the quantity of long hanging hair in front of the neck, and on the upper part of the fore limbs, the former attaining in fine males to about a foot in length, 884 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [ No. 119. and the latter to nine inches; there is also some lengthened hair at the setting on of the head, and a dense nuchal mane, the hairs of which are three inches long, continued over the withers till lost about the middle of the back. General colour tawny, or yellow- brown; horns moderately stout, turning outwards, backwards, and so inwards, with the tips inclining towards each other. The splendid male in the British Museum measures 5 feet from nose to tail, and tail 9 inches, or with its terminal tuft of hair 13 inches ; height of the back 34 feet, but the living animal would not have stood so high by some inches; from muzzle to base of horn 11 inches, and ears 5 inches. The finest pair of horns which I have seen are in the same collection, and measure 25 inches over the curvature, 101 round at base, with an antero-posterior diameter of 24 inches inside; they diverge to 23 inches apart, measuring outside, at a distance of 6 inches from the tips, which latter return to 15 inches asunder; their span from base to tip inside is 13 inches: at base~ they are closely approximated, but not quite in contact. General form subquadrangular for nearly a foot, then gradually more com- pressed to the end, and having a very deep longitudinal furrow for the greater portion of their length outside, above which the horn bulges : there is a mark of annual growth at 14 inch from the base, another 14 inch further, and a third after an interval of 3 inches; but the rest are too indistinct to be made out with certainty among the wrinkles of the horn. A large pair of female horns were 16 inches long; 74 round at base; their widest portion apart, near the tips, 19 inches; and the tips 174 inches: their surface is marked with broad transverse indentations, which in the males ordinarily become more or less effaced with age. The female of this species is a third smaller than the other sex ; and a lamb in the collection of this Society is extremely kid-like, with the spinal mane upon the neck and shoulders very conspicuous, but no lengthened hair on the fore-neck and limbs; in the half grown male, the latter especially is still not much developed. This species is well known as the Aoudad of the Moors, and the Kebsh of the Egyptians ; it is also, according to Riippell, the Yedal of the inhabitants of Nubia, which is doubtless the same as Teytal, appli- ed by Burckhardt to the Wild Goat of that region, in addition to the word Beden, which (in common with Riippell and others) he also as- 1841.]} A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 885 signs to the latter. Sir Gardner Wilkinson, however, confirms Burck- hardt by informing us, that the Goat referred to is called in Arabic Beddan, or Teytal, the former appellation referring to the male only. This author adds, that the present species “is found in the eastern desert, principally in the ranges of primitive mountains, which, com- mencing about lat. 28° 40’, extend thence into Ethiopia and Abyssinia.” According to M. Riippell, “ it is found in all North Africa above 18°, in small families, and always upon the rocky hills ;” frequenting the steepest and most inaccessible crags amid the woods and forests of the Atlas, and descending only to drink. It is a wonderfully agile leaper, even more so than the wild Sheep and Goats generally, and is remarkable for always browsing in preference to grazing. The Ovis ornata, figured by M. Geoffroy in the great French Work on Egypt, would appear to be merely a small sized individual. The following may serve for definitions of the various ascertained species of Wild Sheep that have been here described :— O. Poli, Blyth. O. cornibus maximis triquetris, angustis altissimis- que ; angulis anterioribus equalibus: extrorsim spiraliter gyratis, et tam prolongatis quam sunt cornua Arietum domesticorum longissima : sulcis transversim indentatis ; colore pallido. Animal non cognotum est, sed O. Ammoni magnitudine saltem haud inferius. Habitat apud planitiem elavatam Pamir dictam, in Asia centrali. 2 O. montana, Desmarest.—O. cornibus maximis triquetris, cras- sissimis, et seepe inter angulos tumidis, ad apicem compressioribus ; sulcis transversim indentatis ; deorsim et antrorsim gyratis ad paral- lelum, apicibus extrorsim eductis; colore pallido, sed sepe rufo-brun- neo suffuso. Animal ad magnitudinem Cervi Elaphi appropinquans, sed artubus brevioribus ; pilis griseo-fulvis pallidis, maculis genericis super facie, pectore, artubusque fuscis; cauda brevissima, et disco albescente circundaté. Habitat apud Americe septentrionalis montes occidentalem versus. 3. O. Ammon, Pallas.—Diversitas hujus speciei ab precedente non cognota est, quamvis patria differt, hoec in Siberia Orientali habitante; tertia alia species ambobus distincta regione intermedia Kamtschatke invenitur, itidem simillima, tamen (apparenter) facillimé dignoscenda ; viz. | Cn U 886 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [ No. 119. 4. O. nivicola, Eschscholtz.—O. cornibus triquetris, et inter cornua Polit et Montane Ovium apparenter intermediis; apicibus magis prolongatis quam in O. montand, sed ad basin crassioribus; potius quam in O. Polit prolongatis, sed cornibus utriusque minoribus. Magnitudo hujus animalis inferior est, et pilorum color flavescens, sine disco caudali. Habitat apud montes Kamtschatke. 5. O. Californiana, Douglas.—O. cornibus crassis triquetris, ad apicem compressioribus; sulcis transversim indentatis ; curvamine aperto ex- trorsim (non antrorsim) gyrantibus, apicibus plurimtim extrorsim ductis ; colore pallido, aut rufo-brunneo paultm suffuso. Magnitudo Ammonis vel paulim inferior : cauda elongata, et non (? ) disco pallido circundata. Habitat apud Californiam, et regionem proximam Americe continentis. 6. O. Nahoor, Hodgson.—O. cornibus crassis subcylindraceis, supra magis planiusculis, culmine abruptiore medio, dimidio-distali compressiori, et extrorsum arcuatis, apicibus retortis: sulcis transver- sis obsoletis ; colore pallido. Magnitudo Arietis grandis; pilis griseis, vel in junioribus adultis fulvo terminatis, maculis genericis fuscis ; cauda brevi et floccosa. Habitat apud regiones medias montium Hima- laicorum, et in Tibeta Magna. 7. O. Burrhel, Blyth.—O. cornibus crassis subcylindraceis, supra convexioribus, culmine longitudinali minus abrupto, et aliis angulis mints prominentioribus quam in specie precedente, subequalioribus ; in arcu extrorstm curvatis, apicibus retrorsis ; sulcis transversis obsole- tis ; colore nigrescenti-rubido. _Magnitudo inferior est ahoori, sed forma robustior; pilis castaneo-brunneis intensis ; maculis genericis nigris et distinctis; cauda minima (? ) et non floccosd. Habitat apud montium Himalaicorum regiones summas. 8. O. cylindricornis, Blyth.—O. cornibus maximis cylindraceis, in arcu extrorstum (? ) sine diminutione curvatis, apicibus non cogno- tis; sulcis transversis Obsoletis: colore nigrescenti-rubido. Habitat apud Caucasum. 9. O. Gmelini, Blyth.—O. cornibus triquetris et robustis, altis, et transversim sulcatissimis; in arcu retrorsim divergentibus, apicibus introrsum ductis; colore pallido. Magnitudo Arietis; pilis brevissi- mis, et castaneo-fulvis splendidé coloratis ; maculis genericis subdis- 1841.] A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. 887 tinctis, sed linea pilorum longiorum nigra infra collum in mare solo excipiendd, apud pectore se expandente, et in utroque sexu cesarie rudimenta brachiis, sicut in Ove T’ragelapho: cauda brevi et gracilli- ma. Habitat apud Armeniam, et provincias Occidentales Persiz septentrionalis. 10. O. Vignei, Blyth.—O. Musimoni simillima, sed magnitudine Cervi Dame grandis equans, artubusque longissimis: cornibus robustis, compressis, et subtriquetris, angulis anterioribus equalibus; lunatim non spiraliter gyratis ; et sulcis transversim indentatis: colore pallido. Corporis pilis rufo-brunneis; facie artubusque lividis; ventre, et annulis supra ungulas albis ; linea laterali nigra, pedibus annulo secundo nigro anticé albo super marginato notatis; apice caudex (brevis et gracilis,) et lined pilorum paulum pendentium infra collum medium ad pectus tendente, nigris. Habitat apud Asiam centralem—Varietas cornibus extrorsum gyratis, cum angulo interiori pro-minentiori. 11. O. Musimon, Linneus.—O. cornibus compressis, ad basin triquetrioribus, angulo interiori prominentiori; lunatim gyratis, et sulcis transversim indentatis: colore pallido. Magnitudo Arietis parvi, caud& brevi et magis villosd: pilis rufo-brunneis; facie livida cum \capistro, ventre, clunibus, dimidiisque artum inferioribus, albis; et linea laterali, caud4, pectore, et membrorum plerumque dimidiis superioribus, nigris: macula triangulari alba utroque lumbo conspicua. Habitat apud insulas Corsice et Sardinie, et forsan provinciam Murcie in Hispania. 12. O. Ophion, Blyth.—O. Musimoni simillima, sed cornibus retrosis, apicibus accurvatis : pilisque brunneisis, et non rufescentibus (?) Habitat apud Cyprum, et forsan regiones alias Levantinas. 13. O. Aries, Linnzus. 14. O morum, cauda paulim elongata, cornibus in specimine solo cognoto abnormaliter (?) rudimentalibus, pilis castaneo-fulvis, et infra albes- centibus. ? Ixalus Probaton, Ogilby.—Magnitudo Arietum maxi- 15. O. (Ammotragus) Tragelaphus.—O. cornibus magnis sub- quadrangularibus, moderaté crassis, ad apicem compressioribus, sulcis transversim indentatis; divergentibus et retrorsum curvatis, sed prope basin rectis, apicibus acclinatis; colore pallido. Magnitudo Cervi Dame superior, pilis flavescenti-brunneis; collo jubato, et infra 888 A Monograph of the species of Wild Sheep. [No. 119: cum pectore brachiisque capillato, caudé elongata extremitate villosa ; facie non convexd—ut in omnibus speciebus aliis, sinibusque suborbi- talibus nullis. Femina semper (?) cornuta, cornibusque fortioribus quam in feeminis specierum hujus generis ceterarum, que sepe non cornute sunt, sed plurimee cornua parva, tenuissima, et compressiora ferunt, que in maribus junioribus aut curvata sunt, aut sepe rectiora. Habitat apud Africze septentrionalis montes rupestres. A connected view of the species of Lichens, with their Botanical rela- tionship existing between them and the Indian productions. By Henry Corr, Esq. Henry Torrens, Esa. Secy. Asiatic Society. Dear Sir, As many of the Lichens which are indigenous to the Himalayan range, are closely allied by generic or (less proximate) family characters to the different species which have been used in Europe in the arts, or as arti- cles of food for men or animals, it may perhaps be useful to present. to the Society and those of its Members, who are interested in the subject, a connected view of those species, as the Botanical relation- ship which exists between them and the Indian productions, may lead to further investigation. I am indebted to Sir W. J. Hooker’s sequel to the English Flora, for the chief portion of what I have now the honor to submit. The Lichens of England, which with those of Europe generally, have even a closer affinity as regard their Botanical characters with those of the Himalayas, than the more conspicuous portions of vegetable producti- ons, are divided by Hooker into seventeen families, comprising thirty-nine genera, of which eleven are distributed through seven families, exhibit spe- cies useful to man or beast ; and it is an interesting fact that of these eleven, five belong to our family, the Umbilicariee, and that to this same family appertain the species most frequently found in the Himalayas. As, however, Dr. Hooker’s notes will be more interesting than any obser- vations of mine, I shall proceed at once to extract them, commencing with 1841. ] On Lichens. 889 Variolaria faginea, Pers. The intensely bitter taste of this Lichen, according to Messrs. Turner and Borns, distinguishes it from every species hitherto discoverd. It is upon this circumstance, which we have never found to vary, that we have been induced to place our chief reliance in making V. faginea and discoidea distinct. Mons. Braconnot detected in this and several other crus- taceous Lichens, oxalic acid; in the present plant in such abundance, that 100 parts yielded 18 of lime, combined with 29.4 of oxalic acid, nearly the same quantity in other crustaceous Lichens, and he remarks, that oxa- late of lime bears the same relation to the Cryptogamia, as carbonate of lime to corals, and phosphate of lime to the bony structure of the more perfect animals. It diminishes, however, in the family of Lichens in proportion as the species lose their general crustaceous texture, and approach more and more to the membranous or cartilaginous, although the latter also contain a considerable portion of salt. M. Braconnot strongly recommends the adoption of V. faginea in the production of oxalic acid, and an eminent French chemist now informs me, that it is so employed in France, and upon a very extensive scale.—£nglish Flora, vol. v. p. 169. Note.—Dr. Royle notices numerous species of crustaceous Lichens as in- digenous to India generally, and as found both on rocks and trees ; they belong to the genera Lecanora, Lecidee, Lepraria, Verrucaria, &c.— Illustrations vol. i. p. 437. Lecanora Parella, Ach. This is the Parelle of Auvergne and other parts, where it is extensive- ly employed to produce a dye far superior to that of the Cudbear, and quite equal to that of the Archil.—Znglish Flora, vol. v. p. 191. Note.—The Parelle which grows chiefly on basaltic rocks, is inferior to Roccella tinctoria, (Archil,) in not bearing ebullition, and has the dis- advantage of not answering with alum, which destroys the colour.— Ure’s Dictionary of Arts, p. 52. Lecanora tartarea, Ach. This is the famous Cudbear, (so called after a Mr. Cuthbert, who first brought it into use,) employed to produce a purple for dyeing wool- len yarn, and nowhere perhaps used to so great an extent as in the manu- factory of Mr. MacIntosh of Glasgow. This gentleman imports it largely from Norway, where it grows more abundantly than with us; yet in the Highland districts, many an industrious peasant gets a living by scrap- ing off this Lichen with an iron hook and sending it to the Glasgow market. When I was in the neighbourhood of Fort Augustus some years ago, I was 890 On Lichens. [No. 119. informed, that a person could earn 14s. per week at this work, selling the material at 3s. 4d. the stone of 22lbs. The fructified specimens are reckoned the best. A remarkable and fructified state of this plant, as it appears to me, is im- ported by Mr. MacIntosh from Sicily, with the crust singularly thick, and formed into warts so exceedingly elongated and cylindrical, that they ap- pear like the podatia of an Jsidium.—English Flora, vol. v. p. 191. Note.—The Lichen tartareus dyes crimson red. In Jutland, Cudbear is made from it by grinding the dry Lichen, sifting it, then setting it to ferment ina close vessel with ammonia. The Lichen must be the third year’s growth to yield an abundant dye, and that which grows near the sea is best. It loses half its weight by drying. A single person may gather from 20 to 30lbs. a day in situations where it abounds. No less than 2,239,685lbs. were manufactured at Christiannsund, Flekkefiort, and Fahrsund in Norway, in the course of the six years previous to 1812. [This gives an average of 166 tons per annum, which at the then market rate of £60, or up- wards, yields a sum of £9,960, as the yearly proceed accruing from the sale of a plant, which its appearance would lead the casual observer to consider as worthless.—H. C.]—Ure’s Dictionary, p. 53. Parmelia saxatilis, Ach. In Scotland is collected abundantly by the peasantry with P. omphalodes, to dye woollen stuffs of a dirty purple. It grows on trees, rocks, and stones, especially in mountainous districts. Note.—The principal species of Parmelia, which I have sent for exa- mination is very likely the P. perforata, the very next species in the English Flora to the above two.—H. C. Peltidea apkthora, Ach. This is the finest British species of the genus. It derives its name from a circumstance related by Linnzus, that the Swedish peasants boil it in milk as a cure for the aphthe or thrush in children.—English Flora, vol. v. p. 215. Peltidea canina, Ach. Formerly employed at the suggestion of Dr. Mead as a cure for the bite of a mad dog, whence the specific name.—English Flora, vol. v. p. 215. Note.—Dr. Royle mentions this Lichen in his Illustrations as having been found in the Choor.— Vol. i. p. 437. Gyrophora. Various species of this genus, (and they are found in cold rocky situations, especially on granite in almost all parts of the world,) con- 1841. ] On Lichens. 891 stitute the Zripe de Roche of the Canadians, and with G. proboscidea, G. villea, and afew other American species, Capt. Sir J. Franklin and his brave companions were supported in Arctic America during a season of want, such as happily few human beings have been subjected to. They are, however, bitter and nauseous, and can only be employed in the total absence of every other salutary food.—English Flora, vol. v. p. 217. Note.—Berzelius has proposed removing the bitter principle of these Lichens, by macerating them in a weak solution of carbonate of potass, (one part to three hundred of water,) and afterwards washing them in cold water. This bitter principle has been called Cetraria, and imparts tonic properties to several of the species, as to Borrera furfuracee and others, which have been used for the same purpose as Cetraria Islandica, and some have been employed as a substitute for hops in the brewing of beer.—Royle’s Illustrations, vol. 1. p. 438. Gyrophora Cylindrica, Ach. Is used in Ireland occasionally as food, and more frequently for dye-. ing woollen cloth of a brownish green colour.—English Flora, vol. v. p. 218. Cetraria Islandica, Ach. Although this plant is abundant im certain districts of Scotland, it has never with us been collected as an article of commerce. A considerable proportion of what comes to our shops, where it is in great request as a medicine in coughs, consumptions, &c. is procured from Norway and Ireland. Immense quantities are gathered in the latter country, not only for sale, but for their own use as an article of common food; the bitter and purgative quality being extracted by steeping in water. The Lichen is then dried, reduced to powder, and made into a cake, or boiled and eaten with milk, and eaten with thankfulness too by the poor natives, who con- fess “that a bountiful Providence send them bread out of the very stones.” —English Flora, vol. v. p. 271. Note.—The starchy substance which renders the C. Jslandica nutritive and demulcent, is called Lichenin.—Royle’s Illustrations, vol. is p. 438. Rocella tinctoria, DeCand. This interesting Lichen is the famous Archill or Orchill; Orseille of the French, which yields the most valuable dye of all this tribe. Its several names are derived from a Florentine family of the Oricellarii, Riccellarii, or Riccellai, one of whom in the year 1300, carried on a considerable trade in the Levant, and returning with great wealth to Florence, first made known in Europe, the art of dyeing with this plant. Far more abundantly than with 892 On Lichens. [ No. 129. us, it is the product of warm climates on maritime rocks in almost every part of the world, and always growing with R. fuciformis, DeCand, which might almost lead to the suspicion, that they were mere varieties of each other. The Canary Islands formerly yielded this Lichen in abundance, whence it has been called Canary weed; but so great has been its consump- tion of late years, that the best quality of it, whose average price is £200 per ton, (about 1-12 per seer, or Rs. 70 per maund,) has become extremely scarce, and what is commonly imported from other countries, is not worth £30 the ton, or Rs. 10 per maund, (a trifle more than three pence a pound, or 4 As. per seer.) The English blue broad cloths are first dyed with Ar- chill, which gives their peculiar lustre and purple tint when viewed in a certain light.—English Flora, vol. v. p. 221. M. Robiquet has separated the colouring matter of this vegetable. The new and singular product which he has obtained has a very sweet flavour, is easily soluble in water, colourless, crystalizes in beautiful flat quadrangular prisms; by means of a moderate heat it may be volatilized without decomposing, and does not acquire the colouring property till it has undergone successively the action of ammonia and of common air.— Silliman’s Journal, vol. 18, in English Flora, vol. v. add. and corrig. p. 10. Note.—Roccella fuciformis, DeCand, is said by Dr. Royle, (Zilustr. vol. i. p. 438, ) to be more widely diffused than R. tinctoria, being found in Europe, Brazil, as well as in Ceylon and the Peninsula of India, whence several specimens have been sent to the Royal Asiatic Society ; but it is far infe- rior in quality, containing indeed hardly any colouring matter. Dr. Ure in his Dictionary of Arts and Manufactures, details under the article Archil, the different modes by which it may be rendered useful, and the reader who wishes to be acquainted with them cannot do better than consult the Dictionary. I may observe, that the Chulchulera of Hindoostan belongs to the Genera Borrion or Evernia, which are both in the same group with Rocce.ta, (the Umbilicariee,) and closely allied to it in exterior characters. Evernia Prunastia, Ach. Was brought into use in Glasgow by the late Lord Dundonald, and employed (during the war) instead of gum in calico-printing, it afterwards fell into disuse as a very inferior substitute for that article—English Flora, vol. V. p. 224. The next useful species noticed by Hooker is Ramalina Fraxina, Ach. which has been used in Glasgow for the same purpose as the Zvernia Prunastia, (Flora, vol. v. p. 225); and from the apparent number of species of this Genus in the Himalayas, it might be turned to advantage. 1841.] « On Lichens. 893 In the next family the Usnee are the Usnea florida and U. barbata, both abounding not only in the Himalayas, but in all parts of India, and in Ceylon, as well as in South America; where, according to Humboldt, the Usnea barbata is employed as a substitute for the Roccella tinctoria. In the succeeding family, the Corniculariee, we have the Alectoria jubata, Ach., or Rockhair, (which is found in the Himalayas as well as in Europe,) and is said by Linnzus to supply the rein-deer with food in winter when the snow is very deep upon the ground ; for this purpose the Laplander cut down the trees, that the plant upon the topmost branches may be accessible to this useful animal.— English Flora, vol. v. p. 227. The last useful species mentioned in Hooker, is the Cladonia Rangiferina, Hoffur. This for the greater part of the year, and especially in winter, is the sup- port of vast herds of rein-deer, wherein consists all the wealth of the Laplanders. No vegetable, Linnzus tells us, grows throughout Lapland in such abundance as this, especially in woods of scattered pines, where for very many miles together, the surface of the sterile soil is covered with it as with snow. On the destruction of forests by fire, when no other plant will find nutriment, this Lichen springs up and flourishes, and after a few years, acquires its full size. Here the rein-deer are pastured, and whatever may be the depth of snow during the long winters of that climate, these creatures have the power of penetrating it and obtaining their neces- sary food. Linnzeus has given a beautiful description of this Lichen, and of these animals whose support it is, in the Mora Lapp. p. 332, but it is too - long for insertion in this place.—English Flora, vol. v. p. 235. It appears ( Ure’s Dictionary of Arts, p. 53, ) that the latest researches on the Lichens as objects of manufacture, are those of Westring of Stockholm. He examined 150 species, among which he found several which might be ren- dered useful. He recommends that the colouring matter should be extract- ed in the places where they grow, which would save a vast expence in curing, packing, carriage, and waste. He styles the colouring sub- stance itself cutbear, persio or turnsole; and distributes the Lichens as follows: [Ure applies to all the generic name of Lichen. I have endeavoured to supply the new nomenclature from Hooker.* H. C.] Ist, Those which left to themselves exposed to moderate heat and moisture, may be fixed without a mordant upon silk or wool, such are the ZL. cinerea, (Urceolaria | emera, Ach.) ; L. hematonta ; L. ventosus, (Lecanora ventosa, Ach.) ; L. coralli- | nus, (Isidium corallinum, Ach.); L. Westringii, (Isidium Westringii, Ach.) ; L. ~ | * And have marked those with a (*) which are indigenous to, or have congerers, in the Himalyas. Oo xX 894 On Lichens. a No. 119. saxatilis, (Parmelia saxatilis, Ach.) ; Z. conspassus; L. barbatus, (Usnea bara bata, Ach.); L. plicatus, (Usnea plicata, Ach.) ; L. vulpinus, Hud., ( Borrer flavicans, Ach.) ; &c. 2. Those which develop a colouring matter fixable likewise without mordant, but which require boiling and a complicated preparation, such are L. subcarneus ; L. farinaceus, (Ramalina farinacea, Ach.); L. jubatus, Linn. (Olectoria jubata, Ach.); L. furfuracens, ( Borrera furfuracea, Ach.) ; L. pulmonarius, (Sticta pulmonaria, Hook.); L. cornigatus; L. cocciferus, ( Scyphophorus cocciferus, Hook.) ; L. digitatus, (Scyphophorus digitatus, Hook.) ; LL. uncialis, (Cladonia uncialis, Hook.) ; L.aduncus, &c. Saltpetre or sea salt are requisite to improve the lustre and fastness of the dye, given by this group to silk. 3. Those which require a peculiar process to develop their colour; such as those which become purple through the agency of stale urine or am- monia. Westring recommends the following mode of testing: he put three or four drachms of the dried and powdered Lichen into a flask, moistened it with three or four measures of cold spring water; put the stuff to be dyed into the mixture, and left the flask in a cool place. Sometimes he added a little salt, saltpetre, quick-lime, or sulphate of copper. If no colour appeared he then moistened the Lichen with water, containing one-twenti- eth of sal ammoniac, and one-tenth of quick-lime, and set the mixture aside in a cool place from eight to fourteen days. There appeared in most cases, a reddish or violet coloured tint. Thus the ZL. cinereus, ( Urceo- laria cinerea, Ach.) dyed silk a deep carmelite, and wool a light carmelite ; the L. physodes, (Parmelia physodes, Ach.) gave a yellowish gray; the ZL. pustulatus (Umbilicaria spustulata, Schrad.) a rose red; L. sanguinarius, (Lecidea sanguinarius, Ach.) gray; L. tartareus, (Lecanora tartarea, Ach.) a crimson red, &c. I cannot conclude these extracts without giving an account from Ure of the Orcine, the name of the colouring principle of the Lichen dealbatus, Ach. (Isidium paradoxum of the same author,) styled by Messrs. Turner and Boner, a most beautiful production. The Lichen dried and pulverized is to be exhausted by boiling alcohol. The solution filtered hot, lets fall in the cooling crystalline flocks, which do not belong to the colouring matter. The supernatant alcohol is to be distilled off, the residium is to be evapo- rated to the consistence of an extract, and triturated with water till this liquid will dissolve no more. The aqueous solution reduced to the con- sistence of syrup, and left to itself in a cool place, lets fall at the end of a few days, long brown brittle needles, which are to be freed by pressure from the mother-water and dried. That water being treated with animal charcoal, filtered and evaporated, will yield a second crop of crystals. 1841.] On Lichens. 895 These are Orcine. Its taste is sweet and nauseous, it melts readily ina | retort into a transparent liquid, and distils without undergoing any changes. It is soluble in water and alcohol. Nitric acid colours it blood- red; which colour afterwards disappears. Subacetate of lead precipitates it completely. Its conversion into the Archil red is effected by the action of an alkali, in contact with the air. When dissolved for example in ammonia and exposed to the atmosphere, it takes a dingy brown-red hue; but when the Orcine is exposed to air charged with vapours of ammonia, it assumes by degrees a fine violet colour. To obtain this result, the Orcine in powder should be placed in a capsule, alongside of a saucer containing water of ammonia, and both should be covered a large bell-glass; whenever the Orcine has acquired a dark brown cast, it must be withdrawn from under the bell, and the excess of ammonia be allowed to volatilize. As soon as the smell of ammonia is gone, the Orcine is to be dissolved in water; and then a few drops of ammonia being poured into the brownish liquid, it assumes a magni- ficent reddish violet colour. Acetic acid precipitates the red lake of Lichen. ' If the above pages contain a single hint which have escaped the re- searches of your able Curator, or others interested in his researches, I shall be amply repaid for the small trouble of transcribing them, and have the honor to remain, Sir, Your obedient servant, Dehlee, 5th October, 1841. Henry Corr. A Fourth Memoir on the Law or Storms in Inpia, being remarks and documents relative to the loss of the Ship Go.conpa, in the Tyfoons of 22nd to 24th September 1840, in the China Sea. By Henry PippineTon, Esa. This memoir has arisen out of a question proposed to me by Mr. Greenlaw, the active Secretary to the Marine Board, which was in sub- stance this: “‘ On what day do you think the Golconda was lost.” ? I found that the investigation which I undertook in order to reply to it with greatest possible precision, elicited facts of so much importance that they might be worth publication as a separate memoir; not only as records distinctly shewing the truth of the Law of Storms for the China Seas, but as affording to seamen a valuable practical lesson; for 896 Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 129. _ as will be seen, we have here, of three, two ships which ran into the storms, of which one foundered, and the other was in great danger : while the third by heaving to, in due time and place, escaped all damage! The Golconda, as my Indian readers well know, was sent from Madras, with the head quarters and a detachment of the 37th Madras Native Infantry on board, to reinforce the expedition in China. Together with her crew, there must have been nearly 400 souls embark- ed in her: she was seen on the 10th September standing out of the Straits of Singapore, by the Calcutta Thetis, as noted in Captain Roche’s reply to my queries, and again in Lat. 13° 44’ N. Long. 112° 58’ E. by the Thomas King, as Captain Roche also states, since which time she has never been heard of. It is supposed she must have perished in the Tyfoon of the 22nd to 24th September, in which the London Thetis and the Calcutta Thetis both suffered greatly; the latter being dismasted. It may perhaps be necessary to remark here, to those who are not professionally acquainted with the navigation of the China seas, that there are two routes from Singapore to Canton during the S. W. monsoon, the one being along the coast of Cochin China, and the other, the usual track, between the Macclesfield Bank and the Paracels. We are certain, from the Golconda’s having been seen on the 18th Sep- tember, that she took the usual route, which was also that pursued by the London and Calcutta Thetis ; and as I shall shew, there seems to be the utmost probability that she ran into, or was overtaken by the centre of one of the hurricanes which those ships met with, in which she foundered. She was, I believe, an old ship; but her com- mander was a gentleman of much nautical knowledge and experience, though it is possible that, like so many more, he was not fully aware of the advantages derivable from due attention to this valuable class of knowledge. As we have obtained the Log of the Cafeutta, and a detailed report from the London Thetis, I have first given these. I have then followed them by a comparative table of the winds and weather at noon and midnight of each day; and finally by a summary, shewing how the evidence goes to prove distinctly enough, that there were fwo storms travelling, the one to the WNW. and the other to the NNW, as will be seen by a careful comparison of the table, and the outline chart. 1841.] Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 897 This is an additional reason, when ships are in the proper quarter of the storm circle, for heaving to, rather than scudding. Report of the Ship Thetis of London reduced to Civil time. In compliance with your letter received this morning, I forward you the particulars of a gale of wind encountered in the China Sea in September, 1840. 19th September.—Light Southerly winds, with hot sultry weather ( Thermometer,” ?:.""... 664° | Barometer,............ 29. 94 Lat. by Observation, 14° 94’ N. Mone! Chron’ re... 113° 39’ E. Calm during the night. 20th September.—South Hasterly airs towards morning, noon calm and sultry. { Thermometer,...°... ... 87° | BaTOMeCter, sess. cscese cs 29. 90 Lat. observation, ..... 14° 53’ N. tong: Crom... °.s. fa: Ty eS | as p. M.—Light NW. winds, with gloomy sky and close weather, midnight close weather. 21st September—Noon rain and thunder, with squally weather, wind NW. ( Lat. Observation, .... 15° 57’ N. | Longitude, Chron.... 115° 9’ E. Thermometer,.. ...... 84° Barometer, 22082: 29. 87 Sympiesometer very unsteady from 29. to 29.30 during these 24 hours. p. M.— Wind at NW. with squalls and lightning in the NW. 8. p. M.—Finer weather, midnight squally. Barometer falling gra- dually, wind very unsteady between W. and NW. large drops of rain. 22nd September.—Daylight strong breeze at WNW., heavy sea from NZE., sent down the top gallant yards and masts, and otherwise made snug; the sky very wild and threatening. Noon, glass still falling ; sea rising higher from the northward, and the wind increasing at NNW. Furled the top: sails and lay to under try-sails. 898 Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 119. ( Thermometer, ........... 854° : Barometer,....... Wesel 29. 64 < Sympiesometer,...... ... 29. 42 | Lat. indifft, Obsn. ...... 16° 20’ N. |, Leonmitudes pevasiont mene 115° 30) aie p. M.—Wind increasing at NW. till midnight, and gradually veer- ing to WNW., blowing a violent gale with terrific squalls: Barometer still falling. 23rd September—a. M. Wind veered to West, blowing almost a hurricane. At 4 veered to WSW. still unabated, and at daylight veered to SW., force of the gale still unabated and continued so till noon; lightning all round, squalls very violent, but some appearance of amend- ment in the weather. No observations. Position from observations next day. ( Sympiesometer at noon, 28. 70 Barometer,... .....000. 29. 20 4 Lat. Observation, .... 16° 40’ N. | Longitude;...:).<.0 4.2 116° [sae Pp. M.—Gale moderating fast, veering to South; 5 pe. m. made sail, and ran before it, searising more than in the height of the gale. Midnight, Barometer 29. 50. 24th September—a. M. Moderating, and veering to Eastward of South. Squalls with rain. Noon moderate winds SSE. ( Lat. Observation,..... 18° 25’ N. | Longitudé,: hwtinte. PLT? 20) Ee Thermometer,... ... ... 814° | Barometer, ............ 29. 80 From this time till the 26th, on which day we arrived at Macao, the wind continued S. Easterly and moderate, and the sea very confused. I there heard that vessels which arrived the day before us experienced a gale, commencing at North and veering to Hasé, instead of to the West, as I experienced it, and those who arrived a day or so after us, had experienced a strong steady SW. gale upon the 22d and 23d. I also beg further to state, that the Golconda, now missing, sailed 24 hours before us from Singapore, also bound to Macao; and the Thetis of Calcutta, which ship arrived sometime after dismasted, I believe left Singapore a few hours after us. Another vessel in com- - 1841.] Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 899 pany with us just before the gale arrived like ourselves without damage, all which circumstances would lead to the inference, that the gale was partial in its violence, as well as different in its direction. I shall be happy to communicate any further particulars, if I have omitted any thing you might wish to know. The following Statement is abridged from the Log Book of the CaLcuTTa Tuet1s, and the reply of Captain Roche, commanding her, to some queries addressed by me to him. The dates relate to civil time. The Calcutia Thetis left Singapore on the 13th September at day light ; she had light Southerly and SW. 3 and 4 knot (rarely 5 knot) breezes to the 20th; having passed Pulo Sapata at 94 a. M. on the 18th, on which day at noon her Lat. was 10° 10’ N. Long. 109° 24' E.; on the 19th she was in Lat. 11° 44’ N. Long. 111° 16’ E. Bar. 29.79 Ther. 92°. Current for the past 24 hours, NE. by E. 71 miles, having had 60 miles to the NE. the two preceding days. 20th September.—She was steering NE. with SW. and WSW. airs and fine weather. At noon. Lat. 12° 40’ N. Long. Chr. 111° 56’ 45” E. Bar. 29. 79. Ther. 89°. Current NE, 2?E. 18 miles. At Midnight squally weather. 21st September.—Fine and smooth water; light airs from WNW. till 7 a.m. At noon Lat. 15° 20, N. Long. Chr. 112° 40’ E. Bar. 29.70. Ther. 89°: A light drain of current to the NE.; 7 P.M. breeze freshening from NNW. with squalls. Course NE. going 6.4 knots. At midnight thick cloudy hazy weather. 22nd September.—Running to the NE. as before, with wind at NNW. to 4 a.m. when it was NW. Day-light thick unsettled weather, with a head sea; going 5 knots to NE. with wind WNW. Noon Lat. 14° 55’ N. Long. Chr. 114° 17’ KE, Bar. 29.56. Ther. 86°. Current NE. 5 N.16miles. Wind W by S.—p. . strong breezes WSW. and SW. At 5p.mM. every appearance of bad weather; sea rising from NE. made all preparations. At 9° 80’ heavy squalls, wind being at SW. from 6. p.m. ; split the foresail. Midnight, ship under mizen trysail and fore topmast staysail, incessant and increasing squalls, and sea getting up from the SW. ; heavy rain. 23rd September.—a. mM. Blowing a tyfoon from SW. gusts tre- mendous, and in rapid succession. Bar. fell from 29.40 to 28.80 in 900 Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 119. the two hours preceding midnight. Impossible to keep before the wind ; broached totwice. At 3h. 30’ a.m. blowing a perfect tyfoon from SW. ; hove to under the mizen try-sail. Day-light, tyfoon blowing most furi- ously, with a high turbulent sea, but vessel making good weather. 7 4. M. Gusts more furious, mizen try-sail blown away, and sails blowing from the yards, though secured by lashings. Wind SW. through- out. Ship lying to with head from NW. to N by W. During the morning lost mizen topmast and fore and main top gallant masts. Noon hurricane as before, sea high and cross; wind veering to the Southward. Lat. account 15° 50’. Longitude account 115° 13’ E. Bar. falling gradually from noon of the 22nd to 10 P. Mm. of the same date, when it was at 29.40, and at midnight fell to 28.80 as before mentioned. Midnight the same, but squalls not so frequent or so heavy ; sea very cross ; wind SW. 24th September.—a. mM. Wind marked SSW. Heavy tyfoon and high cross sea. Vessel labouring much. At 2 a. mM. the Bar. at 28.70, the lowest depression. About this time the heaviest of the storm. Towards 4 p. M. Bar. rose gradually. Wind South at 5 a. m. Daylight moderating, but the wind falling fast, caused the ship to roll so‘much, that by noon she had rolled away her main-mast, and suffered much damage. Noon, Lat. 17° 14’ N. Long. account 115° 11’ 35” E. Bar. 29.40. Gale breaking and wind South. At 8 rp. m. SSE. with hazy weather. The foremast was saved with much difficulty by cutting away the topmast and fore yard. At one time the vessel, by the pumps being stove by the fall of the mast, had three feet water in her hold. Midnight moderate and hazy. 25th September.—Noon, Lat. 18° 25’ N. Longitude 115° 57’ E. Captain Roche remarks, that, “ at the commencement we had a good deal of lightning, with not much thunder or rain, and indeed through the height of the storm scarcely any, till about between 2 and 4 a. M. of the 24th, after which the gale was on the decline. The Longitudes are from the means of three watches, which were found correct on making the land.” I annex a tabular Statement, shewing the relative position of the two ships, as marked on the Chart annexed to the Memoir. 901 68 *siNoy 7, sty} sutinp Apeajsun A19A § "dulig “ACN pura ‘ AyTTenbs ee) pue ‘lepung}) ‘uret uwooN ‘layyeom Appenbs yyStuptwW iV} 6g £8 a eS —_———. “Syed yy ‘IOUT, SOOO TOUR Gi il sey Apnoyo YI “ANN Woy Sur O | 92°66 | OF BIT |0G EL | 4-uoysesy ozaoiq 218 ‘Wa / 11} “ACN AA WOIy SVT : vee. @erereeereen ‘asolo pue Aw O€°6% | 48°66 | 6 SILT | ZS SI 3 S08 ‘spuIm “MAN JUV] eeonersscecceses oe fai ue 0 6L°6Z LS III OP él ; sile “MSM pue hes ; mis torarcralelcicieratere ‘krqus ‘site 0) 06°6% | 6 PIL | €S FI § "AS qySVT pue ee 0 6L°6@ | SLTIT | PP IT | Uy pur site “AAS MELT ‘ eeenece ‘1ayyeom jyjus pure 0 0666 | GE EIT | 06 FI ne ‘Ayroqyynog = yysry | 10 410) Sth St dung} ‘eq |‘q ‘uoT a “IOWIVI AA PUL SPULAA Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. a 2290 “GFE |, ey} 97289 ‘uoon ye “O ‘+> ‘soy, uopuoy )| ‘3deg 4817 ress SOUL PUMozO? “HOON 32 "++ ‘snaqyz, uopuoy )| “3deg 410z — ee eee ee OO seer “sayy, ByNITVO 0 “U00NT 7 “++ ‘syaqy, uopuoq | dog m6 — ee ee ‘some nN .sdiyg ‘ayeq "VLLAOIVD dO SILAH], PUD NOGNO'T 40 SILaHy, sdzys ay2 hq poouarsadxa sp ‘nay puryD ay) ur “QP¢g] saquazday yrpz 07 pugs fo auvawungy ay? fo mara wojnqny 1841.] Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 119. 902 : ‘ass purm ‘wd g ye $02 “seu 0 0 ure ay} Aeme papjoy ‘wv! OBdRJ 0} BJeLVpow pue? | « "AS pul ‘syyenbs pue aes 118 0 ‘ssoud AaA vag} ~—~0 ‘a]e6 9q} UI Ue 4a -qsiy Rog Wa cyedn ae 0 0 ‘yseuido} uaztul so] f eas YSIP] 0) “jusTIe}eEge ON €L°8% or ee tees ee "MS Uo dn Suyjes vag} 0 0 “Sury] ey TINS “eq) O 0 “AN, 04} 0} Suruuni £ 10q} -vom AULOO[S Y}IM SUISvaIOUT ‘ 98 0 "0} dAOY €Sutseoaout pula pure ‘surpeye | $68 | Z1'6S gspp5 $ SUISII Bast SUIUAJeOIY TY, ) ‘syle wey ‘ray y | ‘dutg) *aUII} SI) jNoge 4soT A[Qeqoid Bpuod[OyH x OV'6Z | SE SIT " te) = ‘Suryeorq efey) “S /**** “SOY eyNTeO 0 | eece ¢ re eaoce ‘é “U0O NT 1 08°62 | 0@ ZIT by 8 aye19pof “ASS eeu Ue pany. dag WIP ** Suanbeay os ou sttenbs 0 0 0 ; ‘uooyhy =AavaeT “MS |°°°* ‘Stay, eyNo[eO 0¢°6Z 0 0 § ee ee ; ee *jsey sue ‘VY SIUplyy ye -lapou ‘YynNog yNoqY j{**** ‘sijaqy, UopuoTyT ‘ydag picz, : ; ee ee ee ‘O} Sul 08°86 | ET SIT |OSST | 2-4) ‘uooghy snowny “pag ||*°** ‘sayy, eINOTeO . % UOON 72 0Z°6Z | SL OIL |OP OT | “ouvoriny e some "MS [°°°" “seq, uopuo'y ydag prgz ee ee ee ‘W0O0uU QUIS “AA N pute AN ey} 03 0 0 0 suiuuna § stfenbs yuesseour)**** ‘stjeqy, VINITeO pue Sutseatouy “MS 0 0 0 , oe ‘sttenbs oytasa} "JYSUpl| 3¥ ‘ayeo yuaTOIA “MNM [*°°" ‘seq, UopuoT ‘dag puzz, 96°62 | SS FIL [SG FT |** ‘s0200I1q Suons “g Aq MW [o°** ‘SHOU eHNITeO : peo e@oee ‘eas pure 2 1966 | O€ SIT |06 9T | Q 9Z991q Suisealouy “AANN |°°°* ‘Saqy, Uopao'T Mee nue Pea 40 | ——_- ‘Ieq “q ‘uoT ae "19YJeIAA PUL SPU AA ‘souie Ny ,sdiyg ‘oyed ; : ; { | | | | ) 1841. ] Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 903 We have now to examine the construction of the Chart, and the evidence there is for the two storms as there laid down. Taking first the London Thetis, as the vessel which was farthest to the northward, we find her on the 21st September with the wind at NW. with ugly weather, and the Simpiesometer warning her by its oscillations, of bad weather for the whole previous 24 hours ; being moreover 0.50 to 0.80 below the Barometer!* The Calcutta Thetis had thick cloudy weather, with a smart breeze at NNW.; her Barometer sinking to 29. 70 At noon on the 22nd, the London Thetis, with the sea rising from the NE. and Northward, the wind increasing from NNW. the weather threatening, and the glasses still warning, very properly hove to under trysails. We may take the storm to have fairly begun with her now, and I have thus laid down its centre as bearing from her about 130 miles to the ENE., which, assuming it to be a circular storm, would give it a diameter of 260 miles. The Calcutta Thetis at the same time has the wind a strong breeze at W. by S. to which point her NNW. breeze had gradually veered ; her Barometer had fallen to 29.56, with threatening weather and a head sea, the ship always running to the NE. from 6 to 5 knots an hour. If we look at the circle of the London Thetis storm, we see that this could not be the same; for if we extended it to here, it would give us the wind at about NW. by W. instead of W. by S. while it is to be particularly noted, that the changes of wind which the Calcutta Thetis has from 7 Pp. M. of 21st to 4 a. M. and noon of the 22nd, are exactly such as should occur from a ship, and a circular storm running on the tracks which I have laid down: the ship in fact chasing the storm! ‘Thus it will be seen that at 4 a. m. when it was NW. the first circle on the track of this storm makes it so, and this track must be the right one, because the wind being W by S. at noon, clearly shews, that the ship had passed to the Eastward of the meridian of the centre at that time, 7. e. the centre was bearing N by W. from her if it was a cir- cle. I do not fail to observe, that by this track she is placed within a much shorter distance of the centre at this time than afterwards on the 22nd at midnight, and during the 23rd, when the greatest fall * A very beautiful instance of the importance of this invaluable instrument. 904 Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [{No. 119. of the Barometer was experienced, and the storm was raging in its greatest fury ; but it does not appear to me, that the winds from noon of the 22nd, the time it was at W by S. to the following midnight, and to noon of the 23rd, when it was a steady SW. tyfoon, allow us to assign any other track. We may either suppose that the storm was only forming on the 21st, or that the track curved away to the Eastward to account for this possible anomaly in the distance from the centres. It is certain a storm must begin somewhere, and I presume it here to have done so on the same line as that on which we find we can track it as a completely developed hurricane. Again ; if we attempt also to extend the circles of this storm at this time, noon 22nd, tou the London Thetis, we shall find that it would give a SSE. wind, instead of a steady NNW. one, with every ap- pearance of a storm and this storm really setting in a few hours after, with exactly the changes of wind which should, by the theory, occur. I may perhaps be thought prolix in this explanation of my reasons for laying them down as two separate storms; but I have thought it very essential to our object, which is both to register the facts, and to draw useful conclusions from them, to shew carefully upon what grounds any thing is supposed to be proved which we assume or lay down. At midnight 22nd-23rd, we find that the London Thetis has a violent gale WNW. with terrific squalls and Barometer still falling. The WNW. wind would place the centre bearing NNE. from her, and allowing for her drift from noon, when she so prudently hove to, the centre at this time may be about where we have placed it. The Calcutta Thetis has the wind at this time at SW. a tremendous gale also, which of course makes the centre of her storm bearing NW. from her as I have placed it, and it will be observed that the same discrepancy would exist, as before if we attempt to extend the circle of the one ship’s storm to the place of the other; shewing I think to demonstration, (for the places of both ships are perfectly well as- certained,) that there must then have been the two storms which I have laid down. There is a very remarkable fall of the Calcutta Thetis’ Barometer ; viz. 29.40 to 28.80, or more than half an inch in the two hours preceding this epoch (midnight of 23rd) and we find that at 2 a. m. on the 21st 1841. | Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 905 it had reached it maximum depression of 28.70 Now we have not, unfortunately, the London Thetis’ Barometer for this moment, but we may suppose this fall to have arisen from the near appulse of the two tempests? There may have been a point, midway between them at which the barometrical depression arising from both storms may have operated, though the winds were directly opposed. What this produ- ced we know not. It might have been a calm, but it was quite as pro- bably, a succession of awful gusts from every quarter of the compass mixed with calms, (almostas dangerous in such weather, ) much resembling the sort of weather which every seaman has seen near the line, on the coasts of Africa, or on those of Borneo, in violent thunder storms of long duration ; but of course far more violent, and with a most dangerous sea. At noon of the 23rd, the London Thetis’ storm having travelled on- wards, as by the track, and the vessel having drifted the other way, she has the wind at SW. and “some appearance of amendment,” though the Simpiesometer and Barometer are still at the lowest registered depression. By 5 p. m. she could bear up, the storm, having veered to South, and what is worthy of remark, we find that as she approaches and crosses the track we have laid down for that of the centre of the storm, she has then the “ sea rising more than in the height of the gale,” ! which is some evidence that we are not far wrong. The Caleutta Thetis, which was now, providentially, lying to, had the weather at noon of the 23rd terrific; but towards midnight she has fewer squalls, the wind veering to SSW. after that time, and to South by daylight on the 24th. At noon, it fell so fast, that she rolled away her mainmast, and was nearly foundering by her pumps being destroyed by the fall of the mast.* She did not cross the previous track of her own storm after she bore up, but that of the London Thetis’ storm is close to her position at noon ; and though the sea had had 24 hours to go down since the centre passed, the latter portion of it, and that part of the sea of the Calcutta Thetis’ storm which reaches this point, may well have assisted to produce this dangerous sea. I have thus shewn, I hope distinctly, and almost to a mathematical certainty, that there were two storms. From the logs of single ships, * This is worthy the attention of seamen and owners. The pumps, especially in small vessels, seem placed to insure the most frequent occurrence possible, of this fatal ac- cident ; and no doubt vessels have been frequently lost through it. 906 Fourth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. _[No. 119. the tracks are not easily laid down very correctly, so that allowance must be made for this imperfection. To say where the unfortunate Golconda perished is of course impossible, for like the Calcutta Thetis, which was in great danger, she may have foundered after the storm. The probability, however, is, that she was tempted by the Westerly breeze to run on, as the Calcutta Thetis was, and was thus lost by running into the centre of the tyfoon. There have been, even with our limited knowledge and field of research, so many instances of this kind, (See Third Memoir in Journal Asiatic Society, vol. ix, p. 1053) that we are not judging harshly, I think, if we suppose this awful loss to have arisen from another ofthem. The lesson afforded by this investigation is one which the dullest may read. Of three ships exposed to storms of the same kind, the commander of one, taking due warning, and probably well acquainted with the Theory of Storms, heaves to and makes all snug, which is what ought to have been done ; for he was in the South- Western quadrant of a storm travel- ling across and ahead of him. The second, with less warning it is true, having apparently no Simpiesometer on board, and tempted by the fair wind, runs on and narrowly escapes foundering ; for as will be seen, he runs along the South-Eastern edge of his storm; and the third we may easily suppose to have perished through an error of the same kind leading him farther and into the dangerous centre. I ought not to omit remarking here, the exact confirmation of the theory, which we find in the report of the London Thetis, when Captain Cass mentions that the ships ahead of him had gales at North veering to Eastward. This is exactly what should occur, and proves to a certainty, that this tyfoon was a rotatory storm. I should mention also, that the storm-circles on thechart are not struck with any reference to the sizes of the vortices, of which we know nothing, but simply to shew the winds at noon and midnight ; and from centres upon the supposed tracks of the tyfoons as far as these can be ascertained by careful projection. 442 Bs ond:T hetus sy 25, Hecw/ | 4 ~~ M Letitude 16 46K, Tigh dle) ae {i 4h i Peles 46) {5- te 143 a iS Lond Thetis, 24 o0n/ 45 17 16H Letitude é Lond-Thetis ig* ee 4g 4 ot 4 2 © Gal Thetis UFiddinglon dele Col -T. Wb 5. Ballin ¥G ith Chart to s —— 4u-tHre tracts fi lft Paster Gal T SW. NI \ Scale 1Tnch to 0. degree: of the ships Thetis See ard Thetis of Calcutta trough the Ty foo rus of the 227? bo Uh. inthe China Sea 4 Septr 1840. th 15 907 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal, (corrected to end of 1841, jirst printed in 1832.) By B. H. Hopeson, Bengal Civil Service. BIMANA. O. Homo Sapiens.—Mass of population belongs to Kalmuc subdivi- _ sion of the Great Mongolian stirps, with some admixture of Indian stock. In the Zaraz and low valleys of the hills, are some traces of aborigines of Southern race, like the Bheels, Coles, &c. These latter are denominated Thari, Denwéar, Durre, Manjhi, and Brahmoo. ' N.B.—As to location, the following initial letters signify as follows:—H. is habitat, and G. after it is general, that is, both Tarai and all three regions of the hills. L. is lower hilly region. C. is central hilly region, and N. is northern hilly region. T. is Tarai and saul forest, or the plains at the base of the mountains. For a general sketch of features and character of the above four regions, see Catalogue as first printed apud Journal. Asiatic Society. QUADRUMANA. SIMIADZE. 1. Semnopithecus necnon Cercopithecus.—Gen. ch. nobis. Facial angle 45 to 50: face flat: nose short with long narrow lateral nares: limbs long: thumbs small remote: no cheek pouches: oth tubercle on last molar present or absent: callosities large: canines variable, large only in grown males: stomach saccu- lated and banded as well as intestines: tail very long, com- monly tufted, and exceeding the length of the animal. Agile, grave, gregarious, not docile. 1. Sp. new. schist aceus nob. (Nipalensis of former catalogue, see remark at end.) H. T. and L. more rarely C. and N. even. 2-3. Macacus? Pithex, Nob.—Gen. ch. nob. Facial angle 50: muz- zle not elongated. Callosities and cheek pouches large. But- tocks often nude. Structure compacter, but generally like that of Semnopithecus ; limbs shorter, thumbs larger, orbits more salient, head rounder, canines similarly variable, nares shorter, 908 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. [No. 119. rounder, and more terminal stomach simple. Coecum and rectum saculated. Tail equal to half the length of the animal. Agile, lively, gregarious, familiar and docile. 2. Sp. new. Oinops et Pelops, nob. H. of the first, T. L. and C.—of the second, N. VESPERTILIONIDE. RHINOLPHINE. 4.5. Rhinolphus.—2 Sp. new. Armiger et Tragatus, Nob. H. C. so far as known. PTEROPINE. 6-7. Pteropus.—2 Sp. new. Leucocephalus et Pirivarus, Nob. The first is alleged to be identical with Medius Auct ; H. T. passen- ger in hills. V ESPERTILIONINZE. 8-12. Vespertilio.—5 Sp. new. Formosa, Fuliginosa, Subbadia. Mu- ricola et Labiata Nob. H. C. so far as known. FERC! VEL CARNIVORA. FELIDEH, genus—FELIS, subgenera. 13-19. Felis.—7. Sp. Tigris, Pardus, Leopardus, Macrocelis, Nepal- ensis Auct. Vivérriceps et Murmensis, Nob. Viverriceps is iden- tical with Viverrinus Auct. Of 1, 2,3. H. G.; of 4, 5, 7. C.; of 6. T. but Leopards are nearly confined to the hills. 20. Lynchus.—1\. Sp. new. Erythrotus, Nob. apparently identical with F. Chaus Auct. H. G. CaNnIDmH. genus—canis, subgenera. 21. Canis.—1. Sp. domestic, two varieties of the Mastiff and two of the Terrier of Tibet ; the Pariar of the plains, and cross-breeds with the first ; of 4 first H. N. ; of rest, G. 22-23. Vulpes.—2. Sp. Indicus, Nob. et Montanus, Pearson. Indicus is apparently identical with Bengalensis, Necnon Kookri, H. of first T ; of second, C. and N. 24. Sacalius, Smith, Oxygotis, Nob.—Jackall, 1. Sp. Indicus, Nob. var. of Aureus? H. G. 1841. ] Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. 909 25. Cudn Nob.—General structure and dentition of Canis, but molars ae only, the 2d tubercular being deficient. Odour and aspect of the last. Head blunter. Tail and ears larger. Teats 12 to 14. Venatory, gregarious, does not burrow. 1. Sp. Cuon Primevus Nob. type.—Canis Primevus of Bengal. Asiatic Society’s Transactions, (subsequently named-the type- Chryszus by Smith.) H. L. C. and N. MUSTELIDE. VIVERRINA. 26-27. Herpestes.—2 Sp. new. Griscus, Auct. et Auropunctatus Nob. The latter is alleged to be identical with Edwardsii Auct. H. T. and C. respectively. 28-29. Viverra Auct.* Size large, robust habit, never climbs, thumb not remote, nails obtuse. 2. Sp. new. Melanurus et Civettoides, Nob. H. G. 303-1. Viverricula, Nob.—Size small, scansorial, habit vermiform, nails more or less raptorial, and thumb remote, pouch as in Viverra. 2.—Sp. Indica et Rasse Auct. H. T. 32. Prionodon.—l. Sp. new. Pardicolor Nobis, H. C. and N. 33-35. Paradoxurus.—-3 Sp. new. Hirsutus, Nepalensis. et Laniger, H. T. C. N. respectively. N. B.—First possibly identical with Bondar. 36. Adlurus.—1 Sp. Fulgens Auct. the Wah, H. N. MustTELiIn&. 37-40. Mustela.—4 Sp. M. Erminea Auct and three new, Hemacha- Janus et Calotis et Auriventer vel Cathia, Nob. H. C. 41. Martes.—1. Sp. Flavigula Auct. H. C. 42.47. Lutra.—6. Sp. Leptonyx et Nair Auct. and four new. Taray- ensis Monticola, Indigitata, Aurobrunnea, Nob. H. of 3 first is T.; of 3 next, L. and C. 48. Gulo.—l. Sp. new. Nipalensis, Nob. (alleged to be identical with Helictis moschatus of Gray, and also with Gulo Orien- talis of Horsfield.) H. L. * These are differential characters merely and are ours, See Viverricula. tn DZ 910 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. [ No. 119. 49. Mesobema (olim Urva) Nob.—Teeth as in Herpestes, but blunter ; structure and aspect precisely mediate between Herpestes and Gulo. On either side the anus a large hollow smooth-lined gland secreting an aqueous foetid humour, which the animal ejects posteally with force. No subsidiary glands, nor any unctuous fragrant secretion. Teats 6, remote and ventral ; orbits incomplete. Parietes of the scull tumid, with small criste. 1. Sp. M. Cancrivora, Nob. type: the Gulo Urva of Asiatic Journal, Nob. H. L. and C. UrsInz. 50. Orsitarus, Nob.—Molars <. .. of ursine flatness almost on the crown, but the last above transverse, and less than the carnas- sial tooth. Aspect and size of Taxus. No ears, coarse scant hair, anal glands as in Mydans. Genital organ bony, and annulated spirally. Typically plantigrade and fossorial. Car- nivorous. Teats 4 in a transverse parallelogram. 1. Sp. Inauritus Nob. Indian Badger of Pennant and Hard- wicke type. H. L. . N. B.—This form I still think is erroneously sought to be identified with Ratelus Mellivorus. 51-52. Ursus.—2. Sp. Tibetanus et Isabellinus Auct. H. of first is C. second N. 53. Prochilus.—1. Sp. Labiatus Auct. H. T. SorEcIDA. _— 54-56. Erinaceus.—3. Sp. Spatangus Collaris, et Grayii Auct. H. C. 547.58. Sorex.—2. Sp. Indicus Auct. et Pygmeus Nob. H. G. 59. Talpa —l. Sp. new. Micrurus Nob.* H. C. and N. * Specific. Character Uniform velvet black with silvery grey gloss iridescent when moist; nude snout; feet and tail, fleshy white; the last very minute; structure otherwise typical. Snout to rump 43 inches. Head 13. Tail < Palma and nails %. Planta and nails = : : 1841. ] Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. 911 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. UNGULATA. PacHYDERMES. Elephas.—1. Sp. Indicus Auct. two varieties, Isodactylus et He- terodactylus Nob. H. T. Rhinoceros.—1 Sp. Indicus Auct. H. T. ANAPLOTHERES. Sus.—1 Sp. S. Aper Auct. the wild Boar, two varieties, Aipomus et Isonotus Nob. H. G. EDENTATES. Manis.—1 Sp. new. Auritus Nob. alleged to be identical with the common Indian type or Pentadactylus. H. G. RUMINANTES. Bovine. Genus Bos. Subgenera? Bos.—Cranium moderate, proportional, or without excess in the cerebral or facial region; frontals shorter than the face, flat, and not broader than long. Occipital plane of the scull quadrangular, never arched along the culmenal line, nor in- dented by the temporal fosse, smaller much than the frontal plane and forming an acute angle therewith. Horns attached to the highest line of the forehead, rounded, moderate, curved up or down or forward ; 13 pairs of ribs; no true dorsal ridge, but sometimes a fleshy hump; dewlap and muzzle large and square. 1 Sp. and type, Bos Domest: Nipalese varieties of. H. G. N.B.—These Bovine characters are all ours. See Journal Asiatic. Bibos Nobis.—Cranium large, massive, exhibiting preponderance of the frontal and cerebral portion over the facia!; frontals as long as the face, concave, broader than long, and sur- mounted by a large salient crest ascending above the highest bases of the horns. Occipital plane of the scull spheroidal, very large, larger than the frontal plane, deeply indented in its centre by the temporal fosse, and forming an acute angle with 912 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. [No. 119. the frontal plane. Horns attached below the highest line of the frontals, massive but short, ovoid or subtrigonal, and curving ascendantly ; thirteen pairs of ribs; a true dorsal ridge co-extensive with the ribs and terminating abruptly ; dewlap and muzzle small ; period of gestation longer than in Bos. 1 Sp. and type. Bibos Cavifrons: probably the Bos Gaurus of authors. H. T. N. B.—Gaveus, an aberrant species leading to Bos? 66. Bison.—Cranium moderate, depressed, inclining to Bubaline forms in the excess of the facial portion over the frontal, and in the rounding off of the frontals into the occiput ; frontals de- cidedly broader than long, more or less convex, and forming an obtuse angle with the semi-circular or trigonal occipital plane which is strongly ridged by the parietes at its summit, is smaller than the frontal plane, and moderately indented. Horns attached rather in advance of the parietal apex of the cranium, small, rounded, curving ascendantly, or out of the horizontal ; 14 (or 15) pairs of ribs; a true dorsal ridge, but confined to the withers, and terminating posteally in a gradual slope ; dewlap none ; muzzle small. Types B. Americanus et Poephagus. 1. Sp. Poephagus in Nepal. H. N. and also Tibet. 67. Bubalus.—Cranium large, elongate, compressed or narrow, dis- proportional, exhibiting great excess (a Srd) in the facial over the frontal or cerebral portion ; frontals short, narrow, convex, usually forming an obtuse angle with the occipital plane, which is large and circular in proportion to the obtuseness of that angle, and to the consequent rounding off of the culminal line of separation; parietals merged, not ridged as in the last, nor culmenal. Horns attached to the ends of the highest line of the scull, always exceeding in length that of the cranium, and usually greatly so, depressed, strictly trigonal, and neither ascending nor descending, but directed horizontally backwards ; thirteen pairs.of ribs; no true dorsal ridge nor fleshy haunch ; muzzle Jarge and square ; dewlap medial. . Sp. and type, Bubalus Arna, foem. Arnee, two varieties. Macrocerus, et Speirocerus, Nob. H. T. 1841. | Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. 913 ANTELOPIDZ VEL CAPRIDE. 68-69. Antelopa.—2 Sp. Cervicapra Auct. et Pennettii Auct ? Bha- ratensis, Nob. Vulgo, the Chouka or Ravine Deer. It seems to be identical with Africana Auct. H. T. 70. Pantholops Nob.—Molars 6 incisors erect, strong and rectili- nearly ranged. Horns with clear sinus in cores, long, slen- der, erect, sublyrate, inserted between the orbits, compressed, nodose, and approximated at their bases. Large inquinal purs- es. No suborbital sinus. Nose ovine, bluff and hairy. Large intermaxillary pouches or subsidiary nostrils. Knees simple. Ears pointed, short. Tail short, full. Hoofs low, broad and pad- ded with large interdigital pores. Size, habits, and general aspect of Antelopa et Gazella. Females hornless, with lesser inguinal purses, and two teats. 1—Sp. new, and type Antelope Hodgsonii of Abel; the Chiru of Tibet. H. N. transnivem. 71. Tetracerus.—1 Sp. Chickara necnon Quadricornis Auct. Chou- singha of Hindoos. H. T. 72-73. Nemorheedus vel Kemas.—2 Sp. Goral (Hardwickii) et Pro- clivus vel Thar Nob. H. C. and N. 74. Capra, wild.—\ Sp. C. Ibex Himalayan variety and tame, two varieties of the common Goat and twoof the Shawl Goat, or Sinal ; 1 2, Doogoo ; 8, Changra ; 4, Chappoo. H of 1, is N. ; of 2, 3, C. ; of 4, 5, N. and Tibet. 75. Hemitragus Nob.—-General structure, odour, and horns of Capra, but having a small moist muzzle and four teats in the females ; no interdigital pores. H. N. 1.—Sp. and type, Capra Quadrimammis vel Jharal Nob. C. Jemlaica of H. Smith? N.B.—Mr. Ogilby has unwisely confounded this type with his Kemas, the characters of which group were, by the by, first correctly stated by myself, as were those of Hemitragus. ‘The Goral or type, or Kemas has, (besides a larger muzzle than that of Jharal,) interdigital pores; the Jharal or type of Hemitragus has none, wherefore Mr, Ogilby was especially bound by his own principles not to confound the two. 76-77. Ovis, wild—2 Sp. new, Ammonoides Nob et Nahur Nob; and four tame varieties ; viz. the Hania, Barw4l, Cago and Sil- India. Ht. of 1,2, is N. ; of:d, Njasots, Bb, 6,.C. 914 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. [No. 119. -CERVIDZ. Genus Czervus—Subgenera. 78. Cervus.—1 Sp. Elaphus of the Saul forest, possibly a distinct species, Affinis Nob. Bara Singha of Hindoos. H. T. 79. Pseudo-cervus Nob.—1 Sp. Cervus Wallichii Auct. type. Tail nearly obsolete. Horns branched at the base as in Cervus, above as in Rusa, and quadrifurcate, size smaller. N.B.—Alleged to be identical with Affinis. H. N. 80. Rucervus Nob.—Aspect and size mediate between Elaphus and 81-83. 84-56. Hippelaphus. Muzzle remarkably pointed. Horns moderate, smooth, pale ; one forward basal process on each beam ; no me- dian ; summit branched as in Elaphus. Canines in males only. N.B.—These subgeneric characters are ours, and are confessedly frailly based, but not less so than the admitted distinctions. The whole family requires reconstruction. 1—Sp. new, Cervus Elaphoides Nob. H. T. This is identical with the C. Duvancellii of Cuvier. Rusa.—Canines in both sexes. Heavily maned. Horns with one basal and one superior process, thick, dark, and _ pearled. 3.—Sp. new, Jaraya et Nepalensis et Heterocervus Nob. N. B. Jaraya probably identical with Hippelaphus et Aristotelis. H. T. and L. rarely. Axis.—3. Sp. 1st Cervus Axis Auct. or Axis Major Nob. 2nd Axis Minor, Lesser spotted Deer Nobis, and 3rd Axis Proci- nus. Smith. H. T. 87. Stylocerus —Sp. new, Ratwah, Nob. The Kaker and Barking 88-90. Deer of Europeans. Probably identical with the insular type or Cervus Muntjac. H. T. L. and C. | MoscuHip/&. Moschus.—3. Sp. new. Leucogaster, Chrysogaster, et Satu- ratus, Nob. N. B.—Saturatus is probably identical with the Moschatus of Linneus. H. N. and Tibet. 91. Tragulus.—1 Sp. new, Mimenoides Nob. Vulgo Bijay. H. T. SoLIPEDES. 92. Hquus.—1 Sp. two small tame Himalayan and Trans-Himalay- an varieties. H.N.and Tibet. 1841. ] Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. 915 Ropentia. Murip2. 93.94. Mus, Rats.—6 Sp. Rattus Auct.? Rattoides Nob. Decumanus Auct. Decumanoides Nob. Nemorivagus, et Nitidus, et Hy- drophilus, et Niviventer Nob. H. C. and N. so far as known. 99.102. Musculus Nob. Mice.—4 Sp. new, Cervicolor, Dumecolus, Nipalensis, et Dubius Nob. H. C. and N. so far as known, 103-104. Arvicola ? Neotoma.—2 Sp. new, Pyctoris et Myothrix Nob. also probably the Hydrophilus introduced above. H. C. and N. 105. Arctomys.—1 Sp. new. Himalayanus Nob. H. N. and Tibet. 106. Rhizomys.—1 Sp. new, Badius Neb. H. L. and C. SciuRID&. 107-109. Sczwrus.—8 Sp. new, Macruroides, Locria et Locroides Nob. H. L. C. and N. indifferently. 110-112. Sccuropterus.—3 Sp. new, Magnificus et Chrysotrix, et Alboniger. H, L. C. and N. rarely L. 113. Hystriz.—\ Sp. new, Nipalensis Nob. Leucurus. H. G. 114-115. Lepus.—2 Sp. new, Macrotus et Oiostolus Nob. H. of Ist, G. ; or 2nd N. and Tibet. N. B.—These are the Indicus et Omodius of former catalogue; but several local names are now dropt. 116. Lagomys.—1 Sp. Nipalensis Nob. H. N. and Tibet. In all 116 species, of which probably 55 to 60 are new. Their de- scriptions, with four or five exceptions only, are to be found in the Jour- nal of Bengal Asiatic Society, and in that of Mr. McClelland. The re- maining four or five yet unpublished are forthcoming shortly. The cata- logue is considerably enlarged since it was last published in Lin. Trans. a. D. 1838. Some uncertainty still hangs over the intimate structure of the murine animals, but all the rest have been carefully allocated in the modern genera after full examination of their conformation, while their special habitats have been determined upon accurate information. I have lately seen a critique by Mr. Ogilby of my labours in this department, but I cannot say it is distinguished by much candour. It is well known, that when Mr. Ogilby wrote, several successive cata- logues of mine, embodying the improving results of new information, and greater skill in the appreciation of it, existed ; and had Mr. Ogilby 916 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. [No. 119. consulted the whole of these, according to their dates, he might have spared a great part of his censorial remarks. Let Mr. Ogilby consult the very first catalogue, and he will find, that most of his identifica- tions of my so-called new species, with others recorded by authors, had been priorly indicated by myself. Let Mr. Ogilby have patience, and he will still find, that several of these species are really new. With re- gard to Semnopithecus, Entellus, Papio Rhesus, Cercopithecus Radia- tus, Manis Macrourus, Cervus Equinus, not [, but the late Mr Bennett, is answerable for the errors committed where such there be, as I have letters of his to prove: and so too, for the misappropriation in reference to Felis Viverrinus. Of that species, my specimens had reached London before Mr. Heath’s, and been seen by Mr. Bennett, who had suggested to me the Viverrine likeness, which I was contend- ing was confined to the head; when to my surprise, for Mr. Bennett was in general singularly fair and courteous, suddenly appeared the description of a novelty ascribed to Mr. Heath. Mr. Gray (apud Hard- wicke) had meanwhile justly given the discovery of the species to me, though he retained Mr. Bennett’s name for it; but as that name con- veyed a false analogy, I have chosen to adhere to my own. In short, Mr. Ogilby’s critique is rather too much like a comment on the well- known text, ‘‘ Woe betide the local researcher, who presumes to judge of his own stores.” Valley of Nipal, Dec. 184). ON7, Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (Thursday Evening, 11th November, 1841. ) The Hon’ble Sir E. Ryan, President, in the Chair. The Reverend Wa. Wincuester, Chaplain of Berhampore, was proposed a Mem- ber by F. Beavront, Esq. seconded by the Secretary. Library and Museum. Read the following Reports submitted by the Curator and Librarian, The Curator’s Report. Sir,—My report for the month of October will be found to relate chiefly to a valu- able donation of Quadruped and Bird skins, procured in the vicinity of Maulmain, which have been presented to the Society by Government, and to another collection of Bird skins from the Himalaya, for which we are indebted to the liberality of Dr. Spry, of the Bengal Medical Service. The first of these collections contains six skins of Mammalia, pertaining to as many species, and 58 of Birds, which are referrible to 42 species. I have endeavoured to de- termine the whole series, and shall proceed to notice them in detail, adding such re- marks as I conceive may be useful to students of Zoology in this country. The Mammalia consist of two Carnivora and four Rodentia, which are as follow :— 1. Urva cancrivora, Hodgson, (Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1837, p. 562,) or, more recently, Mesobema cancrivora, ibid. (Calcutta Journal of Natural History, No. 6, p. 214.)—The specimen has been mounted with considerable difficulty, from the unfortunately decayed condition of the skin, though the hair is uninjured, and its appearance now is fully as good as that of Museum specimens in general. I have also had its skull (which is quite perfect) taken out and cleaned. This, as noticed by Mr. Hodgson, isremarkable for having incomplete bony orbits, which is very rarely the case in the highly natural sub-family to which the animal strictly appertains, namely, the Viverride Herpestidine. I do not myself perceive any peculiar affinity which it is said to bear to the Guline Mustelide. 2. Artictis Binturong, ‘Temminck ; Ictides Ater, Valenciennes; and a juvenile brown variety, probably the ordinary dress of the young animal, J. albifrons, F. Cuvi- er.—The latter has usually been regarded as the permanent female colouring of the species, but a very old and much injured specimen of the female Binturong in our Museum, which now that the present specimen has been received, I have had the skull and limb-bones taken from, though sufficient to illustrate the fact here stated is retained ofits skin, is equally black with the mature male. The Maulmain specimen is little more than half-grown, and retains its deciduary canines : its colour is black, with a grizzled whitish visage, occasioned by each hair having a subtermi- nal yellowish-white annulation, which is likewise the case, more sparingly, on the limbs ; while the belly and basal part of the tail underneath are of a dull reddish white, more or less of which, I believe, is permanent; ears white-edged, but the lengthened hair on their posterior surface black. This specimen was also in very bad condition, being much torn and decayed, but the hair is nearly perfect. Its skull has 6A 918 Asiatie Society. [No. 119. been taken out, and we have now, therefore, two examples illustrating different ages of the skull of this highly interesting genus. It pertains to the restricted division of Plantigrada, which have two true molars on each side of both jaws, posterior to the carnassier, or scissor-tooth, a distinction serving, with other characters, to separate them (as a different natural group) from the Badgers and allied forms, which latter, associated with the Weasels and their allies, form another, equally distinct, that might be termed Subplantigrada : these have but one true molar in each jaw, posterior to the scissor- tooth ; which latter is merely the hindmost of the false molars, and, as such, is re- presented by a deciduary tooth in the young animal, which is never the case with true molars. There are some genera in which the scissor-tooth can scarcely be determined except by this test, and the Binturong is one of them. Both divisions here indicated are distinguished from all the other Carnivora (Cuv.) by the absence of a cecum coli, wherein they resemble the greater number of Jnsectivora (Cuv.) The ab- sence of a cecum is, indeed, assigned by Baron Cuvier as a character common to the whole of his Insectivora ; but M. M. Diard and Duvaucel had long previously to the publication of the 2d edition of the Regne Animal, noted the existence of this viscus in the genus Tupaia, Raffles ;* (Cladobates, F. Cuv. ; Glisorex, Blainville ; Hylogale, Tem ;) and Dr. Andrew Smith has recently figured and described the cecum with the other viscera of his genus Macroschelides (or Erinomys, Blainv.; Rhynomys, Lichten- stein): it may be expected to exist likewise in the genus Gymnura, Vig. and Horsf. (or Echinosorex, Blainv.),and also in the little known genus Eupleres of Doyére, figured, not long ago, in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles. The restricted Plantigrada consist of seven genera, whereof one—the Bears ( Ursus )—comprises numerous living as well as fossil species, the former of which are distributed over Europe, Asia, the great Malay Islands, the Atlas chain in North Africa, the Andes in South America, and all North America ; a fossil species is likewise found in Brazil: of the other six, two are peculiar to Asia, and the rest to America. The former are—the Panda(Azlurus, Duvaucel), or ‘ Wah’ of Nepal, chiefly known to inhabit the eastern Himalayas ; and the Binturong (Arcitictis, Tem., Ictides, Valenciennes), which is also found in Nepal, and thence southward to Malacca: the latter consist of the Raccoons, (Procyon, Storr) ; the Coati- mondis ( Nasuwa, Storr) ; the Kinkajou (Cercoleptes, Lliger); and the Bassarvy (Bassaris, Lichtenstein). Two of them are stated to have prehensile tails, namely, the Kinkajou and the Binturong : in the former of these, however, this organ is prehensile only in a very slight degree, (insomuch that the term is quite inapplicable, ) as 1 am enabled to state from personal observation, having seen a very tame Kinkajou loose in a room; this animal, as it clambered about the chairs, &c. merely pressed its tail occasionally and very slightly against whatever offered, stiffening it throughout its length in a slight downward curve, but never coiling it; but the Binturong, according to na- tive accounts, twists its tail round a branch to give impetus to its spring, and then throws itself on its prey, generally Monkeys (whence its Burmese name of Myouk kya, or monkey tiger), and with it falls tothe ground. Its head is said to be par- ticularly hard, and that it cannot be killed by blows inflicted on it. ‘The present — specimen,’ which is the individual now presented to the Society, ‘had several blows inflicted on it with a heavy bamboo, but not apparently to its injury: it was shot at the summit of a tree; and the natives say, that this animal is generally seen upon * Asiatic Researches, vol. xiv, p. 474. 1841. ] Asiatic Society. 919 trees, living in the jungles, where it is very seldom observed.’’* The crania before me are by no means remarkable for solidity, and indeed that of the specimen referred to is fractured, doubtless from the blows mentioned; and it may be remarked that the tail of this creature has no naked space at its extremity, wherein it resembles those of the American Sajous (Cebus, Geoffroy). In the other genera of true Plantigrada, except the Bears which have scarcely any tail, this appendage is equally bushy through- out its length, and is always ringed with two shades of colour. Several of these animals have retractile claws, more or less so; as instanced in the Panda and Binturong, and in the Bassary. The last named elegant species has been erroneously approximated to Parodaxurus, among the Viverride, which family has no American representa- tive. The Zoological Society possessed a living specimen at the time I left London, and as this genus is but very little known to most naturalists at present, I may be permitted to mention that it does resemble Paradowxurus not a little in external aspect, having the same elongated body, enabling it to spring from bough to bough with extreme lightness and agility, ruddered by its very bushy and squirrel-like tail. Its head resembles that of the Kinkajou, with the same Marten-like ears, and long extensible tongue, which latter is indeed common to the whole group, all of which are great devourers of honey and other sweets: but the Bassary would appear to be also highly predatory, and probably a good deal resembles the Martens in its habits. Its talons are very sharp and retractile; and the fur short and Lemur-like, as in the Kinkajou: colour greyish with a barred tail, What specimens have been obtained have all been brought from Mexico. Such is a slight survey of the group to which the Binturong belongs, and to which certain fossils are likewise referrible, as that figured in Pl. 150, figs. 2, 3, and 4, of the Ossemens Fossiles of Baron Cuvier. The Ictide Dorée of Mons. F. Cuvier is a veritable Paradoxurus. 3. Pteromys petaurista, Auct:—being the first well authenticated example of this large dark species which I have seen from the eastward of the Bay of Bengal. It may, therefore, rather than Pr. nitidus, be the great Tenasserim species mentioned by the late Dr. Helfer; but it is probable that both inhabit the same forests. The Pi. Oral of Lieut. Tickell, elaborately described in the Calcutta Journal of Natural History, No. 7, p. 401, would appear to be no other than Pé. petaurista. 4, WSciurus bicolor, Sparrman.—A very fine specimen. Of this animal, which Dr. McClelland procured examples of in Assam, we are informed by Dr. Horsfield (in Proc. Zool. Soc., for 1839, p. 151), that ‘individuals agreeing in all particu- lars with the Assamese specimens have been observed in other parts of India by Dr. Francis (Buchanan) Hamilton and by Dr. Finlayson. The latter forwarded several specimens to the Museum at the India House. The specific character origi- nally constructed by Sparrman, and subsequently adopted by all systematic wri- ters, defines accurately the animal as described by Dr. Hamilton and by Dr. McClelland. Schreber’s figure also agrees with the same; while the animal from Java (represented in Horsfield’s Zool. Res., and indicated as a variety in Fischer’s Synopsis Mammalium,) appears to differ from the continental specimens by the vari- ations to which it is subject. It remains, therefore, for further research and observation to determine whether these two varieties may not be specifically distinct, and whether * Captain McLeod, in Calcutta Journal of Natural History, No. 7, p. 458, from information supplied by the Rey. Mr. Barb. 920 Asiatie Society. [No. 119. the name of Assamensis proposed by Dr. McClelland should not henceforth be applied to the species observed in continental India by himself, and by Hamilton and Finlayson.’’ The present species is nearly allied to Sc. maximus, but differs from that animal and its Javanese analogue Sc. Leschenaultii, among other respects, by the constancy of its colouring; Dr. McClelland remarking that the description of it which he took was derived from seven or eight specimens, and that among the various individuals he had seen there appeared to be no difference. ‘‘ All the upper parts are deep and glossy reddish-black, the cheeks and under-parts whitish tinged with fulvous, with two dark spots on the chin. Body fifteen, tail sixteen inches long.’? Our - Museum contains a fine series illustrative of the variations of colour of Sic. maximus ; and the skulls of both the present and the foregoing species (Pteromys petaurista) have been taken out, for purposes of comparison with their proximate allies. That of Se. bicolor is much smaller, and otherwise differs considerably from the skull of Sc. maximus. 2. NSciurus ?—Undetermined, but, I believe, a species which I have seen before, in England. Dr. Spry possesses a living specimen of it from Arracan. Length 10 or 11 inches, the tail, with its hair, 1 foot or nearly so; ears slightly tufted with whitish, denoting the hyemal dress. Colour grizzled fulvous-brown, purer fulvous on the sides of the neck, and less so on the head and croup; fore-limbs and hind feet ashy, the tail slender and black-tipped, and the under-parts and inside of the limbs whitish-grey ; whiskers black and strong. This species is very common along the Tenasserim coast. 6. Rhyzomys cinereus, McClelland, (Calcutta Journal of Natural History, No. 7, p. 496,) genus Nyctocleptes of Temminck.—The researches of naturalists in this part of the world are fast bringing to light additional species of this curious genus, which, till lately, was only known to contain the Rh. Swmatrensis, Gray, (or Mus Sumatrensis, Raffles,* Spalax Javanus, Cuvier, and Nyctocleptes—?, Temminck, ) and the Rh. Sinensis, well figured in one of the late Major General Hardwicke’s draw- ings, edited and named by Mr. Gray. The latter species has been discovered to in- habit the Phillippine Islands by Mr. Cumming—(vide Proc. Zool. Soc., 1840, p. 62.) A third has been made known by Mr. ~ Hodgson as an inhabitant of Nepal (Rh. badius, Hodgson); and the present species is described to me by Mr. Barb to be the smaller of two inhabiting the Tenasserim provinces. Moreover, two if not three species, according to Dr. McClelland, are contained ina zoological collection of much interest, recently made in Assam by Mr. H. Walker, and which is now under that gentleman’s investigation. An additional interesting no- tice of the Nepalese species has been published by Mr. Hodgson (in Calcutta Jour- nal of Natural History, No. 7, p. 411). The fact there stated of this creature’s tameness when first caught, and not offering to bite with its formidable front-teeth, is observable in even most other Rodents, though the genera Mus and Sciurus form conspicuous ex- ceptions to it: the large Water Vole of Europe may be handled with perfect impunity. With respect to the food of the species of Rhizomys, which is known to consist of roots, and especially those of bamboo, I would call attention to an observation of the Rev. * Dr. McClelland inclines to doubt the identification of Mr. Gray’s animal with that of Sir Stamford Raffles, and which is figured in one of the late Colonel Farquarson’s drawings, preserved in the Museum of the London Asiatic Society, where I have seen it. vide Loc. Cit. . 1841.] Asiatic Society. 921 Mr. Bree, relative to the common Rat (Mus decumanus), to suggest the probability of the same remarkable mode of feeding being resorted to in the present instance, which the great power of the jaws and strength of the gnawing teeth seem to render very likely. Mr. Bree describes the attacks of the Rats upon his ‘* young oaks in a plan- tation near a brook and small pond. They gnaw the tree off just below the ground ; sometimes nearly as level as if it had been cut with a saw. Young trees nearly as thick as my wrist,’’ he states, ‘‘ have been served in this way ; and I have been quite asto- nished how the Rats could cut them through so completely. The fact is, the Rat begins his operations underground, and eats upwards as far as he finds the wood soft enough for his purpose, which is just below the surface ; the consequence is, that the tree will often remain erect, and appear to the eye as if nothing had happened to it; but of course it throws out no leaves in the spring, and, on taking hold of it, you find it loose, and ready to come up with a touch.’’* The same has been observed of young willows growing in a somewhat marshy soil, and been referred, as I believe erroneously, to the operations of the Water Vole. According to the information supplied to Captain McLeod by Mr. Barb, the Poué (Rhizomys cinereus) is an animal rarely seen, and is found in the more hilly parts of the country. The Burmans eat the animal when they can catch it. It burrows very rapidly, and spends the day time in holes, living on the roots of the bamboo generally, but towards night-fall it comes out and amuses itself by cut- ting the bamboo down, which it does very expeditiously. It does not take to the water at all.”’+ Mr. Hodgson was informed that the Nepalese species constructed burrows under the roots of trees or shrubs, and that they may be taken almost as easily as a domestic animal, from their extraordinary boldness or apathy. An interesting notice follows, of an individual which that naturalist possessed alive. Of the foregoing six Quadrupeds, the Urva, the two Squirrels, and the Rhyzomys, are new to our Museum; the Pteromys was represented only by an imperfect skin, noticed in my last report ; and the Binturong is equally acceptable, as replacing, till we can get a still better one, the very old and shabby specimen already mentioned. Of Birds, there are two species of the restricted order Scansores, or Parrots ; viz. 1. Palgornis Pondicerianus, Vigors, or Psittacus mystaceus and bimaculatus, Shaw; which, though procurable in any number in Calcutta, is new to our Museum; and 2. Psittacula vernalis, Swainson.—The small Crimson-rumped Lorikeet, which is also a common bird in India. Both these species, and the former especially, as I am informed by Mr. Barb, are very common on the Tenasserim coast, where also are found four other species of Paleornis, namely, P. Alexandri, torquatus, Bengalensis, and flavitorquis. The only Raptorial species sent is— 3. Athene cuculoides ; Noctua cuculoides, Vigors.— Which is also very common, and much persecuted, and even frequently killed by the Crows (Corvus splendens, Vieillot, or better named C. impudicus, Buchanan; the common Crow of India). Of the order Imsessores, and first great division of it—Heterogenes, I find, among the Syndactyli, technically so styled, two species of Buceride, three of Halcyonida, and two of Meropida, viz. * Gardener’s Magazine, vol. vii. p. 235, and Magazine of Natural History, vol. vii. p. 456. t+ Caleutta Journal of Natural History, No. 7, p. 457. t Ibid. p. 411. 922 Asiatic Society. [No 119. 4. Buceros ruficollis, Vieillot.—Mr. Barb assures me, that there are two races, or perhaps species, of this Hornbill, which differ only in the colour of the naked skin of the throat and around the eyes, which in one is of a beautiful blue, and in the other an equally rich yellow. Both are very common, associating in flocks of a dozen or twenty birds, but the two do not mingle in the same flock. The B. Nipalensis ( Hodg- son) was not recognised by Mr. Barb as an inhabitant of Tenasserim. 5. B. leucogaster ? Nobis, n. s. ? Length about two feet, of wing from bend 92 in- ches, tail the same ; beak 34 in. long, and, with casque, 2 inches deep ; the latter sub- carinated, and narrowing and diminishing anteriorly to where it terminates, but little abruptly, beyond the middle of the upper mandible, as if a young bird (which Mr. Barb assures me it is not). All the upper parts wholly black glossed with green, ex- cept the tips of the wing-primaries and secondaries, and of the tail feathers, exclusive of the uropygial pair, which are white; belly and thighs also white, as is likewise the inside of the shoulders of the wings: coronal and occipital feathers elongated. Beak yellowish white; and tarse greenish. This species associates in large flocks, and is even more common than the last. A still smaller black species, with a similar casque, and the common Indian B. Malabaricus, are stated by Mr. Barb to be also common in Tenasserim; while the great B. Homrai, Hodgson, is likewise found there, but more sparingly, and differs from the rest in never flocking but keeping in pairs, and avoiding human habitations. The B. Rhinoceros was not recognised by Mr. Barb as an inhabitant of Tenasserim. 6. Alcedo Bengalensis, an adult and two young specimens.—This common Indian species is contained in a collection made by Dr. Cantor in Chusan. It abounds in Tenasserim. 7. Halcyon Capensis. 8. Hi. ?—The Goorial of the Sunderbunds of Bengal. 9. H. Coromandus, Alcedo Coromandus, Sonnerat.—The H. atricapillus and H. Smyrnensis are likewise recognised by Mr. Barb, as being, with the three former species, common in Tenasserim; and all are stated by him to be very piscivorous, whieh is a fact not generally known of the restricted Halcyons. H. rudis, was ob- served by Mr. Barb at Rangoon. 10. Coracias affinis, McClelland and Horsfield (Proc. Zool. Soc. , 1839, p. 164, )— I am informed that this bird is not unfrequent in Bengal. ll. Bucia Athertonii: B. Nipalensis, Hodgson ; Nyctiornis Athertonii, Swainson ; Merops Athertonii, Jardine and Selby; M. cyanopterus, Jerdon (Madras Journal, No. 27, p. 228.)—Both this species and B. amictus are stated by Mr. Barb to occur, though rarely, on the Tenasserim coast. The latter is, I believe, more frequent in the Malay peninsula. The Coracias Indica, Merops Indicus, and M. Sumatranus, are also recognised by Mr. Barb as inhabitants of Tenasserim. Upupa Epops is very abundant. Among the Zygodactyli, technically so denominated, I find in the collection 12. Bucco Indicus and rubricapillus, Latham, B. Phillippensis and flavicollis, Vieillot. A very abundant species in Bengal, and, I believe, throughout the Indian Peninsula. It is equally common in Tenasserim, where, however, the B. cyanops, so plentiful in Bengal, was not observed by Mr, Barb. 13. Picus occipitalis, Vigors. 1841.] Asiatic Society. 923 14. P. squamatus, Vigors; P. dimidiatus, Gray, not of Temminck.—Immature plumage, having the crown and occiput more scarlet than in the adult, the breast a little streaky, and the under-parts marked but obscurely. This and the preceding species, which are nearly allied to the two green Woodpeckers of Europe, are included with them in the subgeneric division Gecinus of Boié. 15. P. tiga, Horsfield, Chrysonotus tridactytus, Swainson.—The Indian Three-toed Woodpecker. This bird only differs in plumage from the P. Shorii, Vigors, as figured in Gould’s Century, by wanting the defined brown markings on the throat and fore Neck; and as there is some tinge of the same about the throat, and on the sides of the neck, of the present specimen, I incline to consider them identical, This three- toed species is not particularly allied to the three-toed Woodpeckers of the North, which essentially pertain to quite a different section of the genus—the Dendrocopus, Swaine son; but it closely approximates to the common P. Bengalensis, which has a minute inner back toe, and is intermediate in plumage to that species and another and larger Woodpecker in our collection, (the P. Sudtaneus, Hodgson, ) which has a proportionate- ly much larger beak, and a full-sized fourth toe ; from the latter, the only marked dif- ference of plumage consists in the three-toed species having the hind neck black (as in P. Bengalensis,) instead of white; while from the other it differs more conspicuous- ly by its crimson rump, and the uniform golden orange colour of the wings externally. All three are stated by Mr. Barb to inhabit the Tenasserim provinces. 16. P. badius, Raffles; P. brachyurus, Vieillot and Wagler; P. rufus, Gray, not of Wagler. 17. P. (Meigiyptes. Sw.,) poiocephalus, Vemminck: an adult male and young female specimen. Common in Tenasserim, as are all the other Woodpeckers which have been mentioned. 18. Oxylophus —— ?—Undetermined. I believe, a well known species, but the name of which | have not been able to ascertain. Length 17 inch, of wing from bend 64 inches, and tail 10 inches. Beak 14 inch from forehead, and tarse posteriorly 1 inch. Coronal feathers elongated. Upper parts blackish-brown having agreen shine, except a half collar of white at the back of the neck; under-parts white, tinged with rufous on the throat, fore-neck, and under surface of the wings anteriorly ; lower tail-coverts dusky-black; primary and secondary quills and their coverts deep ferrugineous, the tail feathers slightly tipped with whitish. Beak blackish horn-colour; and legs greenish plumbeous. This bird is common in Tenasserim, where the O. edolius, which is nu- merous in Bengal, was not observed by Mr. Barb. It would appear to be nearly allied to O. Coromandus. 19. Pheenicopheus longicaudatus ? Nobis, n. s ?—Length 234 inches, of wing from bend 6 inches, and middle tail feathers 154 inches, the outermost 5} inches, and the rest evenly graduating. Beak 14 inch from forehead, and tarse posteriorly 1j inch. Ge- neral colour dark greenish-grey ; the wings and tail shining dark-green, with a white tip to each tail-feather ; front of the neck and breast paler, passing into whitish on the throat and immediately around the naked space encircling the eye, these whitish fea- thers having dark shafts, which terminate in a slightly prolonged hair-like bristle ; small anterior portion of the lores black. Beak bright-green, and legs dusky. A com- | mon species in Tenasserim, and always seen in pairs. Th eCentropus pyrrhopterus is also very common there, as in India generally. 924 Asiatic Society. [No. 119. Of Heterodactyli, this collection contains only 20. Trogon Malabaricus, Gould, Tr. fasciatus, Gmelin, Tr. Kasumba, Rafiles, Tr. Blonda, Tem.—An immature male, being the first specimen of this gorgeous genus in our Museum. It is remarkable that the Trogons differ from all other yoke-footed birds (or which have two toes directed forwards and two backwards) in the circum- stance of the ordinary inner fore toe being reversed, instead of the outer ; in consequence of which, that which corresponds to the middle front toe of the generality of the class (or such as have three toes directed forwards) becomes the inner of the two anteriorly directed toes, instead of the outer as usual, and the ordinary back toe becomes the outer, instead of the inner, of those behind. The Trogon Malabaricus is common in Tenasserim. Among the Cantrices, or second grand division of Jnsessores (which have the gene- ral organization of singing birds, whether or not they happen to sing), the following species occur :— 21. Pica (Dendrocitta) vagabunda, Gould.—Three young specimens. A common species, as in India; but D. Simensis not recognized. 22. Ianthocincla leucolophos?, var.; or perhaps a very closely allied species; differing only in having the whole back, wings, sides, vent, and lower tail-coverts ferruginous, which colour is usually confined to the nape and sides of the neck, passing downward to cross the breast; while the white of the under parts, also, of the present bird, instead of abruptly terminating at the lower part of the breast, is con- tinued down the middle of the belly. Also common, occurring in considerable flocks. 23. Kitta venatorius, Gray and Hardwicke.—Two adult and three young speci- mens: considered to be arare species. The irides are bright red. 24. Dicrurus retifer, Vieillot.—Three specimens, but moulting their long exterior tail feathers. This shewy bird is abundant in Tenasserim, as are also D. balicassius, a smaller species nearly allied to this, and D. viridescens 2? (Edolius viridescens, Gould) ; but the elegant D. krishna, which I observe to be common in the vicinity of ‘Calcutta, was unknown to Mr. Barb, 25. Lamprotornis chalibeus, Horsfield.—Common. 26. Graucalus Papuensis. 27. Eurylaimus nasutus, Tem.; Cymbirhynchus nasutus, Vigors.—Two specimens ; being the only species of Hurylaimus observed by Mr. Barb. The beak and eyes are very beautiful blue, the former fading within a day or two after death. It is common in watery situations, and suspends its nearly globular nest, which is constructed of small twigs, from the branches of trees growing directly out of the water; the eggs are four in number, and pale spotless blue. 28. Muscipeta Indica, Stephens, M. castanea, Temminck.—Female. 29. Muscicapa cerulea, Vieillot, M. occipitalis, Vigors ; female: which isthe A - ceruleocephala, Sykes. 30. Pitta brachyura, Auct.—T wo specimens. 3l. P. melanocephala, Wagler. 32. P. gigas, Temminck.—Apparently in nestling plumage. All these birds are common in Tenasserim. 33. Oriolus melanocephalus, Linn,—Three specimens. 1841.] Asiatic Society. 925 34. O. Chinensis, Gmelin.—Two specimens.— 35. Chloropsis Malabaricus, Jardine and Selby. 36. Cinnyris Vigorsii, Sykes.—Being a new locality, I believe, for this beautiful little species. It is common in Tenasserim. 37. Anthreptes rectirostris : Cinnyris rectirostris, auct; C. elegans, Vieillot. The remainder consist of a Pigeon, a Jungle Fowl, two Storks, and a Duck; viz. 38. Carpophaga enea: besides which, the Columbe (Turtur) Javanica and tigrina, and Vinago bicincta (Jerdon) and V. sphenura, are recognised by Mr. Barb as inhabitants of the same region. 39. Gallus pseudhermaphroditus, Nobis, n.s.?—A very singular bird, which, if I was not positively assured was a male in normal plumage, I should have suspected to be either an individual of mingled sex, or possibly an aged male; forthatit is not a fe- male in partially masculine attire is evident from the size of its comb and wattles, and especially of its spurs. Size of an English game cock, or larger than the male G. Bankivus, having much stouter legs, the spurs of which are 13 inch long; comb and wattles asin the G. Bankivus, but the former more entire towards the front (possibly a mere individual diversity): the tail is that of a cock bird of this genus, but scarcely more developed than in the Euplocomi (as Eu. albocristatus) ; in other respects the plumage is altogether that of an ordinary brown hen, having a redder cast than in the female G. Bankivus, especially on the wings; tail coloured as in an ordinary male. Length about 2 feet, of which the middle tail feathers occupy 10 inches, wing from bend 9 inches, and tarse behind, to back toe, 23 inches. I am informed that this species is never clad in the usual bright plumage of the other male birds of its genus. 40. Ciconia leucocephala, Ardea leucocephala, Auctorum; Ciconia umbellata, Wagler. 41. C. nudifrons, Jerdon.—The Bald-fronted Adjutant, which I observe to associate with the common Bengal species about Calcutta, where, however, it is comparatively rare. The present specimen is young, and has some lengthened occipital feathers, which seem to disappear gradually with age. Our Museum contains a very fine speci- men of the adult of this species. 42. Microcygna girra. Besides these 42 species sent, 14 of which are new to our Museum, and such as have been mentioned with their congeners as inhabitants of the Tenasserim provinces, the following have been recognised in our Museum by Mr. Barb, as species more or less common in the same region: Milvus Cheele, Cercus melanoleucos, Gracula religiosa, Sturnus conira, Pastor cinereus (Jerdon), P. tristis, P. cristatellus, Parus monticolus, Copsychus saularis, C. macrourus, Phenicura fuliginosa, Cryptolopha poiocephala, Rhipidura Albofrontata, Spermesies melanocephalus, Tantalus leucocephalus, Ibis papillosus, Pluvianus Goensis, Rhynchops flavirostris, _ and Dendrocygnus awsuree. I now pass to the Himalayan collection of Bird skins, from which Dr. Spry has kindly permitted me to select what species were new to the Museum, and for which I have exchanged certain duplicates that were not required. Our acquisitions this way consist of 2 1. Paleornis schisticeps ? mentioned in the catalogue of Dr. Royle’s birds: size of P. torquatus, and nearly allied to P. Bengalensis, but having a dull lavender-coloured 6B 926 Asiatic Society. | [No. 119. head, and black chin and nuchal ring bordering the lavender tint. General colour of the upper parts vivid green, a little paler underneath, and not yellowish as in P. Bengalen- sis, but tinged about the nape with verditer ; maronne wing-spot as in P. Bengalensis ; and tail wholly yellow underneath, the two middle feathers green above near the base, then bright blue, and the terminal third yellow ; the other tail feathers all yellow on the inner web and tip, having the rest of the outer web green. Upper mandible bright ver- million as far as the notch, its tip and the whole lower mandible yellowish-white ; feet as usual. Length 16 inches, of which the tail occupies 92 inches, its middle pair of feathers reaching 23 inches beyond the next pair; wing from bend 6} inches, and tarse } inch. 2. Picus squamatus.—Female ; having the crown and nape black instead of red. 3. P. Himalayanus, Jardine and Selby; an immature female. 4. P. brunnifrons, Gould and Vigors. Male and female. The collection contained four specimens of this species. 5. Myophonus Temminckii.-—One of seven specimens. 6. Turdus viscivorus.—The European Missel Thrush, one of three specimens, and selected for the purpose of shewing a veritable Himalayan example of this well known bird. 7. Petrocincla erythrogastra ; Turdus erythrogaster, Vigors.—A bad specimen, but we had previously only the female of this fine species, of which the present collec- tion contains also an example. 8. Orocetes cinclorhyncha, G. Gray.—Examples of the summer and winter dress of this bird, selected from ten specimens ; the whole of which according in their plu- mage, it may be presumed that there is no sexual diversity of colouring, as might be suspected from its near affinity to the Redstarts. The only seasonal difference consists in the feathers being slightly margined in winter with brownish on the back, and the blue coronal feathers with dusky. The Museum contains an example of this bird in nestling plumage. 9. Cinclus Pailasii, Auct.—The Himalayan Dipper, adult and young. A welcome addition to our collection, but the young bird especially is in very unsatisfactory con- dition. 10. Enicura maculata. One of three specimens, and selected from its appearing to present the opposite sex to that previously in the Museum. 11. Muscipeta paradisea. Female. A bad specimen, but which will serve to fill the place of this species until better examples of both sexes can be procured. 12. Lanius erythronotus.—One of two specimens. 13. L. Hardwickii.—Both these species were labelled ‘‘ Indian Mocking bird.” Several of the Shrikes have been frequently stated to repeat the notes of other birds with much facility. 14. Coccothraustes icterioides. Female. The sombre plumage of this sex was want- ing in our Museum, where, however, there is a fine male, and the present collection contains two other males. 15. Columba leuconota, Vigors. 16. Lophophorus Impeyanus.—Male and female; the collection containing five females and four males of this resplendent bird. 17. Phasianus Wallichti: Lophophorus Wallichii, Hardwicke ; Ph. Stacei, Vigors and Gould:—Male and female; of which species, four males and two females were sent. 1841.] Asiatic Society. 927 The remainder of this collection consists of d/cedo Bengalensis, Bucco grandis (2), Pica (Cyanocorax) erythrorhynchos (2), P. (Dendrocitia) Sinensis, Garrulus gula- ris (5), Nucifraga hemispila (3), Ianthocincla variegata, Oriolus aureus, Muscicapa caerulea, Pheenicornis brevirostris (3), Euplocomus albocristatus (2), Eupl. Pucrasia, Tragopan Hastingsii, Francolinus vulgaris (3), and Perdiz Chukar (2). l have also to acknowledge the donation of a fresh Chinese Lory (Lorius Sinensis) from P. Humphrey, Esq., and of a living specimen of a Hawk ( Elanus melanopterus ), in immature plumage, from W. Frith, Esq. The following species of Birds have been procured in the eivhbouthidod’ — . Milvus Cheele.—Female. . Strix flammea.—Male. . Halcyon ——?—The Goorial, male. . Coracias Indica.—Male. . Merops Indicus.—Male. . Bucco cyanops,—Two specimens, males. . B. Indicus. Two specimens, males. . Picus Bengalensis.—Male. . P. Macei.—Male. . Oxylophus edolius.—First plumage. . Dicrurus Crishna. (Edolius Crishua, Gould). Female. 12. Pastor cinereus (Jerdon).—Male and female. . Lora tiphia.— Young male. 14. Lanius Collurio? verus.— Young male. 15. Hematornis Caffer.—Two males. 16. Copsychus Saularis.—Male. 17. Geocichla citrina.—Male. 18. Oriolus melanocephalus.—Two males and a female, illustrating different states of plumage. SEOMNAUN KWH YH bad Sel et Oo 19. O. ——?n.s.?—Female; having no black whatever about the visage. This specimen is now alive in a cage. 20. Ceblepyris melaschistos ; Volvocivora melaschistos, Hodgson: female. 21. Cinnyris sola.—Male, female, and young. All the above (save the living Oriole) have been examined internally, the sternal apparatus of the greater number prepared, and minute descriptions have been taken of them in the recent state, noting the fugitive colours of the feet and other naked parts, that of the iris, &c. On dissecting the Barbets, I found a very close approxima- tion in general structure to the Toucans of South America, much more than to the Woodpeckers, in immediate proximity to which latter the Barbets have been always arranged : excepting the bill and tongue, the internal conformation of the Barbets seems to be altogether that of the Toucan, even to the singular character of the im- perfection of the clavicles, which do not join to form a furcula (or ‘ merry thought’) as in other birds, but exist as small dagger-shaped bones, about half their ordinary length ; nor do the bill and tongue of the Barbets possess any resemblance to those of the Woodpeckers, as obvious enough in the instance of the former, while the tongue is merely a flattened lamina of the ordinary shape and size, a little furcate at the tip, being more distinctly so in B. cyanops, and less noticeably in the small B. Zn- 928 Asiatic Society. [ Nol He: dicus. The African genus Indicator,* on the other hand, which has been currently classed with the Cuckoos, appertains strictly to thenatural family Picide. The only other birds I know of, wherein the clavicles donot join and form a furcula, besides the Struthionide, properly so called, in which they are curiously modified, are the Touracoes ( Corythaix ) of Africa (and doubtless the allied genera Musophaga, Chiza@ris, and Colius), in three different species of which I have found the clavicles to be separate, though all but joined; and various Psittacide, in which they are altogether wanting. They vary in proportionate length in different species of Toucan (Rhamphastos), but have been figured by |’ Herminier as united in the closely allied Pteroglossus Aricari. In the class of Mammalia, we are indebted to Lieutenant Tickell for two fine pairs of Deer-antlers, belonging respectively to the Sambur (Cervus Hippelaphus), and Axis (C. Azis). In that of Reptiles, I have procured three specimens respectively of two species of Snake, and some examples of an Anolis common in the neighbourhood. The former are— Psammophis cer asogaster, Cantor :—which is considered by that naturalist rather an uncommon species, and is new to the Museum; and . Tropidonotus dora, Cantor; Dora of Russell; Coluber Dora, Daudin. Osteology.—The skeleton of the Rhinoceros, noticed in my previous report, has been remounted, and is again in its place. It is unfortunately deficient in the digital bones of all four extremities, in the sternal pieces, the penultimate pair of ribs, and one of the diminutive last pair. We possess, however, a skeleton foot of a Rhinoceros, presented to the Society by Dr. Pearson. | A skeleton of a Bat, Scotophilus castaneus, has also been prepared and set up, and also the skulls of the following species of Vespertilionide :— S'cotophilus castaneus. Taphozous longimanus. T. brevicaudus, Nobis, n. s. Megaderma lyra, and Dysopus plicatus (?). Also skulls of Canis aureus. Vulpes montanus. Urva Nipalensis. Paradozurus typus. Arctictis Binturong,—Two specimens. Pteromys petaurista. Sciurus maximus. Sciurus bicolor. Sciurus— ? Undetermined. Mus— ? Undetermined. Gerbillus Indicus. Georychus fuscocapillus, Nobis, n. s. * Since writing this, I have met with a Himalayan species of true Honeyguide—Indicator xanthonotus, Nobis. 1841.] Asiatic Society. 929 The skeleton of the Hoolock, or White-browed Gibbon, is prepared, and quite ready for mounting, as also that of a Crow (Corvus splendens ); and skeletons of two species of Barbet, of a Snipe (Scolopaz heterura), and of Cinnyris Sola, are in course of pre- paration. In addition to the sternal apparatus of most of the birds already mentioned, as having been procured in the recent state, we are indebted to Mr. Bouchez, for that of a Monaul (Lophophorus Impeyanus ), that of a rare Hawk ( Hyptiopus lophotes, ) and of one of the Australian broad-tailed Parroquets ( Platycercus eximius- In the Botanical Department of the Museum, I have nothing to report, The Librarian’s Report. Sir,—The report I have the honour to submit to the Committee for the months of September and October is as follows :— I received on the 27th September 23 gems from the Secretary, which were deposi- ted in the medal cabinet. Almost all the books in bad condition, a list of which I sometime ago laid before the Committee, have been rebound or repaired. - Though the expence incurred is great, the preservation of so many valuable works for the use of the Members of the Society and the community at large, will be more than adequate compensation. A great number of duplicates have been selected from the shelves. Should it ap- pear desirable to the Committee, these might be sold or exchanged for others, and as many of them are valuable books, perhaps the Members of the Society might wish to take some of them and give others in their stead. The classification of the catalogue has been completed in the month of September, a copy of which is nearly ready for the print, and the arrangement of the library has been also finished. I add a paper containing a general view of the classification of the catalogue. The classification was, on the whole, made according to the plan I had the pleasure of proposing to the Committee. Such deviations from it only were thought advisable which bore a stricter correspondence with the principles according to which the classi- fication was framed; and I may here mention it generally, that in the progress of the arrangement those principles were more and more rigidly adhered to, as this was found not only in more accordance with the natural divisions of science, but likewise better adapted to satisfy the demands of convenience. The alterations alluded to are chiefly the following :— There are at present only two main divisions, one containing the classic litera- ture, the other that of the modern languages. The science of medicine has found its more congenial place at the end of the natural sciences, instead of being connected with the three first divisions. An alphabetical list of the titles of the books and of the names of the authors will be added to the catalogue, so that in finding the books every facility will be afforded to those who wish to avail themselves of the advantages of the library. With regard tothe collection I would remark, that, as it has been made mostly by valuable donations from generous individuals desirous of advancing the interests of the Society, no arrangement has been made to obtain all the standard works relating to each branch of knowledge, so that there are necessarily many deficiencies in the libra- 930 Asiatic Society. [ No! IES. ry, which it seems desirable to supply.. It would perhaps be well first to complete those divisions of the library which relate to natural science in general, and likewise _ those which refer to the history, civilization, languages, &c. of Asia. I beg to submit to the Committee, if it be desirable, that all the books at present out, should be returned, at least for a short period, as the arrangement of the library can- not be completed till their titles and contents are ascertained. At the same time I would ask, if it be not advisable to call in the books once a year for the space of five or six days, that it may be known, whether they require repairing or any of them have been lost. ; 2d November, 1841. I have the honor to be, Sir, - Your most obedient servant, E. Roerr. Ordered,—That the three propositions, ist. That the duplicate copies selected be either sold or exchanged ; 2d. That the books now lent out be returned for a short time ; and 3d. That the books be called in once a year for examination, submitted by the Librarian, be referred to the Committee of Papers. A. ' Criassic LITERATURE. A. Greek Literature. 1. Philosophy. 2. History. 3. Geography. 4. Miscellaneous. B. Roman Literature. B. Modern Literature, from the commencement of the Christian era to the present age. I. Theology. AG Polytheism. Religion of Confucius. a. Special forms of Polytheism. 1. Religion of Egypt. 2. ———— of the Greeks. 3. ——-—— of Zoroaster. 4, Brahmanism. 9. Buddhism. 6. b. Polytheism in general. B. Monotheism. a. Judaism. b, Christianity. 1. Holy Scriptures and parts. 2. Biblical Criticism and Interpretation. 3. History of the Church. 4. Miscellaneous Works. c. Mahommedanism. II. Law and Jurisprudence. Pe =I rors Ea Rae, NO? SOG ee ee ace NO Sie Ar AG Ba Oma Re aig: COS Asiatic Society. 931 Philosophy. Mathematics. Natural Sciences. Natural Science in general. History. Journals and Cyclopzdical Works. Branches of Natural Science. Natural Philosophy. Natural Philosophy in general. The branches of Natural Philosophy. Pneumatics. Hydrostatics. Crystallography. Sound. Heat. Light. Electricity. Magnetism. Astronomy. J Geology. Chemistry. Natural History, and Natural History in general. Branches of Natural History. Mineralogy. Botany. Zoology. Zoology in general. Branches of Zoology. Anatomy. Physiology. Medical Science. History of Medicine. Pathology. Therapeutics. Materia Medica. Applications and Arts. Historic Science. History. General History. Chronology, Dictionaries, Journals, etc Universal History. Special History. Of Antiquity. Of the Asiatic Empires. Of Greece. Of Rome. 932 Asiatic Socvety. [No. 119. r. Of the Middle Ages and of Modern Times. A. Of the Occidental Empires. B. Of the Oriental Empires. a. General History of the East. b. Special History of the East. Of the Huns. Of the Mohummedan Empires. 1, Of the Arabs. Of the Moguls. Of the Sultauns of Egypt. Of the Turks. Of Persia. Of Hindoostan. Of China and Japan. Of America. Of Africa. Biography. Voyages and Travels. History of Travels, Voyages round the World, aud Collections of Travels. Travels in various parts of the World. Travels in Europe. Noose we ee To various parts in Europe. To special parts of Europe. Travels in Asia. Travels in Asia in general. Travels in Western Asia. Travels in Central Asia. ert Ga ete e Travels in Eastern Asia. S. Travels in India, and Voyages to India. ec. Travels in Africa. d. Travels in America. e. Travels to the Polynesian Ocean. C. Geography and Statistics. a. General Geography. b Special Geography. 1. Geography of Europe. 2. —— of Asia. 3. ——— of Africa. 4 ——— of America. }. —-—— of Polynesia. E; Archeology and Antiquities. VIII. Languages. A. Grammar. a. Comparative Grammar. 1. Grammar of European Languages. 2. Grammar of Oriental Languages. 1841. ] Asiatic Society. 933 d. Of the Semitic Languages. B. Caucasian Languages. Of Indian Languages. 1. Of the Sanscrit. 2. Of the Pali. 3. Of the Modern Indian Languages. Of the Chinese Language. Dictionaries. Critics and Interpretations. Literature. Catalogues. X. Miscellaneous Works. Works. Journals, Encyclopedias, ete. Or mo OMY Read two letters, dated the 29th September and 20th October last, from Mr. Secretary Bushby, the first transmitting a communication from Mr, A. T. Christie, late of the Medical Service, Madras Establishment, reporting his Geological Re- searches in that part of India, and the second transmitting copies of Papers by Captain G. B. Tremenheere, Executive Engineer, Tenasserim Division, on the Tin Grounds and Manganese Beds of the Mergui Province. Read also two letters from Mr. H. Cope, dated the 4th and 5th October last, on the subject of the investigation of the Himalyan Lichens, Read letter from Mr. J. G. Bruce, of 18th October 1841, on the subject of the Nurma Cotton produced in Malwa, elicited with reference to the remarks of Mr. H. Piddington, and noticed in a recent number of the Journal. Ordered,—That the foregoing Papers be made over to the Secretary in his capacity of Editor, for publication in early numbers of the Journal of the Asiatic Society. Read letter from Captain S. R. Tickell, with sketches of Idols. Read letter from Baboo Ramcomul Sen, of 3d November 1841, with a number of Copper Coins, presented to the Asiatic Society by Dr. R. Stuart of the Native Hos- pital, who, in sending them, writes: ‘‘ I have much pleasure in forwarding the accom- panying Copper Coins, which were given to me as curiosities. When they are really old, 1 know they possess much value in the eyes of such as wish to be thought an- tiquarians ; how far those I send may be deemed valuable,I do not pretend to judge.”’ Read letter from J. H. Batten, Esq. of 4th October 1841, forwarding some ‘‘ Loose Leaves’’ from Thibet, brought down by Deboo, Putwaree of the Juwater Pars (one of the chief Bhotias), who got them from some man in Heoondes (the Thibet name of Kemaoon.) These ‘‘ loose leaves’ having been submitted for Report to Mr. Csoma, that gentleman writes, **I beg to inform you that the 24 loose leaves (of blue paper, with Tib. capital cha- racter on, written with orpiment, under the following numbers of leaves : 5, 6, 8, 10, 6¢ 934 Asiatic Society. [No. 119. 21, 40, 46, 53, 58, 60, 65, 68, 86, 92, 93, 95, 96, 101, 102, 104, 113, 117, 128 and 131,) received from Almora, are the parts of some extracts of some Tantrika works, contain- ing some short address or prayers to Shakya, to Vajra Pani, and to other Saints or Divinities for instruction how to obtain prosperity and future beatitude, and how to be delivered from miseries of the present and of the future life. There are likewise many Mantras or mystical formule used in addresses for obtaining the favour of any particular Divinity : also, when presenting some offerings, &c. All such Mantras are in Sanscrit, but written in Tibetan character. There are in the Asiatic Society’s Library many works on similar subjects.’’ The Secretary submitted for the inspection of the Meeting, facsimile Inscriptions, sent down by Lieutenant A. Cunningham, reporting at the same time, that having had these Inscriptions translated, they do not possess any thing of interest or novelty to require any further specific notice, With reference to Dr. Forbes’ communication on the discovery of a complete copy of the Jami ul Tawarikh, printed in the 107th Number of the Journal of the Asiatic Society, the following communication was read from H. M. Elliot, Esq., of Allaha- _bad, of 20th September :— ‘* Not having yet observed any notice of Rusurep-00-DeeEn’s book at your pe- riodical Meetings, I think it proper to bring to your notice a circumstance which came to my knowledge about two months ago, and which I should have mentioned earlier, had I thought it would have escaped observation so long. An anonymous work on History, bearing the same titles of chapters as RusuEEp-00-DEEN’s was brought by (the late) Sir Jonn Matcoum from Persia, and presented to the College at Fort William, of which your Society has the Library. The work was copied at (I think) Casbin in 2616, and bears the title of Jami-oo-Tuwareekh Judeem, but without name of the author. This information I obtained one day from Stewart’s Catalogue of Tippoo Sultan’s Library, and I now communicate it, after this long delay, in the hope that a little search in your own archives will reward you with the discovery of this valuable work.”’ A search having been made as suggested by Mr. Exuior for the book, the Secre- tary had the satisfaction to report to the Meeting, that it was found, and the volume submitted to inspection. The presentation by Moulvee Abdool Ruheem of a copy of the translation by him in Persian of the Kamoos was acknowledged by the Society by a vote of thanks, and the presentation in return to the Moulvee of all the Arabic works printed by the Society. The Secretary submitted to the inspection of the Committee a folio containing Sketches by Lieutenant Colonel Salter, of the (late) 2d a oeee Light Cavalry, taken by him during his service in Affghanistan. For these presentations and contributions, the thanks of the Society were accorded. 935 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (Friday Evening, 3rd December, 1841.) The Hon’ble Sir Epwarp RyAN in the Chair. The Reverend Wm. WincuHEsTER, Chaplain at Berhampore, proposed at the Meeting of the 11th November last, was ballotted for and duly elected. Ordered, that the usual communication of his election be made to the Reverend W. WINCHESTER, and that he be furnished with a copy of the rules of the Society for his guidance. Library. Books received for the Library of the Asiatic Society for the Meeting of the 3d December, 1841. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. 7, Nos. 45 and 46, July and August, 1841, eoee cece cose cece eooo Nu. of Copies. 2 Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, by Professor Jameson, No. 61, April to July, 184], Seisie Sass Sie wevale cieinve starts seat | Calcutta Christian Observer, December, 1841, new series, vol. 2d, No. 24,.. 1 Bulletin de la Société de Géographie, 2d series, tome 14, .. ats BEAL! Journal des Savans for April, 1841, Paris, site's Bee stahne Seote te Letter addressed to the Government of Bombay by the Chamber of Commerce at the Presidency, 1841, _.... rer Gieats aercte daar BARC ee! Liber As—Sojutii de nominibus relativis, Lugduni, Bat. 1840, .... ENS Pecs | Read letter from the Secretary to the General Committee of Public Instruction of 26th November last, forwarding such Oriental books mentioned in the following list, as can be spared from the Library of the Education Committee :— List of the Oriental Books, forwarded for the Library of the Asiatic Society. SanscriTt Works. NTETAIOLVOS!, « eaie- sees asiate seers areiels sees No. of Copies. 1 Uttraramchuritra, ietave ster staves Sievets Stales ee eee eed Mudra Rakshaha, Meee! sot eles Beate Sees olelele sielee tt all Mugdhabodha, .. aietel cee sees sees seco sees aieveiay ee Bhatti Kavya, 2 vols. weve Sear ieee eres SBUC sistoretne Raghu Vansa, .. ashe lg eke Slater OBE Sales sishete tote BI Sahitya Durpon, cece eeee sees cece coos cose Booey | Kavya Prokasa, asiee oes eeee eee sees wees coos lL Bhasa Parichhed, .... creer shoje nets Or area aceiseine sl Mricha Kati, .. elas sisieie 352 dele siete slate Seige! Munu Sanghita, 2 vols. cose soso coos ceee sees coor L Viavusta Ratnamalah, .. ASE arn eee sails ara: oa sateine L Duttuck Chundrica and Mimansa, SiGe Pee eiulehe sic. Biers Gite Law of Inheritance, .... arehats Sieies Secale aslers eiuvate ma Sie iek Subhabilahs,.... sere wees eiitere Sets Sinipie Satie Satay) oh Principles of Chemistry, E. B., .. sees coos vient’ oaee coon I 936 Asiatic Society. [No. 119. Wilson’s Dictionary,.... aietehd oe ° . 2d Bebaud Chentamony, .. Sata Soe . ares Malatee Madhava, .... ree ae or Be gee eh Retnavoeli, ..20 ee o's ye areas a Glarus ie Khetro Tutto Depica, .. eons eves wee seee vee Saree ee Kyfayah, 4 vols. erate Bre ees Suddedee, .... wees : ‘ 3 : - aE Fussoli Abqrat, Scie wees ae Boats Alic Soe eg! Mill’s Bridge’s Algebra, ere eens . : cove 1 Shanamah, ..«. peisis aoe ha oe ; oe Serene Mujumah Sumshi,_ .... Swate eee SEE | fAsop’s Fables,.. ..6- aes ne 68 ‘ : ete Syer Mutakherin, .... sees Fa : a Aery | Total No. of Copies, 29 Read letter dated Simla, 16th November 1841, from Capt. J. T. BotLeau of the Engineers, forwarding an account of the Meteors which appeared there on the night of the 12th idem, in sufficient quantities to establish the fact of their excess over ordinary occurrences of the kind. Read a 4th Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being remarks and documents relative to the loss of the ship Golconda in the Tyfoons of 22d to 24th September 1840, in the China Sea, by H. PippineTon, Esq. Read remarks by Capt. J. T. Boileau, Bengal Engineers, on the Construction of Newman’s improved Portable Barometer, and on the mode of renewing the Guage Point when lost, with a drawing. The Secretary also submitted to the inspection of the meeting, a Perpetual Moon Table by Capt. R. SHorTREEDE, who on a former occasion favored him with a Per- petual Time Table. The foregoing Papers and Table, the Secretary noticed, would appear in early numbers of his Journal. Read the following Report of the Curator for the month of November last: — Sir, During the brief period that has elapsed since the occasion of our last Meeting, but little has transpired that can be embodied in my present Report. Due progress has been made in determining and labelling the collection of Birds, which I trust will be entirely accomplished by our next Meeting. I have also commenced arranging the Insects, and shall soon have ascertained and labelled the order Lepidoptera, to the extent of my present means of determining the genera and species: The donations received for the Museum consist solely of Zoological specimens: viz. Ist, a Bat from Dr. Cantor, being the third species of Indian Taphozous now in the collection, whereas I believe but one has hitherto been described from this part of the 1841. ] Asiatic Society. 937 world ; 2dly, a skull of a species of Lutra,* and the lower jaw of a Delphinus (species undetermined, and where taken I was unable to learn, though it was believed some- where on the high seas, and not in the vicinity of India), from Mr. C. Harvey; 3dly, 4 species of recent Birds, from W. Frith, Esq., of which three are new to the Museum; and 4thly, a fine recent Crocodilus biporcatus, 94 feet long, shot and presented to the Society, at the suggestion of J. M. Seppings, Esq., by the Superin- tendent Engineer at the Government Steam Yard, — Jones, Esq. The following Birds have mostly been shot by myself; a few have been purchased, and those presented by Mr. Frith to the Society are included :— Paleornis torquatus, female. Faico tinnunculus, do. in first plumage. Elanus melanopterus, do. do. Halieetus Pondicerianus, do. Vultur leeuconotos, preparing as a skeleton. Otus brachyotus. Coracias Indica, two male specimens, in a phase of plumage which warrants the suspicion that C. Assamensis (McCLELLAND and HorsFiELD), of which we possess a specimen noticed in my last Report, entirely according with the description, is a variety merely of the common Indian Roller. Merops Indicus, male and female. Alcedo Bengalensis, male and female. Dendrocitta vagabunda, male and female. Pastor tristis, male and female. P. cristatellus, male. P. cinereus ferdoa, male and female. P. fuscus,(?) Wagler ; P. Mahrattensis, Sykes. Sturnus contra, male. Alauda, species undetermined, and apparently undescribed. Dicrurus balicassius, sexes in different states of plumage. Chloropsis Malabaricus, male in immature dress. Geocichla rubecnia, male. Calliope Lathami, female. Muscicapu cerulea, male. Jora tiphia, ditto. Anthus rufescens (?.), ditto. Motacilla alba (vera), two very different males and a female. Pyrrhulauda crucigera, male. Columba tigrina, male. Ardea Malaccensis, male and female, immature plumage. A. Javanica, Horsfield ; A. scapularis, Wagler, young female. Sterna, species undetermined, female. Tadorna Bellonii,+ male. * I have since procured a recent animal of this genus, to all appearance the ZL. vulgaris, and the skull of which entirely accords with that above noticed.—Cur. As. Soc. + In the Proceedings of the Zoological Society’s for 1834, p. 50, Mr. Gould notices a specimen of the common Shieldrake from Trebizond, and remarks that it had not previously been observed 938 Asiatic Society. [ No. 119. Pelicanus rufescens (?), Gmelin, * female. Of these, the Otus, Pastor pagodorum and P. fuscus, Alauda, Motacilla, Pyrrhu- Zauda, Tadorna, and Pelicanus, (seven species, ) are new to the collection; and the remainder have replaced old and very inferiorly mounted specimens, and in several instances have added the other sex, in a different state of plumage to what was previously in the Museum The only other Vertebrata procured, consist of a Squirrel (Sciwrus palmarum), a fine specimen of the Dhamna Snake (Caduber Dhamna, Cantor), and the Crocodile before mentioned, which is in process of being set up, while its skeleton is also pre- paring, and several of the viscera have been preserved in spirits. A number of Insects have also been collected in the neighbourhood; and several of the Bird Skins from Tenasserim and the Himalaya, noticed in my Report for last month, have been mounted. The present being the only season at which fresh spe- cimens of animals will bear to be brought from any distance in available condition, 1 continue to spare no pains to induce the Shikarees and others to supply us with as many species as they can procure; the duplicates of many are valuable for purposes of exchange and transmission to other Museums, and while the examination of such enables me to gain a more thorough knowledge of their various kinds, a rectification of many synonyms will doubtless accrue from the intercourse which it is thus sought to establish with Museums in different countries, and which it is to be regretted is not more general and extensive than at present. I am, Sir, Yours obediently, December 3rd, 1841. Epwarp BiyTu. Read letter from Mr. Secretary Bususy, of the 10th November last, transmitting copies of Registers of the rise and fall of the Tide at Prince of Wales’ Island and Singapore, for the months of April, May, and June, 1841, together with transcript of a memorandum which accompanied the Registers. Ordered—That the thanks of the Society be conveyed to the Government for the Registers in question. For the Presentations and Contributions, the thanks of the Society were accorded. out of Europe. Mons. Temminck, however, had already enumerated this species in his list of Eu- ropean birds met with in Japan, and it was obtained by the late Sir A. Burnes on the Indus, Here it would appear to be very rare, being quite unknown to our taxidermists, * This agrees tolerably well with the description in Shaw’s Zoology, (vol. x111, pt. 1, p. 114,) except that the feet are there stated to be yellow, whereas in our bird they were of a leaden black colour, slightly tinged with green, and the claws white. JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY. Report to the Secretary of the Board of Customs, Salt and Opium, on the Salts, called Puckwau and Puooi-Kuarex ; with a process for detecting the adulteration of Government Salt ; estimates of the quan- tities of both Salts annually produced, and of the amount of loss which the Revenue may sustain through the production of these two articles. By Henry Pippinaton, Esa. As requested, I have now the honor to submit my report on the samples of Puckwau and Puocui-Kareer Salts which I have examined, together with, such considerations as have occurred to me in the course of the investigation. From what I have learnt of the points desirable to be ascertained, and for more convenient reference, I have divided my report as follows:— I. Constituents of the two Salts. II. Means of detecting the adulteration of Government Salt. III. Chemical demonstration of the certainty of this method. IV. Estimate of the quantity of Pockwau produced annually. V. Estimate of the quantity of Puckwau, or edible Salt, annually produced in the preparation of the Kuaree, and of the quan- tity of Kaaree annually produced. VI. Estimate of the loss to the Revenue by the Puckwau and Prooi- KHAREE. VII. Concluding remarks. No. 120. New Series, No. 36. 6 pb 940 On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. [No. 120. I,.— Constituents of the Salts. The Puckwau is mostly produced during the manufacture of Salt- petre, and sold openly in the bazars for culinary purposes. The Phool- Kharee is manufactured from the efflorescence on the surface of vari- ous earths, and sold, as well as other inferior sorts of Kharee, osten- sibly for feeding cattle and manufacturing processes,* such as curing hides and the like: the former sort, or Puoor-Kuares, really for the purpose of adulterating Government Salt. I mention these few facts preliminarily, though well known to you, as I shall have occasion to recur to them again. The effects of reagents on the solution are as follows :— Tests. ‘Muriatic acid, Nitrate Silver, ... Acetate Barytes, .. Gold Leaf,... N.C Platina, ~~... Oxal. Ammonia, ... Puckwah. Shewing ia a air SS SSS Acids. Bases. .-- No Carbonates, =e aati ..-. Muriatic, (abundant, ) ———— -.» Sulphuric, ee .. Nitric, (trace, ) an ae .-- No Potass re mee ae: ... Lime, (trace, ) Phosphate Soda te'Animot, = ae --. Magnesia. Its constituents were found to be in 100 parts, taken in its usual state, Insoluble matter, ... aie ee ate Bee ae O19) Extraneous Salts soluble in Alcohol, principally Muriates of Magnesia and Lime, ote be ae wee 15.35 Sulphate Soda, dry, Muriate Soda, wee e ae aan be ae p33 +. 75.00 Traces Nitrates, Lime, Soda, qe Magnesia,... ... «+» 0.50 Hygrometric water and loss, bet As dae Sebi Sct, 100.00 The essential parts of this, for revenue purposes are, in briefer terms, that the Puckwah contains 75 per cent. of culinary salt, and that * Report to the Board, says, there are three sorts, ‘‘ PHoot-KuHareg,”’ or refined KuHAREE; ‘‘ BHE’R-KHAREE,”’ CuPRIER’S-KHAREE. or sheep’s Ku arerE; and “ Cyoomar-KHAREE,” Or 1841. ] On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool- Kharee. 94] its bitter taste is owing to the Muriates of Magnesia and Lime and the Sulphate of Soda. Phool- Kharee. Shewing amt eros raat) Tests. Acids. Bases. Muriatic Acid, eee he No Carbonates, Nitrate Silver, Sh Ar Muriatic, ee Acetate Barytes, ... Se Sulphuric, ——_ Gold Leaf, os es No Nitric, Mon rlatina, " ... qs ie -+- «e- No potass, Oxal. Ammonia, ... ae ae us .»- Trace Lime, Phosphate Soda and Ammonia, ... -- «- Do. Magnesia, 100 parts of the Salt in its ene state contain, Insoluble matters, ... a ae ais RM 0) Soluble in Alcohol naaeae i a Nes merit! @ Her es Lime and Magnesia,... _... se Sic 50 doen races Muriate Soda, Menthe tae abs oe wa: en 2A Sulphate Soda, (dry), one fo es ... 80.00 Hygrometric water, ..... a be 600 sent 10500 Water of crystallisation* and loss, oe A eae O 100.0 Here, as before, the essential part of the analysis for Revenue purposes, is, that the Salt is really one containing about 80 per cent. of dry Sulphate of Soda, or dry Glauber’s Salt. oeeeee ae _ I].— Means of detecting the adulteration of Government Salt by the Phool- Kharee. The prompt, certain, and easy method of detecting this adulteration is the following one :—I set down here the mere rules, such as Native - officers would, with a little teaching, quickly understand ; the chemical demonstration of them will follow in the next section. * A small part of the sulphate of soda is in the state of crystallised salt, which contains 56 per cent. of water, The greater part of it, however, is in the an- hydrous state. 942 On the Salis, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. [No. 120. The following is the necessary apparatus, all of which can be made or procured in the bazar :— 1. A glass tube about 0.5 inches in diameter, and 10 inches high, as in the marginal sketch. It is graduated to 25 divisions, on the principle shewn in the next section. 2. Acommon precipitating glass, containing about a quar- ter of a pint. 3. A pair of common medicine scales, with a single brass weight of 100 grains. 4. A bottle of solution of Acetate of Barytes, of the strength shewn in the next section. 5. A few straws, or a bone or ivory rod, for stirring the solution of the suspected salt. To detect an adulteration. A. Weigh 100 grains of any suspected Salt, and put it into the precipitating glass, fill the glass two-thirds full of clear water, and stir the salt till all has dissolved. A few grains will perhaps remain at the bottom, but these, which are sand and sulphate of lime, are of no consequence. Let the whole settle for a few minutes, B. Fill your test tube from the bottle of Acetate of Barytes exactly to the upper mark. C. Drop now, carefully, the liquid from your test tube into the solution of the salt. If there is any adulteration a heavy white cloud will be seen rolling quickly to the bottom. You must continue to drop in the solution till there is no more of this cloud; taking care that you allow it to settle from time to time, and not to put in coo much of the test, particularly at the latter end of the operation. D. The quantity of solution you have used, willbe seen by look- ing at thetube. If it is 10, or 12, or 15, this is an adulteration of so much Kharee per cent. in your sample; and if it exceeds*—per cent. the Salt must have been purposely and illegally mixed with Kharee. * This blank will be of course better filled up by you. It would be proper to make a set of trials with various Government salts before definitively settling it. It will never 1 think exceed 4 per cent., or at most 95. 1841. ] On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool- Kharee. 943 E. Unless you want to know exactly the total amount of adulter- ation, which is rarely the case, you need only first drop in, say the 5 per cent. allowed by the Board, and after that 5 or 10 more. If it shews ‘this, it is quite adulteration enough to prove that the salt has been purposely falsified, and there is no use in wasting your time and test liquor farther. eee os eee Il].— Chemical demonstration of the certainty of this method. 1. It has been shewn that there are no Carbonates in the Kharee ; and the proportion of Sulphate of Magnesia is so small in good salt,* that for practical purposes, it may be neglected or allowed for. The Sul- phate of Lime may also for practice be considered as wholly insoluble in cold water. 2. We have thus only to deal with the fraudulent admixture of the anhydrous Sulphate of Soda, and perhaps at times witha little Sul- phate of Potass. The problem is therefore, really, reduced to the simple one of ascertaining the quantity of Sulphuric Acid in a given quantity of salt. We may always assume that the base is Soda. The working fact for revenue purposes is, that mo Sulphuric Acid [which in saline compounds form the Sulphates| can be present in good salt beyond the per centage which we allow at page 942 without having been put there for fraudulent ends; and in the state of Sulphate of Soda, because there is no other Sulphate available for so doing in the country. 3. We may take our specimen, containing 80 per cent. of the dry Sulphate of Soda, to be the strongest average salt used for adulteration. If a weaker sort, that is a Kharee containing more extraneous salts be used, more of it will be put into the parcel of salt to be adulterated. 4. If we take 100 parts of good salt to be adulterated with 25 per cent. of Kharee, it is clear that in this quantity there is + of the 80 parts [or 20 parts] of the dry Sulphate of Soda which our analysis shews; the remaining 5 parts being made up by the extraneous salts. * It is only 0.45 in bazar salt by Dr. McClelland’s recent paper. By my analysis of Madras salt and Cuttack Pungah salt made several years ago, it was 2.04 for the first, and 5.45 for the last, the mean of these would be 3.7 per cent. Mine was I think very fresh salt, taken from the heaps. As before noted, trials should be made before fixing a standard allowance. 944 On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. [{No. 120. These 20 parts of dry Sulphate of Soda contain 11.20 of Sulphuric Acid, which require 37.50 parts of Acetate of Barytes to precipitate them. 5. Now our solution of Acetate of Barytes is made by dissolving 100 grains of the salt in 1000 grains of pure water,* and the tube filled to the mark, containing exactly as much of the solution as is equal to 37.50 parts of Acetate of Barytes, the whole of its contents will thus precipitate the 20 parts of dry Sulphate of Soda, which the adulteration of 25 per cent. contains. 6. And, as it is marked with 25 divisions, each division will shew one per cent. of such an adulteration. As before remarked, a weaker Kharee would allow more adulteration, but as it would shew always a nearly equal quantity of the Sulphate, this may be taken for a standard. I do not believe that a much stronger Kharee could be prepared. Could it be so prepared as to contain 90 per cent. of the Sulphate, this would only make a difference of 24 on the scale in the whole per centage, and for practice nothing beyond proof of, say 10 per cent. of the Sulphate of Soda, is really wanted to be known.} 7. If we like to take our scale as representing the exact quantity of Sulphuric Acid (which will then be an ewact index to the quantity of Sulphate of Soda) we must remember that the 37.50 parts of Acetate of Barytes contained in the tube, are divided by the graduation into 25 parts; and as this quantity of Acetate of Barytes is equivalent to [or will precipitate] 11.20 of Sulphuric Acid, we have thus 25 divisions for 11.20 of Sulphuric Acid. Every five divisions will then represent 2.24 [or 21] of Sulphuric Acid, so that we may say in practice, that every 22 divisions of the scale will shew about 14th part of Sulphuric Acid, or nearly two of Sulphate of Soda: every five divisions representing exactly four parts of the pure Sulphate of Soda ; and five of the adulteration, because of the extraneous salt and water. * This solution, at the temperature of 84° is of sp. grav. 1.36, and the Acetate is preferred, because of its cheapness and facility of making it, and because if Muriates or Nitrates are to be sought for, it is not in the way. The Muriate or Nitrate of Barytes may of course be used if desirable, the tubes being graduated accordingly. + Here, as before, I need not remark, that a set of careful trials should be made with the Phool-Kharee of various parts to fix a standard. This can only be properly done in the district. f 1841.]. On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool- Kharee. 945 1V.—Estimate of the quantity of Puckwah produced annually. The Report to the Board estimates the annual produce of Puckwah at 11 lac of maunds. I presume this is a mere conjectural estimate, at least I have not learnt on what it is founded. The following data and estimate appear to me to have good chemical foundation. 1. Mr. Stephenson [Treatise on the manufacture of Saltpetre, and papers in Journal of Asiatic Society] says, that the average of Muriate Soda obtained by him from 20,000 maunds of Dooah* or crude Saltpetre from Loll Gunge in Tirhoot at the Company’s factories, which he superintended, were as follows :— Average per cent. of Muriate of Soda from good Dooah, ... 4.2 From Dooah of native factories, ... ... ... «. : ee sen —— (2) ICE OR AR Rca aaa iO 159 and that only about 35 per cent. of this Dooah is Saltpetre. Hence we shall not, I think, exaggerate, if we say according to his results, (Pamphlet, page 47,) that in the average of factories, 2 maunds of Dooah (35 per cent. would require nearly 3 maunds) go to the produc- tion of one of Saltpetre. In round numbers we may also say, that as the average of good Dooah gives about 4 per cent. of Muriate of Soda,f there will be about 8 per cent. of it produced for every maund of good Saltpetre. But then, as we have seen by our analysis, there are but 2 (75 per cent.) of pure Muriate of Soda in Puckwah, we must add the other fourth, or 2 per cent. to our 8 per cent. of Muriate of Soda to make it Puckwah. This gives 10 per cent. of Puckwah for 100 maunds of good merchantable Saltpetre. 2. But the preparation of the Dooah itself produces a large propor- tion of Puckwah, as I shall now shew. 3. Dr. Buchanan distinctly says, (Martin’s Buchanan, vol. i. Behar, p. 363 and 364,) when describing the manufacture of Dooah, that he is assured that as much Muriate of Soda as Nitre is obtained by the workmen, and he gives at p. 364 and 365, the details of the manu- * Dooah is in fact the first washings from the Saltpetre heaps or earths, boiled down and sold to refiners of Saltpetre, Natives or Europeans, who make it into marketable Saltpetre: all Saltpetre works must first produce Dooah, + He speaks of some containing 8 per cent. 946 On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool- Kharee. [No. 120. facture for making and refining the Nitre, with the products of it and of the Culinary Salt, 14 maunds of Saltpetre and 14 maunds of Puckwah. We shall afterwards see this singularly confirmed. 4. He again, in vol. ii. p. 280, when speaking of the manufacture of the Company’s Nitre in Bhaugulpore, says, that ‘“ there is a concealed 3 source of profit to the contractors,” which he promises afterwards to mention, but he has not done so, or Mr. Martin’s mutilated edition omits it. No doubt this is the production and sale of Puckwah; for, 5. In vol. iii. p. 832, (Puraniya,) he says, that when the Company’s advances for Nitre were withdrawn, their monopoly rendering the private manufacturing of it illegal, the Beldars, ‘ Salt-makers,’ betook themselves to the manufacture of Culinary Salt “ from a saline earth found in many parts of the district.” A small per centage would not have repaid them, and it is clear that it was no new trade to them as Saltpetre-makers. 6. Again, at p. 334, he says, that a Native agent of the Company as- sured him, and that some of the Beldars confessed, that they made Bel- dari Nemuck, (the same as the Puckwah,) from a thick brine called Jarathi, which subsides in making of their (crude) Saltpetre, which last is of course the same as the Dooah. 7. At p. 337, he relates the process for making the Beldari Nemuck, which is in fact Puckwah. 8. Dr. Buchanan, however, was evidently no chemist, and of ques- tions like these only a chemist can understand the true bearings. Mr. Stephenson, who was a manufacturing chemist, and sent out by the Hon’ble Company, has left us still the best data. He says, p.- 8, that he collected the saline soils from various part of Tirhoot to make an aver- age; and he found by analysis that the Nitrates* formed 1.6 per cent. while the Muriate of Soda formed 1.4 per cent. Here we havea direct proof, though from another zillah, that Dr. Buchanan’s apparent- ly exaggerated statement, [p. 7, ] that as much Culinary Salt as Salt- petre is made, may, in some parts at least, be no exaggeration ! 9. Mr. Stephenson again shews us, by direct experiment, (Pamphlet, p. 84,) that in the making of Cooéiah Saltpetre, or Saltpetre made from the earths preserved in factories, which is far richer in Nitre than that * Of Potass and Lime, the first is Saltpetre, and the last becomes so as soon as it meets with potass, from ashes or vegetable remains, in the Saltpetre heaps. 1841. | On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. 947 produced in waste places, or on old walls, &c. the proportion of Puckwah to fine Saltpetre was 1 maund 16 seers to 14 maunds, or exactly 10 per cent. The proportion in earths collected as the Noo- neas, (native Saltpetre-makers,) find them, was 7 seers of Puckwah to 22 of Saltpetre, or about 30 per cent. from the mother liquor only, after the making of the Saltpetre. From the whole result [p. 86] the pro- portion of Puckwah to Saltpetre was 17 seers to 55 seers, or about 33 per cent.* 10. I have not been able to meet with Dr. John Davy’s experiments on the factory earths, or with Tennant’s work,—if he had any thing on the subject ? To Colebrooke I shall refer subsequently. 11. Resuming all these, we find, I think, that there is evidence enough to shew, that if as much Puckwah as Saltpetre be not produced, there must at any rate be a large per centage, and I think it cannot be below 30 per cent. for we find that Mr. Stephenson, doing his best, and under the most favorable circumstances—he did not want to pro- duce Puckwah but Saltpetre—could not avoid obtaining 10 per cent. from factory earth of the best quality for Nitre, and 30 per cent. from others. Taking it, however, at only 25 per cent. in all the earths, of which as we have seen [page 7 | 10 per cent. certainly exists, for it goes with the Dooah Saltpetre when sold to the refiner; we have still altogether 25 per cent. of Culinary Salt produced for every maund of good Saltpetre. I shall notice subsequently other sources of it. 12. We must now endeavour to ascertain the total amount of good Saltpetre manufactured in Bengal. 13. The total export of Culmee Saltpetre from Calcutta in 1840, was 4,86,000 maunds, and it has in recent years been as high as 5,14,000 maunds; for the sake of round numbers we may call the exports I think, 5,00,000 maunds. 14. We have next to estimate the internal consumption of Saltpetre for nearly all India, for it can but in few places be made so cheap as in Bengal. * Again in Journal Asiatic Society, vol. ii. p. 23, he says, that an analysis from several hundred maunds of Native Dooah gave 8 per cent. Culinary Salt, (Muriate, ) &c, to77 Nitre. The proportion 8 to 77 is about 19} per cent. How much had been already extracted from it ? 6 F 948 On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. [No..120. 15. I find as a datum [the only one I can obtain,] that, by the return you have obliged me with, the mean importation of Saltpetre into Calcutta, before the abolition of the transit duties, from 1831 to 1835, or four years, was Factory maunds, — rid af “a .»» 4,501,446 But as we know how smuggling flourished in those days, even within the Custom House itself, we may I think fairly call the real imports bazar—instead of factory maunds. Say then, imports, bazar maunds, ... pe ae .» 4,501,446 Average exports for the same period, from Custom House tables given by Stephenson, are bazar maunds, .» 4,25,683 The apparent consumption of sun for Calcutta, is thus bazar maunds, ... es ay ant 25,763 Throwing away the odd hundreds, let us say 25,000 maunds for Calcutta, and this for such a circle of it and its environs as would include a population of a million. If our Bengal Saltpetre grounds and factories supply only as much of all India as includes a popula- tion of 50 millions, we have then 25,000 maunds to multiply by 50, or 12,50,000 maunds for the consumption of 50 millions of inhabitants ; reducing this again to less than one-half, because of the more quiet habits of country villages, we may still say, that the home consumption equais the export; or that we have 5,00,000 bazar maunds, produced somewhere, for that purpose also. 14. This appears startling, but when we recollect the almost per- petual vollies of fireworks, small arms and cannons, which are kept up, in one place or other, all over the country, and every day in the year, and often night and day, and that all gunpowder contains 75 per cent. of Saltpetre, we shall not be so much surprised. Here is ano- ther calculation bearing upon this matter. Buchanan in his statistical table states that, for Patna City and Zillah Behar, there are Atusbaz, or firework-makers, ... ... s wats oie cdl For the district of Bhaugulpore the same artificers, wide) Sele otal. a ag b's Sit v cey agliteey 1841. | On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. 949 Population (according to him) of Patna and Behar,... 33,64,420 Bhagulpore,... —... Sb Bc on ..- 20,19,900 eee Co Total,.. 569 5 .» 0,084,320 In Rungpore he Heats of the shapaene! -makers, but not of the Atusbaz. I do not know if he means the same thing, and it is not un- likely in small places, that the two trades are exercised by the same per- son. In Calcutta I find they are sometimes:mixed and sometimes se- parate. We must also recollect that, in India, great numbers of individu- als as often make their own gunpowder as buy it. I leave then the ~ mere gunpowder-makers out of the question, and look only at the fire- work-makers. If we take the 162 artizans in this trade, to find employment each for 3 workmen at 5 Rupees, and the master to make 7 Rupees per month we have per month, oe Bok Rupees 22 For 162 artists, this is per ae of eer Be i 3,564 or 12 per annum profits, ... sine bai ase 42,768 If we take the profits to be 10 per cent. on the capital employed, this will be capital employed _.... we» 4,27,680 If we take about three-fourths of this to be in Saltpetre, we may say for Saltpetre, .. Vis a «+» 3,00,000 At 6 Rs. per maund, this is, ... 55 -»» Maunds 50,000 Now 50,000 maunds of Saltpetre annually, for a population of 0,384,000 would give, for one of 50 millions, about 4,62,000 maunds of Saltpetre, which, when we take all the home-made gunpowder and other manufacturing demands into consideration, is not so far from our former calculation. Patna, Behar, and Bhaugulpore comprise, I may observe, all varieties of population, from a great and luxurious city to the wild Hill tribes; and thus offer the elements of a fair average. Like all Indian statistical questions, the elements are so un- certain, that they are really but mere approximate notions, and I should not have occupied your time with it, were it not that the question of “what zs the internal consumption of Saltpetre,” is really an important one in our estimate. If we say that the 5,00,000 maunds of Saltpetre are worth at 6 rupees, 30,00,000 Rs., this would still not give an ex- penditure of one pice each in fire works for 50 millions of population. * Wages must be paid out of profits. 950 On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. [ No. 120. 16. We must then in the absence of better data than the foregoing take The exports, at bazar maunds, we a -»» 0,00,000 The consumption at least,... ... i dine ws 0,00,000 Total amount of refined Saltpetre produced, Baz, Mds. 10,00,000 And in the production of this, there appears good che- mical ground for assuming, that at least 25 per cent. of Puckwah are produced, which gives, from the Saltpetre manufactory alone, Puckwah to the amount of, Baz. Mds. 2,50,000 17. We have next to consider, that we may at least look at all the sources of the article, the different notices of the Salt works which are to be met with in various authors. This Salt we may also call Puckwah. They will scarcely afford us data, but they should not be passed over in attempting to estimate the quantity of Puckwah thrown into the market. 18. Mr. Colebrooke, (Remarks on Husbandry and Commerce of Bengal, ) says, page 181, of London edition, that in Oude and Benares, this process of washing earth and evaporating the solution, is followed to obtain Culinary Salt without extracting the Nitre, and he details the process, but without any figured statements, as a perfectly familiar one. The proportion of edible Salt must be considerable, and the places where it is found numerous, to render it so well known an oper- ation. Dr. Buchanan, vol. i. p. 550, speaks of the Salé works from wells in Ramghur, Zillah Shahabad.* In vol. iii. Dr. Buchanan, as before quoted, says, that the Beldars of Puranya made Culinary Salt alone, and he describes it as a separate manufacture at p. 337 and 338, the produce selling at 4 rupees per maund. Mr. Stephenson (Journal Asiatic Society, vol. iii. p. 86,) has a valuable paper on the manufacture of Salt in the Ghazeepore district, shewing that the earth contains half as much Muriate of Soda as Sulphate of Soda, 2. e. 1.5. Muriate to 2.7 Sulphate, and that the Salt contains 60 per cent. Muriate of Soda or edible Salt to 37 per cent. of the Sulphate. We have no data by which to ascertain the extent to which this edible Salt manufactory is carried; we must therefore allow it asa * Mr. Stephenson found the water of wells in Tirhoot to be strongly impreg- nated with Muriate of Soda. 1841. ] On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool- Kharee. 951 make-weight in our former estimates of Puckwah. It will be seen in the succeeding section, that we may assume a considerable portion of Puckwah to be also produced in the manufacture of the Kharee, and possibly some in the preparation of the Reker or Soda earths, for the use of the washermen, soap-boilers, glass-makers, &c. &c. V.—Estimate of the quantity of edible Salt produced in the manufac- ture of the Phool-Kharee, and of the quantity of Phool-Kharee an- nually made. 1. The production of the Salts called the Kars, Karees, and Dhars, is a separate trade where earths are washed for these alone, and they are also produced in the preparation of Saltpetre ; we may suppose them not always thrown away when they form so large a per centage as it will be seen they do. 2. Dr. Buchanan says, vol. i. p. 866, that he estimates the production of Dhar at 2 maunds of it to every 14 maunds of crude Nitre. This is -th, or say 14+ per cent. which as we allow 2 maunds of crude to make but one of refined Saltpetre, gives 284 per cent. upon every maund of this article. 3. Mr. Stephenson says, (p. 8), in his Analysis of the soil in Tirhoot, that it contains nearly as much of the Sulphate (Kharee) as of the Muriate and Nitrate together, but as we have before noticed (p.8) the Culinary Salt obtained from these two sources, I only allude to them here. As a source of Kharee, they should be borne in mind. Mr. Stephenson says, 2.7 of Sulphate and 3.0 of Muriates and Nitrates. In Mr. Stephenson’s paper, (Journal Asiatic Society, vol. iii.) on the efflorescence of the Kharee, we find the best datum. He says there, that the efflorescence collected by him gave 58 per cent. Sulphate, (Karee), and 22 of Muriate of Soda; so that, using round numbers, every maund of Kharee from thence would give the workman one-third of a maund of Puckwah. This, however, may have been a richer spot than the average. Buchanan says, that some Muriate of Soda is also found with the efHlorescence of Carbonate of Soda, (Rehar or Sajee Mutti) ; but his work has evidently been sadly 952 On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. [No. 120. mutilated in this part, and we have no data* to guide us in a calcu- lation. Perhaps instead of 33 per cent., or one-third of a maund of Muriate of Soda to one of Kharee, we might assume with full safety 20 per cent. from this source ? The low price of the Kharee, the best the report says, selling for 12 annas per maund, is strong presumptive evidence, that it is not the only product derived from the manufacture. 5. As to the quantity of Kharee produced, the report estimates the total of Kharees at 24 lacs of maunds. If our estimate, above taken, be correct, we have here 50,000 maunds of Culinary Salt from the Kharee. We may, however, make some attempt to estimate the quan- tity of Kharee produced. Dr. Buchanan says, as quoted p. 13, 14+ per cent. on the rough Saltpetre. Mr. Stephenson gives 23 per cent. in one case, and 173 per cent. in another, of the Sulphate, but these pro- portions must be doubled, because 2 maunds of Dooah go to make one of good Saltpetre, which would then give 46 and 39 per cent. The mean of these three; viz. Buchanan,... “ es aise Bad ... 282 per cent. 46 Stephenson on A ne ati aL Pe Pp , al 1 133 99 ”? Is, wee OO per cent. If we only take this at 25 per cent., which is a larger deduction than the near approach of Dr. Buchanan’s estimate, by weight of manufac- turing produce, and Mr. Stephenson’s by chemical assay, would warrant, we should then obtain, if our estimate of the production of Saltpetre (p. 12) be correct, 25 per cent. upon 10,00,000 maunds of Saltpetre, or 250,000 of Kharee from this source alone; and as this must be of — the purer sort, we cannot perhaps go far wrong if we suppose that the work of those Wooneahs, who make Kharee only, supplies the consump- tion of the cattle and the curriers. This is vague enough, but we have no better data. The report says, about 80,000 maunds of each of the three sorts may be produced in all, which would allow only 80,000 of * This is an important question for research. ‘Is any Muriate of Soda extracted from the Soda earths?’’ If so, this may be also a very considerable source of illicit Salt. 1841. | On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. 958 the: Phool-Kharee to be used for adulteration. I should be much more inclined to rate it at the lowest at double this quantity, or nearer 2 lacs of maunds of the first sort. We have already estimated the amount of Puckwah made with the Saltpetre alone, and we see that the amount of Kharee made with it must be very large. In the European refining factories it appears, (for we do not know all the secrets of the trade,) that the extraneous Salts are mostly thrown back to the Saltpetre heaps; yet with the large deductions I have made, and Dr. Buchanan for our authority, that the Nitre-makers do sell it, we shall not perhaps at all events exceed in saying that, every thing considered, at least a lac of maunds of Phool-Kharee may be thrown into the market for adulteration, and 25,000 maunds of Puckwah be produced _ in the making of Kharees of all kinds? VI.— Estimate of the loss to the Revenue from the foregoing sources. Maunds. Puckwah from manufacture of Saltpetre, es .. 2,50,000 From Phool-Kharees, Ns, He bf See 50,000 Phool-Kharee sold for adulterations, ... tae »»» 1,00,000 Total maunds, ... he she fer -» 4,00,000 This being all sold as Government Salt, gives Total value at 400 rupees per 100 maunds, Co.’s Rs. 16,00,000 Of which loss to Government at 300 rupees, is Co.’s Rs. 12,00,000 VII.—Concluding Remarks. This amount of loss to the Revenue seems enormous, but we may notice 1. That the nature of the Salt is a chemical certainty. 2. That we can attach the highest confidence to Mr. Stephenson’s results, because he had no motives to wilful misrepresentation any way, and might fully expect his results and statements would be closely examined in Calcutta, so that his professional character as a chemist was at stake. J] add, that from personal knowledge of him as a working chemist, I feel quite satisfied, that they are entitled to full confidence. 954 On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. [No. 120. 3. That even now our knowledge is evidently very imperfect, and the probability is, when we recollect that since our possession of these provinces Mr. Stephenson seems to be the only practical chemist who understood what he saw about him, that’ there are many more things for a chemist to discover. 4. I have, it will be observed, indicated some sources which can only be taken into account as make-weights ; what may be the aggregate amount of all these we know not. It may be much larger than we sus- pect. Postscript. Fortunately I had not seen the report of the officer deputed to enquire on this subject before handing mine to you; and indeed I had but a few minutes’ conversation with him before entering on the investiga- tion, and the results of this conversation I have stated in my report. I say ‘‘fortunately,” because it is most satisfactory to me, as it must be to the Board, and to him, that in so intricate and uncertain an in- vestigation, two reports founded, the one upon local inquiry, and the other upon chemical and statistical deductions from a mixture of cer- tain and uncertain data, the main results should so closely approximate. To shew how nearly they do so, and where they differ, I set down briefly in parallel columns, our results, following the order of my sec- tions, and add my remarks at the end of each, where required. Section 1.—Chemical constituents of the Salts. PUCKWAH. Report says ‘‘ Par. 38. Is inform- I shew, that the sample analysed ed that good Puckwah contains 10 contains 75 Culinary Salt, no Nitre, 53 Culinary Salt, 21 Kharee, Nitre, 2+ Kharee, and 15 extra- Sulphate of Soda, &c. 16 various neous Salts, Salts.” ‘“¢ Par. 60, contains Nitre.” Note.—It is possible, and indeed most probable, that every sample differs, and in this the report agrees with me. But I should exceed~ 1841. ] On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool- Kharee. 955 ingly mistrust the information of any manufacturer, European or Native, on this subject, as see Par. 53, where it is said that the export of the Puckwah is kept secret as being illegal; see again p. 57. As there must be from 8 to 10 per cent. of water and insoluble matters in the Puckwah; this seems for a chemist a very rough note indeed. Next, what is meant by good Puckwah. Puckwah which sells well I suppose? for they could, I think, separate most of the 10 per cent. of Nitre and the Kharee with ease? I presume this mixture is that which best disguises the taste of the factitious Salt, or else that as mentioned farther, the factory servants had an interest in producing more Puckwah ? Of the chemical constituents of the Kharee, the re- port says nothing. Sections II. and III. have nothing in which we can compare, being wholly new. Section 1V.—Estimate of the quantity of Puckwah produced annually. First from the Saltpetre manufacture in all its stages. Report, ‘“‘ Par. 38. Very little Puckwah produced in the refining of Saltpetre, butafterwards, Par. 47, 6 per cent. occurs even with Kuro- pean superintendence, and the ac- tual produce of it should be there- fore reckoned from the Dooah. Par. 43. European factories have 6 to 8 per cent. Puckwah on their pro- duce of refined Saltpetre.” “In a small factory Puckwah amounts. to 10 per cent. on the refined Saltpetre.” * Par. 44. Four factories near Pat- na give 24, 30, 50, and 56 per cent. Puckwah!” ‘** Par. 45. Nooneahs allow that their produce amounts to about I deduce that the produce is to be really calculated from the Dooah That on the whole, with every allowance and in 2z¢s preparation. and deduction, it will not be exces- sive to say, that, for every maund of refined Saltpetre in the mar- ket, 25 per cent. or 10 seers may be allowed as the average pro- duction of Puckwah in making it. Thence it would appear, that it really must at least reach to this amount. 956 - 25 per cent. on their crude Nitre, [ Abee or Dooah.” | “‘ Those of Behar and Shaha- bad may even obtain as much Salt as Saltpetre.” ‘Par: 49. Tirhoot, the name of Saltpetre is but And in northern a cloak for the making of Salt.” On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. [No. 120. That there are in various parts Salt works, of which we have no notice; but I allow their produce as a make-weight. V.—Puckhwah produced with the Kharee, and the quantity of Kharee. “Par. 61. The Phool-Kharee contains Puckwah.” “Par. 71. Puckwah made in N. E. Tirhoot.” “ Quantity 1,83,000 maunds, but is now said to be [from the tax] 3,23,680 maunds, and 50,000 in Report says, I deduce that it certainly must be produced with it, to the extent of at least 25,000 maunds. From Saltpetre and other data, 1,00,000 maunds_ Phool-Kharee will not be excessive, or 3 lacs of all sorts. Sarun of all sorts—Total 3,73,680 maunds.” ees Se Section V1. and VIJ.—Little or nothing in common with the Report. To conclude. The first object of my paper was to shew, that the adulteration might not only in the hands of a chemist be detected by very simple means, but that it might be measured. This measure- ment I see removes another of the difficulties before the Board, which is the detection of the adulteration of good Salt by Puckwah. From the statement of the report to the Board, it seems that Puckwah also contains 21 per cent. of Kharee or Sulphates. In this case, the Puckwah is in fact but a mixture of Kharee and Puckwah; but taking our sample as a very pure one, a really good Puckwah, we see it contains 24+ per cent. Kharee. Now, say the Government allows for chance impurities 4 per cent. of Sulphate, we may fairly take the medium between the 21 per cent. mentioned above, and our very pure sort as an average sort. This will be about 10 per cent. which is an amount distinct enough to be shewn to the clumsiest hand 1841. ] On the Salts, called Puckwah and Phool-Kharee. 957 by the use of the test, which thus becomes in all probability as good a one for the adulteration by Puckwah as for that practised by means of the Kharee. Calcutta, 31st October, 1841. —___ Remarks by Captain J. T. Boireau, Bengal Engineers, F.R.S., F. R. H. S., on the construction of Newman’s improved Portable Baro- meter, and on the mode of renewing the Gauge Point when lost ; with a Drawing. A recent modification has been made in the portable (or as it is more commonly called the mountain) Barometer, by Mr. Newman of Regent Street, London, whose standard Barometers have become so justly celebrated ; and believing that a description of these instruments has not yet been published in India, I am induced to forward the ac- companying sketch of their construction, and at the same time annex the result of some comparisons made with two of these portable instru- ments, and the Observatory standard, for the purpose of determining the gauge (or neutral) point of the latter, which had been lost in both by the escape of a considerable portion of mercury from their cisterns. In the best portable Barometer of Troughton, Dollond, and Cary, the surface of the mercury in their cistern is brought by a simple mechani- cal contrivance to the level of a gauge point, (the Zero of the divided scale ; by which the height of the column is read,) a measure of which if the gauge point were invariable, would do away with the necessity for a correction on account of the varying height of the mercury in the cistern, due to the rise and fall in the column. The gauge point, or line, is not however invariable in either of the above constructions save Cary’s ; and Mr. Newman’s object appears to have been to devise an instrument, which should be independent of the adjustment, preliminary and essential to each observation in those of the above kind, and whence the true height of the mercurial column should yet be deducible with as much accuracy, as if it had been read from the absolute Zero of the scale. It is in the construction of its cistern that Newman’s portable Barometer differs chiefly from others, and a description of this part, therefore, is all that is essential. 958 Newman’s improved Portable Barometer, &c. [No. 120. The cistern, (shewn in section in the figure) is of iron, and is divided into two chambers, A the superior, and B the inferior ; communicating when in a given relative position with one another by a fine hole 9, 0.’ passing through the bottom of the upper, and top of the lower chamber, the bearing surfaces of which are ground mercury-tight together; the lower chamber has motion round the common axis of the cistern through an arc-of about 90°, so that by turning it a small quantity only, the connection between the two chambers is cut off, the continuity of+ the small hole being broken. _Into the upper chamber the glass tube is inserted in the usual manner by means of a thick box-wood cap, which is pierced also to admit the stem of a small Thermometer, having its bulb immersed in the mercury of the cistern. A brass cylindrical case in two parts covers the cistern, each part being attached to its corresponding chamber. A hollow mahogany tube is attached by screws to the upper part of the brass case, and a brass scale of about 14 inches in length screwed to the wooden tube registers by means of a vernier reading to the 500th part of an inch, (and by estimation to the 1000th part) the height of the mercurial column. The instrument having only a partial scale, and this not being direct- ly referable to the surface of the mercury in the cistern, it is evident that to establish a correct Zero or neutral point, the capillarity of the tube must have been accurately determined beforehand; this done, a comparison is made with a standard instrument, and a point marked on the brass scale, (which is as yet undivided, ) gives, after allowing for the difference in the capillary action of the two tubes, the Zero read- ing, or neutral point, of the portable Barometer. An example will better explain this operation, upon the accuracy of which the correctness of the instrument depends. Let the capillarity of the tube of the standard Barometer be +002 inches, and that of the portable instrument +037 inches, then if at the time of the comparison for determining the neutral point of the latter instrument, the mercurial column of the standard stood at 25.362 inches the corresponding height for the portable Barometer would be 25.3862—(°037—°002)—=25°327 inches, which would be the Zero, or neutral, reading at the temperature of comparison; to and from this point the other divisions of the scale (inches, tenths, and half-tenths,) would be set off. 1841.] Newman’s improved Portable Barometer, &c. 959 The neutral point being thus determined, the true height of the column of mercury above the level of the surface in the cistern for any other reading is deduced in the following manner :— Leta... ... «.. b (see the section, ) be the line of level corresponding to the neutral point, and suppose a fall to have taken place in the mercurial column, a proportional rise will take place in the level of the cistern, and the converse exactly for a rise in the column, which will be accompanied by a corresponding diminution in the level of the mercury below. The variations in height being inversely proportional to the areas of the occupied portion of the tube, and of the cistern; or, which is the same thing, inversely as the squares of their dia- meters, since, in Mr. Newman’s portable instrument, both tube and cis- tern are cylindrical. If then, D represent the interior diameter of the cistern, and d,d’ respectively the interior and exterior diameters of the tube, all expressed in terms of the same linear unit ; also if, h represent the height of the column at the neutral reading, and h’ any other ob- served reading, then the true height of the column H for that observed reading will be ae d2 MW, ee H=h’x(h'—h' eames sign is to be taken when the observed reading is greater, and the lower a2 1 at the temperature 1°— in which the upper sign, when it is less than the neutral height. The factor ne is con- stant for the same Barometer, and is what Mr. Newman calls, the correc- tion for capacity—it is determined experimentally by the maker, and together with the neutral reading and temperature of comparison of the same, is stamped upon an ivory collar attached to the wooden case of each instrument. It is much to be regretted, that the ingenuity and care displayed in the construction of the cistern of Newman’s portable Barometer, (which is the same in principle as in his standard,) should be entirely thrown away by the exceedingly primitive and imperfect make of the other parts. For reduced, or indeed for good comparative observations, no Barometer is to be trusted, the scale of which is not divided on a brass or other metal rod extending the whole length of the instrument —but this, it has been seen, is not the case in that just described. There would be no difficulty, however, in fulfilling every desired requi- site of the above nature in the construction of Newman’s portable Baro- 960 Newman’s improved Portable Barometer, &c. [No. 120. meter, and thus improved, it would be found one of the most convenient, safe, and elegant instruments of its kind ever made, instead of being, as it now is, an almost useless toy. In proof of this assertion, it is only necessary to mention, that both the portable Barometers brought out as a part of the equipment of the Simla Magnetic Observatory, were found to be quite unservice- able the very first time they were taken out for use ; the mahogany tube was loose in the brass case of the cistern, and in one, (No. 44,) had warped, so as to have broken the Thermometer ; in both, the box- wood cap, which attaches the glass tube to the cistern had shrunk, so that the mercury escaped in large quantities, and the neutral point being thus lost, the Barometer was of course, in its present state, useless for absolute measurements; but having no other instruments, it became an object of importance to repair, if possible, those in my possession, and to institute a gauge point or neutral reading for them by compari- son with the standard in the Observatory, and I am induced to forward an account of the method in which this has been effected more pour encourager les autres, who may be left to their own resources as I have been, not to set aside even an imperfect instrument without an effort to improve its condition : for the result of my own attempt has certainly proved as successful as, under the circumstances, could have been ex- pected. It is of the first importance too, in the publication of altitudes determined by the Barometer, that the quality of the instrument em- ployed should be known, and as the two portable Barometers in my possession will be used frequently for determining the relative heights of mountains by simultaneous comparisons with the standard in the fixed Observatory, the following details are the more necessary, as shew- ing what weight may be attached to the observations made with them. The first thing necessary was to make the cistern perfectly mercury- tight, which has been completely effected by a stuffing of tow and glue round the boxwood cap, the cap having been filed to a level (inwards) sufficiently to allow of a wrapper of the above materials being applied and pressed down by an iron tool from above—next, the instrument being inverted, a hole (ef) bored in the lower chamber and a fine screw tapped into it; a supply of mercury was then introduced, and the cistern being screwed up, the instrument was set by to dry for some days, after which, the comparisons for determining the neutral reading were commenced. 1841. ] Newman’s improved Portable Barometer, §c. 961 The standard Barometer of the Observatory, with which the compari- sons were made, is by Newman, the cistern measures 6 inches in height and three in diameter over all, and about 24 inches inside, the tube is 5.54 inches in diameter zmside, and the scale and vernier are of platinum, the former being attached to a brass rod terminating below in a fine ivory point, which is adjusted to the surface of the mercury in the cistern—the scale reads by means of the vernier to the 500th, and by estimation to the 1000th part of an inch, to which limit all the observations are taken. The following are the values given by Mr. Newman of correction for capacity, &c. of the two portable Barometers attached to this Observa- tory :— No. 40—Correction for capacity,........... . ; ~ For capillary (action, (2s... 2.e.0046 se +:042 MVEMAMERA GEE, 6/25 5. sila cle syeieia- «ls ne) doraierets 60° Faht. No. 44—Correction for capacity, ...........- : = Poriea pillanrycactiony scse. 5.03. se 6002. +031 Temperature, ...... SECT N As ses font . 60° Faht. The Thermometer of No. 44 is broken. The comparisons were made in the following manner: the two port- able instruments were hung up on the same pillar with, and one on each side of, the standard Barometer, and a small excess of mercury having been introduced into the cistern, the escape of a portion was allowed to take place by means of the screw below until the height of the column read approximately the same as the standard, making due allowance for the difference in the capillary action of the two tubes ; a perfect coincidence was found impracticable. The annexed table exhibits the mean daily results of the compa- risons which were taken, every two hours at the times appointed for the other regular observations, and embrace therefore the period, nearly, of one complete oscillation ; viz. from 10h. 29m. a. mM. to 10h. 29m. P. M. inclusive, Observatory mean solar-time, so that each entry is the mean of seven observations, and the mean of the means for No. 40 is deduced from 133, and for No. 44 from 112 comparisons ; the differ- ences from the standard are as accordant as could have been expected, considering the imperfect nature of the scale upon which the heights are measured, the difficulty of getting a good contact with the surface 962 Newman’s improved Portable Barometer, &c. [No. 120. of the mercurial column, and that the daily means combine the errors or personal equations of the different observers. It is perhaps super- fluous to mention, that the first comparative reading of each portable Barometer has been taken as a Zero, to which all the corrections for capacity have been made, and if the instrument could be read with precision, all the differences from the standard should have come out alike. The differences of the partial results from the final mean are, however, generally within the limits of the probable error of obser- vation, and the latter may therefore be considered as correct an ap- proximation as could, under the circumstances of the comparison, be obtained, and certainly sufficiently so to warrant the use of the instru- ment in the determination of altitudes, comparatively with the Observa- tory standard, to which, provided the cisterns remain mercury-tight, they will now be immediately applied. The results of those observa- tions will be communicated hereafter. Table of the mean daily comparisons of Portable Barometers, Nos. 40 and 44, with the Observatory standard, No. 40. Standard. Portable Barometer No. 40. Portable Barometer No. 44. py s ] t » 1 ‘ eae air bs CI ict eagle | 2.) ea lee) \ae odel'a |Sa| per ee 1s fo Se ee ie |g ears ee A B58] § (S55/ 5 | 3/22) oe) 8s e28| 5 | 8s) sz) ee) oe Sees SSH alos | es] se | Fo psssl se | 3s) es] eras me Ro wep eee fe PCTS eR eee |e By aie ots Pl Ao Seees 2 O | 23:336; 0 | 23°306) O 0 0 O | —030§ 23:343 0 0 0 |-+--007 1 | 23°315| 61°6| 23:274| 61:9] —-037| —-009) 23:260| —-0529 23°324 —:'010} —:004| 23°320| +-'004 2 -357| 62° *316) 62-1) +010) +002} -318}—-0419 -365 ++-022| +-004| -369) 4-012 3 *333|62°1| 2°89) 62:3) —-017| —-004| -285| —°048] °335 —:008] —:002} °333] +000 4 -339| 62°6| °300| 62-0} —-006/ —-001| -299/—-0389 -346 +-003| +001] °347| 4-006 5 -308|61°7| +272] 62:0) —-034| —-008| -264/—-0449 316 —'027|—-005| +311) +003 6 -261|61°3| °220| 61:5] —-086] —.027| -193|—-O68— 264 —-079| —014| -250|—-011 7 -985|60°7| +232| 61:3) —:074| —-018| +214|—-0718 -289 —'054|—-010| +279} —-006 8 -394|60°1| °*348] 60-5} -++-042| 4-010) °358/—046] °396 +:053} +010} -406) +014 9 .404| 60° *354| 60-2] 4-045] +012! -366|—-028§ 407 +064] +°012] 419) 015 410 | °386)59°7| °347| 60°1|-++--041) 4-010} +357; —-0299 § °394 051} +010} °404| +018 14.| °386/58°9| +348) 58°7| +042) +010) -358)—-029% ‘398 055! +--010] -408 fu 12 | °429)57°3) *380| 57-0} -+-074/ +4018, -398)—-031f = *432 -089| +016] -448/-+- 019 13 -399|56°9| °353| 56°5)-+-047| 4-011) -364|—-035 +412 069| —--013| °425| 4-026 14 *354157°3| °306| 57°71} ---000) ---000) °306/—0489 -°364 021|+-:004| -368) 014 15 -408| 58° *362, 57°7' +056] +-013| °375/—-0338 °418 075, +014] +432] ---024 16 388] 58°7| °335| 58°2)/-+--029| +007, :342/—-0468 +394 051|-+-'010| 404/016 17 *346|59°4| +296! 59°1/— 010) —:002) -294) —-052 18 -320|59°4| °280| 59°3) —:026| —-006| -°274) —-046 19 *362|59°2| 318) 59°3/---012|-+4- 003} °321/ —041 * a as ed —_———— | — | | te | ee | mean| 23°356) 59°8| 23°312 69°9 9} 4-006) -+--001| 23°313, — 043 23° 366| + '026/-+--004 23° 5-370 hg ss po1t Magnetic Observatory, Simlah, 5th Nov. 184). * This difference is taken from the mean of the standard for 16 days, viz. 23.359 inches. NOT ea PORTABLE ® ® e i) PORTABLE Side vee SN Thermemeter § Lengutudinal Section BY 1 xy +> NI x Ly . ~ 3 S YS s : SS ~ s PS : Ni > % ~ 3 = x y 4 2 3 <2) : 2 oS. § s -5 S 8 BS ~ ~ Se FS a S y ~ » AS : = > ce x : » aS y ~ may : ~ S 3 ~ iN ns : ~S 3 xX : = S - “2 : x = a + 3 ~S > > y ‘ SP) Sj = ~ 3 BS iQ ~ > ms ~ ~ 8 S = = N x y 1841.] Newman’s improved Portable Barometer, sc. - 963 It appears from the above, that the mean neutral reading for Portable Barometer, No. 40, viz. 23°313 is .043 of an inch too low, and in No. 44, the neutral reading 23°370 is ‘011 of an inch too high. The following Examples will explain the method of reducing the observed to the true readings for both instruments :— Example for Barometer, No. 40. Suppose the observed reading on the scale to be 22:43 inches, the temperature of the mercury being 49° Faht.—the true height of the column is required. Observed reading, @xveeseeee evoeeeeneeeeesese00 eo h’ = 22? 043 inches. Neutral do. ee@eeeveesecee eeepeeeoeseeegene2e8202 80807 8889808 h => 23°313 Difference, @eeeoeenes Ceoeexeeeresee22700808 eoeeene (h’—h) —— —0:770 Correction for capacity, . cscedencecenverornrece = (h’—h = —0°183 Observed reading as above, ...scececccscecscces hi = 22°043 True height of column, ...+.s-+.se04.H.= bh’ — 3 (h’—h) = 22-360 inches. Example for Barometer, No. 44. Required the true height of the column of mercury, the observed reading on the scale being 20°29] inches and the temperature of the mercury, 64° Faht. Observed reading,........ eteieisiae wot dn vere tyr}. hi = 25°291 inches Neutral ditto, e@eee 27 eeGeeeeseeeoneaeevnseese eB ene0 h. —— 28°370 Difference, seeoeseeteoee ee 88 ee eee0088802080 eee¢ecoea2e 820 Oe (h’—h) = +1-921 Worection for Capacity; ..ccccscsecccdcrveee sees (h’—h) = —°349 Observed reading as above, e@eeeseeeveeveaeeceoxes -00e8 Oo h’ = 25°291 True height of column, ...+++s+.2ssee66H. - 1841.] Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 995 is sold commonly in the bazars, is the Goorgoora, Edgeworthia buxifolia, Fal. This plant was first found by Dr. Falconer about Peshawur, and by him was named after Mr. Edgeworth, a distin- guished member of the Bengal Civil Service. Its natural cha- racters are, as it were, intermediate beween Myrsione and Theopha- stree, tending likewise towards Sapotee. The fruit is roundish and succulent, about the size of a small marble ; it is principally occupied by the seed, which is not eatable. I have not seen it fresh. It is con- sidered heating by the Afghans, and this perhaps is the reason of its being common in the bazaars. The plant is generally a thorny shrub: it is common throughout the lower parts of the hills of Eastern Afghanistan. Sinjt Eleagnus orientalis ?—The Sinjit, which is probably the Eloagnus orzenfalis, ought perhaps to have been enumerated among the cultivated fruit trees ; it is commonly planted along the banks of water-cuts; and is ornamental from its graceful crown and grey foliage. The dried pulp of the berry is eaten, but it is much too sour for European taste. Pistacia, P. Lentiscus.—The Pistacia occurs, Lieut. Sturt tells me, on the Hindoo Koosh, to considerable extent ; scattered plants of it are not uncommon throughout the mountainous parts of the country generally. It is a low tree, the seed constitutes the fruit, and is as much esteemed by the Afghans as almonds are by us. Chilghozeh Pinus.—Edible seeds, of a very pleasant flavour, slight- ly tinged with turpentine, are yielded by the Chilghozeh, a species of Pine ; the seeds are to all outward appearance exactly like those of the Kunawur Pinus Gerardiana. They are eaten in considerable quan- tities, the supplies being derived from the Sofaid Koh. Umlook.—Another wild fruit is yielded by the Umlook, a species of Diospyros ; it also occurs in some gardens ; it is not worthy of any notice. Schnee.—One of the most celebrated plants in the country for its aromatic and stimulant properties is the Schnee, which may perhaps be a species of Balsamodendron. It occurs in the Kojuck range, nad is to be met with, though not to such extent, on most others. Rhuwath.—Another famous plant is the Rhuwath, or Rhubarb, which, as it is also cultivated and in great request, ought to have been arranged with the vegetables. It is the only instance which evinces OL 996 Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. [No. 120. the knowledge of Afghans of the value of etiolating or blanching cer- tain plants. I have never seen it, not having been in Cabul in the spring. The wild plant, which, I believe is the original of the cul- tivated one, is plentiful on the Kojuck range, and also on the Hu- zarah mountains up to an elevation of 11,500 feet. The leaves of this are used with others as winter fodder, the cultivated Rhubarb might easily be introduced to Simlah, Mussoorie, and Darjeeling. Artemisice.—Several of the wild plants of Afghanistan are extensive- ly used as fuel. Those in most common use about Cabul, are species of Artemisia or wormwood, by some of our officers known as wild thyme; they are aromatic, camphorated, low shrubs, and some are eaten by camels. In the loftier districts great part of the vegetable fuel is furnished by the plants known generally by the name of Koollah-i- Huzarah, Huzarah’s Cap. They form one of the most’ prominent features of the Flora, occurring in dense, highly thorny, hemispherical tufts, as unpleasant to touch as the back of a hedgehog. Many species occur... To Botanists they are known by the name of Statice. Ka-ri-Shootur—Alhagi Maurorum.—Plants eaten by camels become, in such a barren country as Afghanistan, invested with a good deal of importance. Generally such are not deficient, but one of the difficulties of the Bolan Pass is occasioned by their absence, and to a similar cause I attribute the great loss of camels on the return to India between Bookhak and Bala Bagh. Of these the most esteemed is the Ka-ri- Shootur, or Jaursa of the N. W., one of the most widely distributed plants, occurring all over the N. W. of India, and all over Afghanistan, up to an elevation of 9,500 feet. This plant is also known as affording the Turunjubeen, a sort of manna-like substance ; the production of this appears to be local, and the only place I was told it was procured in Afghanistan was the Candahar district. Perhaps the best other kinds of camel fodder are furnished by the Chenopodee, or Goose-foot tribe. These abound throughout the coun- try, and are succulent and saline. Tragacanth.—There is every prohabalieyet of the true Tragacanth plants being found in the country, the section being one of the most common forms of Leguminose. Daphne.—A species of Daphne not unlike D. Cannabina; the pa- per plant of Nepal and Bootan, is not uncommon at elevations of 5,000 mae « si Vas Ae, rt a SOAS a ee jore i fol Is 2 \e F eh a 4 H I Sy \Khyee™ Liste VALLEY of DHUKKA or LALPORE 2000 yards to 1.03 of an Inch I Black, Asiaue Lith Prees Caleuitis. 1842 HLM, Smith 1841. ] Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 997 - to 6,500 feet. The Afghans only make use of it in the construction of the matches for their match-locks. Of the timber trees of Eastern Afghanistan an extensive use is not made ; the Baloot suffers most, from being most. accessible. The Zaitcon wood is remarkably heavy, sinking in water: it has a very close grain, and may be found to possess valuable properties. On the subject of forest trees, I have entered elsewhere. PART IY. It appears to me, that there are three natural defects, of more or Natural Defects of af. le88 general. occurrence, throughout Afghanis- ghanistan.—Small portion tan, as. that kingdom is now limited; viz. of tillable soil. small proportion of tillable soil, want. of fo- rests, and of water-carriage. Afghanistan is, I think, decidedly a bar- ren.and poor country... The tillable part of the soil bears no. propor- tion to that which is untillable.. The untillable majority is composed of either bare rock, the mountain- ous ranges for instance; or of the inclined planes of boulders and shingle, which I fear must be considered almost as irreclaimable as rock itself. On the proportions of the tillable to the untillable, part, I have no direct observations to adduce. Those proportions are variable, but very generally the irreclaimable parts are in. vast excess,* and conse- quently they oppose a considerable obstacle to any such great exten- sion of cultivation, as would entitle Afghanistan to be considered even a moderately rich agricultural country. It was a common remark throughout the army, how wealthy the country would be, if stones were a source of richness and prosperity. The stony nature of the country is almost inconceivable by a person habituated to the extensive alluvial soils of British India. It is still more striking, because, owing to the value of the tillable soil, all the roads, with but very few exceptions, are carried over the edge of the glacis slopes; as an instance, and yet it is scarcely an extreme one, I may cite the county between Bala Bagh near Jelallabad, and Book- hak near Cabul, over which the great line of communication with the * T annex a survey of the valley of Dhukka to shew the proportion of vast excess ; the section of the Peshawur valley gives the opposite and more fayourable one, 998 Report on suljects connected with Afghanistan. [No. 120. Punjab runs. This distance is scarcely less than 65 miles, and the stones are only varied by the occasional occurrence of patches of dry sand. These stones and shingle are not merely strewed over the surface of these glacis slopes, but they constitute them entirely, and I do not exaggerate when I mention, that sections may be seen along the course of draining ravines, as much as 60 or perhaps 100 feet in depth. But although these portions of the country do not appear adapted for any strictly agricultural purpose, there are considerable portions of some of the finer vallies still uncultivated, and it is to these that we must look for extension of cultivation. I shall merely mention such places as presented themselves to my observation ; it would-be useless to make any suggestions, for a great increase in cultivation has always, and rapidly, succeeded the accession of British supremacy. Of these vallies I would beg particularly to direct attention to that of’ Pisheen, in which, on the line of route of the army, I was surprised at seeing so little cultivation. This valley is, if not the largest, among the largest; its general altitude is perhaps 5,300 feet; it is drained by the river Lera, from which the application of the Persian wheel would draw ample supplies for irrigation. The valley is also worthy of examination as to the point of its applicability for a cantonment, instead of that of Quettah, which has, I hear, been found to be decided- ly unhealthy. Its extent and openness are greatly in its favour. When the army was at Candahar, a considerable amount of land both near the city and towards Deh Hajji was found uncultivated. The same remark also applies to the fine and elevated tracts between Mookoor and Nanee. But as in both these instances it was doubtless ascribable to a rapacious and unsteady Government, the tracts alluded to, must already have begun to shew evidences of great and perma- nent improvement. PART V. On contemplating the general resources of Affghanistan, in connec- Minerals and Wool, the — tion with its physical features, and nature of two greatest resources of the country—Proposed in- ‘ ; ; troduction of useful Plants. two directions, which may possibly lead to its inhabitants, it appears to me that there are positive and permanent improvement. I allude to Minerals and to Wool. Oe AS Pe fee ee a ee 1841.] Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 999 Minerals.—With regard to the former, I have to observe, that in the absence of coal, which does not appear to have been discovered, the mineral productions are only likely to become useful in the wooded parts of the country, that is, about the great ranges, Sofaid Koh and the eastern end of Hindoo Koosh, such for instance, as the Koonur and Bajore valleys. On the subject of Minerals, Iam not competent to afford any sound information, but I trust that in the prosecution of my experiment, the expence of land carriages, of labour, the general scantiness of streams, and perhaps their general inapplicability, may always be borne in mind. If mines are ever worked at Taigea, the products will be chiefly limit- ed to the supply of the Cabool markets, for, so far as my information goes, the Cabool river is not used for descent above Balabagh.. This may possibly arise from prejudice on the part of the natives, and it may perhaps be considered worth while putting it to the test by means of a survey. Bajore, I have always understood, to be deficient in streams. - Forests of firs and oak doubtless exist on the ranges to the north of the val- ley, but whether so near to the mine as to be thoroughly applicable, remains to ke discovered. . On the subject of minerals, generally, the remark may be made, that those of Afghanistan can only be expected to meet with a market in the country. India is I imagine independent in this respect, and to sup- ply the European market appears to me a problematical assumption. Wool.—lIt is to the wool of the country that I conceive especial attention should be paid: the material exists in great abundance, and trading in it will be in perfect unison with the habits of a great part of the Afghan population. A good deal will depend upon the time at which the best shearing takes place; this is stated by Captain Hutton to take place in the summer. If this is generally the case, the wool will be subjected to land-carriage from the higher districts to the lower. Captain Hutton states, that the winter shearings are reckoned inferior from the dirt occasioned by penning; but this scarcely applies to Eastern Afghanistan, throughout all the parts of which known to me, the flocks are in the autumn driven from the high to the low lands. The great emigrations which thus take place towards Julalabad, will abstract a good deal of the wool, from additional expence of Jand- 1000 Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. [No. 120. carriage ; the Cabool river being available to Peshawur, or to the Indus. What is first required, is an exact knowledge of its excel- lence, and the cost, inclusive of every charge, at which it can be deli- vered first .at. Bombay, finally, in England. If the properties of the wool be promising,* steps can be taken to improve the native breed by importation of the best foreign stocks. Im- provement of wool is stated to depend primarily on attention to the breeds of Sheep, &c. It is also influenced by soil, climate, and food. It has been ascertained that. fine clothing wool, the only one, judging from the dry climate, and pastures of Afghanistan, that can be chiefly looked for, may be grown equally fine in» most: situations, so that the sheep are: confined and kept on dry: food, a great part of the year. “It may also be grown on» the richest pastures,’ provided these be overstocked to keep the herbage bare.” © It appears to me, but:I beg it: to: be borne in mind, that Iam no authority in such matters, that cir- cumstances intermediate in some degree between dry food and rich pastures,. are prevalent naturally throughout Afghanistan. It ‘is also somewhat to the purpose to remark, thatthe climate of New South Wales is considered extremely favourable from its:dryness and mildness, and that great advantage is derived from the absence of briars and un- derwood. The mildness, though not a feature of the Afghan climate, is obtained by the migrations I have alluded to, and the absence of briars and underwood is complete. The introduction of first rate rams is the main object at first: the offspring of the female appears to be always influenced by the first male with which it has had inter- course. It will be a matter of primary importance, therefore, to com- mence with best untried ewes and first-rate rams. ‘““ By breeding from a coarse-woolled ewe and a pure fine-woolled ram, the produce of the first cross will havea fleece approaching one-half to the fineness.of that of the ram ; and by continuing to cross the pro- geny with a fine-woolled ram, equal to the first ram in quality, the fleece of the score and cross will approach three-fourths to the fineness of the first, and in a few crosses more will be brought to an equal quality.” Breeding in and in must be strictly avoided... But by breeding from. a coarse-woolled ram and a fine-woolled ewe, the series will be * On this subject I have no direct knowledge. For the accompanying remarks, I am indebted to Rees’ Cyclopedia. « 1841.] Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1001 reversed, and if continued, will be attended by the disappearance of the fine-woolled race. I know nothing more likely to invite to improvement than the history of wool, nothing that should inculcate more steadily the ad- vantages of interchange of breeds. Sheep’s wool appears to be the pro- duct of cultivation; no wild animal is known resembling the wool- bearing sheep. The wild sheep of Afghanistan, and indeed all the wild animals of the same family in the country, are covered with short coarse hair of large diameters, under which, and next to the skin, occurs a various proportion of short wool. The effect of cultiva- tion appears to be the falling off of the coarse hair, the place of which is supplied by the increased growth of the wool. The fine wool equal to the best Merino, now produced exclusively in Australia is entirely owing to the skill and perseverance of a single individual, John MacArthur, Esq. His stock originally conaisted of 30 coarse-haired Bengal ewes, but having in 1795 procured one Merino ram and two ewes from the Cape, he commenced crossing, and by constantly selecting the finest-woolled progeny for breeding from, he at length succeeded completely. In 1802 he came to England, and obtain- ed certain advantages as rewards, he returned with three Merino rams and two ewes. In 1807, he possessed 7,000 sheep, and the better sort of this wool he sent to the English markets, was considered equal to the best. Merino in every point, but cleanness. I have to add, that the signs of fine clothing wools are fineness of fibre, softness, length, and soundness and equality of staple, (by which are meant the locks of aggregated fibres.) The colour should be pure white, and as the weight is materially influenced by cleanli- ness, this last is an object of great importance to the wool buyer. Among the manifold ways by which Afghanistan may be made to benefit by its intimate connection with Great Britain, the introduction of useful plants, such as those adapted for timber, for food, or for other domestic purposes, is assuredly not-the least in the scale. The plants most likely to succeed are perhaps those of Southern Europe. Some of the most important of those of Kunawur, might also be, I think, successfully introduced: with regard to these, I take the liberty of submiting the accompanying list, premising, that it is drawn up on general considerations, not strict practical knowledge. [No. 120. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1002 sete Roe are ‘puesaq oF ‘ule}Ig coe ‘pue[suyq|*** "y10Om-jayseq soy Ayjeroodse a10Ul 10 “2aquaTy § se ‘fnjasn AjsnoieA MOTTA, JO satoods asayy, ‘edoiny use “1OQUIT], JUaTTaOX"]|*° 7. ****eOLOULY “N|"*" “JOquITy, |"*° “°° BOLO NTE” ‘roquiny,|*** eee *** eo LIOULY Nee" "je}uaTIRUIC|** aisle oe’ ‘adouny Hee Bon SAE elale ‘ule Mag alee “OquIty,| *° as doing gi" ‘soquiry|"** see see ‘edoanq|"*" ‘[eJUeMeUIO ‘raquaty,|**" _° Bolu “NI” “uny) pue sequiiy|**" =e ‘eoWeury °N|*** ‘sinujezeyzy ‘[nyosn Ajsnowe,| * ag ce ‘adoinyy|*** ‘jusosn A[snolieA pue ‘eUeUTeUIGO| * es ***O99 Spuvloug|*** cee eee eee uRAay] ose coe eee eoe ‘ABI eee *ynusayy ystuedg “may pue saquity,|*** ee ee+ “odoin *s}*"" ‘[e}uoureUIo Asa Sraquaty|*** me ** ‘adoanny "S| °° ‘IOQUILT, WaT[IoxAy|"** ne ***SeTIAULYW NT | ‘spaeg alqipg|*** oe - @doang “g °° *yIeg-yI100 eco eee ‘aredg ‘aouel yy ‘S eee *1OQuUILy, eee eee ee ‘QOUuBL S ee ‘SuraAp pue suruur) ‘sequiry|*** ma° Se ‘uleyig|*** SS eee —=— "saS(} -ATjuNOD VATIEN eee “M ‘eqn 14 eee ow ‘eurA}10,7 6c “ “AR ‘SI repndnys 73 eee “M ‘ST[BULUITA ce eee ooo “M ‘eqie xI[eG Oy “M ‘eng 66 "* "AA Seoovsdded = * 7 AA ‘atpoytjudod 6s ‘YON ‘ejnpued =“ eee aN ‘eqqe elnjeg eee "M “eyesu0[qo 6c 7° AQ “esoulyn[s snuly *M ‘SI[eJUapIOVO snueie[g ‘enpioes4ys sequiepinbry "AQ Seuvrfaay sntsi09 "ss MQ Seornjeayds snSeyz *M ‘SI[B}UeII0 snuadieg ree AA Ssiredin A ehs3sQ “7s "MM SBOSOA BOURISeO eee "M ‘SILI99) 6¢ ee "Ud ‘SuoIT A, (<4 eee “A ‘sn[nosy ce eco “A ‘1aqug €¢ eee "M ‘xo 6¢ ee AA SANQOY snoreNe) ‘samen [RolUvIOg -unjsvunybfp fo suorbas aypprue ayp 07 padnpn ‘sjunjey fiqqnsyg 10 quassasogup yozuaupuso pun ynfasn fo ysv7 1003 Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1841.] ‘90l} MIX oY} “aquily, | ‘eR UsMIeUIC) ¢ ‘LOQUILY, JUdT[I0X9 ‘0331C|° "[e]UITIVUIC|° “IIQuILy, yWa][aoxq| ° "[e]UNUTeUIC}° tOQUILT, | "spaas a[qIpa "[eUIMIVUIE)|- od OLY ‘ulsoy “Tey, ‘AaquILy,|- “qT ° "SINU IIqIpa pue 0771G 1 - "eOLIMLY JO ALOYIIFT 071 ‘OD 079t(T |” ‘S}NU afqipa pue ssquiry,|- ‘aoqurny|* ‘LOquuL T, 4 ‘aoq urn y,| ° “SULUIN} OJ poo AA |° ‘OUP doy ONT)" "SOS(} ‘O1NG ° ee ee “SULUAN) JOF poo AA |° SSE rr ‘edoung 0171 ‘sed[eullpy *‘yueAay ‘AUBULIAx) if “JUBAd'T ‘AUBUIIax) “INMeUN YY ‘solteueg ‘adoing® *g} ‘adoing °g “BdISIOd oh ‘sed [BULET-qne| ‘ueder “on | ‘ong ee ese ‘OIG ee eo ‘BOLIIULY "N ‘adoung *¢ ‘aulysale g “Uleqlaig ‘Alea ‘Ule ag ‘OI ‘UleLIig OAC) ee “AQUNOD BATE “umsrunybfp fo suorbas aypprue ayy 0 padopn ‘sung hqqnsys so quaosaLogipy jozuaunuso pun pnfasn fo 4sv7 ee ee ee "M ‘b}¥00"q snxey, “eso|UI0] snsseidny ‘elepooq “ ‘eq ‘syoueqrvy snipay * Feg ‘stunuuos xisery = eo "M ‘st[ejUdlIQ 6é se ce ee “MA ‘eaard saiqy ‘eueipielay ‘Teng ‘sisuoleuey =“ ee ee ee “MA ‘eoulg 6¢ “M “layseurg ss“ Sd ‘OldLIe'y 6é °° M “Blfojisuory snutg ** “eloynuerpe elangsteg “M “‘elqeis 66 "M “eveons = “* *“M ‘eid 1U 6é "M “eq[e suesne “M ‘STTBSNY siya ‘a’ ‘styjsaduey * oe oe oe “M ‘elqe|s snuwy yp "AA “eje1B[Ip 66 "M “15 1U 66 ee “MA ‘e[nulaay 66 ee oe oe “A “eq|® snindog Se aaeemmenened "SOUlBNT [BOTURIOg oe ee ee se ee e ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee e ee ee 6 { No. 120. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1004 “ToquILy, “0V11C|° *[eJDeWIeMIO ‘UNUINge’y|° ‘[eyusMIVUO “aZINy|" "JaquILy,| * “Sp9aS 9[qIPay” *XB101G Spel A|* ‘[njosn Ajsnorsea ‘ysy|* ‘20J9UIU109 JO VUUIY oY) Spjaly| e “SoB[VT [e]UIUIVUIO 1 : ‘sodpay Joy paydepe oag ayy] ° "Bas 9} WOI Ie} YSLINOF 0} JOU pres “aatiC|* [Be] USTIeUAG)| * ‘oniq': ‘om ‘sadpay oj ‘jeyusMeUIC) * ‘[nyasn Ajsnowea ‘seat} AUT 10 wopuyy 4 ‘{njasn A[snowe (| ° ‘[BUIUIVUIG ° ‘peyuaureuso A419 A |° woul p< *MO][®} SOALD) ° "xog [Njesn Ajsnorie A °° ee oe ‘edoanny ee ee oo i> ‘puelIoZz}IMG one ale oe ce ‘Ule}LIG ee oe ee ‘edo VW "NI eo ary ee 2° “‘YUBAD'T ee ee ee ‘UBAdT ‘Aer ee oe ee ec ‘adoing ee oe os ee ‘Aje1] ee ee ee a ‘ONG ee ee se ee ‘elslod ee ee ee oe ‘adoin ce ee ee ee ‘odoin ol. ee ‘oniq nie ee ee ee ‘adoinny © Sa ee ee ee ee ce ‘seA[BUll Fy oe ee oe .e ‘adoring eee oe ee 2° ‘adoan gy ee 7° > © ee ‘Uleqlag ee ee ee ee “elsy ee ee aS be ‘adoing| °° cc ahs a ‘Kperq| °° . ee ‘Ale ‘elljsny ee ee ee ee ‘eulyO oe ee °° Gueaary fadoing| - a ae — ——- —_—_—_———— *AIJUNOD DATION ua ‘snuzdiy =“ *M ‘unuinqgey snsnig "* MM ‘seadoi0g xa "M ‘Blovovopnasg Biulqoy “MA “enbifig etuoye1a9 "M ‘stpeuIoyO xeIAyg ‘M ‘sns[aoXo SNULXBI YT °° “org ‘eadoiny snug ce MM “eoIstad =“ °° AQ ‘slies[na esuIhg °M . ‘oles[NA WNAYsNsVy -* My Seadorng BIO "Bd “AA ‘SARL sé *M ‘SlI0JOaJUI snUWBYyYy -* qeay ‘euatddip ‘“ “TM Swnypoinby xe] ae ‘oaq “eiqna ‘ ‘onbafFy ‘elpaursayal BIL, ‘eauvyseooddi fy snjnosqy -* -M ‘sapoiuejyetd “ og "M ‘snjedg “* ‘snuejeldopnasg 190 "* M “BrajIqas e1s Ut], "M ‘suadlatoduias snxng "SoUIBNT [BOIUeJOT ‘umsiunybfpy fo suorcbas ajpprue ay2 02 pajdvpn ‘sjuvig hqqnsys 40 71298940947 ppjuaunuso pup jnfosn fo psu] Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1005 1841.] ‘g0u9tMUI09 Jo doF] 9y} Splatyx| °° ‘ay BUNITO Aap puv [ooo & sormbar yorym ‘deer ay} spporx|'*’ ‘[eurorpepy] *** “g019M1 0109 Jo aotuonbi'] oq} Spyary| °° ‘sado[s pus slov]s ay} UO pati} aq Avur ‘sseis yeloynie yuaTjeoxo ue ‘urojjuIeG]*:: ‘(AOAO])) ‘ssBIs [RIOYIIe Ue se B]QeN[eA ysOT °° ‘[BULOIPIUT “OAOTSXOT|**° ‘akp pod ® Spyatyx|*** ‘edoinq|"*° ‘OOIxaT eae ‘adoing|**" ‘OVP Ss eee ‘adoamy|"*" ‘adounq|"*" ‘adoanq|** ‘adoiny ‘s|*"° ‘AdjUNOZ BATIENT ee ‘snqndnry snpnunyy Ri ‘edejer vawody "AM ‘SITeUMINyNe INIIqo[OD Tauopy ‘siTeuroo emtaonbry “Mm ‘soyokiqoug wnaieshpoyy + An Ssuodes UNI[O}ILT, "sg feamndand sipeysiq sera “BILOJOUT? VSNYOUY ‘soUBNy [BOTULIOg "SJUD] Snosanq4aFT 1006 Report on sulyects connected with Afghanistan. (No. 120. Several of the European fruits may also be introduced with benefit, such as currants, raspberries, strawberries. Of vegetables, the artichoke, parsnip, carrot, turnip, potatoes, horse radish, celery, sea kale, asparagus, parsley, good lettuces, endive, are desiderata; some of them exist indigenously, but cultivated kinds are required. For the more tropical parts of the country, I would recommend the introduction (or extension) of the Sissoo, Series, Jamin, the Mhowa, Toon, Mangoe, and Kikkur. The list might be extended almost indefinitely. I have taken my authority for most of the plants adapted to the middle regions, by which may be meant all between 3,000 and 7,500 feet, from Loudon’s Encyclopedia, which book is also my authority for the properties of the species. With regard to the North American plants, detailed information is required, the habitats given by Mr. Loudon embracing half of the new world. Among these proposed introductions, the hop will be found. Ina conversation with Dr. Falconer, it was suggested 'to me, that the Af- ghan climate, from its dry summer, would probably be well adapted to the cultivation of this plant. I in return suggested that the fine tracts between Mookloor and Ghuzni, the valleys about Cabul and Kohistan generally, would seem to be the most promising sites. I would not now omit Candahar. I think that with regard to climate, Afghanistan appears to present most, if not all, the circumstances un- der which the hop reaches perfection in England; and I also think, that the experiment should be tried. Mr. Loudon says, in his Encyclo- pedia of plants, that the expences of a hop plantation are very great. But I do not think that considerations of this kind, except where the expence is unreasonable, are to be taken into so much weight when connected with useful proposals recommended to a powerful Govern- ment. Even putting the question into the shape of pounds, shillings, and pence, great direct returns might be expected in the increased du- ration of life among the European soldiery in India, to say nothing of the enormous indirect advantage the army would derive from that increase of sobriety, likely to attend the substitution of good beer, for noxious ardent spirits. Excellent practical information regarding the hop is to be found in the Penny Cyclopedia, vol. xii. and I would 1841.] Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1007 suggest, that the article alluded to, should dictate the line of operations, should the experiment be sanctioned by Government. The same manure which in Flanders frequently ensures very large returns, will not be difficult to procure, and may with much greater cleanliness be used for the improvement of this plant, than in the baking of bread, or heating of baths. Cochineal. I must not pass over a product of the animal kingdom, which though not indigenous to Afghanistan, is to Central Asia. I allude to the Cochineal, to which attention was first drawn by Sir A. Burnes, in his adventurous journey to Bokhara. This same distinguished officer obligingly furnished me with samples of the Asiatic product and that of America, derived from Russian commerce. He also sent me specimens of a leguminous shrub on which the insect is said to feed, and which is indigenous to Afghanistan. I could not detect any difference between the two articles, either in their appearance or the colour of their infusion. The subject is worth enquiring into; for my own part, I could not but apprehend that some mistake has occurred, and that the Asiatic insect, of whatever nature its colouring matter may be, will be found to differ in more material points from the American one. | No. 120. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1008 ‘Of-b “Gq ‘suoT pournssy|06 1 Y "81 G171G6-c6G “Fe'T Teal] ‘GE-p “WY “suO'T pounssy|0'OT “Ul Y G6 008° 66 ‘9 GLE 6G SEF 6G 09 6é¢ ce G6 cé ce OL 0¢9°6G G9 | 00L°6Z 1067117066 epnyyey uvoyy) “ cc 6c ‘GE-p “SsUuOT “Y poulNssy|.G‘O] mY ‘SHUVINAY OL $8966 L08°66 OL | 00L°62 SSG | 008°66 OL | O4LL°66 88 6G G9 | O18°6% =| > i ch) 3 | emoreg ice ms pa! oe) os 06°€6'68 0¢°0c OLT Ore 601 OS'OT'68 0S‘69°80T OP LP'E9 G “SI'88 0S‘8h'88 OT IT v9 ST IP'88 os'ce sol GLa [ev9 0G I¥'88 00°66'88 OF 6c'F9 68 OF €c LOL OL 08 F9 068 os oP poAlesqO ‘soupy sty | © © ‘SLIOUI[] BSI) J e © ‘stiofeyAy stueQ 3 ‘SULTG ‘SLIOUIJA, LSI) 4) ‘stiofeyy stued 3] .. ‘SNUG © ‘suiofeyA] STURD 3! ‘SMUG ‘SLLOULJA, S19) a] : ‘staofeyyy stued 3 SNAG © ‘suofeyy stueD 3 ‘SEIS “Apoq ATusavazy eo. ‘oI a oma |g “ ‘Inpeg “ec ifs ait. os ¢ 0G c¢€ e¢ ‘og c¢ 6¢ ‘eIOYSMON| “ ‘on 9 ce ‘oI e “¢ ‘ong Cc ce ‘OIG ce cc ‘01 6¢ ¢ ‘roosAyy| “ ‘ow ‘oWIG ce “ce ‘oud 0731, 6é ‘ ‘07IG, ce €é “MOTIEYS ‘yseg|'% yore “6E8I "ayeq "SMI 40 UNG ay? fo sapnyinp “sayy WoLf apnzynT sof suotpasasqgQ 3 Sr | OOL'bS | “ | SPIP SOT |" ‘ON (it “eyJONY) CZ S 0s 0036 ‘| GP PSeoL |" ° ‘ontq |*° ‘qeitig] Fo “ Of |“ . (e'Or| Ce oT ror \” ‘erpAH °° ‘onthe ly) eatin “| OG IP'6IT © ‘2 ‘npwog] “ , $e | 0OS'S [S°0G| SF OTFOT |°° ‘empAH | ‘og-t-ysnq Tzun] 0 “ s e9-—|-g19'4e-| —|-09'6a°F0T-|"* ‘erp v|** omg |“ “ 74 | g09ze | “ | O9g‘eIT © 2 ‘moostqy| “ & 6c 6é (x3 ce CE'ZS'08 ew mINyeg ee ‘oI ““c “ S To | OSe'Bsl\| “| Ce reso" |” ‘someyuy |°° “eoueN eeqeg) OT “ NN 66 ce 6é 0z OF FE'08 e° ‘UIMyes ee onuhra | “< «e S ¢é cé €€ (a3 GI "PP SO ° ‘sorequy ee ‘oI ce ce 5 09 | 00062 |“ | OF9s6s |°* ‘HOUTA, @817) ¢)-- comma | ot“ $ ‘Apnopg} “ | G66°8a | “ | 06 GF FIT © x ‘ow =| FT : cg | 006% | “ | SPT “FIT © es ‘qeuimy)) “ * = é 6é 6¢ €e CE'SF'08 oe ‘uInjeEg ee “oI «e « ¥ H¢ | 00:66 |< | SG:4e.891 |°° ‘soreyay |"* ‘eee ot Gl. R3) ; site. yy ‘ssuq S G8 | OIG'6G [0G | Go'Se'sTI © ‘ wepog own soppy gl 2 OO ET So GGG .Gg a” ‘SOU, S11) C/ ssequejog soyqniq| ZI “ S 08 | 90F6Z | “ ‘OFSIT © ‘ssvq uvjog seyqniq| “ * = cg | 0086s |g | OT'Sg'89 |°° ‘sorequy | * ‘mmpe{y TT yore yy &, 6g8I Se eerste | (6 be ee | pes ie eee A vay. | yee | eth , | ‘SHUVWNAY : -sumoreg 6a) -Apoq ATuoavaypy “U0T}21S ‘aye (panuyjuorJ—‘sunjg 40 ung ay, fo sapnyinp “Hoy mols apnzyoyT L0f suorjnasasaQ 2 [No. 120. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1010 (‘panurjuos)—‘sunjg 40 ung ay fo sapnynp ‘sayy wort apnjynTy tof swounasasqQ ; é e eee eo0 ¢ 6é cL | 00893 | “ | St'6 ‘ZOT “apt ae ae ss . De eter bot Oboe Tt eae dee Kyoug! et “ c¢ | O83 Ire | osTe9rt | tte | Yi || sotsl op. | Pe | aereesotT | Mie as a ‘“ 09 | o09'ee | “ | se°earzor {+ ‘eerpAH] p)"** — ‘sseq yonyfoyy) 11 coc 6 66 c9 | OOL'rS | “ | SS'OF'ZOT | UDA a)" ghguinieg| gee: ck « | ore ‘ort |e ‘oyquq oy 0$ te Ae “ae ‘eipAFT fee ‘akzinyhqy| 6 : Gf | 006°SG 06°62°C0I 22 oma |< « "OL? coe iy at ‘ 8¢ pny 4 oy OV sil oe eupecsanel ‘akzoiphyy| gS ‘UOTJBALISGO PaILINF|'9 | OOT'SZS 6 “SOI = cong |9 « OF 6é ¢ 66 Oc 'FI'SI I eee ; ae o ‘ong ‘6 “ Lg eS laa “| SSUES it fee HARE i. “071 eng '8 29 BI o08 “enenBieg | “ “ | * | O8°8z'saI = eo ae “epminey ucapglee | ogo |sor| ogFT-e0r |--- einai: revi a ae ‘uarearssgo oquo”/gg | SOOKCE Tp | ORSTRBI ie 0971 oe “ a cos 00'FT'ST1 i rian et alee a Con. 66 oF 004°0 O€ IP sOl ap ‘OIG og T3 ‘GT epngiduoy paumssyie, | O60 | “ | $86 “98T | cami |(*" ‘eXONY *6Z YOUR “UY GP | OOL'FS |8'OF| OZ'IFSOI aye el 6281 = “194 3 | epnynry “Xpoq A[uaaveTy "UOT}EIS Bed “SUEY NAY 5 -sworeg | 5S | poassasqg 1011 Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1841.] | 08 od OL BL 66 GL GG 8L Gh €¢ GL 66 66 OL "UOT}BAIOSGO pollinyy|¢ J, 66 OL 08 ‘ayiqnog|¢s SS eS SER SS REG | moc | emcee tment ae > SHMUVW AY e 009°9G 66 66 OSS'9G 00°96 00696 Id} -awo1eg Q'Te"T SI (74 66 (6 66 66 66 Lol OF Ié "LOLI G6 LE'S6 00'S1°96 OT'FI'96 OF LE TIT OF GS TL Or VI 96 000s TIT OS ES IL OG F196 (Gis Co ol S6GG TL O1'O “8TT 6-€ 1°96 OO'LITIII 00°6S TL Or soLIl CSCS IL Of 0 “STI CS Le Lil OV LOOT I ‘OpugnyTy poalesqa ‘SIIOUIPY BS1(} 9] dy ee eee ee ‘gordg eee “Sopdne | * TALON) 4] Be ‘gaidg eee cendne <5 ‘1AI0) 4] SOC ‘eoidg coe ‘soyidne = |s*t aaron | ‘aqquad eee ‘eoidg ee ‘royidne | °° TAIOD) J isis ‘auqua eee 44105 gl" ‘ayquq eee ‘ayqua eee ‘oyquag eee ‘Apoq Ajuwaaro fT ‘OVNI ‘oud ‘od ‘ou ‘OWI ‘Or ‘071 ‘oud ‘oI ‘ou ‘ONIGd ‘ow ‘oI ‘Out ‘ou ‘OWI ‘oud ‘reyepuey ‘fey req » “epoond eh “UOTIRIG (‘panunuos —‘sunjyy 10 ung ayn fo sapnyyjyy ‘wayyy wolf apnyywTy Lof suoyvasasg¢ « (74 "pug Aen 74 “ee 66 “< oo. £G <4 If [lady. "6E8I es SS EG | LS | LT ayeq —————: << ES [No. 120. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1012 "GT GSTS Teyspuey OL ‘apniiey ueapr| “ (4 b9 66 OL OL "UOIWBAIOSqO patlanzyz OL | 08 a a ‘SWAY WAY & 5 a i 66 4 66 66 66 e¢ 4 66 66 6é 6¢ 66 66 66 6é 6é 66 66 66 6¢ 66 “6 66 €é 66 66 6¢ 6¢ 6¢ 4 "191 -OULOIe —oeg'9g [6'r Sy] Le } = © Hi OS°S1 ‘66 00°L8'86 0S'8 *98 OF S166 OF’ 18°86 O1'81'66 00°98°86 00°6 ‘98 OS'81°66 OLE 'e6 00'°6 ‘98 CZ'61°66 08° 18°86 088 ‘98 Ch’ LE°€6 S's “98 $¢°6 1°66 ret ad paasasqg ols PRT gy ‘SILOUIPY Bs 9 Seg ‘eeiquy of ‘sIMOUI, @s1Q) J}... ‘Biquy Gl)... , ‘SLIOUIP, BSI) J = ‘eigry ? |... ‘egy Qj... ‘SLIOUIPT 281) pl... ‘@IQuy OC --- ‘eiquy gd... ‘SIIOULJ, BS1Q) O)... ‘SIqvy Y)... ‘SILOULPY BSI) o nee ‘eiquy |... “BIQuy 9 “ -Apoq A[UaAva FT | ‘OnIT ‘OUI ‘oud ‘ond ‘Ou ‘og ‘og ‘OWI, ‘ow ‘ow ‘ou ‘OVI ‘OI ‘OWI ‘ou ‘ov ‘reyepued| ¢ UOTIRIG (panuynuos)—‘sinjg 40 ung ayn fo sapnyyp sayy woLf apnzynT sof suorwasasqgc aune “6E8T ee “a1R(T = ‘UOlWBALSQO parunyy| ‘ Haves vo beff OF FPS6 Ieee ‘SILOUTJAT esi() of)"" py Ny > Chad = 8 | OF6°9G [G1 | SCOT'66 |" ‘eiquy G|'** ‘oeezy-1-yejoy| gz “ Oe Pe ee 2 | OG SCG |: ‘rayday Y\"*° ‘ontmq |“ < - ic ek ‘- Sv'GS'SOL |""° ‘reydoy J aye ‘oI Pe SS S Sh VAS. |" O88 GIT |= ‘stuoowrq =|" G+ eo 8 GL pa FAT ge aereor rs: weydeg gj] OME oleae. S a ee PA | Serer fs ‘stuooescy €f| Sima je x 02°6 *8), ee see Sie oC Zo 66 $ « | fase | | oes 84: ‘ndaoog g)|"" ‘onid | 0g “ : <1 gen es | Beer pS ‘sory 7" Paltet eg 3 Shs Pde Opie. [es ‘tid1o0g al ‘ORM Miata ; laws, far |Mpae sage eT S GPST'66 |" ‘BIquy » OV ie = 3 ‘spurm Ajiajsaqq JORTIQQ | « « © | peeres |:-- ‘SLOUIY @siQ) Gl" ‘oma | er “ = + {dorgs |" [goes { eel ‘oom ire * s ee ‘Ne geese ‘erquy ©" ns he SS : B pices jl Wtgeeras |? ‘sour wig ‘oid =| st “ s 04 | 089°9% |SZ°1| $s°8 ‘98 |" “eeaqry Pir" “‘Teyepuey 4 ae = ‘SMUVWAY 5 a ana 5 aaa ee ‘Apoq A[WOARAFT “U0LIBI1C "9I8(, 3 woleg | -& | paAresqoO ! 1841.] (‘panuyuos )—‘sinjy 40 ung ay) fo sapnpnp apy wowf apniyoT sof suoywasasgg [No. 120. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1014 iy UG i 06S 9) “aIZ[IY-1-Ie PT BL ‘apniney urs |S 66 | = g B er Oe te eee ee eee Se eee sae Te “judlayIpu] Gl 66 08 és 08 66 66 66 08 ‘SHUY NAY cs 66 00S FG 66 ec 3 66 ce 66 ce 7 c¢ ce 0OL'FS 66 ¢é "PSse QOE' SZ 66 66 009°S6 66 6¢ 899°SG ce 66 | | | | | | | | | *19} -9T01eg O'l 66 6é (74 gp) | 5 ie) ‘y ces ‘60! os’go'9L Oo’ PT ’60I O1'GE OGT Ole “Lh 00'F1°86 O§ §S'OGI GEo, Ld OF'9E'86 OF'SI'V6 06'S'86 OF'6 “F6 08°69°86 0€'G ‘v6 [8G ‘66 00°ES°E6 ‘sopuynty Poalasqg ee ‘SILOUTT @s1() of | ‘ryontydo Q|*** ‘idioog ¢f|"** ‘ryontydo 8)" ‘stuoovlqd g ‘11d.10099 olan ‘eiqry gf)” -‘sruoovrq O]"*” ‘stuoidaoog ¢f|""" ‘BIquy of} ‘SIIOUL,, BSI) J ees ‘eIquy gf} ‘soul, @siQ, Of” ‘eaqrt g ‘sruoulpy Bsig) ‘erqyy ©)" -kpog A[UdAveFT eee eee €6 ee e e. (44 Gy eee ee C ‘galfiy-1-yepouy) F eee ee ce ‘JOoT,! @ eee ee ee ‘ZepuvITT, TVONT|"IS | ses eee €¢ ‘epug-t-eys} o¢ eee eee €¢ (‘panunquos)—‘sunjg 10 ung ayp fo sapngyny “Lay mous apnyny of suorjnasasqQ ee ra ee "uooqyy “Tpeyy sanynuing,| GZ eune “6881 “UOTEYS "3}8q = ‘Azey pue Apnoig|{Z | g&h'éz@ | “ | 00°E “ZOT ‘ryoniydg 9|** “qseqeieyy 1eoN) BT © = ce 6¢ 66 ce GE loss ‘UINn}BS oe ers ave ee ee cL | 00g'e% | ‘I | 00F “SL “d409g ¢f)*° “yeruun ¢ At j ; 3 66 “é “é Ch '6I'CSI ‘stuoded(y J ac ee we : S oL | oores |“ | 006s Lot cyontydg Q)° 90) oF Pe oe Lt OSGe Leal ceqaoawagy Ginn lyssleread sa014 oi = EONS 006 | “ | og or Lol ‘iyontydg Q\°° = E ; = ‘IOO[YOo TT | SZ Ca s oe Le'scl ‘11d.109G : ee ae = BS uvoyy| “ eee = ‘00 ZZ ‘sruooeigg £)\"° ce A : see PMA o£ | ols'es | “ Se-4P 201 = ne = ‘100] YOON) ST $ 6é (i 43 66 ‘6é Ce‘T ‘SOT ‘yontydoO Q ce qate a 66 S ‘ 6 SS ~ aS) pee a id = = Ss es 9¢ | 00086 OF | Sim ‘9TT °° ‘coyinby 9|** soyodoy, & “ = S| aca | cre P0342 Pa aM Oi> > csAagE A SSS M 0€ | OIFIZ O€ | OGZI'9TT | ‘einby gi" ‘yeiyoos| | “3dag he “6E8I Bel fe Pg apr | re wee to bs = *19} % “apnin[ty : ‘SHUVWAY z -smmomg S paaiesqO “Apoq A[Waavazy "MOT}IG | -ayeq 1841.] [No. 120. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1020 So S. .0 SS iy CUR tO) Ce “Kpnojg “19} -am101eg 0Z'SS SIT OF'6P'80T OLS SZt CES LET Or'9S OTT 06°89 LZI CGOF 9IT 02°9 “LIT Oo co LIT OL 8E'SII G8 ‘8EI OF PF'9IT 00° 1S'06I 09 98'L2I Cl6I'9IT OF 8G°SST OF ELLZI O1V'ss'sttl apmynyty * paalesqO OOO “Apoq A[WaAvaTT ‘enby pv) °° ‘dures Ul apis ‘ay ‘raydag vi°° . ‘nqey ‘ernby ov} °° we oa ‘ejinby Q\°* ‘aayseg aayodoy, ‘opmby »|\*° is 5 ‘erinby 2 ee eo oo oe ‘rpunysiy) "* Jasrysy "1-930 cE ‘zeIque ‘erinby Diee ee ee ‘epmby 8) ‘uoysnyD EID -* ‘Jemaq UNpdILy ‘ep nby piee eo ee ‘epinby Q\°° ‘pezin yf ce ‘yey ‘eyinby Diee eo oe ‘epinby Q|°° ‘YMEYOLT, U0TIRIG (‘panuyuoa)—‘s.unjg wo ung ayp so sapnpyyny ‘sayy wolf apnzyvTy 10f suorgva.tasgQ x “« | G0°FZ. SI. | 00°66 © eae ‘useziey| g “ = 06 | S6a8% | “ | Sz6 ‘OOr ©) "* Ynqey psooyy; LZ “ GOL | & ‘hZ | “ | OS'SPrOOT © 3a ‘yeyyjoog; 9 “ OT 6 (a4 ce 00°62 10T () ee ee ee 6¢ ce : 66 66 66 66 CECH SSI sie ‘xnos[9}0q ee eo ee (74 te S a3 ce 66 ce 09° F2'801 ee ‘sIUOLIO 3iee ee ee <4 &¢ < OV oe Oe a SI aga eaceamone a ee |g 8 S K | $82bG lef | O0'e 201 © ec oy arb PR & 91S hs | “ | SISPF SOI © :: “2 APS at Aan = cor 66 66 66 OF FE FOI ©) ee ee ee vA "0 s “| 008% L8t| Cris sor © se y cease S ae | 410 Ae “| €¢'FS'90T © Bt ee er ASG 3 "| PB FG |“ | OO'QT'GOT © ce oe or 4 Ge - S ee es “| Gb@ ‘OIL © : ot pace eG 5 ee PF © *s Inqed) €% “ = 86 | S j08 | OSCGsrTt © oe ey a oe S 66 “c ce ‘6 co LU6Z1 one. ‘Isesog 31° ° ee ee (53 ‘ce -2 6é 66 ce (3 oe eo °° 6¢ €¢ > 09 ce'6r'60l °° rydan ¢ 3 66 ““c 66 ce G "OLGZI aie ‘iayday Die e ee ee (a3 6é Z co i Vl #o We | OT PS zet |" ‘epinby Y|::‘dureg ul apis "q| 1Z “3dag 5 “6E9I & Se err aero eee ee ral | AS | emmemew nes, SRE eh iss SE AN ee ha eee A ee : . V = fe 2 PPM -Apog A{udAva "H01}8 "218 pet ol) | swore 2 | ‘paasrasqo pea *l H ‘ Has +e [No. 120, Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1022 | S'.FZ 9G PE ‘gon]mpany 06 “yey ubo]T 9¢ | | | | | | ‘SHUVNAY OOT'SS |9I ‘ boss 06 [a3 [£6 6e sé 66 c0FG SI *19} ~asUl0leg 009196 09°S6°661 OZ'T “£6 Go'8h'380! CV 9161 06'L2'86 00'S TSI cr Lé'L6 SUT ‘601 OF'6Z'66I O0P'86 00°00°SéI OV 9E'86 0G'T “60T 0F'62 661 SG 0F 86 Ost “Sel -apnyney paarasgg , 2 ee ‘isesaq 3|"° ‘uenby ?|°° ‘isesog 3|°° ‘uenby §))°° ‘raydag ?|-° ‘uenby v|°° ‘Isesoq 3/"° auenby gl ‘raydag Y\-° ‘tenby ,) : ‘Isesog sas ‘enby )° ‘Apoq A[UoAva fT a ee One OIE” ee PRON = aa a a a ama 90 J 0) ta ula mamma ce co ee te 020 ‘60T |\°° ‘puto d a5 Fe sie ; ‘ 66 66 66 ogee "PSI eo ‘Toy 99 eo ee ee “ S “GW p “UP “psy “su0T 001 GO “2% |SI 00286 | © . i iainig | in : = oT aveg tech ceca 4. ‘uuenby » cater < eee epee ae OT ‘isedog 3/"° $i, = ap. Pee | garadcany 1-- a S$ °8,96.{1 pe puMepunyigg |“ “ | “ 4 GHOPPGT |" TRO ‘ 3 yey ueayiool | L “SS |oz | She “96 © yonmepun) FT “ 3 Pa wa $1 = Gkeerean )"° Sey oe eae 3 GG se 66 ‘6 00°LE°66I ee ‘Isesog 3\°° ee ae i s 66 GG “6 ce OVes Fel ce ‘raydag piee % ee : 2 09 | 6 “G3 |“ | O@8P86 |" ‘uazenby ¢) °° qeUIS ar = “6 eons «< OF'SS'6ZI |" ° ‘1sesog J ate site z “4 : ep ata PGES GRC G le |" ‘roydag g\- - : * Rs 09 | OOI'SS j9T | OTF “SsI |" ‘eydeg M\-- — ‘yonynpane sede ~ ; Oe ee pel ae co ‘SHUVNAY | Pa g 3 paints -£poq A[ueavoyy “MOTIB1S -yeq 1841.] (‘panuruos )—‘sinjgy 40 UNS aYt fo sapngiynp ‘4a Wolf apnjynT Lof swouwasasqd [No. 120. 1024 Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. ‘SHUVWAY (:‘panuyuor)—‘sunjy 40 ung ay fo sapnyynp ‘say mous apnqyny sof suo1vatasqQ SS oe ee a od ee 09.°)\—“ ait “| 0f£¢°801 SHERDRV. RidiineeesO =o ee 90I GT 2G +e'/p 0¢g'°Sg°99g ©) ee ee ee ¢¢ Ce bP 6é 66 66 OPI V3Z ‘snllig ce ee eo €¢é ce 66 6 ec (73 GUPS'SZI ‘xnes[a10q ee eo ee (Ste) OF 6é 66 6c OD E2r6 “Tasty ee ee ee as 6¢ 66 ce 6é e 0Z'9Z'62I ‘Isesog BI°° ee ve 1 ¢é 6c GG 3 6 6e 00°8 601 ‘aydag J ce ee ee 3 6é gc (73 ce “ Cll GZ ‘raydan Dice ee °° ee ce POL | SZ °83 |+9°8Z | S1'6868 © = “pequeine, 16 “ 66 ce 6 ‘6 0282621 ‘Isesog Zlee ee ee €¢ 66 ce 66 (73 “ce 02'9 ‘60T ‘tayday J oe ee ee ce 6é 9G ce 66 +hP GZ 6 FSI ‘rayday Diee ee ° se OE 86 | 96 ‘Le | Bho OF FG'06 © "* rodueyjng} 0g “ G3 LI uf 66 G “C16 @) ee eo ee 6I a3 66 33 ‘6 ‘é 00°38 “601 ‘tenby piece ee ee Ton 3 ogaa) 1. « | 00°98 6ST SS Hes RI eas | Gita ce 66 66 “ec STO 601 ‘raydag g ee ee eo 13 6e 89 ah tha “ | Ob'SS°FST EOP Si se ae es 96 | 901°LZ CI | 09 G26 © ce peqeyaying) Lt PO | ‘681 o *I0} s ‘Opn V : | swore S 1 paasesqo "Apo AINA ae a ee Se A ea ee en LS 416 x | 6 6e 66 6 Ore 601 eo ‘Tenby p\ee ee ee ‘ce ‘cc = 66 CCG 66 i" OLE GSI eo ‘Isesog Zlee ee ce C6. <6 of, cc OK 66 OS°E'96 Cary ‘ienby J ee oe ce Coa Ck : cL) 2 eee “| OGSS°bSI |°° ‘yds We* |: tae ee S OIL. |“ “| +9°8F| orse'ss © "7 “ueyseg IV} Le “ 3 OGT 66 6é +1G 00°8 "99 © ee ee ee 66 “ce S 66 ce (73 66 02°66 ZEI O86 ‘uoAd01g ee ee ee ‘cc ‘6c ~ €¢ cé 6¢ ee OSV TT'8Z ee ‘SNLIIg ee ee ee ce ce > 6< ce 66 66 CUES SZI eo ‘xnos[9[9q ee ee ee ce ee r~ ce GG ce 6 00°ES'80T ee ‘stuOLLO Ci) ee ee 6c é 8 ize | ee . 5°) OF-BGEG! |°: EM gts os RPG 3 “ce 3 66 6é 02°LS°80I pie ‘taenby Dice eo ee (73 &¢ 8 09 ce 6c 66 Wags ‘601 ae ‘tayda9g g ee eo ee ¢ ce Ss LOL |&3 ‘8% |+0S | OF 6F'93 (©) - o* pas GZ“ = O12 | “ “ (+s | gots 48 © a “S oo PRES 3 66 6é cé 6é 00'9L'0S ate “yney[euo 7 ee ee ee €é €¢ = 66 ce oe 6c 026 ISI ee ‘Isesog 3 ewe ele er fas (14 ce = GGG obS ‘Pequrefer log |< « “| geee'gor |*° Tapp Qi - st SS ee 2 ‘yeT Uva (MOT | 11G'8S | +h | So°st'sg © He es Sn eo * = 09 CT ‘86 |+9 LF | OO'9T'0S |°° qneyemog |-- “Peqele[ae ZS 90 > "6881 6 Se a eee a ee eres oe ee = *1d} - ‘Opn y “SMUVNAY 5 -auloieg S paasasqQ “Apoq A[WOARO FT “HOTPEIS TG | 1841.] | ( panurjuoa )—‘sunjg 10 ung ays fo sapnpny “say mous apniyv'Ty sof suorvasasgo [No. 120. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1026 8G JST of & odode] ‘yery UeaTAT OL he ce ce rT] ce 6¢ ¢¢ + “OP £9 LG |t- Sh Gf 8G |r SP Oo) 86 tl «ee 69 ‘983 | + ‘0S 9§ “8% | + ‘08 fy °19} 3 -9ul0deg = 03'S “18 GG SE60I GZ'9 “%8 06°S¢°601 O's “08! OlSr 28 0S°68'0S OF Ze TEI 00°G2'601 OLol'es 00°66'0S 0S ZETSI O'TS'6OI 08°09 68 Ol'SI'601 0¢'9F'6ZT 08°96 F8 OF'89'F8 “sopnyqyyty paadasqO © 1.0) © a. ‘taienby |-- tienby 2 1sVsoq 3 ‘sney[ewo,y 4seSoq 3): © ‘iaenby |-- “yneyl[euloy © ‘seed 3 ‘wenby ? ‘Tienby 0 ‘Isesog 3 ae ‘ + “0c + 42.6 “f ¢¢ ce orog'cl 0088'S: 0S LISI CT'99° LOT 0S'9F'S6 OF Pr’ SL OULE SSI 0199 LOT OF 9F 86 OL'82:G8 CZ'8I'SZI ors LOI “s 0S°Lr'°S6 (a4 (a9 cé 00°9 “19 00°98 SZI ce ce cé ce qq ce¢ cé (a4 ce + “GP 73 ce ce ce ce é cé rT cé c¢ ce ce (a4 cé . ce ve ce €¢ ZG 8S | FOI) 06S FE ee co "199 im ‘apaqyytTy 8 pearesqaQ -amoieg | = & Crie'6L ‘uof00lg |*° ‘snillig {°° Ole ® lee ‘Tuepligg 3\°° ‘xons[apaq |°° ‘stuolIQ, ?|°° ‘asly ee ©) | ee “xonspapeq = {°° ‘sIUOIIQ. 3/*° asly eo ‘uepig 3° ‘xnesjepaq = [°° ‘sIU0lIQ, 3°" ‘Tasty eo © ‘ee ‘xnospajoq {°° ‘[aoly ee ‘Apoq A[uaave fy ‘Telog IesnyO 4107 INYGSNyY ee ‘dmey ee qnysng 7° “BMTeyg WONEIS ee ‘a10duo Pv cé cé 6 Pati 9 ce G cé ae Of © | 66 €é co LT ce pee cy ‘Auer ‘OFST ‘ayeq Be (-panuyuos )—‘sunjgy 40 ung ayy fo sapnyyy “ay woLf apnzywT Lof suoyvasasqo Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1029 1841.] 29 6¢ c¢ 66 06°9 “AIT ©) ee ee ee 62 ce ie Le off 66 66 (19 (T3 00°F (9ST eo ‘sn[nsoyy ate se Tr ‘ec “ “INMOOY aC 66 66 66 OL GF F6 eo “sep FY Dlee oo eo ce ‘wT ue) SG 008L6 | “ | 0 ‘0 ‘Sar |" “aORer |" amttoosn| Bg 08. S26 as? SHS sit © es 2 «lee OOae ae > OVElZtl © = pee ts ‘L 8b AG ob) 86 | BILE |+9G | OLS TIT 3) "* ‘WOT INYsNg) ZS“ ‘leiag resnyg| 19 | “ “ bs OS PR’EST |°° ‘sn[nsey °° of evs 0 ary ye] uUeoyT €9 66 pce 66 OF 02 F6 ee ‘erp Di... oe oe 6 ‘Apnojo| 8g |“ “LEeeOluULiaige SMMIS [7 ‘Tereg gesnyo} LT “ 6)“ “ \+¢° BF) Of TEe°s0r © EL os = ighataiere haat tee 66 cei ¢e¢ 66 Of PL FG oar ‘xapA FT Diee ee oe ‘< “< ce 6¢ 66 ce 00'9S ISI ee ‘uoA001g ‘ele ate Ais “cs ‘“ 9G €¢ 6¢ 6¢ OF IULE ee ‘sng ee ee eo 6é “e ‘A WEP Up Suory pssyi0Ol | “ “ ji+1e | OPP POT © Son grasa os erent: 4c ‘Apnotg| 8 | “ “ |} “ | OB'Sr00T © as (Sais Korea ek 66 (13 66 +c¢ Of TULL eo ‘snlilg ce ee ee 6 “<6 1 8S ¥S oS OS ce 6¢ oe OL 9S TST ee ee eelee ee ee L ‘ce ‘agodyg] “| “ — } OL9SIBE |*" ‘uokooig |°° *: Se BC “Very Uva] sé 6¢ 6¢ ce OvVITZ, ee ‘Sng ee ee ee «“e 66 09 | SOL |+EG | OFFS FSI |*° ‘xnesjafog [°° ‘oxodt[O} F YoueyN a | “OFSI ‘SHUVNA = Bel = “OpnyynTy “Kk rN , . : <7 ; : -auoreg| & paatasqQ poq A[Wwaavofry W01}e}9 a1e%q Cpanuyuos )—‘sinjg 40 ung ayz fo sapnyyyp hay woul apnjyvT «sof suoynasasgQ ® ‘ ———————— S = f 8 'b ‘SorOl £3 86:28 “ OPPS Be ea s ‘arjuay suleag Gb Erol PELE le “ 0F6 ‘8 a ety al "TT epnnpy ©) PS “SC'16 8E'LE6I “ ores ee & “Fb S506 bS°8E'81 ‘WV OT ‘L oo é SanIOE pany } € “B19 GU LUSI “ 08'18'8 < ae § bS “PS bPS EF Sr'ol 06'€1'8 3 Susu widg) 488 FI] Feet | «Ore 8 . ee 8 6 6 oa IUST9I 0g'¢ : Ss ( 6 ‘OV'OL 08’ SE 2S ce 0f'°6S° ee ce €é 3 = VE ROH) rig week eae lack f 0 eee $ PS BS FIZ S1'03'63 “ 00'0¢ = oT 3 3017398 ening 4 9 °C "CG'E1Z 8G°1S' 6% ‘Wd 00°SE'L ee 6é 66 3 { ¥ °S ‘9%°901 G3 0E'9E “ ores pa par 8 | G ‘9 ‘LALO! 826° oe “ 0Vze's ¥ pote: s Gg ‘gecol PISt bs “ 00°98'8 as oo 3 enue Sue | § % E “SOT S16I'se “0018'S: = ce g T-papnnty @1 & ‘8 PEFOL v6 8 00°ST'2 ‘= | OT@ETUEG6 F5'8S'0Z “ Spiel i oes = | ‘9 “9F'S6 PG'8'0G “ 00402 Bi Fe“ . GS ‘99°ZET 908 1S “ 009 ‘OI Pe peer = lL 9 ‘9 “L181 EP LP 0S ‘WV OZ'T ‘OL * “Hoy ynysng| g¢ Judy S “OP8I cs *ONIUVAG sphnjyuipy paalasqg UL, "U01{RIS "aq8(] ee tne ~~ sy = == se = 7 aad —E—————EEeE—EEEEEEE 1030 ‘yynuLizp Lof suoyvasasqQ 1031 7 Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1841.] “‘Sutjjas uoAo01g “Sutyjos eapAzy "slle[og ‘Suista Jajidn { “‘suista Vid] “‘ONLUVAG J ( f ‘aljuay Suliesq : TT pny © OF of FG LG oGhS 0G oGPhG GI ob GE OV 896 8C ol VI OE ol PI NT oGG iT 9G ISD 069 OP $9G 9G o69G 8S ol 9G FZ oL8 /0T 98 AG 098 SE oG8 0G ‘og (06 of 8 6 ne | en al 6r'eS BI vE'8s 61 0G 'SZ'ES VG 0G &E 6P PG IE IG 9G IE LU'IG'BS 6 ES 1G 9 ‘OVTS 6 ‘STO PISULI £20881 oS PIST ISPS Pi GG hl VG Ga'EI 66°CV GI epMaa[y peasesqo OF SOL 08°0S9°0T Oe Or OI 0¢ 0801 02 SC 0T 00°06 01 00 oT Ol OOTT OI O19 ‘OL cyt Ol 0G°L9°6 cyIs’6 0S°Sh'6 0O'1E'9 G “L6-9 CEES 9 00°06'9 ‘WV OP'9T'9 ‘OUILY, (‘panurjuos )—‘yjnurzp 40f su01naswasqQ ‘q10ditQ "01}8}G judy ‘OPS — ee eee ‘a7eqT [No. 120. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1032 ‘auoye ojinb sem J pus “apeul Jodo I 3s1y ayy cram Aoy {YING} oy) 0} ToNeUTxoidde ou0s 07 peat Avu Aayy sodoy ay} Ut suOT}eAtasgo 9} aAl5 T ‘Kep owes oy) SULNP 10 YINWIZY JOJ UOLZeAJso Jo 9UIT} OY} yNOgGe Joyyle speuL suoreasasqo Aq aumt} yuaredde 0} pajyoerioo aq 0} pajdimeyye “yaaun Areurpso Jo YOM & Aq uayey sem aul} aty, "68 OF OF G8 ‘SuvoU GE 0 OF oG8 SOUL rel | iGt iSt 08 ‘suvoul iS iS iS © 8 sn E ‘Surpea sig aq) Jo oAndy ys1y ay} Wosy sxayIp 1 UsyM ydeoxe ‘ueals Suteq 30U ssuIpeal pary} pue puod—es ayy Jo aINSy 4say oy) “[[NJ UL Uoals jou ae SSUTPBar SoyNULU dd1Y} OY) ssUlIvaq JO UUIN{OO oy UT "SaJNUIW I[SUIS 0} JfO Peod SIOlUJaA YIOG “[ SalIayIp pay) oy} “4[Nset ures oY) anaes Ajjesouios YOY JO OM} “SIOIUIIA G pRy de YINWIZY oy], ‘> © 0} SuNUNoure Apfersued Yo SuIpeot ayy Ul soUeJayIp oY} “siolutea GZ pey oe oplyIN[V WL ‘queIN(] URUaINoV] Woy parnooid J Yoryar ‘uosulqoy Aq ASA1VAG [OUOJOD Jo Soj[OPOayT, [BULSTIO |[eUIs ay} JO GUO YIIM opel oLaMm SUOIVAIOSGO YINWIZY ye sjdu19}4¥ sal, J, 9 9 L188 a | “ eTer9 ps ga ee ‘arjueg Suneeg e we go Se a Z Ape Vere &- car “rT ry Opnyt / U 1 ° fad aR ti rateung @ SST 008 FS L¢E ded We TN 09 6 6F 6L 1S SoS “ GT83'9 ‘ ne “1G GL 0 0G 98 I ‘¢ '6I One | cea amine |< Set anueg Suuvag ) 156 0 OF 088 4 * “ 0079'9 Wee | 3 Res om-yepmny OF 9, +h teed’ Cea Al mS TOR Tit {0 of8 oveest = | *& “4 OO'IF'D ‘3 saodyol1e dy “OFSI -ON1IUVaA ‘apnypy pearasqO ‘OU, “MONeRIS ‘aye ee ee ees eee ee ot ee ee ee eS eee oo a oe ee oe ‘ynunzp 1of suornasasgo 1033 Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1841.] ‘pauonuet savy J suorjoal[qo oy} [Ie 0} uado ate YoIyM ‘suoljeAtosqo [eolaiouoNsy Aq o10dI[Q Jo apnjlsao] oy} SututejJoose ye sjydue}je utofqns osye [ ‘QUIT JO} SUOTBALISGO 9}8INIIV OYVUL 0} J9AIOSGO 9ISUIS & IOJ ‘o[qIssodUAL JOU Jt “I;NOyIp st I sapisoq ‘puvy puooes ou Suravy yoyem Aul fyuodayiput AJoA ale YorymM ‘OUILY JO SUOT}BAdasgoO: asoy}. Ppe | ‘sopnyupy renby 4 | L f | 'CULZ ‘Ie “GOT “MAY, ; l ‘sopninTy renby { ‘sopnqnty [enby 1 “sapngynyy jenby 00°SS'% 09'SGG SV'99% OF LSS 6689'S ahiiGP JOU O8'FS'1 O6FS'T Lg‘ OT6S'T PPT cP OPI ‘A *d Hel Ul —, Ra sO pp tov | 00°L8 0r'98 02°98 00°98 Or'Ss 00°86 08°46 00°L6 08°96 00°96 0F'66 02°66 00°L6 06'96 00°00°90T 00°0r00T 100 ,0@ o00T He We aa lI Il ll it il VIO 6 S698 0c°89°8 0g LG'S OF'9S°8 9&°ZS'6, CUIS6 00°09°6 Ce'8h'6 CULE6 GE'La'6 CE°96'6 OF 9F'6 OF bF'6 02'S “Ol OZ'T “OL ee a | a | © S10 01 & ‘I''T © “WwW °V ‘apnjuyyp PIasasqQ ) Alt. Upper Limb. Bap ees Riri (il 9 les WOM el Sa Be VRP? a -- 7.20. O00, 0S 6485 10) oe aa .. 7.28.20 ,, =48° 40’ 00’) af TS, .. 7.24.10 ,, = 49° 00 00' | | 5, ae -. 7.25.00 ,, = 49° 20' 00'$ © Alt. Lower Limb. ae .. 7.25.47 ,, =49° 40’ 00' | es .. 7.26.36 ,, = 50° 00' 00’ J Ci, «> 7.28. DOG/8E0708.27.004 ee 43137229.00'0G, =—"G8E26,25 send te -- 7.30.00 ,, = 88.25.50] Lunar Distances, Up- wee -. 7.31.00 ,, = 88.26.50 + per Limb. oe ae - «4-02.00 06, 1S B8.25.35 oa .. 7.38.00 ,, = 88.25.30 ps ee ghe -- 7.34.00 ©, =° 88.25.10 J oe toe j. 41 SEa0 ‘ay, tov 62.1 6.009 Bene! head -B7O0 . f=» 62.. 7.004 cai: -- 7.38.30 ,, = 61.59.00+ ) Alt. Upper Limb. ee .. 7-39.30 ,, =. 61.51.10 | athe -- 7.40.30 ,, = 61.44.00] sieht »- 7.42.39 ,, = 56.40.00) iar 8 -- 7.43.20 ,,. =°57.00.00,| a ees «- 7.44.12 ,, = 57.20.00 + @-Alt. Lower Limb. cite Ss 209 4.5545 2 DJ A00 bath: ied . 7.45.40 ,, = 58.00.00 pals -- 9.31.54 ,, =100.00.00=2..7.34)] 9» 99 oe ~=~— we 9.82.44. 5, .=100.20.00 =2.26.40 | Equal . Alt: for ae -- 9.33.33 ,, =100.40.00=2.25.45 f the time. Baad c5 -- 9.84.25 ,, =101.00.00=2.24.55 J 1841.] 1840. Report on subjects connected with Afghanistan. 1037 Observations for Longitude with Sextant. h.m.s. A.M. - April 26 Olipore, 7.21.00 .- 7.22.00 33 33 3° 99 ee Obs 85.00 39 33 39 = 76° 8' 20'7 = 76° 8' 20' | = 76° 7'50'+ ) Alt. Upper Limb. = 76° 6! 10'| = 76° 5'30'J —51° 40! 00") — 51° Ou! 00" | = 51° 20’ 00'$ © Alt. Lower Limb. == 51° 40' 00’ | = 52° 00' 00' J = 76° 43' 20’ 170m 42! 40’ vy re 44, Se Lunar distances, Upper = 76° 42’ 20 Tag — 76° 49! 20' er — 76° 41" 20" = 76 Al’ 25 = 75° 27' 40") = 75° 24’ 25’ | = 75° 20’ 45' $ jy Alt. Upper Limb. — 45° 16! 30’ | SE 751220" J = 59° 20'00'} = 59° 40’ 00° | = 60° 00’ 00'$ © Alt. Lower Limb. = 60° 20' 00" | — 60° 40' 00’ J ervations for Time, Equal Altitudes. 93> h. m. Ss. P. M. = 91° 20’00'/—2.51.20 ,, = 91° 40'00'=2.50.32 ,, = 92° 00’ 00'=2.49.44 _,, = 99° 20/ 00'=2.48.51 _,, = 92° 40’ 00’ =2.47.48 _,, In submitting these observations, I beg that it may be understood that I do not claim for any, except those for Latitude, even a tolerable amount of correctness. They are only the attempts of a tyro, under considerable disadvantages ; and I dare say are rendered worthless by omissions, and even by absurdities. I have no theoretical knowledge of the subject whatever. Symes Nautical Tables have been my guide, and I have endeavoured to follow him, to the best of my ability. I should not have ventured to submit those for Azimuth, Time or Longitude, did I not believe that no more competent person than my~ self has been at Olipore. 1038 Grammar and Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. By M. P. EpeewortH, Esa. Bengal Civil Service. When stationed at Lodihana in 1839, I was induced to attempt to learn the Cashmiri language, in consequence of the large Cashmiri popu- lation at that place, many of whom understand no other language, and the necessity of an interpreter in a Police office, I felt to be exceedingly objectionable. With the assistance of Meer Saifuddin, a respectable Syud of Cashmiri birth, I drew up some rudiments of the Grammar. Although these are necessarily very imperfect, and no doubt require numerous corrections, which I should have been able to give, had I been able to prosecute the study further, yet they will be interesting, as throwing some light on what appears to me a very intricate and peculiar dialect. Alphabet and Orthography. The Cashmiri language being a derivation of the great Sanscrit stock it has an alphabet of the Nagari form. This is only understood by the Hindoos. The translation of the New Testament published at Seram- poor is in this character, and I was able to ascertain the force of most of the signs used in it; but as they do not complete the Alphabet, and I had no means of ascertaining their correctness from any Hindoo Cash- miri, I refrain from giving it. The cerebralt. and the aspirates of the Nagari are all used, and an additional letter a and its aspirate ¢s. and ts,h, exactly the German z with or without an aspirate; this is represented in the Persian alphabet by «—_ As numerous Arabic and Persian words have been introduced, the whole of that alphabet has been incorporated with that portion, equivalent to the Nagari, as in Hindostani. The great peculiarity of the language consists in possessing three very short vowels, which my instructor denominated the nim fathe, nim kasra and nim zamma, and possessing respectively the forces of a very short a, i, u. It is impossible to give a description in writing of these very peculiar half-vowels. To represent them, I have used the above vowels with a dot, a,1, u. ) There is likewise a short 0, “ zamma majhil,” and its corresponding half-yowel. . 1841.] Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. 1039 General Remarks. The language resembles Hindostani in the two most troublesome parts of that language, but with increased difficulties. The genitive case agrees with the object possessed in gender, number and case having moreover different forms according as the possessing noun is it- self masculine, feminine, or neuter. In like manner the past tenses of the verb agree with the object, while the agent has a peculiar form, which I have termed the agentive case ; but the verb agrees in some measure with the agent, as well as the object; at least assumes a modified form according to the person and number of the agent. ‘The verb is in like manner subject to modifica- tions of its termination, where the enclitic pronominal dative is used. The verb is generally placed in the middle of the sentence as in Eng- lish ; but the object is indifferently placed before or after it. In forming feminines, the letter of the masculine is generally changed thus :— m. d—g—zor}. IEE k ch. n nj. (the nasal na of the Nagri,) n of the Spanish. ] ——_—}. Nouns. The genitive is formed by adding as the case may be. Mm. & GN. Mm. Pp. fanSs Sf. ps S. Masculine Sand (an) sandi sanz (ac) Sanza sindes* In all but proper names. Feminine, or hand (a) handi hanz (za) hauza Plural in all genders and Neuter uk (ik) ich (icha) and cases. The accusative by the addition of as or is in the singular, and az in the plural, thus: Singular. Nom. Maiil, a father Nichu, child Gen. Mélii, sand, &c. Nichu, sand In proper names the geni- Ac. Malis Nichavis tive is formed by simply Agent. Mail Nichavi adding wn, as 1040 Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. (No. 120. Gen. Plural. Mail Nichavi Nom. Nushirwén, Mailan, hand Nichavin, hand, Gen. Nushirwaénun Mailan Nichavin Mailaw Nichvau,* Singular. Gabur, (son) Gabra sand Gabras, Gabran, Plural. Gabar, Gabran, hand Gabran, Gabrau, Nom. Maj, mother, Maji, Majihand, t Maji, Maji, Majan, hand, Majan, Majaw, Nagas Naga, nishi, &c. Nagi, khota, &c. Nag, Nagan hand, &c. Nagan, Feminine. tsut, bread tswachi,—hand tswachi, tswachi, tswachan, hand tswachan, Agentive also with tswachaw, filled—ablative. Neuter. Nag, had, fountain garu, house Naguk, ich, ik, icha, garuk, ich, iki icha. garas gar garan hand, &e. garan * This word in the Serampur Testament is spelt nits, hu. 1041 1841.] Grammar § Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. r ‘IopUad JO UOOUT}SIp JHOYAIA ‘aAoqe sv a ‘asus OATyeUUTXOId JO refnosed B UL pasn ST ULIOF STILT, yx ° ¢ TY “EYL ‘Syor “NyI ore 1oynou oY} JOsuoeUIULIE, [eATIUES OTT, y. y *eZUGS ‘Ipues ‘zues °99 ‘puns YI OUT, PUB BY OST sux SI *sepuey ezuey ‘Ipuey ‘zuey ‘puey yy ‘stue ‘Ag Aue ‘Arudre ‘14re ‘nfue “dA ° f "$° HE ‘UL “SUOLJVUTUIIA} [BATIIUAL) y. Ky SN 5 = ‘) wr ( 2) 4 mound as eumy | = op | & | TAV a ‘ueumyy mys § samyH< | > ‘o0y s J ‘pney ueuny | § | x nyramy |] S| ox» simpy | B aicy'9) fi auny ‘uny L &, 3 ny lS ‘MON uown1h Tue «f WII 7 ueuitk ( | 44Ture to eyed ( “STUIIe X ( Hy | ‘Peyopguy E. ueund | 2 sV2 IO yok = 4 STUB IO STUIe X 3 ‘20V 5 = 44/019 pues—'e = ‘Ox pney uewtt | xy TUR ~ | Jo we 10 ‘wth sto eA S, "uan) Po} a0 ynyrared : “eutA 10 with UI “UION "SUNDUOL anrzvjay puy anrwajsuowag Aeury STUNT} IYOT, 1S} Ise sn Sout) *paqoopuy Tew IO Se} YIyoy, UIST, yse = =osn YT ‘our 03 ‘D0W ueulyy UAL xx GL +xUO DL, 2 (0) xeS SN IJ ‘OW JO “uaf) wip, ‘Aouy, ns ‘oH my, ‘Nox np NOUL By ‘OM og fh ON “e Z T “SUNOUOAY JOU0SMag 1042 Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. [No. 120. "pep ‘eysourey ‘shemry "ney gud TL, "ese ‘oATTuL “190A “eAULM “49% ‘as hy ‘syhy ‘Ay ‘ngdy hy 3 Aue MOP 2 aw —zedy g A “ney ‘yedezt ‘nqt ‘qnd — (sv) “eyyoA “104A ngyed “rye ‘snf | — yey ‘uonepy "ney ‘yedejoAyy ‘eAyy “QnAy (A077) "1ey IO “10 NyIBy "17ey "sny —j yey ‘eT[ox (Wot) "WO1}V.dO.LIO}U] “ney yed eye} (os) "IT]9 (uy) "104 nye} “19e} | “ns "queysIp—jey J, "ney Jo yed vyny “10 “ney "ey “ny "esU—Jey, J, “ney io yed vy | ueye AIA “104 “nyed "yeh “Ur "mOlyepar SI “hom yey pue—sty 7, Joy =| °F a1oy | “yp oAaPT “sIq} “Aq 04 2 +98 eH —- —_) ‘wouunyy JO ‘aw, JO ‘290d JO “aa0gn ay) woLf paaisap anid pun aug fo squaapy “a mk < "TUES | “SBUIBY IO SLY ( = [ S) “eure 1 "0391p = | "14V E yey) 8 "0x9 ‘puey ey | 2 5 “904 & | -srured 30 sek } 4 ‘D0 “newmey< § s 2 : hy Pr. = — i @; : Ss n GS - Se ~~ e S || ‘nyrey ) x f ‘og s-Turex 10 ¥ s "ow Sueur = {+ eyormed = Tue ne a waxy) “Oru : ‘esey fj} = “esvh “f'| § ~ex ‘trey & ‘sny ub J ‘eund so wrk & L a snd ‘wu "WON 1841.] Grammar § Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. 1048 Adverbs. Prepositions. much, seta yits, tsor, tseri, tsar from, nishi-pita ; a after a poss. little, maine—kam by, nishi without, nibar to, not within, andar upon, pet above, hyutr after, pat from above \ Ha: before, _borit borita eri pita : 5 > upwards, with, seit, swan downwards bon without, ru’st below, tal near, nish before, botit in, andar after, pat, pati M.S. fea m.p. f. p. directly, tikan, wil for, kyut, kylits, kyit, kyits yesterday, . yow on account of, khatir, after genitive day before . 6 between, manz, manzbag a yesterday, towards, kun to-day, az than, (com- Rin : ota to-morrow, pagah or rats parison) day after kalkeyat except, (but) yatu, siwa, warai, rust to-morrow, mM. é together, sait equal to, yatu, or sambit, sambi asamb just now, adi Conjunctions. also, ti pak. like, \ me F although ! Set sait, ine with governs the ac- and, ta, or be cucatiwe Oe ya, kina? sait, meaning by means of, governs though, the genitive or the case in au in although, yudunte, agarche plural, since, yelli : andra, between, governs ‘2’ in because, yowkani singular, “‘ aw’ in plural. if, yudwai, hargahai, hargah, or az added to the nominative but, lekin, ama unless, nal Me ke Mp. Ff. p. except, magar, yatii, yats, yeti, yatsa khota, without, governs genitive, or accusative in plural, and in the neuter, the ablative in “7.” then UM? adi therefore, awai or awai khatir else, nata either, Pronouns and Pronominal Adjectives. Some. m. kats kaiti kaityah katsan (several) /f. katsa _ katsa kaitsah kaithyan OR 1044 Grammar § Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. [ No. 120. Any. m. kunh = kagh koutshah _ kainsi , kath kautshah Some. nom. kiuh, keutshah, k (few) obj. keutsau. Such. m. titay < aecuss tithig pl. titi tithan (taisa) a: titsa titsi titsaha titsan Kaisa. kitti or kihti kithis, kihis —_ kiti, kihi kithan, kihan kitsa or kish _kitsi, kishi kitsaha kishi kitsan, kishan Jaisa. yutii vithis yiti yithan yitsa yitsi yitsaha yitsahan Aisa. hutii huthis huti huthan hutsa hutsi hutsaha hutsahan The termination m. hut, hati, f. hats, hatsa, is equivalent to the Persian 2dk, or English “< full.” Verbs. The substantive and auxiliary verb “ to be,” “ to be to,” z. e. to (have, with dative and indicative.) 1. Present Indefinite. i | oS chhus, am chhi chhum chhu 2 chhes chhe chhem chhe 9 | So chhukh chhiwa chhwi chhowa 2 chhekh chhewa chhi chhewa 9 fo chhi chhi chhus chhukh VOR. Schihe chhi chhis chhekh 2. Past Indefinite. 1 | 3S asus, was ais Asum Asii 2 Ases dasa asem asi 9 | 3S asukh aséwa aswl asuwa 2? Asekh asewa Asi Asewa 3 | 3S diis ais asus asukh 2 dais désan ases asekh 3. Aorist, or Future, May or will be. 1 déasa aasaw > 2 atisakh dasyu 3 4asi Aasan 4. Present Definite, am asan chhus, &c. asanchhum, &c. 5. Perfect, have been : Asan asus, &c. asan asum, &c. 6. Imperfect, was being a’smut chhus, &c. a‘smut chhum 1841.] Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. 1045 7. Pluperfect, had been. a’smut a’sus a’smut a’sum 8. Conditional Past, might have been. asmut dasa, &c. V. A. Intransitive, bihun, to sit; wathun, to stand up; pyun, to fall. Imperative. “ 1 2. bih, sit wath pl , 3. bihin, let him sit wathin plyin ] { 2. bihyii wathyu piyt i 3. bihin | wathin’ piyin Aorist, or Future. 1. biha watha pima Ss. 2. bihakh wathakh pikh 3. bihi wathi plya 1. bihow wathow pimow pl. 12 bihyé wathyu’ piyu 3. bihan wathau piyan’ Present. withan, chus piyén’ chhus chhukh chhu, &c. &c. Imperfect. Bihan asus asukh — aus, &c. asa —-- asakh asi, &c. _( Byuthus wuthus pyos & | byuthukh | wuthukh pyokh 3 é bihuth byuth woth | pyou 2 } bethi wuthi > bethwa wuthiwa bethi wuthi bethis wutsus g | bethikh wutsekh ‘sd. beth wuts ‘S a becha wutsa 9 | bechawa wutsewa {. becha wutsa Perfect. Pluperfect. m. s. 1. byuthmat chhus asus wuthmit J. s1. ° bethmits chhes watsmuts m. p. 1. bethmit chhi withimit SF. p. 1. bechamatsa chhe watsimatsa behawun bihunwal = N S 7, | See | 3 S = S ~ 3 nN °S x * = = 4 S © sb) S > > aS m3 3 S Ne oN i s S Ss 3 =~ cS © bw S = "1sB-NYo Pappre 28M YIIA *[ SB sures O17, jpPyy yyemoyyo wpyya jPqy wyeyeyys qyeseyyo BML YY TAS yyryyo a —————— yyeaeyyo BeMoyyo yyy wry unyyo eMNYYO IMqyo qynyyo | a esa es ipyequyyy eaesnyyo qyesnyyo yyesnyyo ‘Sulop UY *jUasatg—'] II eMeNe me — yyene — ae yynd — eMO — 4M0 — yyMo — BMT — 4 qt — ps < yyeye — BMB-ICY ye-Ie3] qye-1ey ‘op Avul 10 T[IM ‘angny 40 781407 — TI —_——- reulue ——— omeulue yyndé —— eMeUIUR ofutue yyRn — ypyerey 9 ¢ v g ‘op—aannsaduy— J ‘Op OF, ‘UNIeyY—Quay sauisuDsT, anijopy soyyo uemoyyo uayyo sayy ueyeyyo uesoyyo pa uemeyya a snyyo ne-ynyyo ue-snyyo sene — unt — nMo — st — ne-ye — ne-Iey seul — und Iey SeULIe>] ueley G ayy eMOYO eyyo oyyo yweqye soyyo ea BMCYYO rans nyyo woe snyyo ne — ¢ ni — Z% i‘ PEPE “aUINasD IAT ‘aururuay S A | at MO — we — Z {‘— B-Iey ul “ pArey uwey —— ‘rey I A I € ‘burs -unjgd “aura I ‘Hus -ungd “aula T pun auynosn Ar NOON “aUngn yy Y7 ayy suoysayfuy aarzoalggQ yjun ‘sasuaf,— poopy | 1047 1841.) Grammar § Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. “O][qeUlpapul “41104 "Maus gy jIaflag eAUTRIMT oAturfemuo-i0oy “7d Kefleamoioy femno10x us nuuNnMOIOY 10 [NCU OYI] Poulpop “THeMUOIOY “Ss “we ‘aMijuLo gg JUaIsat eAtueiey “df raangvuyfuy Auerey ‘sf tuerey od wu Seuvy ey undZ1ey SBULPIIVY ueyey “Op 0} asvo]q -oangnaadusy pnfjoadsaxg—' J A "ow 029 NBSU- UeNy ‘Bulop oq WS“ poafuadwy—* A }-) “Oo” BAL-SNSP qye-snse {ye-suse ne-snse “SUIOP SAA -afuaduuy— Al : UNIVY “Ss "wu ueyiey ¢ nAyrey % Oe elEG Bey f ese UeIEy snse ueiey ee ee eee eel Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmirt Language. [Neo. 120. 1048 ‘ajpuuyapuy Isvg ayy ayy ‘suoroayfuy aayzalgQ yum sasuat— TI ye ——— yyayyo - ——— yw ro yypa g & ) & eAose ——— eVMOYYO oe oe g ca : t “nyYyo Brey t . Use a ake ue ee unf 10 uel € & ( 4 : A G ~ ~ ee a ai Le + ieee uns? qnuiey wunyYyo yNuUIey Me AuoOy fT » j _s msof pe yafsadnyg pa flag ‘wAiof gst poafiadngg 3 as alee peel Wee eu ve ah ae : ae TsB-BMO ueMt = —— Sanaa — UPAKT —— 2, |< BANeUl (It re 1 ‘Taide PR 3 ISv-Ul seul BMCUT yyeur ul ul : : 2 (ss 1sB-49 seyjya = ——— —_—_— —Ss- — wrIYa ueyye Bs — $° | 3 wo wa — = —— —— enull yyeure : ; ! eqn — WI qn Miesz-.2 8 reyn Isv-Yyo seyn BMCYT Uy = ‘a ISB-BAN sean ee — van ueAN wan ——e =) —— n 1n— 1 3,([$ Teun PACUL yyn n U an} Teun Ise-un seun BACUI yyeun ul un n—— @¢ a 8 “19B-91 seyyn 11 ueyyn qn Zz €5 {= Teun — enuIl yyeun UII}- UII un muey tT & | S ° ¢ ° = ‘ ue “wand ‘sojnbuas “ound “upynburs “manga “uppnburs 5 ‘UOSMIT PT "U0SlId PE ee Coe "9a19alqgoO 1049 ‘Ise YIU (‘pogtulo U94Jo,.) ymy 1z41e Ise sn Nd, oul meu} = sy gM «= BAS 1s} Sg ‘ds wy (mayz) ns (wey) : are sqiaA YIM pasn sunouosd oyT~OUS OUT, ~~ LL "2aogy "IMIDSNID PT ‘Teinjd ut 1 soulodeq IevpNSuts Jo n 10 v “AUIUTUIOJ UI 9 SoIODIq SUTTNOSVUL Jo T OIL], ‘JomoA Uado oY} Joye poyLoSUI SI y7 Ie[NSUIs pZ oy} UT % SeUtooeg ‘Ise ‘sv “YYB atojoq Uosiad pg Jo *s—a[NI SI} MOT[OF yoolqo ortPOUE ay} Of UOTYeUTUTIA, UI SeSuLYO oI, "Ow ‘029 ‘ISB JNULIVY "[0U0’pUod ISD 184{.] Grammar 8 Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. yyese =———— yyeyyo ———— yyodteA —— € & ] BMose — Baoyyo ——— eesiiek 5 Ts® Is}tuey ayyo sy — vAred —— [ \ sose — soyyo ———— wins =—\ ¢ f | J. rs reAryyo = ——— eyyred Coe wose s}WWIey | WoyYo s}WMLWey wedtrA woy [T ~~ J "mMLof pz yoafsadny g "aaflag ‘wmlof gst poafiadng ‘40 Xf “aururua 1050 Grammar & Vocabulary of the Caskmiri Language. [ No. 120. General Observations on the Verbs. The negative is formed by adding za in all tenses except the common imperative ; and in compound tenses it is added to the auxiliary, not the participle, for the auxiliary and participle may be separated and dislo- cated at pleasure, chhus na kordn or kordn chhus na. The interrogative is formed by adding a fatha to a silent consonant or a dissimilar vowel. If the vowel be fatha it is lengthened into a, the expletive ma is some- times used, if negative interrogative nd is used instead of na. In the imperative m or ma is prefixed instead of n affixed, except in the imperative in zf, when na is used as usual. Intransitive verbs agree with their nominative in number, person, and gender. Transitive verbs agree with their object and nominative in gender, number and person, with their agent in number and person, but not in gender in the past tenses, z. e. of the second mode as, A man called a woman A man called a man Mahnivi manjin zanana Mahnavi mangan mahnyu A woman called a woman A woman called a man Zanani manjin zanana Zanani mangan mahnyu The passive is formed by declining Yun, to come, with the passive participle in “ mut.” | The causal verb is formed by adding “‘ ndwun”’ to the root, as sherun, to adorn ; sherndwun, ‘‘ cause to adorn.” > XN 1051 1941.) Grammar § Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. —! SUIMOT[OF 9Y3 are STYY 07 IeTLUITG Tey 9q unMBIeINp Biataye) eiup inp T- nuanp JOUIUIe}S unMeIeIep ILrep aiep rep le-spomrep oyIyM oq unMeresyoyyo Isyayyo @-syoyyo T - njayyo SSOT 9q unredunyyo reAunyyo vAthu-Au T - nunyya PIO 9q unMPIpng telng ting-pnq r- npnq ISIR] 9q unaeIpeq refeq tfeq-peq T- mnpeq ysns ‘Azey 3q UNMBICY ‘Se rey‘sye aAT-Y‘sye T- ny‘syze puryq oq unmviedue reAue eAt-1hue i ee "dh os ‘d "s : ‘Way “SDT “ysu buy “gla anrpisuDs "aALUDISNG — Vos =a ‘UdsyIyM 0} uemeredued “OVJIP Quay aarpipisuns 7 "SSOUO}TYM toAueid “g0U0Y} Paallap aarjunjsqny vAuvid Aueid ‘s «f eAth reA —— ue —— Tueid nueid *s uw eatATh eaek —— nf —— ‘aanvalpp 40 adiuimg puosay eAth ref —— ne —— isytutAuvid 10 eAth of —— I —— esyeur “7d ‘tsq 10H 1g OU yyedth yynd yye iu ‘7d ‘nynu Auvad *s wu seAth snd ued eueid (‘yeyts) ‘agdiounuog “aururmia y ‘aUyNaso yy, *jSVq “JSUsop “oy aq 03 ‘wnunig sy ‘Aqyong fo squay fo wsog ynwoAinp qnuoArep qnwmoAjayyo qnuoAunyyo qnuoApnq qnuoApeq qnuroAy‘sye qnuro Aue agape ulUe.g nAuelg ulueig uelg “poafiaduy uninp uniep unjayyo ununyya unpngq unpeq uny ‘sje unue ‘aanguuyuy “poanga “burs ANH A oD 6s 1052 Grammar § Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. [No. 120. uemeryyosa reqyoaAa Tyyorka ygtsa yada, ygndA = qnmodyjohaA ~—sunyjanha UIY} 10 9T99IT 9q UBMBIYIU Ieqyoru eyyou qyoru Tu yuu yeuoAyAu ueyedu suo] UNMBIYAIZ reyyooz TyYydez “YIOZ Ls Yaz ‘sqynAz qnuroAy4oz uny4ez por UNMYIZOM ze(zom v-feznam ‘fezom t - nyezom qnuroATezom unyzZOM 10ys mnMeIj0Ys} reyooys} = toys} Joys} at - 11308} qnur044oy4s} unyyey‘s} proe reyns} e-\yns} or - nyns} qnuroAynsy unyns} 19941q UNMEITIT} reyory eyo ‘sya - ny ynuoAy41y uniyy Tre} UNMVIZCY} rezeyy e- doy} 1 - npeyy qnusoApryy mumy314 qyste13s UDMPBIZIS IeZIs ee ZIse 1 - npis ynu1o Apts unpis 9ATIUO}VE unmered) ~~ LS = > Ss 2 eS 3 S IN a i 8 = = 8 RR S =H Ne) S = unse} esqrurlty sqroulty T#101.0} INUISO} sifey unzo1 uNSO] eIJNUILYS}O] qnuiznd S}NUIYS}O] Yanoatso) am Ce) qnupns qNUAs}O] eZznd eMEZNI ezni Zn yyozn1 seznd unm aauuyuy UNICUL eS}IUINUL S}TUNUL 1yTUIpnut qnupnuL ‘08 ‘qoafuadm gg ‘yoafiad-aydioysvg aAvys}O] NeYys}0] eYS}OT BAYS}OT BYS}O] gees! Bee el soysyny ‘poafuadny J ‘apuyopuy ISDq ahve four seAou afoul eMoAOUL oAouw aAow yyohow woAoul un esque syIUe nie nqnwe uey ‘syed esjnu0s synuio0d TyTWLO.S qnUIOS reds netes oAes emolhes oAes ahes yyodes sohes aN SA OM REN BA “UUW 1841.]. Grammar § Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. Infinitive. Déhsan, To see. Imperfect. Caut, Masculine. Dydtham. ut. Dy Gth. Participle. Dyutthmut. Dytithmiti. Anun, v. a. to bring. Anun, v. n. be blind. Atsun, v. int. go in. tsau tsal Alun, v. n. to nod head. Alrawan, v. a. to make nod. Asun, v. n. to laugh. Aorist. Desha. Participle. Deshan. Past. Feminine. Déthim. Déthit. Détts. Déthmits. Déthmitsi. Apuz, s. m. a lie. Apuzyar, adj. false. Ashi, s. m. tear. Achhii, s. feye Achur, 7. m. word. Agur, uncut (wood.) Ant. (pronounced én) blind. Ainy, fem. . Anachiwa, pee it \ musk rat. 1055 Agun, s. f. fire, (especially for cooking, while Nar is any fire.) Atha, loose, also hands. Ant, Adij, Adja, \ s. f. bone. Adyul, large bone. Ali, plough. Al. Ail, s. f. cardamum. Athij, s. f. paste. Air, hunting. Anchi, pi. ¢ stone (of fruit.) 1056 Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. [No. 120. Behun, (dye to sit, Bazun, to hear or understand. Bazu, regular. Bagrun, v. a. to share. Awan, v. a. to divide. Bawun, v. a. to explain. Buzun, to fry. ° Chyun, to drink. Chapan, to hide (in a place,) or tsipun (from a person.) Chhewun, be drunk. Chhevyar, (as pranun.) Chhihun, v. a. to tease. Dawn, to run Dorun, ; Deshun, to see. Dyutar, p. Detin,i mperative caret. Dyutmut. Detmits. Dawun, v. a. to cause, to give. Dazan, v. n. to burn, or be burnt. Dyun, to give, shut, tie. Batu, cooked rice. Baya, female. Buth, s. m. face. Bats, s. m. p. people. Bachhera, fool. Bungir, s. f. “churi,” bracelet. Bunj, s. f. plane tree. Bai, brother. ikakin, brother’s wife. putr, brother’s son. waza, brother’s daughter. Bagii, s. m. share. Benji, s. f. sister. Braiir or byaur, a cat. Brair, CH. Chapat, pl. ts. s. f. slap. CHH. Dadu, s. m. pain. Danyu, rice, growing. Duni, whip. Diuth, Dreuth, Dola, oblique. Dwod, s. m. milk. Dand, s. m. bull. Dallun, v. n. pass, to pass by, to pass from. | Dollmut, to blow. Dalén, v. a. transitive of the above. Dalmut. Dajmits. sight. 1841. ] Gonzurun, v. 7. to think, count. Grezun, to roar, (tiger, river.) Garun, to cut, (as a carpenter,) make (as an ironsmith.) Gewun, v. 7. to sing. Gyo, m. and f. the same. Harahar, dispute. Hit, pretence. Hats, s. f. false accusation. Han, s. m. Hairy, s. 7. \ ie infl. Hain. Hérun, v. a. to repay. Halun, (in sco) Halyomut. Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. 1057 G. Gotsur, s. f. small purse. Garu s. m. house. Gurii, s. m. horse. Gad, s. f. fish. Gddahauz, fisherman. Gub, s. f. sheep. adj. also pregnant. it, .S: ae Say. ¢ EN Gwadii, s. m. by, below the knee, stem of a tree. Gathu, wisdom. Ee ft adj. wise. EH. Harun, to lose in play. Hyun, to take. Hyikun, to be able. Hawun, v. a. to show. Hana, v. f. a little not used with grains or as a diminutive Gor hana, a small horse. Hi, jasmine. Hi-asm4n, lilac. Harana, antelope Hangaul, deer. Hauz, boatman; not inflected, in the agentive case. Hichhun, v. a. learn. Hichhnawan, v. a. teach. Haud, s. m. ram. Hash, s. f. mother-in-law. Har, s. f. cowrie. s, m. necklace. Hol, hil, m. Haj. hajt ¢ crooked. 1058 Karun, to do. Kreshun, to desire. Krushmut. Krushmits. Krehnun, to be black. Khasun, to mount. Kunun, to sell. Kobun, (in sco) be hump-backed. Katurun, to cut in two. Kadun, to draw. KH. Khyun, to eat. Khanda wao — shalbaf. ec Ae to mount, (used Kachul, s. m. ae Melee khhite with took toform) Kat, s. f. Nate cc Khotsun, v.s. or v. ¢. fear. Kharun, v. a. causal of Khasun, Khanum, to engrave to dig. Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. | No. 120. Hol, s. m. waist. Harinj, s. f. bow. H6l, s. f. flabergastation. Kath, s. f. word. Kaum, kami, s. f. business. Krek, cry, lament. Kalla, m. head. Kath, s. m. beam, gallows. Kautar, cock sparrow. | Kastiir, s. m. nightingale. © s. f. musk. | Kéns, younger in age. Kulii, s. m. tree. Kuj, s. f. plant. Kol, s. f. small river. Kub, s. m. hump-backed. Kobyar. Kuthi, s. m. room. Kath, s. m. sheep, ram. Kat, s. m. arrow. Kor or khwar, foot. Kut, s. knee. Kokiur, s. m. ir;°s: f. Kaur, s. m. neck. \ cock and hen. Khon, or khonwath, elbow. 1841.]| Grammar 5 Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. 1059 L. Layun, layu, to beat, (ay on). M Lat. f. a. a time, pl. lata. laya, regular. . Lor s. f. stick. Lagun, /. p. lajis,imp.lag, @ attach Led, adj. cowardly, indeclinable. gyin, lagmut, lajmitz. § dagna. Lar s. f. house. Larun, laryau, yaye, run after. Lar, s. f. fighting, thread. Labun, to find. Loh, s. f. caracal. Ladun, to send (a thing.) - Liul, s. m. large earthen pot. Ladmut, to put (a thing), into Leji, s. f. small ditto. (Lazmits, to hang), up cr put a Lang, s. m. thigh, large brand. thing up or build, &c. Likhun, or Lékhun, Likhmut, $ to write. hichh’mits, Ledun’, v. (in sco,) be cowardly. | Lasun, v. a. to live. M. Mangun, to demand, in f. g. Maranwatul, sweeper. changed to j., maugmut, Maul, father. maujmits. Maij, mother. Mathun, to rub, f. mots. Math, mut, forgetful. Mashun, to forget. Mandact, modesty. Muthmiut. Mal, s. m. (Arabic), property. Mathmits. s. f. necklace. Mashrawan, to forget. Mok,hta, s. m. pearl. Mauchh, s. m. honey. tilo, s. f. honey bee. Minyamar s. /f. hind, (form of Hangal.) Musht, s. f. blow. Moth, s. f. handful. aply apl., chi, handle. Mudr, sweet. Mur, s. f. fowl-house. Mar, serai. Mast, s. m. hair of the head. ‘ Mats, arm. 6T 1060 Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. [No. 120. N. Nag, f. eye. Nag, n. lead. Nerun, v. int. to go out, irregular, Nichu, child. past, drao and imp. ner, niri Nauga. put pethydraiimut nemwun. Nithnan. \ neked past participle, nirit. Nyan, to bring, as yun, nyu, nuj. Nath-nati, s. f. trembling. Naw, nivi, new. J. p. nyumut. Navyar, newness. Nawun, be born, be near, Nakh, s. m. shoulder, v. (in esco.) Ho. Nakha. a \ near. Nai, conj. if not. Nawrawan, to make new. v. a. invent (a story.) Nahun, v. a. | to obliterate. Nyatr, marriage. Nashun, (obsolete.) Nyuk. Nyikun, to become thin (in sco.) — Niki. thi Nikrawan. Nich. mt Nal tsunun, to wear. Nichha. Nichhar, thinness. O. Onguj, s. /. finger. Ongul, s. m. finger’s breadth. Paz, s. m. truth, pazi, /- Puzyar-ing, true. Pish, flea. Pushurun, v. 7. to make over. Parun, v. a. to read, Pyun, to fall. Pyau, | pyai. Periga, s. f. arzun, chhini, millet. Peyi, peyi, (as gatsun.) Poribar, s. f. shawl. P4wan, to throw, (find sometimes.) Put, s. m. plank, Parzanun, Pett, pachhi, s. f. § f. small. or recognise. Parzanawun, ) an, m. leaf, thread. Prénun, v. n. (in esco) be old. Pan, self. Pazi, a defective verb, signifying or Patsh, trust, belief. to be made, be sure, or Parzan, acquaintance. proper. Posh, flower. 1841.] Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. 1061 Pr, Prarun, v. (in sco.) to wait, for. Praji, s. f. straw. Presun, v. to bring forth, object. | Pranun, old. Pyayi. Path durib, manner. Piitsalau, fox. Prat, every, (as every day, prat dolu.) Parbat, s. m. hill. Padii, s. m. sole or print of foot. Paz, hawk in agentive case, paz not pazan. PH. Phérun, v. n. return. Phamb, s. m. cotton or shawl wool. phyor. Phras, s. m. poplar. phyir. Phyur, s. m. pl. phiri, dress branch Phirun, v. a. turn. of flowers. Phalun, to grow old, f. phaji, also Phyiik, s. m. shoulder. to assess; phylana, clothes. Phalwun, / in fem. transition of the above. Phulun, to flower. Phulanawan, transitive. it: ‘Rawun, v. n. to lose, lost to. Rats, s. f. night. Rawrawun, v. a. to lose. Rus, s. m. A Riwun, v. 7. to success, especially kat, infl. ch. roe in kishtawér ryii. Ratnahan, wolf. Ruchhun, to keep. Raid, s. m. rain. Rachhit thawan, to take care of. Rwah, s. m. fault. Ranun, to cook. Rét, s. m. month. S. Sozan, to send a man. Swan, s. m. gold, asecond. s. f. the Saman, samyou, to assemble. relationship of one wife to to samyaiyii, to unite, resemble. another, amabdk. 1062 Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. [No. 120. S Shubun, to be fit, proper or ra-. Samatsdr, participal acting, from ther, or becoming. Saman, meaning united. Stwun, v. a. to sew. Suit, s. m. wax (more generally used.) Sah, lion. Siming, lioness. Swar, v. a. slow music. Sangur, s. m. mountain. SH. Shungun, Shong, Shurig, Shwinj, Shala, s. m. Pan. italicum, millet. Shwinja, to sleep. Shur, s. m. a child of either sex. Shichh, information. Shal, jackall. Shy Traun, v. a. to leave off. Tamul, s. m. rice uncooked or tuna, Trawan4awan, to make, to leave off. when used with phalle. — Trawit tsunun, to throw away. Tarukh, s. m. star. Tilr, s. f. bee, wasp. Taiith, adj. 'Taithi, m. love, friend- ship. Taith, Tachha, /. . Tyuth, tuh, bitter. Tinj, s. f. string, (to tie, dyfin,) to give. Tal, s. f. talyun, s. m. top of head, s. m. gum of mouth. TH. Thawun, to place. Thari, s. f. bush, bushy plant. Thurun, to make, form. Thar, s. f. back. Thiya, in presence of, evidently. a Tikun, to run, x. haste. Tikyou, tikyye, v. 1841.] Grammar & Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. 1063 TH Thahrun, v. 2. re Thahrawan, v. a. tA TS. Tsadun, to call, regular. Tapa, silence. Tsanun, to cast, regular, strike, like Tsandar, s. m. new moon. anun. Tsetas, remembrance, used with Tsalun, f yun and pyun, to recollect; tsalmut. > runaway,goaway. thawan, to remember. tsajmits. Tsor, mtser, m. f. more, tsetun, /. Tsanun, v. a. bring in. hen sparrow. Tsetun, v. a. to tear,interrupt, to Tsak,s. f. anger, used with k,hasun borrow, settle, &c. &c. ,L3 and yun. Ts,henun, v. 7. to be torn. Tsep, verb neu. hiding from a person, Tsissun, to hide, els}, } Tsai, properly, shade. Tsokun, v. (sco.) be acid. Tsaud, blow. T,shawul, ) s. m. Bat —uj, fs. f. sen Tsér s. m. lateness, or s. f. apricot. Tso6r, four. Tsuk, acid. Tswakyar, acidity. Ue Uphun, to fly. V. Viyinj, s. f. fairy. . Ww. Wathun, Wuzmal, s. f. lightning. wuthmut, pto stand up. Wushka,s.f. barley. a Wodinya, indeclinable, stand- Wasan, to come ral in wathmut, gee Wotadinya, 5: wathmats, ‘ Wathmn, carpet. Wothirun, to clean. Wari, s. m. inflected ¢ wear Watharun, to spread. Wahras or Warihas.§’ ~~” 1064. Grammar § Vocabulary of the Cashmiri Language. | No. 120. W. Wodun, v. n. weep. Waius, s. f. ages, years (only to a Wo6nun, to weave. number.) Wowun, to sow. Wazum, adj. loan, agreeing with Wudun, to fly. the substance lent, used with Wushinun, to become warm. dyun, hyun, or tsatun. Wyethun, to become fat. (in sco.) Wachh, s. m. breast. Wad, s. f. head (to) Wyethrawan, to fatten. Vyuth, Walan, to cover (as with clothes.) | Vyith, s. f. fat. Wayun, to plough. Vyechhis, f. p. Vyechar, fatness. Wal, m. hair. ve Yetsun, v. a. 7. wish. Yer, s. m. wool. Yachh, adj. indeclinable, bad, ugly Yed, s. f. belly. _ Yél, overcoming. Z. Zin, s. f. moon. - Zann, v. n. to know. Zu. s. m. life. Zenun, v. 2. to win. Zuhar, length. Zyoni. Zyuth, m. elder (brother.) Zenyl. Zithi or zith, f. Zethun, v. 7. ch. to become, or be- Ziche. long. Zarpar, excuses. Zechhar, length. Zichhar, elderness, being older. Zal, s. m. not. Zaltn, v. a. to burn. Zaliin, to have a certain disease in the breast? (a cough ?) Zyun, (probable zu and yun), to be born, to be curdled. Zaorun, v. a. to beget, curdle. Zaorum, regular. Zang, s. f. leg (the whole.) Ned Sy ne % hae ae ’ : Wy or tna, Sta Wy £4 & aA i , ‘ i My ; ® wt hi Wrse hey ee ny! 7) Mi ‘ne ee UIE bint, ta! salient : os a =f aR ia y\ is ‘ie Oe, A ‘. | i the e saan? Xe \ Hy ~ eu ! fh WA ral Ug idan, yt : : en wait cr hae u fm ¢ oan il ae ay . ™~ y ; a vigng — atu \ Ate ey a = ore.8't ee Bade 1a reshape aie: j eo Sae tee ee ys 2) ‘ 7,608 Si —_ i m= = 2 é wenpeet, ott iia) t) Tf ee me ime a ee a es ae re =. pres Pi ; a a fatace ~* ae = oe a oa ca Sp reaeabeecm nergtate aaa - S28 2 em eee a teats 8a e- ka 2 wae « * a ve ’ & i *° m Bt ye Befeprts y “4 ehrie La ha tne ri oso eo. HO) a oe ee = rvs eee i & BSE ore iat ea ot erases st 4, $3) an. Sate og Cetus er a Ra ‘ wee oRekis ae oh heer eae C =e a *« oe. aeatatee *s %. * pg ee : Perk ease RA e. we * oe .